Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 2, 2021.

 Registration No. 333-[●]

 

 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM F-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Cayman Islands   7900   Not Applicable
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

 

Room 102, 23-1 Wanghai Road

Xiamen Software Park Phase 2

Siming District, Xiamen City, Fujian Province

The People’s Republic of China
+86-592-5968189

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

Cogency Global Inc.
122 East 42nd Street, 18th Floor
New York, NY 10168
800-221-0102

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

With a Copy to:

 

Ying Li, Esq.

Guillaume de Sampigny, Esq.

Hunter Taubman Fischer & Li LLC
800 Third Avenue, Suite 2800
New York, NY 10022
212-530-2206

Fang Liu, Esq.

VCL Law LLP

1945 Old Gallows Road, Suite 630

Vienna, VA 22182

(703) 919-7285

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: Promptly after the effective date of this registration statement.

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box. ☒

 

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering ☐

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering ☐

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933  

 

Emerging growth company ☒

 

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act ☐

  

 

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

  

Title of Each Class of Securities to Be Registered   Amount to
Be
Registered
    Proposed
Maximum
Offering
Price per
Share
    Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering
Price(1)
    Amount of
Registration
Fee
 
Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.001 per share (2)     6,900,000       6.00     $ 41,400,000     $ 4,516.74  
Underwriter warrants(3)                        
Class A ordinary shares underlying the underwriter warrants(2)(4)       600,000       7.20     $ 4,320,000     $ 471.31  
Total     7,500,000           $ 45,720,000     $ 4,988.05  

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of determining the amount of registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Includes the offering price attributable to additional Class A ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of the over-allotment option of Network 1 Financial Securities, Inc., as representative of the underwriters for the offering.
   
(2) In accordance with Rule 416, the registrant is also registering an indeterminate number of additional Class A ordinary shares that shall be issuable after the date hereof as a result of share splits, share dividends, or similar transactions.
   
(3) In accordance with Rule 457(g) under the Securities Act, because the registrant’s Class A ordinary shares underlying the underwriter warrants are registered hereby, no separate registration fee is required with respect to the warrants registered hereby.
   
(4) As estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(g) under the Securities Act. The registrant will issue to Network 1 Financial Securities, Inc. warrants to purchase a number of Class A ordinary shares equal to 10% of the Class A ordinary shares sold in the offering, excluding any Class A Ordinary Shares sold as a result of the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. The exercise price of the underwriter warrants equals to 120% of the public offering price of the Class A ordinary shares offered hereby.

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to such Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

  

 

 

 

 The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell the securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting any offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where such offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS DATED MARCH 2, 2021 

6,000,000 Class A Ordinary Shares 

 

 

Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd

 

This is an initial public offering of our Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.001 (“Class A Ordinary Shares”). Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A Ordinary Shares or Class B ordinary shares, par value $0.001 (“Class B Ordinary Shares”). We expect the initial public offering price of our Class A Ordinary Shares to be in the range of $4.00 to $6.00 per share. 

As the date of this prospectus, our authorized share capital is $50,000 divided into 44,000,000 Class A Ordinary Shares and 6,000,000 Class B Ordinary Shares. As of the date of this prospectus, we have 12,086,923 Class A Ordinary Shares and 5,763,077 Class B Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding, respectively. Holders of Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares have the same rights except for voting and conversion rights. In respect of matters requiring a shareholder vote, each holder of Class A Ordinary Shares will be entitled to one vote per one Class A Ordinary Share and each holder of Class B Ordinary Shares will be entitled to seven votes per one Class B Ordinary Share. The Class A Ordinary Shares are not convertible into shares of any other class. The Class B Ordinary Shares are convertible into Class A Ordinary Shares at any time after issuance at the option of the holder on a one-to-one basis. 

We have reserved the symbol “CPOP” for purposes of listing our Class A Ordinary Shares on the Nasdaq Global Market and plan to apply to list our Class A Ordinary Shares on the Nasdaq Global Market. It is a condition to the closing of this offering that our Class A Ordinary Shares qualify for listing on a national securities exchange. 

Investing in our Class A Ordinary Shares involves a high degree of risk, including the risk of losing your entire investment. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 9 to read about factors you should consider before buying our Class A Ordinary Shares. 

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the federal securities laws and will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements. Please read the disclosures beginning on page 5 of this prospectus for more information. 

Following the completion of this offering, our largest shareholder will beneficially own approximately 69.04% of the aggregate voting power of our issued and outstanding Class A and Class B Ordinary Shares as a group assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, or approximately 68.00% assuming full exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. As such, we will be deemed a “controlled company” under Nasdaq Listing Rules 5615(c). However, even if we are deemed as a “controlled company,” we do not intend to avail ourselves of the corporate governance exemptions afforded to a “controlled company” under the Nasdaq Listing Rules. See “Risk Factors” and “Management—Controlled Company.” 

    Per Share     Total Without
Over-Allotment
Option
    Total With
Over-Allotment
Option
 
Initial public offering price   $                $                $                 
Underwriters’ discounts(1)   $       $       $    
Proceeds to our company before expenses(2)   $       $                $             

  

(1) Represents underwriting discounts equal to (i) 7% per share, which is the underwriting discount we have agreed to pay on investors in this offering introduced by the underwriters, and (ii) 4% per share, which is the underwriting discount we have agreed to pay on investors in this offering introduced by us. Underwriting discounts to be paid by us are calculated based on the assumption that no investors in this offering are introduced by us.

(2) In addition to the underwriting discounts listed above, we have agreed to issue, upon closing of this offering, warrants to Network 1 Financial Securities, Inc., as representative of the underwriters, exercisable for a period of three years after the date of commencement of sales of the offering, entitling the representative to purchase 10% of the total number of Class A Ordinary Shares sold in this offering (excluding any Class A Ordinary Shares sold as a result of the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option) at a per share price equal to 120% of the public offering price (the “Underwriter Warrants”). The registration statement of which this prospectus is a part also covers the Underwriter Warrants and the Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon the exercise thereof. See “Underwriting” for additional information regarding total underwriter compensation.

 

This offering is being conducted on a firm commitment basis. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the Class A Ordinary Shares if any such Class A Ordinary Shares are taken. We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 45 days after the closing of this offering to purchase up to 15% of the total number of the Class A Ordinary Shares to be offered by us pursuant to this offering (excluding Class A Ordinary Shares subject to this option), solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts. If the underwriters exercise the option in full, the total underwriting discounts payable will be $2,415,000 assuming no investors in this offering are introduced by us and based on an assumed public offering price of $5.00 per Class A Ordinary Share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and the total gross proceeds to us, before underwriting discounts and expenses, will be $32,085,000. 

 

The underwriters expect to deliver the Class A Ordinary Shares against payment on or about [●], 2021. 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

Prospectus dated [●], 2021

 

 

 

   

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

  Page
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY 1
   
SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA 8
   
RISK FACTORS 9
   
DISCLOSURE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 39
   
ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES 40
   
USE OF PROCEEDS 41
   
DIVIDEND POLICY 42
   
CAPITALIZATION 43
   
DILUTION 44
   
CORPORATE HISTORY AND STRUCTURE 45
   
MANAGEMENT DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 49
   
INDUSTRY 61
   
BUSINESS 66
   
REGULATIONS 85
   
MANAGEMENT 95
   
PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS 100
   
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS 102
   
DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL 103
   
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE 121
   
MATERIAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATION 123
   
UNDERWRITING 130
   
EXPENSES RELATING TO THIS OFFERING 137
   
LEGAL MATTERS 137
   
EXPERTS 137
   
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 137
   
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS F-1

  

i

 

  

About this Prospectus

 

We and the underwriters have not authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses prepared by us or on our behalf or to which we have referred you. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the Class A Ordinary Shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. We are not making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted or where the person making the offer or sale is not qualified to do so or to any person to whom it is not permitted to make such offer or sale. For the avoidance of doubt, no offer or invitation to subscribe for Class A Ordinary Shares is made to the public in the Cayman Islands. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of the date on the front cover of the prospectus. Our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects may have changed since that date.

 

Conventions that Apply to this Prospectus

 

Unless otherwise indicated or the context requires otherwise, references in this prospectus to:

 

 

“Affiliated Entities” are to our subsidiaries and Xiamen Pop Culture (defined below) and its subsidiaries;

 

  “China” or the “PRC” are to the People’s Republic of China, excluding Taiwan and the special administrative regions of Hong Kong and Macau for the purposes of this prospectus only;
     
  “Class A Ordinary Shares” are to Class A ordinary shares of Pop Culture Group (defined below), par value $0.001 per share;
     
  “Class B Ordinary Shares” are to Class B ordinary shares of Pop Culture Group, par value $0.001 per share;
     
  “Heliheng” are to Heliheng Culture Co., Ltd., a limited liability company organized under the laws of the PRC, which is wholly owned by Pop Culture HK;
     
  “Pop Culture Group” are to Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd, an exempted company limited by shares incorporated under the laws of Cayman Islands;
     
  “Pop Culture HK” are to Pop Culture (HK) Holding Limited, a Hong Kong corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of Pop Culture Group;
     
  “Renminbi” or “RMB” are to the legal currency of China;
     
  “U.S. dollars,” “$,” and “dollars” are to the legal currency of the United States;
     
  “VIE” are to variable interest entity;
     
  “we,” “us,” “our Company,” or the “Company” are to one or more of Pop Culture Group and its Affiliated Entities, as the case may be;
     
  “WFOE” are to wholly foreign-owned enterprise; and
     
  “Xiamen Pop Culture” or “our VIE” are to Xiamen Pop Culture Co., Ltd., a limited liability company organized under the laws of the PRC, which we control via a series of contractual arrangements among Heliheng, Xiamen Pop Culture, and the shareholders of Xiamen Pop Culture.

 

Unless the context indicates otherwise, all information in this prospectus assumes no exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option.

 

Our business is conducted by Xiamen Pop Culture, our VIE in the PRC, and its subsidiaries, using RMB. Our consolidated financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars. In this prospectus, we refer to assets, obligations, commitments, and liabilities in our consolidated financial statements in U.S. dollars. These dollar references are based on the exchange rate of RMB to U.S. dollars, determined as of a specific date or for a specific period. Changes in the exchange rate will affect the amount of our obligations and the value of our assets in terms of U.S. dollars which may result in an increase or decrease in the amount of our obligations (expressed in dollars) and the value of our assets, including accounts receivable (expressed in dollars).

  

ii

 

  

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

 

The following summary is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read in conjunction with, the more detailed information and financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to this summary, we urge you to read the entire prospectus carefully, especially the risks of investing in our Class A Ordinary Shares, discussed under “Risk Factors,” before deciding whether to buy our Class A Ordinary Shares.

 

Overview

 

Through our services, we aim to promote hip-hop culture and its values of love, peace, unity, respect, and having fun, and to promote cultural exchange with respect to hip-hop between the United States and China. We do this mainly by delivering event experiences with significant hip-hop elements to the younger generation.

 

Our Company

 

With the values of hip-hop culture at our core and the younger generation as our primary target audience, we host entertainment events, operate hip-hop related online programs, and provide event planning and execution services and marketing services to corporate clients. We seek to create value for stakeholders in all parts of the hip-hop ecosystem, from fans to artists, corporate clients, and sponsors.

 

We have in recent years focused on developing and hosting our own hip-hop events. We own an extensive portfolio of intellectual property rights related to hip-hop events, including a stage play, three dance competitions or events, two cultural and musical festivals, and two promotional parties that feature live hip-hop performances in karaoke bars or amusement parks to promote hip-hop culture, and we cooperate with music companies and artists to host various concerts in China; starting from March 2020, we have been developing and operating hip-hop related online programs (collectively, “Event Hosting”). Our concerts and hip-hop events generated an aggregate attendance of 122,000 and 127,930 during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively, and our online hip-hop programs had generated over 264 million views between March 2020 and January 31, 2021. We generate revenue from our Event Hosting business by providing sponsorship packages to advertisers in exchange for sponsorship fees and by selling tickets for those concerts. 

 

We help corporate clients with the design, logistics, and layout of events, coordinate and supervise the actual event set-up and implementation, and generate revenue through service fees (“Event Planning and Execution”). Our services feature significant hip-hop elements and cover each aspect of corporate and marketing events, including communication, planning, design, production, reception, execution, and analysis. During the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, we served 35 and 16 clients in 43 and 49 events, respectively.

 

We provide marketing services, including (i) brand promotion services, such as trademark and logo design, visual identity system design, brand positioning, brand personality design, and digital solutions, and (ii) other services, primarily advertisement distribution, to corporate clients for service fees (“Marketing”).

 

We believe that the main reason corporate clients hire us to plan and execute events and provide marketing services geared towards the younger generation is for our deep understanding of the taste and preferences of this generation.

 

For the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, we had total revenue of $19,031,766 and $15,688,080, and net income of $3,831,758 and $2,625,817, respectively. Revenue derived from the Event Hosting business accounted for 34% and 49% of our total revenue for those fiscal years, respectively. Revenue derived from the Event Planning and Execution business accounted for 52% and 35% of our total revenue for those fiscal years, respectively. Revenue derived from the Marketing business accounted for 14% and 16% of our total revenue for those fiscal years, respectively.

  

1

 

  

Competitive Strengths

 

We believe that the following competitive strengths have contributed to our success and differentiated us from our competitors:

 

  an extensive portfolio of iconic hip-hop events;
     
  a deep understanding of the younger generation;
     
  a highly-recognized brand name in the hip-hop culture and street dance industries;
     
  a strong and loyal corporate client base; and
     
  an experienced management team able to leverage the capabilities of our organization.

 

Growth Strategies

 

We seek to be a leader in the promotion of hip-hop culture and its values in China, creating long-term value for fans, artists, corporate clients, and sponsors. Specially, we plan to implement the following strategies:

 

  develop and operate online content;
     
  expand and enhance our portfolio of concerts and hip-hop events;
     
  exploit revenue-generating opportunities for our hip-hop related intellectual property portfolio;
     
  develop and deepen relationships with corporate clients;
     
  attract and recruit highly-qualified professionals to join our team; and
     
  further enhance our brand recognition.

 

Summary of Risk Factors

 

Investing in our Class A Ordinary Shares involves significant risks. You should carefully consider all of the information in this prospectus before making an investment in our Class A Ordinary Shares. Below please find a summary of the principal risks we face, organized under relevant headings. These risks are discussed more fully in the section titled “Risk Factors.”

 

Risks Related to Our Business

 

Risks and uncertainties related to our business include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

  we have in recent years shifted our focus to the Event Hosting business, which makes it difficult to predict our prospects and our business and financial performance;
     
  if we are unable to retain the existing clients for our Event Planning and Execution and Marketing businesses, our results of operations will be materially and adversely affected;
     
  a substantial portion of our revenue and accounts receivable are currently derived from a small number of customers. If any of these customers experiences a material business disruption, we would likely incur substantial losses of revenue;
     
  our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows since February 2020 have been adversely affected by COVID-19;
     
  our success is tied to events generally and, in particular, to changes in popularity of hip-hop events on which we choose to focus;
     
  we depend on the success of live entertainment events, which are inherently susceptible to risks, and our exposure to such risks is potentially heightened as a result of the nature of entertainment events and the fan experiences we seek to create;
     
  We use third-party services in connection with our business, and any disruption to these services could result in a disruption to our business, negative publicity, and a slowdown in the growth of our customer base, materially and adversely affecting our business, financial condition, and results of operations; and
     
  our business depends on the continued success of our brands, and if we fail to maintain and enhance the recognition of our brands, we may face difficulty increasing our network of partners and clients, and our reputation and operating results may be harmed.

  

2

 

  

Risks Related to Our Corporate Structure

 

We are also subject to risks and uncertainties related to our corporate structure, including, but are not limited to, the following:

 

  if the PRC government deems that the contractual arrangements in relation to our VIE do not comply with PRC regulatory restrictions on foreign investment in the relevant industries, or if these regulations or the interpretation of existing regulations change in the future, we could be subject to severe penalties or be forced to relinquish our interests in those operations;
     
  our VIE Arrangements with Xiamen Pop Culture and the Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders may not be effective in providing control over Xiamen Pop Culture;
     
  our VIE Arrangements are governed by the laws of the PRC and we may have difficulty in enforcing any rights we may have under these contractual arrangements;
     
  the Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders have potential conflicts of interest with our company which may adversely affect our business and financial condition; and
     
  we rely on the approvals, certificates, and business licenses held by Xiamen Pop Culture and any deterioration of the relationship between Heliheng and Xiamen Pop Culture could materially and adversely affect our overall business operations.

 

Risks Relating to Doing Business in the PRC

 

We face risks and uncertainties relating to doing business in the PRC in general, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

  there are uncertainties under the Foreign Investment Law relating to the status of businesses in China controlled by foreign invested projects primarily through contractual arrangements, such as our business;
     
  changes in China’s economic, political, or social conditions or government policies could have a material adverse effect on our business and operations;
     
  uncertainties in the interpretation and enforcement of PRC laws and regulations could limit the legal protection available to you and us;
     
  PRC regulations relating to offshore investment activities by PRC residents may subject our PRC resident beneficial owners or our PRC subsidiary to liability or penalties, limit our ability to inject capital into our PRC subsidiary, limit our PRC subsidiary’s ability to increase its registered capital or distribute profits to us, or may otherwise adversely affect us;
     
  under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, we may be classified as a PRC “resident enterprise” for PRC enterprise income tax purposes. Such classification would likely result in unfavorable tax consequences to us and our non-PRC shareholders and have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and the value of your investment; and
     
  there are significant uncertainties under the EIT Law relating to the withholding tax liabilities of our PRC subsidiary, and dividends payable by our PRC subsidiary to our offshore subsidiaries may not qualify to enjoy certain treaty benefits.

 

Risks Relating to this Offering and the Trading Market

 

In addition to the risks described above, we are subject to general risks and uncertainties relating to this offering and the trading market, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

  there has been no public market for our Class A Ordinary Shares prior to this offering, and you may not be able to resell our Class A Ordinary Shares at or above the price you pay for them, or at all;
     
  the dual class structure of our ordinary shares has the effect of concentrating voting control with our chief executive officer and chairman, and his interests may not be aligned with the interests of our other shareholders; and
     
  We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future.

  

3

 

  

  

Our Securities

 

Our authorized share capital is divided into Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares. Holders of Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares have the same rights except for voting and conversion rights. In respect of matters requiring a shareholder vote, each holder of Class A Ordinary Shares will be entitled to one vote per one Class A Ordinary Share and each holder of Class B Ordinary Shares will be entitled to seven votes per one Class B Ordinary Share. Due to the Class B Ordinary Share’s voting power, the holders of Class B Ordinary Shares currently and may continue to have a concentration of voting power, which limits the holders of Class A Ordinary Shares’ ability to influence corporate matters. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to this Offering and the Trading Market—The dual class structure of our ordinary shares has the effect of concentrating voting control with our chief executive officer and chairman, and his interests may not be aligned with the interests of our other shareholders.” Each Class B Ordinary Share is convertible into one Class A Ordinary Share at any time by the holder thereof. Class A Ordinary Shares are not convertible into Class B Ordinary Shares under any circumstances. See “Description of Share Capital.”

 

Unless the context requires otherwise, all references to the number of Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares to be outstanding after our initial public offering is based on 12,086,923 Class A Ordinary Shares and 5,763,077 Class B Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding as of the date of this prospectus.

 

Corporate Information

 

Our principal executive offices are located at Room 102, 23-1 Wanghai Road, Xiamen Software Park Phase 2, Siming District, Xiamen City, Fujian Province, the PRC, and our phone number is +86-0592-5968189. Our registered office in the Cayman Islands is located at 4th Floor, Harbour Place, 103 South Church Street, P.O. Box 10240, Grand Cayman KY1-1002, Cayman Islands, and the phone number of our registered office is +1-3459498599. We maintain a corporate website at www.popinter.cn. The information contained in, or accessible from, our website or any other website does not constitute a part of this prospectus. Our agent for service of process in the United States is Cogency Global Inc., located at 122 East 42nd Street, 18th Floor, New York, NY 10168.

 

Corporate Structure

 

We are a Cayman Islands exempted company incorporated on January 3, 2020. Exempted companies are Cayman Island companies conducting business mainly outside the Cayman Islands and, as such, are exempted from complying with certain provisions of the Companies Act (Revised).

 

The following diagram illustrates our corporate structure upon completion of our initial public offering (“IPO”) based on a proposed number of 6,000,000 Class A Ordinary Shares being offered, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. For more details on our corporate history, please refer to “Corporate History and Structure.”

 

 

  

4

 

 

Notes: All percentages reflect the voting ownership interests instead of the equity interests held by each of our shareholders given that each holder of Class B Ordinary Shares will be entitled to seven votes per one Class B Ordinary Share and each holder of Class A Ordinary Shares will be entitled to one vote per one Class A Ordinary Share.

 

  (1) Represents 5,763,077 Class B Ordinary Shares indirectly held by Zhuoqin Huang, the 100% owner of Joya Enterprises Limited, as of the date of this prospectus.

 

  (2) Represents an aggregate of 12,086,923 Class A Ordinary Shares held by 36 shareholders of Pop Culture Group, each one of which holds less than 5% of our voting ownership interests, as of the date of this prospectus.

 

  (3) As of the date of this prospectus, Xiamen Pop Culture is held by Zhuoqin Huang as to 61.58%, Weiyi Lin as to 10.02%, Rongdi Zhang as to 9.10%, Chunxiao Cui as to 6.11%, Xiayu Cui as to 6.11%, Junlong He as to 4.42%, Yu Huang as to 2.42%, Azhen Lin as to 0.12%, and Wuyang Chen as to 0.12%, respectively, together holding 100% of the shares. We refer to the above shareholders of Xiamen Pop Culture as the “Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders.”

 

Implications of Our Being an “Emerging Growth Company”

 

As a company with less than $1.07 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the “JOBS Act.” An “emerging growth company” may take advantage of reduced reporting requirements that are otherwise applicable to larger public companies. In particular, as an emerging growth company, we:

 

  may present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations;
     
  are not required to provide a detailed narrative disclosure discussing our compensation principles, objectives and elements and analyzing how those elements fit with our principles and objectives, which is commonly referred to as “compensation discussion and analysis”;
     
  are not required to obtain an attestation and report from our auditors on our management’s assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;
     
  are not required to obtain a non-binding advisory vote from our shareholders on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements (commonly referred to as the “say-on-pay,” “say-on frequency,” and “say-on-golden-parachute” votes);
     
  are exempt from certain executive compensation disclosure provisions requiring a pay-for-performance graph and chief executive officer pay ratio disclosure;
     
  are eligible to claim longer phase-in periods for the adoption of new or revised financial accounting standards under §107 of the JOBS Act; and
     
  will not be required to conduct an evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting until our second annual report on Form 20-F following the effectiveness of our initial public offering.

 

We intend to take advantage of all of these reduced reporting requirements and exemptions, including the longer phase-in periods for the adoption of new or revised financial accounting standards under §107 of the JOBS Act. Our election to use the phase-in periods may make it difficult to compare our financial statements to those of non-emerging growth companies and other emerging growth companies that have opted out of the phase-in periods under §107 of the JOBS Act.

 

Under the JOBS Act, we may take advantage of the above-described reduced reporting requirements and exemptions until we no longer meet the definition of an emerging growth company. The JOBS Act provides that we would cease to be an “emerging growth company” at the end of the fiscal year in which the fifth anniversary of our initial sale of common equity pursuant to a registration statement declared effective under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) occurred, if we have more than $1.07 billion in annual revenue, have more than $700 million in market value of our Class A Ordinary Share held by non-affiliates, or issue more than $1 billion in principal amount of non-convertible debt over a three-year period.

 

5

 

 

Foreign Private Issuer Status

 

We are a foreign private issuer within the meaning of the rules under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). As such, we are exempt from certain provisions applicable to United States domestic public companies. For example:

 

  we are not required to provide as many Exchange Act reports, or as frequently, as a domestic public company;
     
  for interim reporting, we are permitted to comply solely with our home country requirements, which are less rigorous than the rules that apply to domestic public companies;
     
  we are not required to provide the same level of disclosure on certain issues, such as executive compensation;
     
  we are exempt from provisions of Regulation FD aimed at preventing issuers from making selective disclosures of material information;
     
  we are not required to comply with the sections of the Exchange Act regulating the solicitation of proxies, consents, or authorizations in respect of a security registered under the Exchange Act; and
     
  we are not required to comply with Section 16 of the Exchange Act requiring insiders to file public reports of their share ownership and trading activities and establishing insider liability for profits realized from any “short-swing” trading transaction.

 

6

 

 

THE OFFERING

 

Securities offered by us   6,000,000 Class A Ordinary Shares, or 6,900,000 Ordinary Shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full
     
Price per Class A Ordinary Share   We currently estimate that the initial public offering price will be in the range of $4.00 to $6.00 per Class A Ordinary Share.
     
Class A Ordinary Shares outstanding prior to completion of this offering   12,086,923 Class A Ordinary Shares
     
Class A Ordinary Shares outstanding immediately after this offering  

18,086,923 Class A Ordinary Shares assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option and excluding 600,000 Class A Ordinary Shares underlying the Underwriter Warrants

 

18,986,923 Class A Ordinary Shares assuming full exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option and excluding 600,000 Class A Ordinary Shares underlying the Underwriter Warrants

     
Listing   We have applied to have our Class A Ordinary Shares listed on the Nasdaq Global Market.
     
Ticker symbol   “CPOP”
     
Transfer Agent   Transhare Corporation
     
Use of proceeds   We intend to use the proceeds from this offering to develop and operate online content, develop a street dance training business, create derivative works of our hip-hop intellectual properties, and develop our hip-hop events, and for working capital and other general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds” on page 41 for more information.
     
Lock-up   All of our directors and officers and our shareholders owning [●]% or more of our Class A Ordinary Shares have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell, transfer, or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any of our Class A Ordinary Shares or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our Class A Ordinary Shares for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” and “Underwriting” for more information.
     
Risk factors   The Class A Ordinary Shares offered hereby involve a high degree of risk. You should read “Risk Factors,” beginning on page 9 for a discussion of factors to consider before deciding to invest in our Class A Ordinary Shares.
     
Voting rights  

Holders of Class A Ordinary Shares are entitled to one vote per one Class A Ordinary Share.

 

Holders of Class B Ordinary Shares are entitled to seven votes per one Class B Ordinary Share.

 

Holders of our Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares will generally vote together as a single class, unless otherwise required by law. Mr. Zhuoqin Huang, who after our initial public offering will control approximately 69.04% of the voting power of our outstanding ordinary shares assuming no exercise of the over-allotment option by the underwriters and approximately 68.00% of the voting power of our outstanding ordinary shares assuming full exercise of the over-allotment option by the underwriters, will have the ability to control the outcome of matters submitted to our shareholders for approval, including the election of our directors. See “Description of Share Capital.”

 

7

 

 

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

 

The following tables set forth selected historical statements of operations for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, and balance sheet data as of June 30, 2019 and 2020, which have been derived from our audited financial statements for those periods. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future. You should read this data together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus as well as “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” appearing elsewhere in the prospectus.

 

Selected Statements of Operations Information:

 

    For the Fiscal Year
Ended
June 30,
2019
    For the Fiscal Year
Ended
June 30,
2020
 
Revenue   $ 19,031,766     $ 15,688,080  
Gross profit   $ 5,873,229     $ 4,529,233  
Operating expenses   $ 626,065     $ 1,367,086  
Income from operations   $ 5,247,164     $ 3,162,147  
Provision for Income taxes   $ 1,288,982     $ 457,005  
Net income (loss)   $ 3,831,758     $ 2,625,817  

 

Selected Balance Sheet Information: 

 

    As of
June 30,
2019
    As of
June 30,
2020
 
Current assets   $ 11,999,221     $ 20,523,757  
Total assets   $ 14,466,693     $ 22,903,772  
Current liabilities   $ 6,685,085     $ 8,988,972  
Total liabilities   $ 6,943,707     $ 9,178,966  
Total shareholders’ equity   $ 7,522,986     $ 13,724,806  

 

8

 

 

RISK FACTORS

 

An investment in our Class A Ordinary Shares involves a high degree of risk. Before deciding whether to invest in our Class A Ordinary Shares, you should consider carefully the risks described below, together with all of the other information set forth in this prospectus, including the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes. If any of these risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flow could be materially and adversely affected, which could cause the trading price of our Class A Ordinary Shares to decline, resulting in a loss of all or part of your investment. The risks described below and discussed in other parts of this prospectus are not the only ones that we face. Additional risks not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also affect our business. You should only consider investing in our Class A Ordinary Shares if you can bear the risk of loss of your entire investment.

 

Risks Related to Our Business

 

We have in recent years shifted our focus to the Event Hosting business, which makes it difficult to predict our prospects and our business and financial performance.

 

We have in recent years shifted our focus from providing event planning and execution services to developing and hosting our own hip-hop events. During the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, revenue from our Event Hosting business accounted for 34% and 49% of our total revenue, respectively. Our recent operation results in this business may not serve as an adequate basis for evaluating our prospect and operating results, including gross billings, net revenue, cash flows, and operating margins for the Event Hosting business. We have encountered, and may continue to encounter in the future, risks, challenges, and uncertainties associated with the development of our Event Hosting business, such as adapting to the fast-evolving hip-hop ecosystem, addressing regulatory compliance and uncertainty, engaging, training, and retaining high-quality employees, and improving and expanding our hip-hop intellectual property portfolio. If we do not manage these risks successfully, our operating and financial results may differ materially from our expectations and our business and financial performance may suffer.

 

If we are unable to retain the existing clients for our Event Planning and Execution and Marketing businesses, our results of operations will be materially and adversely affected.

 

We provide event planning and execution services and marketing services to corporate clients primarily pursuant to service agreements with typical terms ranging from one to six months but usually less than three months. These contracts may not be renewed or, if renewed, may not be renewed on the same or more favorable terms for us. We may not be able to accurately predict future trends in corporate client renewals, and our corporate clients’ renewal rates may decline or fluctuate due to factors such as level of satisfaction with our services and solutions and our fees and charges, as well as factors beyond our control, such as level of competition faced by our corporate clients, their level of success in marketing efforts, and their spending levels. In particular, some of our existing corporate clients, including Heng’an (China) Paper Industry Co., Ltd., Ab Inbev Sedrin Brewery Co., Ltd., and Xiamen Mastermind Advertising Co., Ltd., have been our clients for many years and we generated a significant portion of our revenue through services provided to them. If some of our existing corporate clients, in particular historic corporate clients, terminate or do not renew their business relationships with us, renew on less favorable terms or for fewer services and solutions, and we do not acquire replacement corporate clients or otherwise grow our corporate client base, our results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

 

A substantial portion of our revenue and accounts receivable are currently derived from a small number of customers. If any of these customers experiences a material business disruption, we would likely incur substantial losses of revenue.

 

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019, three major customers, Heng’an (China) Paper Industry Co., Ltd., Guangzhou Taiji Advertising Co., Ltd., and Xiamen Many Idea Interactive Co., Ltd., accounted for approximately 12%, 11%, and 10% of our total revenue, respectively. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020, three major customers, Guangzhou Taiji Advertising Co., Ltd., Fujian Maibo Culture Communication Co., Ltd., and Xiamen Many Idea Interactive Co., Ltd., accounted for approximately 18%, 9%, and 9% of our total revenue, respectively. As of June 30, 2019, our top five customers accounted for approximately 58% of our net accounts receivable balance, with each customer representing 20%, 11%, 10%, 9%, and 8% of the net accounts receivable balance, respectively. As of June 30, 2020, our top five customers accounted for approximately 65% of our net accounts receivable balance, with each customer representing 21%, 15%, 10%, 10%, and 9% of the net accounts receivable balance, respectively. Our major customers may change as we adjust marketing strategies or business focus, and any material business disruption affecting our major customers or any decrease in sales to our major customers may negatively impact our operations and cash flows if we fail to increase our sales to other customers.

  

9

 

 

In our Event Hosting business, we primarily generate revenue from sponsorship. If we fail to attract more sponsors to our concerts, hip-hop events, and online hip-hop programs, or if sponsors are less willing to sponsor us, our revenue may be adversely affected.

 

We generate a growing portion of our revenue from sponsorship provided by advertisers in the Event Hosting business, which we expect to further develop and expand in the near future as viewership of our hip-hop event offerings expand. Our revenue from sponsorship mainly depends on the number and attractiveness of our concerts, hip-hop events, and online hip-hop programs, and partly depends on the continual development of offline advertising industry in China and advertisers’ willingness to allocate budgets to offline advertising in the hip-hop industry. In addition, companies that decide to advertise or promote their products or services may utilize online methods or channels, such as Internet portals or search engines, over sponsorship during our offline events. If the offline advertising and sponsorship market does not continue to grow, or if we are unable to capture and retain a sufficient share of that market, our ability to maintain and increase our current level of sponsorship revenue and our profitability and prospects may be materially and adversely affected.

 

Our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows since February 2020 have been adversely affected by COVID-19.

 

In December 2019, COVID-19 was first identified in Wuhan, China. Less than four months later, on March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization declared COVID-19 a pandemic—the first pandemic caused by a coronavirus. The outbreak has reached more than 160 countries, resulting in the implementation of significant governmental measures, including lockdowns, closures, quarantines, and travel bans, intended to control the spread of the virus. The Chinese government has ordered quarantines, travel restrictions, and the temporary closure of stores and facilities. Companies are also taking precautions, such as requiring employees to work remotely, imposing travel restrictions and temporarily closing businesses.

 

Since we primarily engage in the businesses of hosting events and providing services related to events, our results of operations and financial condition since February 2020 have been adversely affected by the spread of COVID-19 as the Chinese government has taken a number of actions, including extending the Chinese New Year holiday, encouraging employees of enterprises to work remotely from home, and cancelling public activities. In particular, between February and May 2020, all of the offline events we expected to host or plan and execute were suspended because governmental authorities imposed restrictions on large in-person gatherings and we also suffered a decrease in the Marketing business because of the sluggish demand for advertising or marketing activities, resulting in lower revenue and net income during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020. We resumed our offline event planning and execution and event hosting in June 2020. Our collection of accounts receivable has also slowed down since February 2020. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Business Overview—COVID-19 Affecting Our Results of Operations.”

 

Although the COVID-19 outbreak seems to have been under relative control in China since May 2020, the COVID-19 outbreak may continue to materially and adversely affect our business operations and condition and operating results for 2021, including but not limited to material negative impact on our total revenue, slower collection of accounts receivable, and additional allowance for doubtful accounts. The extent to which COVID-19 impacts our results of operations during 2021 will depend on the future developments of the outbreak, including new information concerning the global severity of and actions taken to contain the outbreak, which are highly uncertain and unpredictable.

 

10

 

 

Our success is tied to events generally and, in particular, to changes in popularity of hip-hop events on which we choose to focus.

 

We are largely dependent on the continued popularity of corporate, marketing, and entertainment events in China generally and, in particular, the popularity of hip-hop events upon which we have chosen to focus. Changes in the popularity of hip-hop culture in China or in particular cities or regions in China could be influenced by competition from other forms of entertainment. A change in fans’ tastes, or a change in perception relating to hip-hop culture, could result in our hip-hop events becoming less popular or otherwise reduce the value of our hip-hop focused intellectual property portfolio. This, in turn, could reduce sponsorship or other advertising demand relating to our hip-hop events. Adverse developments or scandals relating to stars or key stakeholders in the hip-hop industry could affect our ability to monetize acquired rights or possibly recover investments we have made in the relationships with the rights owners, and to the extent that any such star or stakeholder is material to our revenue, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, or prospects.

 

We may be unable to maintain or enhance our portfolio of concerts, which is a key component of our growth strategy.

 

We own, or otherwise have contractual rights to, an extensive portfolio of concerts and hip-hop events from which we seek to generate revenue through sponsorships and ticket sales for those concerts and events. The portfolio of concerts is derived from our performance agreements with artists and music companies, which generally are for fixed terms and specific concerts. We are dependent upon relationships with these artists and music companies to maintain or obtain new rights. We have in the past been, and may in the future be, subject to risks that our partners in hosting concerts cease to work with us, develop their own service offerings instead of using ours, use alternative intermediaries for certain services, or fail to renew existing contracts on terms favorable to us, or at all, and to the extent that any such partner is material to our revenue, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, or prospects.

 

The service agreements and performance agreements for our Event Planning and Execution and Event Hosting businesses impose numerous obligations on us.

 

In our Event Planning and Execution business and when hosting concerts in our Event Hosting business, we rely on contractual arrangements to provide a comprehensive suite of event-related services through our execution and marketing capabilities, and otherwise to obtain the right to host concerts we can then monetize.

 

The contracts with our clients and artists or music companies that underpin these arrangements are complex, come in a number of different forms and impose numerous obligations on us, including the obligations to:

 

  provide future payment obligations and minimum attendance guarantees for entertainment events;
     
  take adequate measures to monitor and prevent third parties from infringing or misusing intellectual property of our clients or partners;
     
  meet detailed and event specific minimum transmission, live coverage quality, host broadcaster, and media production requirements;
     
  maintain records of financial activities and grant clients or partners access to and rights to audit our records; and
     
  comply with certain security and technical specifications.

 

If we are unable to meet our obligations or if we breach any of the other terms of our contractual arrangements, we could be subject to monetary penalties and our rights under such arrangements could be terminated, or could be subject to other remedies including obligations to renegotiate terms. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, or prospects.

 

11

 

  

We depend on the success of live entertainment events, which are inherently susceptible to risks, and our exposure to such risks is potentially heightened as a result of the nature of entertainment events and the fan experiences we seek to create.

 

Live entertainment events, and, in particular those involving large numbers of performers or fans, require significant logistical capabilities, including substantial resources for safety and security, and sufficient infrastructure, which can be complex, difficult to coordinate, and costly to have in place. Even where logistics and infrastructure have been appropriately planned for, public live events, including our owned events, involve risks that may be beyond our control or the control of the relevant organizer (if not us). Such risks may include terrorist attacks, gun violence, or other security threats, travel interruption or accidents, traffic incidents, weather-related interruptions, natural catastrophes, the spread of illness, equipment malfunction, labor strikes, or other disturbances. Any of these could result in personal injuries or deaths, canceled events, and other disruptions to events adversely affecting the success of the events or our ability to stage events in the future (such as if host cities or organizations choose not to partner with us given event-related risks). The realization of these risks could also otherwise impact the profitability of our events and we could also be exposed to liability or other losses for which we may not have insurance or suffer reputational harm.

 

We focus on creating memorable entertainment event experiences for fans and cultivating highly-engaged and dedicated communities of fans. As a result, factors adversely impacting the enjoyment of fans during our entertainment events, even relatively minor issues, such as adverse weather conditions or poorly functioning infrastructure, to the extent they become associated with, and undercut, our events or, more generally, our brands, could lead to declining popularity of our events in future periods. As we coordinate all aspects of these events, including executing the events on-site, and undertaking the many items in preparation for each event, poor execution could also lead to declining popularity of our events in the future. In addition, our events typically require us to obtain permits from the relevant host cities or municipalities, and restrictive permit conditions, poor delivery of services including those not directly under our control or cancellation of entertainment events could also harm our brands.

 

We use third-party services in connection with our business, and any disruption to these services could result in a disruption to our business, negative publicity, and a slowdown in the growth of our customer base, materially and adversely affecting our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

Our business depends on services provided by, and relationships with, various third parties, including advertising companies and media companies, among others. In particular, for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, we purchased 14% and 16% of our third-party services from one major supplier, respectively. The failure of these parties to perform in compliance with our agreements may negatively impact our business.

 

In addition, if such third parties increase the prices of their services, fail to provide their services effectively, terminate their services or agreements, or discontinue their relationships with us, we could suffer service interruptions, reduced revenue, or increased costs, any of which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

Our business could be harmed if the relationships on which we depend were to change adversely or terminate.

 

Some of our events involves an exhaustive check-list of items to be organized and coordinated among numerous parties. Therefore, good relationships with these parties are key to a successful event. In particular, for the successful operation and execution of our hip-hop events, we often are dependent on relationships with local authorities and government agencies, which provide us essential services that are integral to the success of the event, such as police and security services, traffic control, and assistance in obtaining the required approvals and permits. For the operation of many of our hip-hop events, we use third-party providers and may also rely on the support of volunteers. If we are unable to rely on providers or volunteers in our event operations, it could cause disruptions to our events or otherwise adversely impact our relationships with our community of fans. Any adverse changes in or termination of any of these relationships could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, or prospects.

 

Our business depends on the continued success of our brands, and if we fail to maintain and enhance the recognition of our brands, we may face difficulty increasing our network of partners and clients, and our reputation and operating results may be harmed.

 

We believe that market awareness of our brands, including , , and Hip Hop Master, have contributed significantly to the success of our business. Maintaining and enhancing our brands is critical to our efforts to increase our network of sponsors, clients, and fans.

 

Our ability to attract new sponsors, clients, and fans depends not only on investment in our brands, our marketing efforts, and the success of our sales force, but also on the perceived value of our services versus competing alternatives among our client base. In addition, a failure by our clients to distinguish between our brands and the different services provided by our competitors may result in a reduction in sales volume, revenue, and margins. If our marketing initiatives are not successful or become less effective, if we are unable to further enhance our brand recognition, or if we incur excessive marketing and promotion expenses, we may not be able to attract new clients successfully or efficiently, and our business and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

 

12

 

  

In addition, negative publicity about our business, shareholders, affiliates, directors, officers, and other employees, and the industry in which we operate, can harm the recognition of our brands. Negative publicity, regardless of merits, concerning the foregoing, could be related to a wide variety of matters, including but not limited to:

 

  alleged misconduct or other improper activities committed by our directors, officers, and other employees, including misrepresentation made by our employees to potential partners, clients, and fans during sales and marketing activities, and other fraudulent activities to artificially inflate the popularity of our service offerings;
     
  false or malicious allegations or rumors about us or our directors, shareholders, affiliates, officers, and other employees;
     
  complaints by fans, clients, sponsors, or partners about our events, services, sales, and marketing activities;
     
  security breaches of confidential partner, client, or employee information;
     
  employment-related claims relating to alleged employment discrimination, wage, and hour violations; and
     
  governmental and regulatory investigations or penalties resulting from our failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations.

 

In addition to traditional media, there has been an increasing use of social media platforms and similar devices in China, including instant messaging applications, social media websites, and other forms of internet-based communications that provide individuals with access to a broad audience of consumers and other interested persons. The availability of information on instant messaging applications and social media platforms is virtually immediate as is its impact without affording us an opportunity for redress or correction. The opportunity for dissemination of information, including inaccurate information, is readily available. Information concerning our company, shareholders, affiliates, directors, officers, and other employees, may be posted on such platforms at any time. The risks associated with any such negative publicity or incorrect information cannot be completely eliminated by our strategies to maintain our brand and may materially harm the recognition of our brand, our reputation, business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

We could be adversely affected by a failure to protect our intellectual property or the intellectual property of our partners.

 

We have significant intellectual property rights, in particular with respect to our event brands, such as , and related events, as well as our business brands, such as the Hip Hop Master brand. See also “—Our business depends on the continued success of our brands, and if we fail to maintain and enhance the recognition of our brands, we may face difficulty increasing our network of partners and clients, and our reputation and operating results may be harmed.” We regard our intellectual properties as critical to our success, and we depend, to a large extent, on our ability to develop and maintain our intellectual property rights. To do so, we rely upon a combination of trade secrets, confidential policies, nondisclosure, and other contractual arrangements and copyrights, software copyrights, trademarks, and other intellectual property laws. We also make use of the intellectual property rights from partners, such as artists and music companies, to monetize the concerts we host. Despite our efforts to protect our or our partners’ intellectual property rights, the steps we take in this regard might not be adequate to prevent, or deter, infringement or other misappropriation of our or our partners’ intellectual property by competitors, former employees, or other third parties.

 

Monitoring and preventing any unauthorized use of our or our partners’ intellectual property is difficult and costly, and any of our or our partners’ intellectual property rights could be challenged, invalidated, circumvented, or misappropriated, or such intellectual property may not be sufficient to provide us with competitive advantages. Litigation or proceedings before governmental authorities, or administrative and judicial bodies may be necessary to enforce our intellectual property rights and to determine the validity and scope of our rights. Our efforts to protect our intellectual property in such litigation and proceedings may be ineffective and could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and management time, each of which could substantially harm our operating results. Any failure in protecting or enforcing our or our partners' intellectual property rights could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, or prospects.

 

13

 

  

Advertisements shown during our events may subject us to penalties and other administrative actions.

 

Under PRC advertising laws and regulations, we are obligated to monitor the advertising content shown during our events to ensure that such content is true, accurate, and in full compliance with applicable laws and regulations. In addition, where a special government review is required for specific types of advertisements prior to posting, such as advertisements relating to pharmaceuticals, medical instruments, agrochemicals, and veterinary pharmaceuticals, we are obligated to confirm that such review has been performed and approval has been obtained from competent governmental authority. To fulfill these monitoring functions, we include clauses in all of our service contracts requiring that all advertising content provided by advertising agencies and advertisers must comply with relevant laws and regulations. Under PRC law, we may have claims against advertising agencies and advertisers for all damages to us caused by their breach of such representations. Violation of these laws and regulations may subject us to penalties, including fines, confiscation of our advertising income, orders to cease dissemination of the advertisements, and orders to publish an announcement correcting the misleading information. In circumstances involving serious violations, such as posting a pharmaceutical product advertisement without approval, or posting an advertisement for fake pharmaceutical product, PRC governmental authorities may force us to terminate our advertising operation or revoke our licenses.

 

A majority of the advertisements shown during our events are provided to us by third parties. Although significant efforts have been made to ensure that the advertisements shown during our events are in full compliance with applicable laws and regulations, we cannot assure you that all the content contained in such advertisements is true and accurate as required by the advertising laws and regulations, especially given the large number of advertisements and the uncertainty in the application of these laws and regulations. The inability of our procedures to adequately and timely discover such evasions may subject us to regulatory penalties or administrative sanctions. Although we have not been subject to any penalties or administrative sanctions in the past for the advertisements shown during our events, if we are found to be in violation of applicable PRC advertising laws and regulations in the future, we may be subject to penalties and our reputation may be harmed, which may have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

 

The markets in which we operate are highly competitive.

 

In providing event planning and execution and marketing services, we seek to build strong connections, raise the value of services we provide, create effective communication platforms for brands, events, and organizations, and ultimately provide the vital link between events and consumers. We face competition in acquiring corporate clients. Notwithstanding prior relationships, corporate clients might choose alternative service providers. If we are unable to maintain current clients or acquire new clients, our ability to grow our business will be limited. In a competitive environment, we may lose existing business to our competitors or we may win less profitable business, including to the extent we may be required to lower the service fees we charge to our clients. In China, a number of companies have already engaged in event planning and execution and marketing services, and certain large companies, such as Alibaba, Tencent, and Baidu, are increasingly investing in entertainment businesses, including in hip-hop-related content and media channel development. In addition, our partners may expand their internal capabilities or otherwise integrate themselves vertically and more systematically, which could result in a reduction in opportunities available to us or otherwise lead to potential new competitors.

 

In the case of concerts, hip-hop events, and online hip-hop programs, we face competition principally from other hosts or creator of concerts, hip-hop events, and online hip-hop programs. The events, concerts, or online programs offered by other hosts may offer fans the ability to participate in events that represent or are perceived to represent better value for money than what we offer. We may face competition in cities or markets from competitors that have or are able to establish a more significant local presence than we can. In addition, we face competition from other entertainment and non-entertainment events that may be more attractive or appealing to potential fans.

  

14

 

  

Our results of operations are subject to seasonality and our financial performance in any one interim period is unlikely to be indicative of, or comparable to, our financial performance in subsequent interim periods.

 

Ultimately, we generate revenue from events, and these events occur at different times throughout the year. Most of our event-related revenue as well as event-related expenses are recognized in the month in which an event occurs. In particular for our Event Planning and Execution and Marketing businesses, revenue and direct expenses tend to be higher in the fourth quarter of our fiscal year given our event calendar. Over the course of the four quarters, fluctuations in gross profit shows a largely similar pattern to fluctuations in revenue. Our results of operations in our Event Hosting business tend to have less seasonal fluctuations compared to our other businesses. Comparing our operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful, and you should not rely on our past results as an indication of our future performance.

 

We may be unable to expand successfully into new cities or markets or expand within cities or markets in which we are already present.

 

We currently operate mainly in the coastal provinces of China. Expansion into new cities or markets or expansion within cities or markets in which we are already present could expose us to significant legal and regulatory challenges, political, and economic instability or other adverse consequences. Such expansion may require the building of new relationships with stakeholders, which may have different interests or standards than stakeholders for which our operations have otherwise been designed and for which we may have limited capabilities to leverage. Our lack of experience and operational expertise in these cities or markets could put us in a disadvantageous position relative to our competitors with more experience or capabilities to address the relevant challenges. These factors, among others, could cause our expansion into new cities or markets to be unsuccessful or less profitable than what we are otherwise able to achieve, could cause our operating costs to increase unexpectedly or our revenue to decrease, or, in general, could otherwise negatively affect our expansion ambitions.

 

We have grown rapidly and expect to continue to invest in our growth for the foreseeable future. If we fail to manage this growth effectively, the success of our business model will be compromised.

 

We have experienced rapid growth in recent years. Our rapid growth has placed, and will continue to place, a significant strain on our demand for effective planning and management processes, administrative and operating infrastructure, hip-hop event development, sales and marketing capacities, and other resources. Our ability to effectively implement our strategies and manage any significant growth of our business will depend on a number of factors, including our ability to: (i) effectively recruit, train, retain, and motivate a large number of new employees; (ii)  continue to improve our operational, financial, and management controls and efficiencies; (iii) improve hip-hop events to make them appealing to fans; (iv) maintain and improve our relationships with various stakeholders within our industry; (v) improve our sales and marketing efficiency; (vi) protect and further develop our intellectual property rights; and (vii) make sound business decisions in light of the scrutiny associated with operating as a public company. These activities require significant capital expenditures and investment of valuable management and financial resources, and our growth will continue to place significant demands on our management. There are no guarantees that we will be able to effectively manage any future growth in an efficient, cost-effective, and timely manner, or at all. Our growth in a relatively short period of time is not necessarily indicative of results that we may achieve in the future. If we do not effectively manage the growth of our business and operations, our reputation, results of operations, and overall business and prospects could be negatively impacted.

 

We may be unable to pursue strategic partnership, acquisitions, and investment opportunities to further complement our service offerings.

 

We may selectively partner with, invest in, or acquire companies that complement or enhance our existing operations as well as those that are strategically beneficial to our long-term goals, including opportunities that help broaden our corporate client base, expand our service offerings, and grow the number of our events. The costs of identifying and consummating partnerships, acquisitions, and investments may be significant, and we may not be able to find suitable opportunities at reasonable prices, or at all, in the future. Finding and consummating partnerships, acquisitions, or investments requires management time and effort, and finding and consummating such opportunities in new markets can be affected by availability of suitable targets and uncertain business cases in ways that pose greater risk than initiatives that target established markets. More broadly, opportunities in markets in which we have limited or no prior experience may pose a greater risk. Failure to further expand our service offerings through strategic partnerships, acquisitions, and investment opportunities could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, or prospects.

   

Failure to maintain the quality of customer services could harm our reputation and our ability to retain existing clients and attract new clients, which may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

We depend on our customer service representatives to provide assistance to clients using our services. As such, the quality of customer services is critical to retaining our existing clients and attracting new clients. If our customer service representatives fail to satisfy clients’ individual needs, we may incur reputational harms and lose potential or existing business opportunities with our existing clients, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

15

 

 

We rely on the skills, experience, and relationships of our senior management team and other key personnel, the loss of which could adversely affect us.

 

We believe that our future success depends significantly on our continuing ability to attract, develop, motivate, and retain our senior management and a sufficient number of hip-hop, event planning and execution, and marketing specialists and other experienced and skilled employees. We benefit from the track record of our senior management team, including Mr. Zhuoqin Huang, in building strategic personal relationships with key stakeholders throughout the hip-hop ecosystem and successfully growing our operations through strategic partnerships. Our senior management team works closely with seasoned hip-hop, event planning and execution, and marketing specialists who offer deep execution and operational experience combined with their relationships with various stakeholders. Our combined team offers deep industry experience throughout the hip-hop ecosystem, as well as in-depth knowledge of the Chinese hip-hop market.

 

Qualified individuals are in high demand, particularly in the hip-hop ecosystem, and we may have to incur significant costs to attract and retain them. The loss of any member of the senior management team or such specialists could be highly disruptive and adversely affect our business operations in respect of a particular stakeholder or more broadly impact our future growth. Moreover, if any of these individuals joins a competitor or undertakes a competing business, we may lose crucial business secrets, personal relationships, technological know-how, and other valuable resources, notwithstanding our contractual arrangements designed to mitigate this loss.

 

A decline in general economic conditions or a disruption of financial markets may affect entertainment markets or the discretionary income of consumers, which in turn could adversely affect our profitability.

 

Our operations are affected by general economic conditions and, in particular, conditions that have a direct impact on the demand for entertainment and leisure activities. Declines in general economic conditions could reduce the level of discretionary income that our fans have to spend on attending or participating in entertainment events or on entertainment-related programs or consumer products more generally (thereby potentially reducing sponsorship and advertising spending), any of which could adversely impact our revenue. Adverse economic conditions, including volatility and disruptions in financial markets, may also affect other stakeholders in the hip-hop ecosystem, thereby reducing their engagement. For example, declines in consumer spending more broadly could affect advertising spend, which in turn could adversely affect broadcasters. These factors could reduce the prices we can obtain in our arrangements with partners and clients.

 

Demand for our content would be adversely affected by unauthorized distribution of that content.

 

To the extent that live hip-hop events are made available on the Internet by pirates or other unauthorized re-broadcasters and these are illegally streamed, demand for our services could decline and we could lose the benefit of any associated revenue, which could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, results of operations, financial conditions, or prospects.

 

Our current insurance policies may not provide adequate levels of coverage against all claims and we may incur losses that are not covered by our insurance.

 

We believe we maintain insurance coverage that is customary for businesses of our size and type. However, we may be unable to insure against certain types of losses or claims, or the cost of such insurance may be prohibitive. Uninsured losses or claims, if they occur, could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, results of operations, financial condition, or prospects.

 

Content related to hip-hop produced and/or distributed by us may be found objectionable by PRC regulatory authorities, which may have an adverse effect on our business.

 

PRC laws and regulations impose certain restrictions on content of commercial performances, radio and television programs, and advertisements. See “Regulations.” These regulations provide that content is prohibited to, among other things, violate PRC laws and regulations, impair the national dignity of China or the public interest, or incite ethnic hatred, propagate cults and superstition, disturb social order, spread obscenity, gambling, or violence. In addition, PRC regulatory authorities may find any content objectionable, and accordingly such content may be limited or eliminated. For example, since the outset of 2018, the Chinese government has tightened its crackdown on content it deemed to be “vulgar” or “low taste,” which caused certain rap songs to be deleted or their lyrics redacted since the government deemed them inappropriate. We currently engage in street dance, another area of hip-hop culture, which we do not believe has been deemed to be offensive or vulgar. However, we also own an extensive portfolio of intellectual property rights related to hip-hop events, including a stage play, three dance competitions or events, two cultural and musical festivals, and two promotional parties, and online hip-hop programs, which usually feature rap songs. As of the date of this prospectus, we have not received any notice of warning or been subject to penalties or other disciplinary action regarding content we currently produce or distribute. However, we cannot assure you that content we produce, promote, or distribute will not be found objectionable by regulatory authorities in the future. In the event that the PRC regulatory authorities find any content we produce and/or distribute objectionable, such content may be deleted or restricted. As a result, our business, financial condition, and results of operations may be affected. 

  

16

 

 

Risks Relating to Our Corporate Structure

 

Our corporate structure, in particular our contractual arrangements (the “VIE Arrangements”) with Xiamen Pop Culture and the Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders, together holding 100% of the shares in Xiamen Pop Culture, are subject to significant risks, as set forth in the following risk factors.

 

If the PRC government deems that the contractual arrangements in relation to our VIE do not comply with PRC regulatory restrictions on foreign investment in the relevant industries, or if these regulations or the interpretation of existing regulations change in the future, we could be subject to severe penalties or be forced to relinquish our interests in those operations.

 

Foreign ownership of radio and television program production and distribution business is prohibited under current PRC laws and regulations. See “Regulations.” Accordingly, we currently operate our radio and television program production and distribution business through Xiamen Pop Culture, a VIE, pursuant to the VIE Arrangements. As a result of these contractual arrangements, under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”), the assets and liabilities of Xiamen Pop Culture are treated as our assets and liabilities and the results of operations of Xiamen Pop Culture are treated in all aspects as if they were the results of our operations. For a description of these contractual arrangements, see “Corporate History and Structure—Our VIE Arrangements.”

 

In the opinion of our PRC counsel, GFE Law Office (“GFE”), based on its understandings of the relevant PRC laws and regulations, (i) the ownership structures of Xiamen Pop Culture in China and Heliheng, our wholly owned subsidiary in China, both currently and immediately after giving effect to this offering, are not in violation of applicable PRC laws and regulations currently in effect; and (ii) each of the contracts among Heliheng, Xiamen Pop Culture, and the Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders is legal, valid, binding, and enforceable in accordance with its terms and applicable PRC laws. However, our PRC counsel has also advised us that there are substantial uncertainties regarding the interpretation and application of current or future PRC laws and regulations. Accordingly, the PRC regulatory authorities may ultimately take a view contrary to the opinion of our PRC counsel. It is uncertain whether any new PRC laws or regulations relating to VIE structures will be adopted or, if adopted, what they would provide.

 

If our corporate structure and the VIE Arrangements are determined as illegal or invalid by the PRC court, arbitral tribunal, or regulatory authorities, we may lose control of our VIE and have to modify such structure to comply with regulatory requirements. However, there can be no assurance that we can achieve this without material disruption to our business. Further, if our corporate structure and contractual arrangements are found to be in violation of any existing or future PRC laws or regulations, or we or Xiamen Pop Culture fails to obtain or maintain any required permits or approvals, the relevant regulatory authorities would have broad discretion in dealing with such violations, including:

 

  revoking the business and/or operating licenses of Heliheng or Xiamen Pop Culture;
     
  discontinuing or restricting the operations of Heliheng or Xiamen Pop Culture;
     
  imposing conditions or requirements with which we, Heliheng, or Xiamen Pop Culture may not be able to comply;
     
  requiring us, Heliheng, or Xiamen Pop Culture to change our corporate structure and contractual arrangements;
     
  restricting or prohibiting our use of the proceeds from our initial public offering to finance our business and operations in China; and
     
  imposing fines.

 

The imposition of any of these penalties would result in a material and adverse effect on our ability to conduct our business. In addition, it is unclear what impact the PRC government actions would have on us and on our ability to consolidate the financial results of Xiamen Pop Culture in our consolidated financial statements, if the PRC government authorities were to find our legal structure and VIE Arrangements to be in violation of PRC laws and regulations. If the imposition of any of these government actions causes us to lose our right to direct the activities of Xiamen Pop Culture or our right to receive substantially all the economic benefits and residual returns from Xiamen Pop Culture and we are not able to restructure our ownership structure and operations in a satisfactory manner, we would no longer be able to consolidate the financial results of Xiamen Pop Culture in our consolidated financial statements. Either of these results, or any other significant penalties that might be imposed on us in this event, would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

  

17

 

  

Our VIE Arrangements with Xiamen Pop Culture and the Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders may not be effective in providing control over Xiamen Pop Culture.

 

We primarily have relied and expect to continue to rely on the VIE Arrangements to control and operate the business of Xiamen Pop Culture. However, the VIE Arrangements may not be as effective in providing us with the necessary control over Xiamen Pop Culture and its operations. For example, Xiamen Pop Culture and the Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders could breach their contractual arrangements with us by, among other things, failing to conduct their operations in an acceptable manner or taking other actions that are detrimental to our interests. If we had direct ownership of Xiamen Pop Culture, we would be able to exercise our rights as a shareholder to effect changes in the board of directors of Xiamen Pop Culture, which in turn could implement changes, subject to any applicable fiduciary obligations, at the management and operational level. However, under the current VIE Arrangements, we rely on the performance by Xiamen Pop Culture and the Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders of their respective obligations under the contracts to exercise control over Xiamen Pop Culture. The Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders may not act in the best interests of our company or may not perform their obligations under these contracts. Such risks exist throughout the period in which we intend to operate certain portions of our business through the VIE Arrangements with Xiamen Pop Culture. If any disputes relating to these contracts remain unresolved, we will have to enforce our rights under these contracts through the operations of PRC law and arbitration, litigation, and other legal proceedings and therefore will be subject to uncertainties in the PRC legal system. Therefore, our VIE Arrangements with Xiamen Pop Culture and the Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders may not be as effective in ensuring our control over the relevant portion of our business operations as direct ownership would be.

 

Our VIE Arrangements are governed by the laws of the PRC and we may have difficulty in enforcing any rights we may have under these contractual arrangements.

 

As our VIE Arrangements are governed by PRC laws and provide for the resolution of disputes through arbitration in the PRC, they would be interpreted in accordance with PRC law and any disputes would be resolved in accordance with PRC legal procedures. Disputes arising from the VIE Arrangements will be resolved through arbitration in the PRC, although these disputes do not include claims arising under the United States federal securities law and thus do not prevent you from pursuing claims under the United States federal securities law. The legal environment in the PRC is not as developed as in the United States. As a result, uncertainties in the PRC legal system could further limit our ability to enforce these contractual arrangements, through arbitration, litigation, and other legal proceedings remain in the PRC, which could limit our ability to enforce these contractual arrangements and exert effective control over Xiamen Pop Culture. Furthermore, these contracts may not be enforceable in the PRC if the PRC government authorities or courts take a view that such contracts contravene PRC laws and regulations or are otherwise not enforceable for public policy reasons. In the event we are unable to enforce these contractual arrangements, we may not be able to exert effective control over Xiamen Pop Culture, and our ability to conduct our business may be materially and adversely affected.

 

We may not be able to consolidate the financial results of Xiamen Pop Culture or such consolidation could materially and adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

 

Our business is conducted through Xiamen Pop Culture, which currently is considered for accounting purposes as a VIE, and we are considered the primary beneficiary, enabling us to consolidate the financial results of Xiamen Pop Culture in our consolidated financial statements. In the event that in the future Xiamen Pop Culture would no longer meet the definition of a VIE, or we are deemed not to be the primary beneficiary, we would not be able to consolidate line by line its financial results in our consolidated financial statements for PRC purposes. Also, if in the future an affiliate company becomes a VIE and we become the primary beneficiary, we would be required to consolidate that entity’s financial results in our consolidated financial statements for PRC purposes. If such entity’s financial results were negative, this could have a corresponding negative impact on our operating results for PRC purposes. However, any material variations in the accounting principles, practices, and methods used in preparing financial statements for PRC purposes from the principles, practices, and methods generally accepted in the United States and in the SEC accounting regulations must be discussed, quantified, and reconciled in financial statements for the United States and SEC purposes.

 

18

 

 

The VIE Arrangements may result in adverse tax consequences.

 

PRC laws and regulations emphasize the requirement of an arm’s length basis for transfer pricing arrangements between related parties. The laws and regulations also require enterprises with related party transactions to prepare transfer pricing documentation to demonstrate the basis for determining pricing, the computation methodology, and detailed explanations. Related party arrangements and transactions may be subject to challenge or tax inspection by the PRC tax authorizes.

 

Under a tax inspection, if our transfer pricing arrangements between Heliheng and Xiamen Pop Culture are judged as tax avoidance, or related documentation does not meet the requirements, Heliheng and Xiamen Pop Culture may be subject to material adverse tax consequences, such as transfer pricing adjustment. A transfer pricing adjustment could result in a reduction, for PRC tax purpose, of adjustments recorded by Heliheng, which could adversely affect us by (i) increasing Xiamen Pop Culture’s tax liabilities without reducing Heliheng’s tax liabilities, which could further result in interest being levied to us for unpaid taxes; or (ii) imposing late payment fees and other penalties on Xiamen Pop Culture for the adjusted but unpaid taxes according to the applicable regulations. In addition, if Heliheng requests the Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders to transfer their shares in Xiamen Pop Culture at nominal or no value pursuant to the VIE Arrangements, such transfer may be viewed as a gift and subject Heliheng to PRC income tax. As a result, our financial position could be materially and adversely affected if Xiamen Pop Culture’s tax liabilities increase or if it is required to pay late payment fees and other penalties.

 

The Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders have potential conflicts of interest with our company which may adversely affect our business and financial condition.

 

The Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders may have potential conflicts of interest with us. These shareholders may not act in the best interest of our Company or may breach, or cause Xiamen Pop Culture to breach the existing contractual arrangements we have with them and Xiamen Pop Culture, which would have a material and adverse effect on our ability to effectively control Xiamen Pop Culture and receive economic benefits from it. For example, the shareholders may be able to cause our agreements with Xiamen Pop Culture to be performed in a manner adverse to us by, among other things, failing to remit payments due under the contractual arrangements to us on a timely basis. We cannot assure you that when conflicts of interest arise, any or all of these shareholders will act in the best interests of our Company or such conflicts will be resolved in our favor.

 

Currently, we do not have any arrangements to address potential conflicts of interest between these shareholders and our Company, except that we could exercise our purchase option under the exclusive option agreements with these shareholders to request them to transfer all of their equity interests in Xiamen Pop Culture to a PRC entity or individual designated by us, to the extent permitted by PRC law. If we cannot resolve any conflicts of interest or disputes between us and those shareholders, we would have to rely on legal proceedings, which may materially disrupt our business. There is also substantial uncertainty as to the outcome of any such legal proceeding.

 

We rely on the approvals, certificates, and business licenses held by Xiamen Pop Culture and any deterioration of the relationship between Heliheng and Xiamen Pop Culture could materially and adversely affect our overall business operations.

 

Pursuant to the VIE Arrangements, our business in the PRC will be undertaken on the basis of the approvals, certificates, business licenses, and other requisite licenses held by Xiamen Pop Culture. There is no assurance that Xiamen Pop Culture will be able to renew its licenses or certificates when their terms expire with substantially similar terms as the ones they currently hold.

 

Further, our relationship with Xiamen Pop Culture is governed by the VIE Arrangements, which are intended to provide us, through our indirect ownership of Heliheng, with effective control over the business operations of Xiamen Pop Culture. However, the VIE Arrangements may not be effective in providing control over the applications for and maintenance of the licenses required for our business operations. Xiamen Pop Culture could violate the VIE Arrangements, go bankrupt, suffer from difficulties in its business, or otherwise become unable to perform its obligations under the VIE Arrangements and, as a result, our operations, reputation, business, and stock price could be severely harmed.

 

19

 

 

The exercise of our option to purchase part or all of the shares in Xiamen Pop Culture under the exclusive option agreement might be subject to certain limitations and substantial costs.

 

Our exclusive option agreement with Xiamen Pop Culture and the Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders gives Heliheng the option to purchase up to 100% of the shares in Xiamen Pop Culture. Such transfer of shares may be subject to approvals from, filings with, or reporting to competent PRC authorities, such as the Ministry of Commerce of the PRC (“MOFCOM”), the State Administration for Market Regulation, and/or their local competent branches. In addition, the shares transfer price may be subject to review and tax adjustment by the relevant tax authorities. The shares transfer price to be received by Xiamen Pop Culture under the VIE Arrangements may also be subject to enterprise income tax, and these amounts could be substantial.

 

Risks Relating to Doing Business in the PRC

 

There are uncertainties under the Foreign Investment Law relating to the status of businesses in China controlled by foreign invested projects primarily through contractual arrangements, such as our business.

 

MOFCOM and the National Development and Reform Commission, or the “NDRC,” promulgated the Special Measures for Foreign Investment Access (2020 version), or the “2020 Negative List,” on June 23, 2020, which became effective on July 23, 2020. According to the 2020 Negative List, the radio and television program production and distribution business, in which we engage, falls in the “prohibited” category for foreign investors. To comply with PRC laws and regulations, we rely on contractual arrangements with our VIE to operate such business in China.

 

On March 15, 2019, the National People’s Congress approved the Foreign Investment Law of the PRC, which came into effect on January 1, 2020, repealing simultaneously the Law of the PRC on Sino-foreign Equity Joint Ventures, the Law of the PRC on Wholly Foreign-owned Enterprises, and the Law of the PRC on Sino-foreign Cooperative Joint Ventures, together with their implementation rules and ancillary regulations. Pursuant to the Foreign Investment Law, foreign investment refers to any investment activity directly or indirectly carried out by foreign natural persons, enterprises, or other organizations, including investment in new construction project, establishment of foreign funded enterprise or increase of investment, merger and acquisition, and investment in any other way stipulated under laws, administrative regulations, or provisions of the State Council of the PRC (the “State Council”). The Foreign Investment Law does not explicitly stipulate the contractual arrangements as a form of foreign investment. On December 26, 2019, the State Council promulgated the Implementation Regulations on the Foreign Investment Law, which came into effect on January 1, 2020. However, the Implementation Regulations on the Foreign Investment Law still remain silent on whether contractual arrangements should be deemed as a form of foreign investment. Though these regulations do not explicitly classify contractual arrangements as a form of foreign investment, there is still uncertainty regarding whether our VIE would be identified as a foreign-invested enterprise in the future. As a result, there is no assurance that foreign investment via contractual arrangements would not be interpreted as a type of indirect foreign investment activities under the definition in the future.

 

If we are deemed to have a non-PRC entity as a controlling shareholder, the provisions regarding control through contractual arrangements could apply to our VIE Arrangements, and as a result Xiamen Pop Culture could become subject to restrictions on foreign investment, which may materially impact the viability of our current and future operations. Specifically, we may be required to modify our corporate structure, change our current scope of operations, obtain approvals, or face penalties or other additional requirements, compared to entities which do have PRC controlling shareholders. Uncertainties exist with respect to the interpretation and implementation of the Foreign Investment Law and how it may impact the viability of our current corporate structure, corporate governance, and business operations.

 

It is uncertain whether we would be considered as ultimately controlled by Chinese parties. Immediately prior to completion of this offering, Mr. Zhuoqin Huang, our chief executive officer, director, and chairman and a PRC citizen, beneficially and indirectly owns 5,763,077 Class B Ordinary Shares, representing approximately 76.95% of the voting rights in our Company. It is uncertain, however, if these factors would be sufficient to give him control over us under the Foreign Investment Law. If future revisions or implementation rules of the Foreign Investment Law mandate further actions, such as the MOFCOM market entry clearance or certain restructuring of our corporate structure and operations, there may be substantial uncertainties as to whether we can complete these actions in a timely manner, if at all, and our business and financial condition may be materially and adversely affected.

 

20

 

 

Changes in China’s economic, political, or social conditions or government policies could have a material adverse effect on our business and operations.

 

Substantially all of our assets and operations are currently located in China. Accordingly, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects may be influenced to a significant degree by political, economic, and social conditions in China generally. The Chinese economy differs from the economies of most developed countries in many respects, including the level of government involvement, level of development, growth rate, control of foreign exchange, and allocation of resources. Although the Chinese government has implemented measures emphasizing the utilization of market forces for economic reform, including the reduction of state ownership of productive assets and the establishment of improved corporate governance in business enterprises, a substantial portion of productive assets in China is still owned by the government. In addition, the Chinese government continues to play a significant role in regulating industry development by imposing industrial policies. The Chinese government also exercises significant control over China’s economic growth by allocating resources, controlling payment of foreign currency-denominated obligations, setting monetary policy, and providing preferential treatment to particular industries or companies.

 

While the Chinese economy has experienced significant growth over the past decades, growth has been uneven, both geographically and among various sectors of the economy. Any adverse changes in economic conditions in China, in the policies of the Chinese government, or in the laws and regulations in China could have a material adverse effect on the overall economic growth of China. Such developments could adversely affect our business and operating results, reduce demand for our products, and weaken our competitive position. The Chinese government has implemented various measures to encourage economic growth and guide the allocation of resources. Some of these measures may benefit the overall Chinese economy, but may have a negative effect on us. For example, our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected by government control over capital investments or changes in tax regulations. In addition, in the past the Chinese government has implemented certain measures, including interest rate adjustments, to control the pace of economic growth. These measures may cause decreased economic activities in China, which may adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

Uncertainties in the interpretation and enforcement of PRC laws and regulations could limit the legal protection available to you and us.

 

The PRC legal system is based on written statutes. Unlike common law systems, it is a system in which legal cases have limited value as precedents. In the late 1970s, the PRC government began to promulgate a comprehensive system of laws and regulations governing economic matters in general. The legislation over the past three decades has significantly increased the protection afforded to various forms of foreign or private-sector investment in China. Our PRC Affiliated Entities are subject to various PRC laws and regulations generally applicable to companies in China. Since these laws and regulations are relatively new and the PRC legal system continues to rapidly evolve, however, the interpretations of many laws, regulations, and rules are not always uniform and enforcement of these laws, regulations, and rules involve uncertainties.

 

From time to time, we may have to resort to administrative and court proceedings to enforce our legal rights. Since PRC administrative and court authorities have significant discretion in interpreting and implementing statutory and contractual terms, however, it may be more difficult to evaluate the outcome of administrative and court proceedings and the level of legal protection we enjoy in the PRC legal system than in more developed legal systems. Furthermore, the PRC legal system is based in part on government policies and internal rules (some of which are not published in a timely manner or at all) that may have retroactive effect. As a result, we may not be aware of our violation of these policies and rules until sometime after the violation. Such uncertainties, including uncertainties over the scope and effect of our contractual, property (including intellectual property) and procedural rights, and any failure to respond to changes in the regulatory environment in China could materially and adversely affect our business and impede our ability to continue our operations.

 

You may experience difficulties in effecting service of legal process, enforcing foreign judgments, or bringing actions in China against us or our management named in the prospectus based on foreign laws. It may also be difficult for you or overseas regulators to conduct investigations or collect evidence within China.

 

As a company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands, we conduct a majority of our operations in China and a majority of our assets are located in China. In addition, all of our senior executive officers reside within China for a significant portion of the time and are PRC nationals. As a result, it may be difficult for you to effect service of process upon those persons inside mainland China. It may be difficult for you to enforce judgements obtained in U.S. courts based on civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws against us and our officers and directors who do not currently reside in the U.S. or have substantial assets in the U.S. In addition, there is uncertainty as to whether the courts of the Cayman Islands or the PRC would recognize or enforce judgments of U.S. courts against us or such persons predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the U.S. or any state.

 

21

 

 

The recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments are provided for under the PRC Civil Procedures Law. PRC courts may recognize and enforce foreign judgments in accordance with the requirements of the PRC Civil Procedures Law based either on treaties between China and the country where the judgment is made or on principles of reciprocity between jurisdictions. China does not have any treaties or other forms of written arrangement with the United States that provide for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments. In addition, according to the PRC Civil Procedures Law, the PRC courts will not enforce a foreign judgment against us or our directors and officers if they decide that the judgment violates the basic principles of PRC laws or national sovereignty, security, or public interest. As a result, it is uncertain whether and on what basis a PRC court would enforce a judgment rendered by a court in the United States. See “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities.”

 

It may also be difficult for you or overseas regulators to conduct investigations or collect evidence within China. For example, in China, there are significant legal and other obstacles to obtaining information needed for shareholder investigations or litigation outside China or otherwise with respect to foreign entities. Although the authorities in China may establish a regulatory cooperation mechanism with its counterparts of another country or region to monitor and oversee cross border securities activities, such regulatory cooperation with the securities regulatory authorities in the United States may not be efficient in the absence of a practical cooperation mechanism. Furthermore, according to Article 177 of the PRC Securities Law, or “Article 177,” which became effective in March 2020, no overseas securities regulator is allowed to directly conduct investigations or evidence collection activities within the territory of the PRC. Article 177 further provides that Chinese entities and individuals are not allowed to provide documents or materials related to securities business activities to foreign agencies without prior consent from the securities regulatory authority of the State Council and the competent departments of the State Council. While detailed interpretation of or implementing rules under Article 177 have yet to be promulgated, the inability for an overseas securities regulator to directly conduct investigation or evidence collection activities within China may further increase difficulties faced by you in protecting your interests.

 

Recent joint statement by the SEC and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), or the “PCAOB,” proposed rule changes submitted by Nasdaq, and an act passed by the U.S. Senate all call for additional and more stringent criteria to be applied to emerging market companies upon assessing the qualification of their auditors, especially the non-U.S. auditors who are not inspected by the PCAOB. These developments could add uncertainties to our offering.

 

On April 21, 2020, SEC Chairman Jay Clayton and PCAOB Chairman William D. Duhnke III, along with other senior SEC staff, released a joint statement highlighting the risks associated with investing in companies based in or have substantial operations in emerging markets including China. The joint statement emphasized the risks associated with lack of access for the PCAOB to inspect auditors and audit work papers in China and higher risks of fraud in emerging markets.

 

On May 18, 2020, Nasdaq filed three proposals with the SEC to (i) apply a minimum offering size requirement for companies primarily operating in a “Restrictive Market,” (ii) adopt a new requirement relating to the qualification of management or the board of directors for Restrictive Market companies, and (iii) apply additional and more stringent criteria to an applicant or listed company based on the qualifications of the company’s auditor.

 

On May 20, 2020, the U.S. Senate passed an act requiring a foreign company to certify it is not owned or manipulated by a foreign government if the PCAOB is unable to audit specified reports because the company uses a foreign auditor not subject to PCAOB inspection. If the PCAOB is unable to inspect the company’s auditor for three consecutive years, the issuer’s securities are prohibited to trade on a national exchange.

 

On August 6, 2020, the PWG released a report recommending that the SEC take steps to implement the five recommendations outlined in the report. In particular, to address companies from jurisdictions that do not provide the PCAOB with sufficient access to fulfill its statutory mandate, or “NCJs”, the PWG recommends enhanced listing standards on U.S. stock exchanges. This would require, as a condition to initial and continued exchange listing, PCAOB access to work papers of the principal audit firm for the audit of the listed company. Companies unable to satisfy this standard as a result of governmental restrictions on access to audit work papers and practices in NCJs may satisfy this standard by providing a co-audit from an audit firm with comparable resources and experience where the PCAOB determines it has sufficient access to audit work papers and practices to conduct an appropriate inspection of the co-audit firm. The report permits the new listing standards to provide for a transition period until January 1, 2022 for listed companies, but would apply immediately to new listings once the necessary rulemakings and/or standard-setting are effective.

 

On August 10, 2020, the SEC announced that SEC Chairman had directed the SEC staff to prepare proposals in response to the PWG Report, and that the SEC was soliciting public comments and information with respect to these proposals. If we are listed on the Nasdaq Global Market and fail to meet the new listing standards before the deadline specified thereunder due to factors beyond our control, we could face possible de-listing from the Nasdaq Global Market, deregistration from the SEC, and/or other risks, which may materially and adversely affect, or effectively terminate, the trading of our Ordinary Shares in the United States.

 

22

 

 

The lack of access to the PCAOB inspection in China prevents the PCAOB from fully evaluating audits and quality control procedures of the auditors based in China. As a result, investors may be deprived of the benefits of such PCAOB inspections. The inability of the PCAOB to conduct inspections of auditors in China makes it more difficult to evaluate the effectiveness of these accounting firm’s audit procedures or quality control procedures as compared to auditors outside of China that are subject to the PCAOB inspections, which could cause investors and potential investors in our Class A Ordinary Shares to lose confidence in our audit procedures and reported financial information and the quality of our financial statements.

 

Our auditor, the independent registered public accounting firm that issues the audit report included elsewhere in this prospectus, as an auditor of companies that are traded publicly in the United States and a firm registered with the PCAOB, is subject to laws in the United States pursuant to which the PCAOB conducts regular inspections to assess its compliance with the applicable professional standards. Our auditor is headquartered in Manhattan, New York, and has been inspected by the PCAOB on a regular basis with the last inspection in May 2018. However, the recent developments would add uncertainties to our offering and we cannot assure you whether the national securities exchange we apply to for listing or regulatory authorities would apply additional and more stringent criteria to us after considering the effectiveness of our auditor’s audit procedures and quality control procedures, adequacy of personnel and training, or sufficiency of resources, geographic reach, or experience as it relates to our audit.

   

Increases in labor costs in the PRC may adversely affect our business and our profitability.

 

China’s economy has experienced increases in labor costs in recent years. China’s overall economy and the average wage in China are expected to continue to grow. The average wage level for our employees has also increased in recent years. We expect that our labor costs, including wages and employee benefits, will continue to increase. Unless we are able to pass on these increased labor costs to our customers by increasing prices for our products or services, our profitability and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

 

In addition, we have been subject to stricter regulatory requirements in terms of entering into labor contracts with our employees and paying various statutory employee benefits, including pensions, housing fund, medical insurance, work-related injury insurance, unemployment insurance, and maternity insurance to designated government agencies for the benefit of our employees. Pursuant to the PRC Labor Contract Law, or the “Labor Contract Law,” that became effective in January 2008 and its amendments that became effective in July 2013 and its implementing rules that became effective in September 2008, employers are subject to stricter requirements in terms of signing labor contracts, minimum wages, paying remuneration, determining the term of employees’ probation, and unilaterally terminating labor contracts. In the event that we decide to terminate some of our employees or otherwise change our employment or labor practices, the Labor Contract Law and its implementation rules may limit our ability to effect those changes in a desirable or cost-effective manner, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

 

As the interpretation and implementation of labor-related laws and regulations are still evolving, we cannot assure you that our employment practice does not and will not violate labor-related laws and regulations in China, which may subject us to labor disputes or government investigations. If we are deemed to have violated relevant labor laws and regulations, we could be required to provide additional compensation to our employees and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

 

If we fail to obtain or renew any of the requisite approvals, licenses, or permits applicable to our business, it could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

 

In accordance with the relevant PRC laws and regulations, we are required to maintain various approvals, licenses, and permits to operate our business, including the business license, Commercial Performance License, and Radio and Television Program Production and Operation Permit. In particular, the Commercial Performance License and Radio and Television Program Production and Operation Permit we hold are subject to periodic renewal. In addition, evolving laws and regulations and inconsistent enforcement thereof could lead to our failure to obtain or maintain licenses and permits to do business in China. If we fail to obtain or renew approvals, licenses, or permits required for our business or to respond to changes in the regulatory environment, we may be subject to fines or the suspension of operations, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

 

Our PRC Affiliated Entities have not made adequate social insurance and housing fund contributions for all employees as required by PRC regulations, which may subject us to penalties.

 

According to the PRC Social Insurance Law and the Administrative Regulations on the Housing Funds, companies operating in China are required to participate in pension insurance, work-related injury insurance, medical insurance, unemployment insurance, maternity insurance (collectively known as “social insurance”), and housing funds plans, and the employers must pay all or a portion of the social insurance premiums and housing funds for their employees. For more details, please see “Regulations—Regulations Related to Employment and Social Welfare—Social Insurance and Housing Fund.” The requirement of social insurance and housing fund has not been implemented consistently by the local governments in China given the different levels of economic development in different locations.

 

23

 

 

Our PRC Affiliated Entities have not made adequate social insurance and housing fund contributions for all employees. We may be required to make up the social insurance contributions as well as to pay late fees at the rate of 0.05% per day of the outstanding amount from the due date. If we fail to make up for the shortfalls within the prescribed time limit, the relevant administrative authorities will impose a fine of one to three times the outstanding amount upon us. With respect to housing fund plans, we may be required to pay and deposit housing funds in full and on time within the prescribed time limit. If we fail to do so, relevant authorities could file applications to competent courts for compulsory enforcement of payment and deposit. Accordingly, if the relevant PRC authorities determine that we shall make supplemental social insurance and housing fund contributions or that we are subject to fines and legal sanctions in relation to our failure to make social insurance and housing fund contributions in full for our employees, our business, financial condition, and results of operations may be adversely affected. However, as of the date of this prospectus, the relevant local authorities confirmed in writing that no records of violation were found on our PRC Entities for social insurance and/or housing fund contribution obligations. Further, these PRC Entities have never received any demand or order from the competent authorities. Therefore, our PRC counsel believes that the risk that the relevant authorities may impose regulatory penalty on our PRC Entities for our underpayment of social insurance and housing funds is remote.

 

PRC regulations relating to offshore investment activities by PRC residents may subject our PRC resident beneficial owners or our PRC subsidiary to liability or penalties, limit our ability to inject capital into our PRC subsidiary, limit our PRC subsidiary’s ability to increase its registered capital or distribute profits to us, or may otherwise adversely affect us.

 

On July 4, 2014, State Administration of Foreign Exchange (“SAFE”) issued the Circular on Issues Concerning Foreign Exchange Control over the Overseas Investment and Financing and Round-trip Investment by Domestic Residents via Special Purpose Vehicles, or “SAFE Circular 37.” According to SAFE Circular 37, prior registration with the local SAFE branch is required for PRC residents, (including PRC individuals and PRC corporate entities as well as foreign individuals that are deemed as PRC residents for foreign exchange administration purpose), in connection with their direct or indirect contribution of domestic assets or interests to offshore special purpose vehicles, or “SPVs.” SAFE Circular 37 further requires amendments to the SAFE registrations in the event of any changes with respect to the basic information of the offshore SPV, such as change of a PRC individual shareholder, name and operation term, or any significant changes with respect to the offshore SPV, such as an increase or decrease of capital contribution, share transfer or exchange, or mergers or divisions. SAFE Circular 37 is applicable to our shareholders who are PRC residents and may be applicable to any offshore acquisitions that we make in the future. In February 2015, SAFE promulgated a Notice on Further Simplifying and Improving Foreign Exchange Administration Policy on Direct Investment, or “SAFE Notice 13,” effective in June 2015. Under SAFE Notice 13, applications for foreign exchange registration of inbound foreign direct investments and outbound overseas direct investments, including those required under SAFE Circular 37, will be filed with qualified banks instead of SAFE. The qualified banks will directly examine the applications and accept registrations under the supervision of SAFE.

 

In addition to SAFE Circular 37 and SAFE Notice 13, our ability to conduct foreign exchange activities in China may be subject to the interpretation and enforcement of the Implementation Rules of the Administrative Measures for Individual Foreign Exchange promulgated by SAFE in January 2007 (as amended and supplemented, the “Individual Foreign Exchange Rules”). Under the Individual Foreign Exchange Rules, any PRC individual seeking to make a direct investment overseas or engage in the issuance or trading of negotiable securities or derivatives overseas must make the appropriate registrations in accordance with SAFE provisions, the failure of which may subject such PRC individual to warnings, fines, or other liabilities.

 

As of the date of this prospectus, all but one of the Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders who are subject to the SAFE Circular 37 and Individual Foreign Exchange Rules have completed the initial registrations with the qualified banks as required by the regulations, and the one remaining shareholder, who holds 4.42% of the shares of Xiamen Pop Culture, is in the process of applying for the registration. We may not be informed of the identities of all the PRC residents holding direct or indirect interest in our company, however, and we have no control over any of our future beneficial owners. Thus, we cannot provide any assurance that our current or future PRC resident beneficial owners will comply with our request to make or obtain any applicable registrations or continuously comply with all registration procedures set forth in these SAFE regulations. Such failure or inability of our PRC residents beneficial owners to comply with these SAFE regulations may subject us or our PRC resident beneficial owners to fines and legal sanctions, restrict our cross-border investment activities, or limit our PRC subsidiary’s ability to distribute dividends to or obtain foreign-exchange-dominated loans from us, or prevent us from being able to make distributions or pay dividends, as a result of which our business operations and our ability to distribute profits to you could be materially and adversely affected.

 

24

 

 

PRC regulation of parent/subsidiary loans and direct investment by offshore holding companies to PRC entities may delay or prevent us from using the proceeds of this offering to make loans or additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiary and to make loans to Xiamen Pop Culture, which could materially and adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business.

 

We are an offshore holding company conducting our operations in China through our PRC subsidiary Heliheng, Xiamen Pop Culture, and subsidiaries of Xiamen Pop Culture. We may make loans to these entities, or we may make additional capital contributions to Heliheng, or we may establish new PRC subsidiaries and make capital contributions to these new PRC subsidiaries.

 

Most of these ways are subject to PRC regulations and approvals or registration. For example, any loans to Heliheng, which is treated as a foreign-invested enterprise under PRC law, are subject to PRC regulations and foreign exchange loan registrations. For example, loans by us to Heliheng to finance its activities cannot exceed statutory limits and must be registered with the local counterpart of SAFE, or filed with SAFE in its information system. Pursuant to relevant PRC regulations, we may provide loans to Heliheng up to the larger amount of (i) the balance between the registered total investment amount and registered capital of Heliheng, or (ii) twice the amount of the net assets of Heliheng calculated in accordance with the Circular on Full-Coverage Macro-Prudent Management of Cross-Border Financing, or the “PBOC Circular 9.” Moreover, any medium or long-term loan to be provided by us to Heliheng or other domestic PRC entities must also be filed and registered with the NDRC. We may also decide to finance Heliheng by means of capital contributions. These capital contributions are subject to registration with the State Administration for Market Regulation or its local branch, reporting of foreign investment information with MOFCOM, or registration with other governmental authorities in China. Due to the restrictions imposed on loans in foreign currencies extended to PRC domestic companies, we are not likely to make such loans to Xiamen Pop Culture, which is a PRC domestic company. Further, we are not likely to finance the activities of Xiamen Pop Culture and its subsidiaries by means of capital contributions due to regulatory restrictions relating to foreign investment in PRC domestic enterprises engaged in certain business.

 

On March 30, 2015, SAFE issued the Circular of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange on Reforming the Administrative Approach Regarding the Settlement of the Foreign Exchange Capital of Foreign-invested Enterprises, or “SAFE Circular 19,” which took effect and replaced previous regulations effective on June 1, 2015. Pursuant to SAFE Circular 19, up to 100% of foreign currency capital of a foreign-invested enterprise may be converted into RMB capital according to the actual operation, and within the business scope, of the enterprise at its will. Although SAFE Circular 19 allows for the use of RMB converted from the foreign currency-denominated capital for equity investments in the PRC, the restrictions continue to apply as to foreign-invested enterprises’ use of the converted RMB for purposes beyond their business scope, for entrusted loans or for inter-company RMB loans. On June 9, 2016, SAFE promulgated the Notice of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange on Reforming and Standardizing the Foreign Exchange Settlement Management Policy of Capital Account, or “SAFE Circular 16,” effective on June 9, 2016, which reiterates some rules set forth in Circular 19, but changes the prohibition against using RMB capital converted from foreign currency-denominated registered capital of a foreign-invested company to issue RMB entrusted loans to a prohibition against using such capital to issue loans to non-affiliated enterprises. SAFE Circular 19 and SAFE Circular 16 may significantly limit our ability to transfer any foreign currency we hold, including the net proceeds from this offering, to Heliheng, which may adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business in China. On October 23, 2019, the SAFE issued the Notice of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange on Further Facilitating Cross-border Trade and Investment, or “SAFE Circular 28,” which, among other things, expanded the use of foreign exchange capital to domestic equity investment area. Non-investment foreign-funded enterprises are allowed to lawfully make domestic equity investments by using their capital on the premise without violation to prevailing special administrative measures for access of foreign investments (negative list) and the authenticity and compliance with the regulations of domestic investment projects. However, since SAFE Circular 28 is newly promulgated, it is unclear how SAFE and competent banks will carry it out in practice.

 

In light of the various requirements imposed by PRC regulations on loans to and direct investment in PRC entities by offshore holding companies, including SAFE Circular 19, SAFE Circular 16, and other relevant rules and regulations, we cannot assure you that we will be able to complete the necessary registrations or obtain the necessary government approvals on a timely basis, if at all, with respect to future loans to Heliheng, Xiamen Pop Culture, or subsidiaries of Xiamen Pop Culture, or future capital contributions by us to Heliheng. As a result, uncertainties exist as to our ability to provide prompt financial support to Heliheng, Xiamen Pop Culture, or subsidiaries of Xiamen Pop Culture when needed. If we fail to complete such registrations or obtain such approvals, our ability to use the proceeds we received or expect to receive from our offshore offerings and to capitalize or otherwise fund our PRC operations may be negatively affected, which could materially and adversely affect our business, including our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business.

 

25

 

 

Fluctuations in exchange rates could have a material and adverse effect on our results of operations and the value of your investment.

 

The value of the RMB against the U.S. dollar and other currencies may fluctuate and is affected by, among other things, changes in political and economic conditions in China and by China’s foreign exchange policies. On July 21, 2005, the PRC government changed its decade-old policy of pegging the value of the RMB to the U.S. dollar, and the RMB appreciated more than 20% against the U.S. dollar over the following three years. Between July 2008 and June 2010, this appreciation halted and the exchange rate between the RMB and the U.S. dollar remained within a narrow band. Since June 2010, the RMB has fluctuated against the U.S. dollar, at times significantly and unpredictably. It is difficult to predict how market forces or PRC or U.S. government policy may impact the exchange rate between the RMB and the U.S. dollar in the future.

 

Our business is conducted in the PRC, and our books and records are maintained in RMB, which is the currency of the PRC. The financial statements that we file with the SEC and provide to our shareholders are presented in U.S. dollars. Changes in the exchange rates between the RMB and U.S. dollar affect the value of our assets and the results of our operations, when presented in U.S. dollars. The value of the RMB against the U.S. dollar and other currencies may fluctuate and is affected by, among other things, changes in the PRC’s political and economic conditions and perceived changes in the economy of the PRC and the United States. Any significant revaluation of the RMB may materially and adversely affect our cash flows, revenue, and financial condition. Further, our Class A Ordinary Shares offered by this prospectus are offered in U.S. dollars, we will need to convert the net proceeds we receive into RMB in order to use the funds for our business. Changes in the conversion rate among the U.S. dollar and the RMB will affect the amount of proceeds we will have available for our business.

 

Very limited hedging options are available in China to reduce our exposure to exchange rate fluctuations. To date, we have not entered into any hedging transactions in an effort to reduce our exposure to foreign currency exchange risk. While we may decide to enter into more hedging transactions in the future, the availability and effectiveness of these hedges may be limited and we may not be able to adequately hedge our exposure or at all. In addition, our currency exchange losses may be magnified by PRC exchange control regulations that restrict our ability to convert RMB into foreign currency. As a result, fluctuations in exchange rates may have a material adverse effect on your investment.

 

Under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, we may be classified as a PRC “resident enterprise” for PRC enterprise income tax purposes. Such classification would likely result in unfavorable tax consequences to us and our non-PRC shareholders and have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and the value of your investment.

 

Under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, or the “EIT Law,” that became effective in January 2008, an enterprise established outside the PRC with “de facto management bodies” within the PRC is considered a “resident enterprise” for PRC enterprise income tax purposes and is generally subject to a uniform 25% enterprise income tax rate on its worldwide income. Under the implementation rules to the EIT Law, a “de facto management body” is defined as a body that has material and overall management and control over the manufacturing and business operations, personnel and human resources, finances, and properties of an enterprise. In addition, a circular, known as SAT Circular 82, issued in April 2009 by the State Administration of Taxation, or the “SAT,” specifies that certain offshore incorporated enterprises controlled by PRC enterprises or PRC enterprise groups will be classified as PRC resident enterprises if the following are located or resident in the PRC: senior management personnel and departments that are responsible for daily production, operation and management; financial and personnel decision making bodies; key properties, accounting books, company seal, and minutes of board meetings and shareholders’ meetings; and half or more of the senior management or directors having voting rights. Further to SAT Circular 82, the SAT issued a bulletin, known as SAT Bulletin 45, which took effect in September 2011, to provide more guidance on the implementation of SAT Circular 82 and clarify the reporting and filing obligations of such “Chinese-controlled offshore incorporated resident enterprises.” SAT Bulletin 45 provides procedures and administrative details for the determination of resident status and administration on post-determination matters. Although both SAT Circular 82 and SAT Bulletin 45 only apply to offshore enterprises controlled by PRC enterprises or PRC enterprise groups, not those controlled by PRC individuals or foreign individuals, the determining criteria set forth in SAT Circular 82 and SAT Bulletin 45 may reflect the SAT’s general position on how the “de facto management body” test should be applied in determining the tax resident status of offshore enterprises, regardless of whether they are controlled by PRC enterprises, PRC enterprise groups, or by PRC or foreign individuals.

 

26

 

 

If the PRC tax authorities determine that the actual management organ of Pop Culture Group is within the territory of China, Pop Culture Group may be deemed to be a PRC resident enterprise for PRC enterprise income tax purposes and a number of unfavorable PRC tax consequences could follow. First, we will be subject to the uniform 25% enterprise income tax on our world-wide income, which could materially reduce our net income. In addition, we will also be subject to PRC enterprise income tax reporting obligations. Finally, dividends payable by us to our investors and gains on the sale of our shares may become subject to PRC withholding tax, at a rate of 10% in the case of non-PRC enterprises or 20% in the case of non-PRC individuals (in each case, subject to the provisions of any applicable tax treaty), if such gains are deemed to be from PRC sources. It is unclear whether non-PRC shareholders of our company would be able to claim the benefits of any tax treaties between their country of tax residence and the PRC in the event that we are treated as a PRC resident enterprise. Any such tax may reduce the returns on your investment in our shares. Although up to the date of this prospectus, Pop Culture Group has not been notified or informed by the PRC tax authorities that it has been deemed to be a resident enterprise for the purpose of the EIT Law, we cannot assure you that it will not be deemed to be a resident enterprise in the future.

 

We face uncertainty with respect to indirect transfers of equity interests in PRC resident enterprises by their non-PRC holding companies.

 

In February 2015, SAT issued a Public Notice Regarding Certain Corporate Income Tax Matters on Indirect Transfer of Properties by Non-Tax Resident Enterprises, or “SAT Circular 7.” SAT Circular 7 provides comprehensive guidelines relating to indirect transfers of PRC taxable assets (including equity interests and real properties of a PRC resident enterprise) by a non-resident enterprise. In addition, in October 2017, SAT issued an Announcement on Issues Relating to Withholding at Source of Income Tax of Non-resident Enterprises, or “SAT Circular 37,” effective in December 2017, which, among others, amended certain provisions in SAT Circular 7 and further clarify the tax payable declaration obligation by non-resident enterprise. Indirect transfer of equity interest and/or real properties in a PRC resident enterprise by their non-PRC holding companies are subject to SAT Circular 7 and SAT Circular 37.

 

SAT Circular 7 provides clear criteria for an assessment of reasonable commercial purposes and has introduced safe harbors for internal group restructurings and the purchase and sale of equity through a public securities market. As stipulated in SAT Circular 7, indirect transfers of PRC taxable assets are considered as reasonable commercial purposes if the shareholding structure of both transaction parties falls within the following situations: i) the transferor directly or indirectly owns 80% or above equity interest of the transferee, or vice versa; ii) the transferor and the transferee are both 80% or above directly or indirectly owned by the same party; iii) the percentages in bullet points i) and ii) shall be 100% if over 50% the share value of a foreign enterprise is directly or indirectly derived from PRC real properties. Furthermore, SAT Circular 7 also brings challenges to both foreign transferor and transferee (or other person who is obligated to pay for the transfer) of taxable assets. Where a non-resident enterprise transfers PRC taxable assets indirectly by disposing of the equity interests of an overseas holding company, which is an indirect transfer, the non-resident enterprise as either transferor or transferee, or the PRC entity that directly owns the taxable assets, may report such indirect transfer to the relevant tax authority and the PRC tax authority may disregard the existence of the overseas holding company if it lacks a reasonable commercial purpose and was established for the purpose of reducing, avoiding, or deferring PRC tax. As a result, gains derived from such indirect transfer may be subject to PRC enterprise income tax, and the transferee or other person who is obligated to pay for the transfer is obligated to withhold the applicable taxes, currently at a rate of 10% for the transfer of equity interests in a PRC resident enterprise. Both the transferor and the transferee may be subject to penalties under PRC tax laws if the transferee fails to withhold the taxes and the transferor fails to pay the taxes.

 

According to SAT Circular 37, where the non-resident enterprise fails to declare the tax payable pursuant to Article 39 of the EIT Law, the tax authority may order it to pay the tax due within required time limits, and the non-resident enterprise shall declare and pay the tax payable within such time limits specified by the tax authority. If the non-resident enterprise, however, voluntarily declares and pays the tax payable before the tax authority orders it to do so within required time limits, it shall be deemed that such enterprise has paid the tax in time.

 

We face uncertainties as to the reporting and assessment of reasonable commercial purposes and future transactions where PRC taxable assets are involved, such as offshore restructuring, sale of the shares in our offshore subsidiaries, and investments. In the event of being assessed as having no reasonable commercial purposes in an indirect transfer transaction, we may be subject to filing obligations or taxed if we are a transferor in such transactions, and may be subject to withholding obligations (to be specific, a 10% withholding tax for the transfer of equity interests) if we are a transferee in such transactions, under SAT Circular 7 and SAT Circular 37. For transfer of shares by investors who are non-PRC resident enterprises, our PRC subsidiary may be requested to assist in the filing under the SAT circulars. As a result, we may be required to expend valuable resources to comply with the SAT circulars or to request the relevant transferors from whom we purchase taxable assets to comply with these circulars, or to establish that we should not be taxed under these circulars, which may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

27

 

 

Our PRC subsidiary is subject to restrictions on paying dividends or making other payments to us, which may have a material adverse effect on our ability to conduct our business.

 

We are a holding company incorporated in the Cayman Islands. We may need dividends and other distributions on equity from our PRC subsidiary to satisfy our liquidity requirements, including the funds necessary to pay dividends and other cash distributions to our shareholders and service any debt we may incur. If our PRC subsidiary incurs debt on its own behalf in the future, the instruments governing the debt may restrict its ability to pay dividends or make other distributions to us. In addition, the PRC tax authorities may require our PRC subsidiary to adjust its taxable income under the contractual agreements Heliheng currently has in place with Xiamen Pop Culture in a manner that would materially and adversely affect its ability to pay dividends and other distribution to us. See “—Risks Relating to Our Corporate Structure—The VIE Arrangements may result in adverse tax consequences.”

 

Current PRC regulations permit our PRC subsidiary to pay dividends to us only out of its accumulated profits, if any, determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. In addition, our PRC subsidiary is required to set aside at least 10% of its respective accumulated profits each year, if any, to fund certain reserve funds until the total amount set aside reaches 50% of their respective registered capital. Our PRC subsidiary may also allocate a portion of its respective after-tax profits based on PRC accounting standards to employee welfare and bonus funds at its discretion. These reserves are not distributable as cash dividends. These limitation on the ability of our PRC subsidiary to pay dividends or make other distributions to us could materially and adversely limit our ability to grow, make investments, or acquisitions that could be beneficial to our business, pay dividends, or otherwise fund and conduct our business.

 

Governmental control of currency conversion may affect the value of your investment and our payment of dividends.

 

The PRC government imposes controls on the convertibility of the RMB into foreign currencies and, in certain cases, the remittance of currency out of China. We receive substantially all of our revenue in RMB. Under our current corporate structure, Pop Culture Group may rely on dividend payments from our PRC subsidiary, Heliheng, to fund any cash and financing requirements we may have. Under existing PRC foreign exchange regulations, payments of current account items, such as profit distributions and trade and service-related foreign exchange transactions, can be made in foreign currencies without prior approval from SAFE by complying with certain procedural requirements. Therefore, our PRC subsidiary is able to pay dividends in foreign currencies to us without prior approval from SAFE, subject to the condition that the remittance of such dividends outside of the PRC complies with certain procedures under PRC foreign exchange regulation, such as the overseas investment registrations by our shareholders or the ultimate shareholders of our corporate shareholders who are PRC residents. Approval from or registration with appropriate government authorities is, however, required where the RMB is to be converted into foreign currency and remitted out of China to pay capital expenses such as the repayment of loans denominated in foreign currencies. The PRC government may also at its discretion restrict access in the future to foreign currencies for current account transactions. If the foreign exchange control system prevents us from obtaining sufficient foreign currencies to satisfy our foreign currency demand, we may not be able to pay dividends in foreign currencies to our shareholders.

 

There are significant uncertainties under the EIT Law relating to the withholding tax liabilities of our PRC subsidiary, and dividends payable by our PRC subsidiary to our offshore subsidiaries may not qualify to enjoy certain treaty benefits.

 

Under the EIT Law and its implementation rules, the profits of a foreign-invested enterprise generated through operations, which are distributed to its immediate holding company outside the PRC, will be subject to a withholding tax rate of 10%. Pursuant to the Arrangement between the Mainland China and the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and Tax Evasion on Income, or the “Double Tax Avoidance Arrangement,” a withholding tax rate of 10% may be lowered to 5% if the PRC enterprise is at least 25% held by a Hong Kong enterprise for at least 12 consecutive months prior to distribution of the dividends and is determined by the relevant PRC tax authority to have satisfied other conditions and requirements under the Double Tax Avoidance Arrangement and other applicable PRC laws.

 

28

 

 

However, based on the Circular on Certain Issues with Respect to the Enforcement of Dividend Provisions in Tax Treaties, or the “SAT Circular 81,” which became effective on February 20, 2009, if the relevant PRC tax authorities determine, in their discretion, that a company benefits from such reduced income tax rate due to a structure or arrangement that is primarily tax-driven, such PRC tax authorities may adjust the preferential tax treatment. According to Circular on Several Issues regarding the “Beneficial Owner” in Tax Treaties, which became effective as of April 1, 2018, when determining an applicant’s status as the “beneficial owner” regarding tax treatments in connection with dividends, interests, or royalties in the tax treaties, several factors will be taken into account. Such factors include whether the business operated by the applicant constitutes actual business activities, and whether the counterparty country or region to the tax treaties does not levy any tax, grant tax exemption on relevant incomes, or levy tax at an extremely low rate. This circular further requires any applicant who intends to be proved of being the “beneficial owner” to file relevant documents with the relevant tax authorities. Our PRC subsidiary is wholly owned by our Hong Kong subsidiary. However, we cannot assure you that our determination regarding our qualification to enjoy the preferential tax treatment will not be challenged by the relevant PRC tax authority or we will be able to complete the necessary filings with the relevant PRC tax authority and enjoy the preferential withholding tax rate of 5% under the Double Tax Avoidance Arrangement with respect to dividends to be paid by our PRC subsidiary to our Hong Kong subsidiary, in which case, we would be subject to the higher withdrawing tax rate of 10% on dividends received.

 

If we become directly subject to the scrutiny, criticism, and negative publicity involving U.S.-listed Chinese companies, we may have to expend significant resources to investigate and resolve the matter which could harm our business operations, stock price, and reputation.

 

U.S. public companies that have substantially all of their operations in China have been the subject of intense scrutiny, criticism, and negative publicity by investors, financial commentators, and regulatory agencies, such as the SEC. Much of the scrutiny, criticism, and negative publicity has centered on financial and accounting irregularities and mistakes, a lack of effective internal controls over financial accounting, inadequate corporate governance policies or a lack of adherence thereto and, in many cases, allegations of fraud. As a result of the scrutiny, criticism, and negative publicity, the publicly traded stock of many U.S. listed Chinese companies sharply decreased in value and, in some cases, has become virtually worthless. Many of these companies are now subject to shareholder lawsuits and SEC enforcement actions and are conducting internal and external investigations into the allegations. It is not clear what effect this sector-wide scrutiny, criticism, and negative publicity will have on us, our business, and the price of our Class A Ordinary Shares. If we become the subject of any unfavorable allegations, whether such allegations are proven to be true or untrue, we will have to expend significant resources to investigate such allegations and/or defend our company. This situation will be costly and time consuming and distract our management from developing our business. If such allegations are not proven to be groundless, we and our business operations will be severely affected and you could sustain a significant decline in the value of our Class A Ordinary Shares.

 

The disclosures in our reports and other filings with the SEC and our other public pronouncements are not subject to the scrutiny of any regulatory bodies in the PRC.

 

We are regulated by the SEC, and our reports and other filings with the SEC are subject to SEC review in accordance with the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act. Our SEC reports and other disclosure and public pronouncements are not subject to the review or scrutiny of any PRC regulatory authority. For example, the disclosure in our SEC reports and other filings are not subject to the review by China Securities Regulatory Commission, a PRC regulator that is responsible for oversight of the capital markets in China. Accordingly, you should review our SEC reports, filings, and our other public pronouncements with the understanding that no local regulator has done any review of us, our SEC reports, other filings, or any of our other public pronouncements.

 

The approval of the China Securities Regulatory Commission, or the “CSRC,” may be required in connection with this offering under a regulation adopted in August 2006, and, if required, we cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain such approval, in which case we may face sanctions by the CSRC or other PRC regulatory agencies for failure to seek the CSRC approval for this offering.

 

The Regulations on Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Companies by Foreign Investors, or the “M&A Rules,” adopted by six PRC regulatory agencies in 2006 and amended in 2009, requires an overseas SPV formed for listing purposes through acquisitions of PRC domestic companies and controlled by PRC companies or individuals to obtain the approval of the CSRC, prior to the listing and trading of such SPV’s securities on an overseas stock exchange. In September 2006, the CSRC published a notice on its official website specifying documents and materials required to be submitted to it by an SPV seeking the CSRC approval of its overseas listings. The application of the M&A Rules remains unclear.

 

29

 

 

Our PRC legal counsel has advised us based on their understanding of the current PRC law, rules, and regulations that the CSRC’s approval is not required for the listing and trading of our shares on the Nasdaq Global Market in the context of this offering, given that:

 

  we established our PRC subsidiary by means of direct investment rather than by merger with or acquisition of PRC domestic companies as defined in the M&A Rules; and
     
  no explicit provision in the M&A Rules classifies the VIE Arrangements as a type of acquisition transaction subject to the M&A Rules.

 

Our PRC legal counsel, however, has further advised us that there remains some uncertainty as to how the M&A Rules will be interpreted or implemented in the context of an overseas offering and its opinions summarized above are subject to any new laws, rules and regulations or detailed implementations and interpretations in any form relating to the M&A Rules. We cannot assure you that relevant PRC governmental agencies, including the CSRC, would reach the same conclusion as we do. If it is determined that the CSRC approval is required for this offering, we may face sanctions by the CSRC or other PRC regulatory agencies for failure to seek the CSRC approval for this offering. These sanctions may include fines and penalties on our operations in the PRC, limitations on our operating privileges in the PRC, delays in or restrictions on the repatriation of the proceeds from this offering into the PRC, restrictions on or prohibition of the payments or remittance of dividends by our PRC subsidiary, or other actions that could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, reputation, and prospects, as well as the trading price of our Class A Ordinary Shares. The CSRC or other PRC regulatory agencies may also take actions requiring us, or making it advisable for us, to halt this offering before the settlement and delivery of the Class A Ordinary Shares that we are offering. Consequently, if you engage in market trading or other activities in anticipation of and prior to the settlement and delivery of the shares we are offering, you would be doing so at the risk that the settlement and delivery may not occur.

 

The M&A Rules and certain other PRC regulations establish complex procedures for certain acquisitions of Chinese companies by foreign investors, which could make it more difficult for us to pursue growth through acquisitions in China.

 

The M&A Rules and recently adopted PRC regulations and rules concerning mergers and acquisitions established additional procedures and requirements that could make merger and acquisition activities by foreign investors more time consuming and complex. For example, the M&A Rules require that MOFCOM be notified in advance of any change-of-control transaction in which a foreign investor takes control of a PRC domestic enterprise, if (i) any important industry is concerned, (ii) such transaction involves factors that have or may have impact on the national economic security, or (iii) such transaction will lead to a change in control of a domestic enterprise which holds a famous trademark or PRC time-honored brand. Mergers or acquisitions that allow one market player to take control of or to exert decisive impact on another market player must also be notified in advance to MOFCOM when the threshold under the Provisions on Thresholds for Prior Notification of Concentrations of Undertakings, or the “Prior Notification Rules,” issued by the State Council in August 2008 is triggered. In addition, the security review rules issued by MOFCOM that became effective in September 2011 specify that mergers and acquisitions by foreign investors that raise “national defense and security” concerns and mergers and acquisitions through which foreign investors may acquire de facto control over domestic enterprises that raise “national security” concerns are subject to strict review by MOFCOM, and the rules prohibit any activities attempting to bypass a security review, including by structuring the transaction through a proxy or contractual control arrangement. In the future, we may grow our business by acquiring complementary businesses. Complying with the requirements of the above-mentioned regulations and other relevant rules to complete such transactions could be time consuming, and any required approval processes, including obtaining approval from MOFCOM or its local counterparts may delay or inhibit our ability to complete such transactions. It is clear that our business would not be deemed to be in an industry that raises “national defense and security” or “national security” concerns. MOFCOM or other government agencies, however, may publish explanations in the future determining that our business is in an industry subject to the security review, in which case our future acquisitions in the PRC, including those by way of entering into contractual control arrangements with target entities, may be closely scrutinized or prohibited. Our ability to expand our business or maintain or expand our market share through future acquisitions would as such be materially and adversely affected.

 

30

 

 

Risks Relating to this Offering and the Trading Market

 

There has been no public market for our Class A Ordinary Shares prior to this offering, and you may not be able to resell our Class A Ordinary Shares at or above the price you pay for them, or at all.

 

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our Class A Ordinary Shares. We have applied for the listing of our Class A Ordinary Shares on the Nasdaq Global Market. An active public market for our Class A Ordinary Shares, however, may not develop or be sustained after the offering, in which case the market price and liquidity of our Class A Ordinary Shares will be materially and adversely affected.

 

The initial public offering price for our Class A Ordinary Shares may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the trading market and such market prices may be volatile.

 

The initial public offering price for our Class A Ordinary Shares will be determined by negotiations between us and the underwriters, and may not bear a direct relationship to our earnings, book value, or any other indicia of value. We cannot assure you that the market price of our Class A Ordinary Shares will not decline significantly below the initial public offering price. The financial markets in the United States and other countries have experienced significant price and volume fluctuations in the last few years. Volatility in the price of our Class A Ordinary Shares may be caused by factors outside of our control and may be unrelated or disproportionate to changes in our results of operations.

 

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value of Class A Ordinary Shares purchased.

 

The initial public offering price of our Class A Ordinary Shares is substantially higher than the (pro forma) net tangible book value per share of our Class A Ordinary Shares. Consequently, when you purchase our Class A Ordinary Shares in the offering, upon completion of the offering you will incur immediate dilution of $3.37 per share if the underwriters do not exercise the over-allotment option and $3.26 if the underwriters exercise the over-allotment option in full, assuming an initial public offering price of $5.00. See “Dilution.” In addition, you may experience further dilution to the extent that additional Class A Ordinary Shares are issued upon conversion of Class B Ordinary Shares or exercise of outstanding options we may grant from time to time.

 

If we fail to implement and maintain an effective system of internal controls or fail to remediate the material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting that have been identified, we may fail to meet our reporting obligations or be unable to accurately report our results of operations or prevent fraud, and investor confidence and the market price of our Class A Ordinary Shares may be materially and adversely affected.

 

Prior to this offering, we have been a private company with limited accounting personnel and other resources with which to address our internal controls and procedures. Our independent registered public accounting firm has not conducted an audit of our internal control over financial reporting. However, in preparing our consolidated financial statements as of and for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, we and our independent registered public accounting firm have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, as defined in the standards established by the PCAOB, and other control deficiencies. The material weaknesses identified included (i) a lack of accounting staff and resources with appropriate knowledge of U.S. GAAP and SEC reporting and compliance requirements; and (ii) a lack of independent directors and an audit committee. Following the identification of the material weaknesses and control deficiencies, we plan to continue to take remedial measures including (i) hiring more qualified accounting personnel with relevant U.S. GAAP and SEC reporting experience and qualifications to strengthen the financial reporting function and to set up a financial and system control framework; (ii) implementing regular and continuous U.S. GAAP accounting and financial reporting training programs for our accounting and financial reporting personnel; (iii) setting up an internal audit function as well as engaging an external consulting firm to assist us with assessment of Sarbanes-Oxley compliance requirements and improvement of overall internal control; and (iv) appointing independent directors, establishing an audit committee, and strengthening corporate governance. However, the implementation of these measures may not fully address the material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. Our failure to correct the material weaknesses or our failure to discover and address any other material weaknesses or control deficiencies could result in inaccuracies in our financial statements and could also impair our ability to comply with applicable financial reporting requirements and related regulatory filings on a timely basis. As a result, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, as well as the trading price of our Class A Ordinary Shares, may be materially and adversely affected. Moreover, ineffective internal control over financial reporting significantly hinders our ability to prevent fraud.

 

31

 

 

 

Upon completion of this offering, we will become a public company in the United States subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 will require that we include a report of management on our internal control over financial reporting in our annual report on Form 20-F beginning with our annual report for the fiscal year ending June 30, 2022. In addition, once we cease to be an “emerging growth company,” as such term is defined in the JOBS Act, our independent registered public accounting firm must attest to and report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Our management may conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is not effective. Moreover, even if our management concludes that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, our independent registered public accounting firm, after conducting its own independent testing, may issue a report that is qualified if it is not satisfied with our internal controls or the level at which our controls are documented, designed, operated, or reviewed, or if it interprets the relevant requirements differently from us. In addition, after we become a public company, our reporting obligations may place a significant strain on our management, operational, and financial resources and systems for the foreseeable future. We may be unable to complete our evaluation testing and any required remediation in a timely manner.

 

We will incur substantial increased costs as a result of being a public company.

 

Upon consummation of this offering, we will incur significant legal, accounting, and other expenses as a public company that we did not incur as a private company. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as rules subsequently implemented by the SEC and Nasdaq, impose various requirements on the corporate governance practices of public companies.

 

Compliance with these rules and regulations increases our legal and financial compliance costs and makes some corporate activities more time-consuming and costlier. We will incur additional costs in obtaining director and officer liability insurance. In addition, we incur additional costs associated with our public company reporting requirements. It may also be more difficult for us to find qualified persons to serve on our board of directors or as executive officers.

 

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act and will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our Class A Ordinary Shares that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior December 31, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include exemption from the auditor attestation requirement under Section 404 in the assessment of the emerging growth company’s internal control over financial reporting and permission to delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies.

 

After we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” or until five years following the completion of our initial public offering, whichever is earlier, we expect to incur significant additional expenses and devote substantial management effort toward ensuring compliance with the requirements of Section 404 and the other rules and regulations of the SEC. For example, as a public company, we have been required to increase the number of independent directors and adopt policies regarding internal controls and disclosure controls and procedures.

 

We are currently evaluating and monitoring developments with respect to these rules and regulations, and we cannot predict or estimate with any degree of certainty the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs.

  

32

 

  

The dual class structure of our ordinary shares has the effect of concentrating voting control with our chief executive officer and chairman, and his interests may not be aligned with the interests of our other shareholders.

 

We have a dual-class voting structure consisting of Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares. Under this structure, holders of Class A Ordinary Shares are entitled to one vote per one Class A Ordinary Share, and holders of Class B Ordinary Shares are entitled to seven votes per one Class B Ordinary Share, which may cause the holders of Class B Ordinary Shares to have an unbalanced, higher concentration of voting power. Immediately prior to completion of this offering, Mr. Zhuoqin Huang, the sole shareholder of Class B Ordinary Shares, beneficially owns 5,763,077, or 100%, of our issued Class B Ordinary Shares, representing approximately 76.95% of the voting rights in our Company. After this offering, Mr. Huang will indirectly hold 5,763,077 Class B Ordinary Shares, representing approximately 69.04% of the voting rights in our Company, assuming no exercise of the over-allotment option by the underwriters, or approximately 68.00% assuming full exercise of the over-allotment option by the underwriters. As a result, until such time as his collective voting power is below 50%, Mr. Huang as the controlling shareholder has substantial influence over our business, including decisions regarding mergers, consolidations and the sale of all or substantially all of our assets, election of directors, and other significant corporate actions. He may take actions that are not in the best interests of us or our other shareholders. These corporate actions may be taken even if they are opposed by our other shareholders. Further, such concentration of voting power may discourage, prevent, or delay the consummation of change of control transactions that shareholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which shareholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares. Future issuances of Class B Ordinary Shares may also be dilutive to the holders of Class A Ordinary Shares. As a result, the market price of our Class A Ordinary Shares could be adversely affected.

  

The dual-class structure of our ordinary shares may adversely affect the trading market for our Class A Ordinary Shares.

 

Several shareholder advisory firms have announced their opposition to the use of multiple class structures. As a result, the dual class structure of our ordinary shares may cause shareholder advisory firms to publish negative commentary about our corporate governance practices or otherwise seek to cause us to change our capital structure. Any actions or publications by shareholder advisory firms critical of our corporate governance practices or capital structure could also adversely affect the value of our Class A Ordinary Shares.

 

We will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the Nasdaq listing rules, and may follow certain exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements that could adversely affect our public shareholders.

 

Following this offering, our largest shareholder will continue to own more than a majority of the voting power of our outstanding ordinary shares. Under the Nasdaq listing rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group, or another company is a “controlled company” and is permitted to phase in its compliance with the independent committee requirements. Although we do not intend to rely on the “controlled company” exemptions under the Nasdaq listing rules even if we are deemed a “controlled company,” we could elect to rely on these exemptions in the future. If we were to elect to rely on the “controlled company” exemptions, a majority of the members of our board of directors might not be independent directors and our nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees might not consist entirely of independent directors. Accordingly, if we rely on the exemptions, during the period we remain a controlled company and during any transition period following a time when we are no longer a controlled company, you would not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of Nasdaq.

 

Substantial future sales of our Class A Ordinary Shares or the anticipation of future sales of our Class A Ordinary Shares in the public market could cause the price of our Class A Ordinary Shares to decline.

 

Sales of substantial amounts of our Class A Ordinary Shares in the public market after this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could cause the market price of our Class A Ordinary Shares to decline. An aggregate of 12,086,923 Class A Ordinary Shares are outstanding before the consummation of this offering and 18,086,923 Class A Ordinary Shares will be outstanding immediately after the consummation of this offering if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised, and 18,986,923 Class A Ordinary Shares will be outstanding immediately after the consummation of this offering if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is fully exercised. Sales of these shares into the market could cause the market price of our Class A Ordinary Shares to decline.

  

33

 

 

We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future.

 

We currently intend to retain any future earnings to finance the operation and expansion of our business, and we do not expect to declare or pay any dividends in the foreseeable future. As a result, you may only receive a return on your investment in our Class A Ordinary Shares if the market price of our Class A Ordinary Shares increases.

 

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or if the publish a negative report regarding our Class A Ordinary Shares, the price of our Class A Ordinary Shares and trading volume could decline.

 

Any trading market for our Class A Ordinary Shares may depend in part on the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. We do not have any control over these analysts. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade us, the price of our Class A Ordinary Shares would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause the price of our Class A Ordinary Shares and the trading volume to decline.

 

The market price of our Class A Ordinary Shares may be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.

 

The initial public offering price for our Class A Ordinary Shares will be determined through negotiations between the underwriters and us and may vary from the market price of our Class A Ordinary Shares following our initial public offering. If you purchase our Class A Ordinary Shares in our initial public offering, you may not be able to resell those shares at or above the initial public offering price. We cannot assure you that the initial public offering price of our Class A Ordinary Shares, or the market price following our initial public offering, will equal or exceed prices in privately negotiated transactions of our shares that have occurred from time to time prior to our initial public offering. The market price of our Class A Ordinary Shares may fluctuate significantly in response to numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control, including:

 

  actual or anticipated fluctuations in our revenue and other operating results;
     
  the financial projections we may provide to the public, any changes in these projections or our failure to meet these projections;
     
  actions of securities analysts who initiate or maintain coverage of us, changes in financial estimates by any securities analysts who follow our company, or our failure to meet these estimates or the expectations of investors;
     
  announcements by us or our competitors of significant products or features, technical innovations, acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, or capital commitments;

 

  price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market, including as a result of trends in the economy as a whole;
     
  lawsuits threatened or filed against us; and
     
  other events or factors, including those resulting from war or incidents of terrorism, or responses to these events.

 

In addition, the stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies. Stock prices of many companies have fluctuated in a manner unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. In the past, stockholders have filed securities class action litigation following periods of market volatility. If we were to become involved in securities litigation, it could subject us to substantial costs, divert resources and the attention of management from our business, and adversely affect our business.

  

34

 

  

Our management has broad discretion to determine how to use the funds raised in the offering and may use them in ways that may not enhance our results of operations or the price of our Class A Ordinary Shares.

 

We anticipate that we will use the net proceeds from this offering to develop and operate online content, develop a street dance training business, create derivative works of our hip-hop intellectual properties, and develop our hip-hop events, and for working capital and other general corporate purposes. Our management will have significant discretion as to the use of the net proceeds to us from this offering and could spend the proceeds in ways that do not improve our results of operations or enhance the market price of our Class A Ordinary Shares.

 

If we cease to qualify as a foreign private issuer, we would be required to comply fully with the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act applicable to U.S. domestic issuers, and we would incur significant additional legal, accounting and other expenses that we would not incur as a foreign private issuer.

 

We expect to qualify as a foreign private issuer upon the completion of this offering. As a foreign private issuer, we will be exempt from the rules under the Exchange Act prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our officers, directors and principal shareholders will be exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we will not be required under the Exchange Act to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as United States domestic issuers, and we will not be required to disclose in our periodic reports all of the information that United States domestic issuers are required to disclose. While we currently expect to qualify as a foreign private issuer immediately following the completion of this offering, we may cease to qualify as a foreign private issuer in the future, in which case we would incur significant additional expenses that could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

 

Because we are a foreign private issuer and are exempt from certain Nasdaq corporate governance standards applicable to U.S. issuers, you will have less protection than you would have if we were a domestic issuer.

 

Nasdaq listing rules require listed companies to have, among other things, a majority of its board members be independent. As a foreign private issuer, however, we are permitted to, and we may follow home country practice in lieu of the above requirements, or we may choose to comply with the above requirement within one year of listing. The corporate governance practice in our home country, the Cayman Islands, does not require a majority of our board to consist of independent directors. Thus, although a director must act in the best interests of the Company, it is possible that fewer board members will be exercising independent judgment and the level of board oversight on the management of our company may decrease as a result. In addition, Nasdaq listing rules also require U.S. domestic issuers to have a compensation committee, a nominating/corporate governance committee composed entirely of independent directors, and an audit committee with a minimum of three members. We, as a foreign private issuer, are not subject to these requirements. Nasdaq listing rules may require shareholder approval for certain corporate matters, such as requiring that shareholders be given the opportunity to vote on all equity compensation plans and material revisions to those plans, certain ordinary share issuances. We intend to comply with the requirements of Nasdaq listing rules in determining whether shareholder approval is required on such matters and to appoint a nominating and corporate governance committee. We may, however, consider following home country practice in lieu of the requirements under Nasdaq listing rules with respect to certain corporate governance standards which may afford less protection to investors.

 

Although as a Foreign Private Issuer we are exempt from certain corporate governance standards applicable to US issuers, if we cannot satisfy, or continue to satisfy, the initial listing requirements and other rules of the Nasdaq Global Market, our securities may not be listed or may be delisted, which could negatively impact the price of our securities and your ability to sell them.

 

We will seek to have our securities approved for listing on the Nasdaq Global Market upon consummation of this offering. We cannot assure you that we will be able to meet those initial listing requirements at that time. Even if our securities are listed on the Nasdaq Global Market, we cannot assure you that our securities will continue to be listed on the Nasdaq Global Market.

 

In addition, following this offering, in order to maintain our listing on the Nasdaq Global Market, we will be required to comply with certain rules of the Nasdaq Global Market, including those regarding minimum stockholders’ equity, minimum share price, minimum market value of publicly held shares, and various additional requirements. Even if we initially meet the listing requirements and other applicable rules of the Nasdaq Global Market, we may not be able to continue to satisfy these requirements and applicable rules. If we are unable to satisfy the Nasdaq Global Market criteria for maintaining our listing, our securities could be subject to delisting.

  

35

 

 

If the Nasdaq Global Market does not list our securities, or subsequently delists our securities from trading, we could face significant consequences, including:

 

  a limited availability for market quotations for our securities;
     
  reduced liquidity with respect to our securities;
     
  a determination that our Class A Ordinary Share is a “penny stock,” which will require brokers trading in our Class A Ordinary Share to adhere to more stringent rules and possibly result in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our Class A Ordinary Share;
     
  limited amount of news and analyst coverage; and
     
  a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.

 

Anti-takeover provisions in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may discourage, delay, or prevent a change in control.

 

Some provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, which will become effective on or before the completion of this offering, may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company or management that shareholders may consider favorable, including, among other things, the following:

 

  provisions that authorize our board of directors to issue shares with preferred, deferred or other special rights or restrictions without any further vote or action by our shareholders; and
     
  provisions that restrict the ability of our shareholders to call meetings and to propose special matters for consideration at shareholder meetings.

 

Our board of directors may decline to register transfers of Class A Ordinary Shares in certain circumstances.

 

Our board of directors may, in its sole discretion, decline to register any transfer of any Class A Ordinary Share which is not fully paid up or on which we have a lien. Our directors may also decline to register any transfer of any share unless (i) the instrument of transfer is lodged with us, accompanied by the certificate for the shares to which it relates and such other evidence as our board of directors may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer; (ii) the instrument of transfer is in respect of only one class of shares; (iii) the instrument of transfer is properly stamped, if required; (iv) in the case of a transfer to joint holders, the number of joint holders to whom the share is to be transferred does not exceed four; (v) the shares transferred are free of any lien in favor of us; or (vi) a fee of such maximum sum as the Nasdaq Global Market may determine to be payable, or such lesser sum as our board of directors may from time to time require, is paid to us in respect thereof.

 

If our directors refuse to register a transfer they shall, within three months after the date on which the instrument of transfer was lodged, send to each of the transferor and the transferee notice of such refusal. The registration of transfers may, on 14 days’ notice being given by advertisement in such one or more newspapers or by electronic means, be suspended and the register closed at such times and for such periods as our board of directors may from time to time determine, provided, however, that the registration of transfers shall not be suspended nor the register closed for more than 30 days in any year.

 

This, however, is unlikely to affect market transactions of the Class A Ordinary Shares purchased by investors in the public offering. Once the Class A Ordinary Shares have been listed, the legal title to such Class A Ordinary Shares and the registration details of those Class A Ordinary Shares in the Company’s register of members will remain with DTC/Cede & Co. All market transactions with respect to those Class A Ordinary Shares will then be carried out without the need for any kind of registration by the directors, as the market transactions will all be conducted through the DTC systems.

  

36

 

  

We are an “emerging growth company” within the meaning of the Securities Act, and if we take advantage of certain exemptions from disclosure requirements available to emerging growth companies, this will make it more difficult to compare our performance with other public companies.

 

We are an “emerging growth company” within the meaning of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act. Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such an election to opt out is irrevocable. We have elected not to opt out of such extended transition period, which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This will make comparison of our financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

 

Because we are an “emerging growth company,” we may not be subject to requirements that other public companies are subject to, which could affect investor confidence in us and our Class A Ordinary Shares.

 

For as long as we remain an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, we will elect to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies,” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. Because of these lessened regulatory requirements, our shareholders would be left without information or rights available to shareholders of more mature companies. If some investors find our Class A Ordinary Shares less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our Class A Ordinary Shares and our share price may be more volatile. See “Implications of Our Being an ‘Emerging Growth Company.’”

 

The laws of the Cayman Islands may not provide our shareholders with benefits comparable to those provided to shareholders of corporations incorporated in the United States.

 

Our corporate affairs are governed by our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, by the Companies Act (Revised) of the Cayman Islands and by the common law of the Cayman Islands. The rights of shareholders to take action against our directors, actions by minority shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors to us under Cayman Islands law are to a large extent governed by the common law of the Cayman Islands. The common law in the Cayman Islands is derived in part from comparatively limited judicial precedent in the Cayman Islands and from English common law. Decisions of the Privy Council (which is the final Court of Appeal for British overseas territories such as the Cayman Islands) are binding on a court in the Cayman Islands. Decisions of the English courts, and particularly the Supreme Court and the Court of Appeal are generally of persuasive authority but are not binding in the courts of the Cayman Islands. Decisions of courts in other Commonwealth jurisdictions are similarly of persuasive but not binding authority. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under Cayman Islands law are not as clearly established as they would be under statutes or judicial precedents in the United States. In particular, the Cayman Islands has a less developed body of securities laws relative to the United States. Therefore, our public shareholders may have more difficulty protecting their interests in the face of actions by our management, directors or controlling shareholders than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a jurisdiction in the United States.

 

You may be unable to present proposals before annual general meetings or extraordinary general meetings not called by shareholders.

 

Cayman Islands law provides shareholders with only limited rights to requisition a general meeting, and does not provide shareholders with any right to put any proposal before a general meeting. These rights, however, may be provided in a company’s articles of association. Our articles of association allow our shareholders holding shares representing in aggregate not less than 10% of our voting share capital in issue, to requisition a general meeting of our shareholders, in which case our directors are obliged to call such meeting. Advance notice of at least 21 clear days is required for the convening of our annual general shareholders’ meeting and at least 14 clear days’ notice any other general meeting of our shareholders. A quorum required for a meeting of shareholders consists of at least one shareholder present or by proxy, representing not less than one-third of the total issued shares carrying the right to vote at a general meeting of the Company.

 

37

 

 

If we are classified as a passive foreign investment company, United States taxpayers who own our Class A Ordinary Shares may have adverse United States federal income tax consequences.

 

A non-U.S. corporation such as ourselves will be classified as a passive foreign investment company, which is known as a PFIC, for any taxable year if, for such year, either:

 

  At least 75% of our gross income for the year is passive income; or
     
  The average percentage of our assets (determined at the end of each quarter) during the taxable year which produce passive income or which are held for the production of passive income is at least 50%.

 

Passive income generally includes dividends, interest, rents and royalties (other than rents or royalties derived from the active conduct of a trade or business), and gains from the disposition of passive assets.

  

If we are determined to be a PFIC for any taxable year (or portion thereof) that is included in the holding period of a U.S. taxpayer who holds our Class A Ordinary Shares, the U.S. taxpayer may be subject to increased U.S. federal income tax liability and may be subject to additional reporting requirements.

 

Depending on the amount of cash we raise in this offering, together with any other assets held for the production of passive income, it is possible that, for our 2021 taxable year or for any subsequent year, more than 50% of our assets may be assets which produce passive income, in which case we would be deemed a PFIC, which could have adverse US federal income tax consequences for US taxpayers who are shareholders. We will make this determination following the end of any particular tax year.

 

Although the law in this regard is unclear, we treat our PRC Affiliated Entities as being owned by us for United States federal income tax purposes, not only because we exercise effective control over the operations of such entities but also because we are entitled to substantially all of their economic benefits, and, as a result, we consolidate their operating results in our consolidated financial statements. For purposes of the PFIC analysis, in general, a non-U.S. corporation is deemed to own its pro rata share of the gross income and assets of any entity in which it is considered to own at least 25% of the equity by value.

 

For a more detailed discussion of the application of the PFIC rules to us and the consequences to U.S. taxpayers if we were or are determined to be a PFIC, see “Material Income Tax Consideration—United States Federal Income Taxation—Passive Foreign Investment Company.”

 

Our pre-IPO shareholders will be able to sell their shares after the completion of this offering subject to restrictions under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which could impact the trading price of our Class A Ordinary Shares.

 

12,086,923 of our Class A Ordinary Shares are issued and outstanding before this offering. Our pre-IPO shareholders may be able to sell their Class A Ordinary Shares under Rule 144 after the completion of this offering. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” below. Because these shareholders have paid a lower price per Class A Ordinary Share than participants in this offering, when they are able to sell their pre-IPO shares under Rule 144, they may be more willing to accept a lower sales price than the IPO price, which could impact the trading price of our Class A Ordinary Shares following the completion of the offering, to the detriment of participants in this offering. Under Rule 144, before our pre-IPO shareholders can sell their shares, in addition to meeting other requirements, they must meet the required holding period. We do not expect any of the Class A Ordinary Shares to be sold pursuant to Rule 144 during the pendency of this offering.

 

Our shareholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against us to the extent of distributions received by them upon redemption of their shares.

 

If we make a liquidating distribution, any distributions received by shareholders could be viewed as an unlawful payment if it was proved that immediately following the date on which the distribution was made, we were unable to pay our debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. As a result, a liquidator could seek to recover some or all amounts received by our shareholders. Furthermore, our directors may be viewed as having breached their fiduciary duties to us or our creditors and/or may have acted in bad faith, thereby exposing themselves and our company to claims, by paying public shareholders from the trust account prior to addressing the claims of creditors. We cannot assure you that claims will not be brought against us for these reasons. We and our directors and officers who knowingly and willfully authorized or permitted any distribution to be paid out of our share premium account while we were unable to pay our debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business would be guilty of an offence and may be liable to a fine of $18,292.68 and to imprisonment for five years in the Cayman Islands.

  

38

 

  

DISCLOSURE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that reflect our current expectations and views of future events, all of which are subject to risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements give our current expectations or forecasts of future events. You can identify these statements by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. You can find many (but not all) of these statements by the use of words such as “approximates,” “believes,” “hopes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” “projects,” “intends,” “plans,” “will,” “would,” “should,” “could,” “may” or other similar expressions in this prospectus. These statements are likely to address our growth strategy, financial results and product and development programs. You must carefully consider any such statements and should understand that many factors could cause actual results to differ from our forward-looking statements. These factors may include inaccurate assumptions and a broad variety of other risks and uncertainties, including some that are known and some that are not. No forward-looking statement can be guaranteed and actual future results may vary materially. Factors that could cause actual results to differ from those discussed in the forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:

 

  assumptions about our future financial and operating results, including revenue, income, expenditures, cash balances, and other financial items;
     
  our ability to execute our growth, and expansion, including our ability to meet our goals;
     
  current and future economic and political conditions;
     
  our capital requirements and our ability to raise any additional financing which we may require;
     
  our ability to attract clients and further enhance our brand recognition;
     
  our ability to hire and retain qualified management personnel and key employees in order to enable us to develop our business;
     
  the COVID-19 outbreak;
     
  trends and competition in the hip-hop industry; and
     
  other assumptions described in this prospectus underlying or relating to any forward-looking statements.

 

We describe certain material risks, uncertainties and assumptions that could affect our business, including our financial condition and results of operations, under “Risk Factors.” We base our forward-looking statements on our management’s beliefs and assumptions based on information available to our management at the time the statements are made. We caution you that actual outcomes and results may, and are likely to, differ materially from what is expressed, implied or forecast by our forward-looking statements. Accordingly, you should be careful about relying on any forward-looking statements. Except as required under the federal securities laws, we do not have any intention or obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statements after the distribution of this prospectus, whether as a result of new information, future events, changes in assumptions, or otherwise.

 

Industry Data and Forecasts

 

This prospectus contains data related to the hip-hop industry in China. This industry data includes projections that are based on a number of assumptions which have been derived from industry and government sources which we believe to be reasonable. The hip-hop industry may not grow at the rate projected by industry data, or at all. The failure of the industry to grow as anticipated is likely to have a material adverse effect on our business and the market price of our Class A Ordinary Shares. In addition, the rapidly changing nature of the hip-hop industry subjects any projections or estimates relating to the growth prospects or future condition of our industry to significant uncertainties. Furthermore, if any one or more of the assumptions underlying the industry data turns out to be incorrect, actual results may, and are likely to, differ from the projections based on these assumptions.

  

39

 

  

ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

 

We are incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands as an exempted company with limited liability. We incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands because of certain benefits associated with being a Cayman Islands company, such as political and economic stability, an effective judicial system, a favorable tax system, the absence of foreign exchange control or currency restrictions and the availability of professional and support services. The Cayman Islands, however, has a less developed body of securities laws as compared to the United States and provides significantly less protection for investors than the United States. Additionally, Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to sue in the Federal courts of the United States.

 

Substantially all of our assets are located in the PRC. In addition, all of our directors and officers are nationals or residents of the PRC and all or a substantial portion of their assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon us or these persons, or to enforce against us or them judgments obtained in United States courts, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States.

 

We have appointed Cogency Global Inc. as our agent to receive service of process with respect to any action brought against us in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York under the federal securities laws of the United States or of any state in the United States or any action brought against us in the Supreme Court of the State of New York in the County of New York under the securities laws of the State of New York.

 

Ogier, our counsel with respect to the laws of the Cayman Islands, and GFE, our counsel with respect to PRC law, have advised us that there is uncertainty as to whether the courts of the Cayman Islands or the PRC would (i) recognize or enforce judgments of United States courts obtained against us or our directors or officers predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States or (ii) entertain original actions brought in the Cayman Islands or the PRC against us or our directors or officers predicated upon the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States.

 

Ogier has further advised us that there is currently no statutory enforcement or treaty between the United States and the Cayman Islands providing for enforcement of judgments. A judgment obtained in the United States, however, may be recognized and enforced in the courts of the Cayman Islands at common law, without any re-examination on the merits of the underlying dispute, by an action commenced on the foreign judgment debt in the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands, provided such judgment: (i) is given by a foreign court of competent jurisdiction; (ii) is final; (iii) is not in respect of taxes, a fine or a penalty; and (iv) was not obtained in a manner and is not of a kind the enforcement of which is contrary to natural justice or public policy of the Cayman Islands. Furthermore, it is uncertain that Cayman Islands courts would enforce: (1) judgments of U.S. courts obtained in actions against us or other persons that are predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws; or (2) original actions brought against us or other persons predicated upon the Securities Act. Ogier has informed us that there is uncertainty with regard to Cayman Islands law relating to whether a judgment obtained from the U.S. courts under civil liability provisions of the securities laws will be determined by the courts of the Cayman Islands as penal or punitive in nature.

 

GFE has further advised us that the recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments are provided for under the PRC Civil Procedure Law. PRC courts may recognize and enforce foreign judgments in accordance with the requirements of the PRC Civil Procedure Law based either on treaties between China and the country where the judgment is made or on reciprocity between jurisdictions. There are no treaties or other forms of reciprocity between China and the United States for the mutual recognition and enforcement of court judgments. GFE has further advised us that under PRC law, PRC courts will not enforce a foreign judgment against us or our officers and directors if the court decides that such judgment violates the basic principles of PRC law or national sovereignty, security or public interest, thus making the recognition and enforcement of a U.S. court judgment in China difficult.

  

40

 

  

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

Based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $5.00 per Class A Ordinary Share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, we estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and the estimated offering expenses payable by us, of approximately $26,894,522 if the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option, and $31,034,522 if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full.

 

We plan to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering for the following purposes:

 

  approximately 29% for developing and operating online content;
     
  approximately 21% for developing a street dance training business;
     
  approximately 21% for creating derivative works of our hip-hop intellectual properties;
     
  approximately 14% for developing our hip-hop events; and
     
  The balance to fund working capital and for other general corporate purposes.

 

The foregoing represents our current intentions based upon our present plans and business conditions to use and allocate the net proceeds of this offering. Our management, however, will have significant flexibility and discretion to apply the net proceeds of this offering. If an unforeseen event occurs or business conditions change, we may use the proceeds of this offering differently than as described in this prospectus. To the extent that the net proceeds we receive from this offering are not immediately used for the above purposes, we intend to invest our net proceeds in short-term, interest-bearing bank deposits or debt instruments.

 

In using the proceeds of this offering, we are permitted under PRC laws and regulations to utilize the proceeds from this offering to fund our PRC subsidiary by making loans to or additional capital contributions, and to fund Xiamen Pop Culture only through loans, subject to applicable government registration and approval requirements. We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain these government registrations or approvals on a timely basis, if at all. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Doing Business in the PRC—PRC regulation of parent/subsidiary loans and direct investment by offshore holding companies to PRC entities may delay or prevent us from using the proceeds of this offering to make loans or additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiary and to make loans to Xiamen Pop Culture, which could materially and adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business.”

  

41

 

  

DIVIDEND POLICY

 

We intend to keep any future earnings to finance the expansion of our business, and we do not anticipate that any cash dividends will be paid in the foreseeable future.

 

Under the Cayman Islands law, a Cayman Islands company may pay a dividend on its shares out of either profit or share premium amount, provided that in no circumstances may a dividend be paid if this would result in the company being unable to pay its debts due in the ordinary course of business.

 

If we determine to pay dividends on any of our Class A Ordinary Shares or Class B Ordinary Shares in the future, as a holding company, we will be dependent on receipt of funds from our Hong Kong subsidiary, Pop Culture HK.

 

Current PRC regulations permit our PRC subsidiary to pay dividends to Pop Culture HK only out of its accumulated profits, if any, determined in accordance with Chinese accounting standards and regulations. In addition, each of our Affiliated Entities in China is required to set aside at least 10% of its after-tax profits each year, if any, to fund a statutory reserve until such reserve reaches 50% of its registered capital.

 

The PRC government also imposes controls on the conversion of RMB into foreign currencies and the remittance of currencies out of the PRC. For instance, the Circular on Promoting the Reform of Foreign Exchange Management and Improving Authenticity and Compliance Review, or “SAFE Circular 3,” issued on January 26, 2017, provides that banks shall, when dealing with dividend remittance transactions from a domestic enterprise to its offshore shareholders of more than $50,000, review the relevant board resolutions, original tax filing form, and audited financial statements of such domestic enterprise based on the principal of genuine transaction. Furthermore, if our Affiliated Entities in the PRC incur debt on their own in the future, the instruments governing the debt may restrict their ability to pay dividends or make other payments. If we or our PRC subsidiary is unable to receive all of the revenue from our operations, we may be unable to pay dividends on our Class A Ordinary Shares or Class B Ordinary Shares.

 

Cash dividends, if any, on our Class A Ordinary Shares or Class B Ordinary Shares will be paid in U.S. dollars. Pop Culture HK may be considered a non-resident enterprise for tax purposes, so that any dividends Heliheng pays to Pop Culture HK may be regarded as China-sourced income and as a result may be subject to PRC withholding tax at a rate of up to 10%. See “Material Income Tax Consideration—People’s Republic of China Enterprise Taxation.”

 

In order for us to pay dividends to our shareholders, we will rely on payments made from Xiamen Pop Culture to Heliheng, pursuant to contractual arrangements between them, and the distribution of such payments to Pop Culture HK as dividends from Heliheng. If Xiamen Pop Culture or its subsidiaries incur debt on their own behalves in the future, the instruments governing the debt may restrict its ability to pay dividends or make other distributions to us.

 

Pursuant to the Arrangement between Mainland China and the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and Tax Evasion on Income, or the Double Tax Avoidance Arrangement, the 10% withholding tax rate may be lowered to 5% if a Hong Kong resident enterprise owns no less than 25% of a PRC project. The 5% withholding tax rate, however, does not automatically apply and certain requirements must be satisfied, including without limitation that (a) the Hong Kong project must be the beneficial owner of the relevant dividends; and (b) the Hong Kong project must directly hold no less than 25% share ownership in the PRC project during the 12 consecutive months preceding its receipt of the dividends. In current practice, a Hong Kong project must obtain a tax resident certificate from the Hong Kong tax authority to apply for the 5% lower PRC withholding tax rate. As the Hong Kong tax authority will issue such a tax resident certificate on a case-by-case basis, we cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain the tax resident certificate from the relevant Hong Kong tax authority and enjoy the preferential withholding tax rate of 5% under the Double Taxation Arrangement with respect to any dividends paid by our PRC subsidiary to its immediate holding company, Pop Culture HK. As of the date of this prospectus, we have not applied for the tax resident certificate from the relevant Hong Kong tax authority. Pop Culture HK intends to apply for the tax resident certificate if and when Heliheng plans to declare and pay dividends to Pop Culture HK. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Doing Business in the PRC—There are significant uncertainties under the EIT Law relating to the withholding tax liabilities of our PRC subsidiary, and dividends payable by our PRC subsidiary to our offshore subsidiaries may not qualify to enjoy certain treaty benefits.”

  

42

 

  

CAPITALIZATION 

 

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of June 30, 2020:

 

  on an actual basis; and
     
  on an as adjusted basis to reflect the issuance and sale of the Class A Ordinary Shares by us in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $5.00 per Class A Ordinary Share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts, and the estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

In addition, we currently have 5,763,077 Class B Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding. Holders of Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares have the same rights except for voting and conversion rights. In respect of matters requiring a shareholder vote, each holder of Class A Ordinary Shares will be entitled to one vote per one Class A Ordinary Share and each holder of Class B Ordinary Shares will be entitled to seven votes per one Class B Ordinary Share. The Class A Ordinary Shares are not convertible into shares of any other class. The Class B Ordinary Shares are convertible into Class A Ordinary Shares at any time after issuance at the option of the holder on a one-to-one basis. The Class B Ordinary Shares are not being converted as part of this Offering.

 

You should read this capitalization table in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    June 30, 2020  
    Actual     As adjusted (Over-allotment option not exercised)(1)     As adjusted (Over-allotment option exercised in full)(1)  
    $     $     $  
Shareholders’ Equity:                        
Class A Ordinary Shares, $0.001 par value, 44,000,000 Class A Ordinary Shares authorized, 11,021,834 Class A Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding; 18,086,923 Class A Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted assuming the over-allotment option is not exercised, and 18,986,923 Class A Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted assuming the over-allotment option is exercised in full   $ 11,022     $ 18,087     $ 18,987  
Class B Ordinary Shares, $0.001 par value, 6,000,000 Class B Ordinary Shares authorized, 5,763,077 Class B Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding; 5,763,077 Class B Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted   $ 5,763     $ 5,763     $ 5,763  
Subscription receivable     (15,441 )     (16,506     (16,506
Additional paid-in capital   $ 5,813,745     $ 33,532,706     $ 37,671,806  
Accumulated profit   $ 7,472,214     $ 7,472,214     $ 7,472,214  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss   $ (367,581 )   $ (392,935 )   $ (392,935
Total Shareholders’ Equity   $ 12,919,722     $ 40,619,328     $ 44,759,328  
Total Capitalization   $ 12,919,722     $ 40,619,328     $ 44,759,328  

 

(1) Including 1,065,089 Class A Ordinary Shares issued on February 9, 2021 to acquire 6.45% non-controlling interests in Xiamen Pop Culture.
(2) Reflects the sale of Class A Ordinary Shares in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $5.00 per share, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts, and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information is illustrative only, and we will adjust this information based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. Additional paid-in capital reflects the net proceeds we expect to receive, after deducting the underwriting discounts, and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We estimate that such net proceeds will be approximately $26,894,522 ($30,000,000 offering, less underwriting discounts of $2,100,000, a corporate finance fee of approximately $300,000, and offering expenses of approximately $705,478) if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised, or $31,034,522 ($34,500,000 offering, less underwriting discounts of $2,415,000, a corporate finance fee of approximately $345,000, and offering expenses of approximately $705,478) if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full. Underwriting discounts to be paid by us are calculated based on the assumption that no investors in this offering are introduced by us.

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $5.00 per Class A Ordinary Share would increase (decrease) each of additional paid-in capital, total shareholders’ equity and total capitalization by $5,520,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised or $6,348,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, assuming the number of Class A Ordinary Shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts, and estimated expenses payable by us.

 

43

 

  

DILUTION  

 

If you invest in our Class A Ordinary Shares, your interest will be diluted for each Class A Ordinary Share you purchase to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per Class A Ordinary Share and our net tangible book value per Class A Ordinary Share after this offering. Dilution results from the fact that the initial public offering price per Class A Ordinary Share is substantially in excess of the net tangible book value per Class A Ordinary Share attributable to the existing shareholders for our presently outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares.

 

Holders of Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares have the same rights except for voting and conversion rights. In respect of matters requiring a shareholder vote, each holder of Class A Ordinary Shares will be entitled to one vote per one Class A Ordinary Share and each holder of Class B Ordinary Shares will be entitled to seven votes per one Class B Ordinary Share. The Class A Ordinary Shares are not convertible into shares of any other class. The Class B Ordinary Shares are convertible into Class A Ordinary Shares at any time after issuance at the option of the holder on a one-to-one basis. The Class B Ordinary Shares are not being converted as part of this Offering.

 

Our net tangible book value as of June 30, 2020, was $11,554,459 or $0.69 per Class A Ordinary Share or Class B Ordinary Share. Net tangible book value represents the amount of our total consolidated tangible assets, less the amount of our total consolidated liabilities. Dilution is determined by subtracting the net tangible book value per Class A Ordinary Share (as adjusted for the offering) from the initial public offering price per Class A Ordinary Share and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and the estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

On February 9, 2021, we issued 1,065,089 Class A Ordinary Shares to several non-controlling shareholders of Xiamen Pop Culture to acquire 6.45% non-controlling interests in Xiamen Pop Culture. Net tangible book value was $0.65 per Class A Ordinary Share or Class B Ordinary Share after giving effect to the acquisition of non-controlling interests.

 

After giving effect to our sale of 6,000,000 Class A Ordinary Shares offered in this offering based on an assumed initial public offering price of $5.00 per Class A Ordinary Share after deduction of the estimated underwriting discounts and the estimated offering expenses payable by us, our as adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2020, would have been $38,858,724, or $1.63 per outstanding Class A Ordinary Share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $0.98 per Class A Ordinary Share to the existing shareholders, and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $3.36 per Class A Ordinary Share to investors purchasing Class A Ordinary Shares in this offering. The as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only.

 

The following table illustrates such dilution:

 

    No Exercise of Over-Allotment Option     Full Exercise of Over-Allotment Option  
Assumed Initial public offering price per Class A Ordinary Share   $ 5.00     $ 5.00  
Net tangible book value per Class A Ordinary Share as of June 30, 2020   $ 0.69     $ 0.69  
Net tangible book value per Class A Ordinary Share after acquisition of non-controlling interests on February 9, 2021   $ 0.65     $ 0.65  
Increase in net tangible book value per Class A Ordinary Share attributable to payments by new investors   $ 0.98     $ 1.09  
Pro forma net tangible book value per Class A Ordinary Share immediately after this offering   $ 1.63     $ 1.74  
Amount of dilution in net tangible book value per Class A Ordinary Share to new investors in the offering   $ 3.37     $ 3.26  

 

  

The following tables summarize, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of June 30, 2020, the differences between existing shareholders and the new investors with respect to the number of Class A Ordinary Shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid and the average price per Class A Ordinary Share before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and the estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

    Class A Ordinary Shares
purchased
    Total consideration     Average
price per
Ordinary
 
Over-allotment option not exercised   Number     Percent     Amount     Percent     Share  
    ($ in thousands)  
Existing shareholders     12,086,923       66.83 %   $ 5,139,514       14.63 %   $ 0.43  
New investors     6,000,000       33.17 %   $ 30,000,000       85.37 %   $ 5.00  
Total     18,086,923       100.00 %   $ 35,139,514       100.00 %   $ 1.94  

 

    Class A Ordinary Shares
purchased
    Total consideration     Average
price per
Ordinary
 
Over-allotment option exercised in full   Number     Percent     Amount     Percent     Share  
    ($ in thousands)  
Existing shareholders     12,086,923       63.66 %   $ 5,139,514       12.97 %   $ 0.43  
New investors     6,900,000       36.34 %   $ 34,500,000       87.03 %   $ 5.00  
Total     18,986,923       100.00 %   $ 39,639,514       100.00 %   $ 2.09  

 

The pro forma as adjusted information as discussed above is illustrative only. Our net tangible book value following the completion of this offering is subject to adjustment based on the actual initial public offering price of our Class A Ordinary Shares and other terms of this offering determined at the pricing.

  

44

 

 

CORPORATE HISTORY AND STRUCTURE

 

Our Corporate History

 

We began our operations in 2007 through Xiamen Pop Culture, a limited liability company established pursuant to PRC laws. Xiamen Pop Culture formed four wholly owned subsidiaries, Shanghai Pudu Culture Communication Co., Ltd. (“Shanghai Pudu”) on March 30, 2017, Xiamen Pop Network Technology Co., Ltd. (“Pop Network”) on June 6, 2017, Zhongjing Pop (Guangzhou) Culture Media Co., Ltd. (“Zhongjing Pop”) on December 19, 2018, and Shenzhen Pop Culture Co., Ltd. (“Shenzhen Pop”) on January 17, 2020, pursuant to PRC laws. On August 18, 2020, we formed a new subsidiary, Xiamen Pop Sikai Interactive Technology Co., Ltd., of which Pop Network owns 51% of the equity interests and an unrelated third party owns 49%.

 

In connection with this offering, we have undertaken a reorganization of our corporate structure (the “Reorganization”) in the following steps:

 

  on January 3, 2020, we incorporated Pop Culture Group under the laws of the Cayman Islands;
     
  on January 20, 2020, we incorporated Pop Culture HK in Hong Kong as a wholly owned subsidiary of Pop Culture Group;
     
  on March 13, 2020, we incorporated Heliheng pursuant to PRC laws as a WFOE and a wholly owned subsidiary of Pop Culture HK;
     
 

we engage in radio and television program production and distribution business, which falls in the prohibited category under the Special Administrative Measures. To comply with PRC laws and regulations, on March 30, 2020, Heliheng entered into a series of contractual arrangements with Xiamen Pop Culture and its shareholders, which contractual arrangements were amended and restated on February 19, 2021 and through which Heliheng has gained absolute control over the management and received the economic benefits of Xiamen Pop Culture. For more details, see “—Our VIE Arrangements”; and

     
  between February 2020 and February 2021, our Company and our shareholders undertook a series of corporate actions, including share issuances in February 2020, re-designation of our ordinary shares into Class A and Class B Ordinary Shares in April 2020, share issuances and transfers in May 2020, and share issuances in February 2021. See “Description of Share Capital—History of Share Issuances.”

 

Certain share issuances are related to the Reorganization and are presented on a retroactive basis to reflect the Reorganization.

 

Our Corporate Structure

 

The following diagram illustrates our corporate structure, including our subsidiaries and our VIE and its subsidiaries, as of the date of this prospectus and upon completion of our IPO based on a proposed number of 6,000,000 Class A Ordinary Shares being offered, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

  

 

 

45

 

  

Notes: All percentages reflect the voting ownership interests instead of the equity interests held by each of our shareholders given that each holder of Class B Ordinary Shares will be entitled to seven votes per one Class B Ordinary Share and each holder of Class A Ordinary Shares will be entitled to one vote per one Class A Ordinary Share.

 

  (1) Represents 5,763,077 Class B Ordinary Shares indirectly held by Zhuoqin Huang, the 100% owner of Joya Enterprises Limited, as of the date of this prospectus.

  

  (2) Represents an aggregate of 12,086,923 Class A Ordinary Shares held by 36 shareholders of Pop Culture Group, each one of which holds less than 5% of our voting ownership interests, as of the date of this prospectus.

 

  (3) As of the date of this prospectus, Xiamen Pop Culture is held by Zhuoqin Huang as to 61.58%, Weiyi Lin as to 10.02%, Rongdi Zhang as to 9.10%, Chunxiao Cui as to 6.11%, Xiayu Cui as to 6.11%, Junlong He as to 4.42%, Yu Huang as to 2.42%, Azhen Lin as to 0.12%, and Wuyang Chen as to 0.12%, respectively, together holding 100% of the shares.

 

For details of our principal shareholders’ ownership, please refer to the beneficial ownership table in the section captioned “Principal Shareholders.”

 

Our VIE Arrangements

 

Neither we nor our subsidiaries own any share in Xiamen Pop Culture. Instead, we control and receive the economic benefits of Xiamen Pop Culture’s business operation through the VIE Arrangements entered into on March 30, 2020, which were amended and restated on February 19, 2021. The VIE Arrangements are designed to provide Heliheng with the power, rights, and obligations equivalent in all material respects to those it would possess as the principal equity holder of Xiamen Pop Culture, including absolute control rights and the rights to the assets, property, and revenue of Xiamen Pop Culture.

 

As a result of our direct ownership in Heliheng and the VIE Arrangements, we are regarded as the primary beneficiary of our VIE, and we treat our VIE and its subsidiaries as our consolidated entities under U.S. GAAP. We have consolidated the financial results of our VIE and its subsidiaries in our consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

 

Each of the agreements in the VIE Arrangements is described in detail below. For the complete text of these contractual arrangements, please see the copies filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

 

In the opinion of GFE, our PRC counsel:

 

  the ownership structures of Heliheng and Xiamen Pop Culture, both currently and immediately after giving effect to this offering, do not and will not contravene any PRC laws or regulations currently in effect; and
     
  the VIE Arrangements governed by PRC laws are valid and binding upon each party to such arrangements and enforceable against each party thereto in accordance with their terms and applicable PRC laws and regulations currently in effect.

 

However, there are substantial uncertainties regarding the interpretation and application of current and future PRC laws, regulations, and rules. Accordingly, the PRC regulatory authorities may in the future take a view that is contrary to or otherwise different from the above opinion of our PRC counsel. It is uncertain whether any new PRC laws or regulations relating to VIE structures will be adopted or if adopted, what they would provide. If the PRC government finds that the agreements that establish the structure for the operation of Xiamen Pop Culture do not comply with PRC government restrictions on foreign investment in our business, we could be subject to severe penalties including being prohibited from continuing operations. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Corporate Structure—If the PRC government deems that the contractual arrangements in relation to our VIE do not comply with PRC regulatory restrictions on foreign investment in the relevant industries, or if these regulations or the interpretation of existing regulations change in the future, we could be subject to severe penalties or be forced to relinquish our interests in those operations” and “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Doing Business in the PRC—Uncertainties in the interpretation and enforcement of PRC laws and regulations could limit the legal protection available to you and us” for more details.

 

Exclusive Services Agreement

 

Pursuant to the Exclusive Services Agreement between Xiamen Pop Culture and Heliheng, Heliheng provides Xiamen Pop Culture with technical support, intellectual services, and other management services relating to its day-to-day business operations and management, on an exclusive basis, utilizing its advantages in technology, human resources, and information. For services rendered to Xiamen Pop Culture by Heliheng under the Exclusive Services Agreement, Heliheng is entitled to collect a service fee equal to 100% of the net income of Xiamen Pop Culture, which is Xiamen Pop Culture’s earnings before tax after deducting relevant costs and reasonable expenses.

  

46

 

 

The Exclusive Services Agreement became effective on March 30, 2020, was amended and restated on February 19, 2021, and will remain effective unless otherwise terminated as required by laws or regulations, or by relevant governmental or regulatory authorities. Nevertheless, the Exclusive Services Agreement shall be terminated after all shares in Xiamen Pop Culture held by the Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders and/or all the assets of Xiamen Pop Culture have been legally transferred to Heliheng and/or its designee in accordance with the Exclusive Option Agreement.

 

The Exclusive Services Agreement does not prohibit related party transactions. Upon the establishment of the audit committee at the consummation of this offering, the Company’s audit committee will be required to review and approve in advance any related party transactions, including transactions involving Heliheng or Xiamen Pop Culture.

 

Share Pledge Agreement

 

Under the Share Pledge Agreement between Heliheng and the Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders, together holding 100% of the shares in Xiamen Pop Culture, the Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders pledged their shares in Xiamen Pop Culture to Heliheng to guarantee the performance of Xiamen Pop Culture’s obligations under the Exclusive Services Agreement. Under the terms of the Share Pledge Agreement, in the event that Xiamen Pop Culture or the Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders breach their respective contractual obligations under the Exclusive Services Agreement, Heliheng, as pledgee, will be entitled to certain rights, including, but not limited to, the right to collect dividends generated by the pledged shares. The Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders also agreed that upon occurrence of any event of default, as set forth in the Share Pledge Agreement, Heliheng is entitled to dispose of the pledged shares in accordance with applicable PRC laws. The Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders further agreed not to dispose of the pledged shares or take any action that would prejudice Heliheng’s interest.

 

The Share Pledge Agreement is effective until the full payment of the service fees under the Exclusive Services Agreement and upon termination of Xiamen Pop Culture’s obligations under the Exclusive Services Agreement, or upon the transfer of shares under the Exclusive Option Agreement.

 

The purposes of the Share Pledge Agreement are to (1) guarantee the performance of Xiamen Pop Culture’s obligations under the Exclusive Services Agreement, (2) make sure the Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders do not transfer or assign the pledged shares, or create or allow any encumbrance that would prejudice Heliheng’s interests without Heliheng’s prior written consent, and (3) provide Heliheng control over Xiamen Pop Culture. In the event Xiamen Pop Culture breaches its contractual obligations under the Exclusive Services Agreement, Heliheng will be entitled to dispose of the pledged shares in accordance with relevant PRC laws.

 

As of the date of this prospectus, the share pledges under the Share Pledge Agreement have been registered with the competent PRC regulatory authority.

 

Exclusive Option Agreement

 

Under the Exclusive Option Agreement, the Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders, together holding 100% of the shares in Xiamen Pop Culture, irrevocably granted Heliheng (or its designee) an exclusive option to purchase, to the extent permitted under PRC law, once or at multiple times, at any time, part or all of their shares in Xiamen Pop Culture. The option price is RMB10 or the minimum amount to the extent permitted under PRC law, whichever is lower.

 

Under the Exclusive Option Agreement, Heliheng may at any time under any circumstances, purchase or have its designee purchase, at its discretion, to the extent permitted under PRC law, all or part of the Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders’ shares in Xiamen Pop Culture. The Exclusive Option Agreement, together with the Share Pledge Agreement, the Exclusive Services Agreement, and the Shareholders’ Powers of Attorney, enable Heliheng to exercise effective control over Xiamen Pop Culture.

 

The Exclusive Option Agreement remains effective until all the equity of Xiamen Pop Culture is legally transferred under the name of Heliheng and/or other entity or individual designated by it, unless terminated earlier by Heliheng with a 30-day prior notice.

  

47

 

 

Shareholders’ Powers of Attorney

 

Under each of the Powers of Attorney, the Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders authorized Heliheng to act on their behalf as their exclusive agent and attorney with respect to all rights as shareholders, including but not limited to: (a) attending shareholders’ meetings; (b) exercising all the shareholder’s rights, including voting, that shareholders are entitled to under the laws of China and the Articles of Association, including but not limited to the sale or transfer or pledge or disposition of shares in part or in whole; and (c) designating and appointing on behalf of shareholders the legal representative, the executive director, supervisor, the chief executive officer, and other senior management members of Xiamen Pop Culture.

 

The Powers of Attorney is irrevocable and continuously valid from the date of execution of the Powers of Attorney, so long as the Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders are shareholders of Xiamen Pop Culture.

 

Spousal Consents

 

The spouses of certain of the Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders agreed, via a spousal consent, to the execution of the “Transaction Documents” including: (a) Exclusive Option Agreement entered into with Heliheng and Xiamen Pop Culture; (b) Share Pledge Agreement entered into with Heliheng; and (c) Powers of Attorney executed by the Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders, and the disposal of the shares of Xiamen Pop Culture held by the Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders and registered in their names.

 

The spouses of certain of the Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders further undertake not to make any assertions in connection with the shares of Xiamen Pop Culture which are held by the Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders. The spouses of certain of the Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders confirm that the Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders can perform, amend, or terminate the Transaction Documents without their authorization or consent. They undertake to execute all necessary documents and take all necessary actions to ensure appropriate performance of the agreements.

 

The spouses of certain of the Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders also undertake that if they obtain any share of Xiamen Pop Culture which are held by the Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders for any reasons, they shall be bound by the Transaction Documents and comply with the obligations thereunder as shareholders of Xiamen Pop Culture. For this purpose, upon Heliheng’s request, they shall sign a series of written documents in substantially the same format and content as the Transaction Documents and Exclusive Services Agreement (as amended from time to time).

  

48

 

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements reflecting our current expectations that involve risks and uncertainties. See “Disclosure Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” for a discussion of the uncertainties, risks and assumptions associated with these statements. Actual results and the timing of events could differ materially from those discussed in our forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including those set forth under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

BUSINESS OVERVIEW

 

Through our services, we aim to promote hip-hop culture and its values of love, peace, unity, respect, and fun, and to promote cultural exchange with respect to hip hop between the United States and China. We do this mainly by delivering event experiences with significant hip-hop elements to the younger generation.

 

With the values of hip-hop culture at our core and the younger generation as our primary target audience, we host entertainment events, operate hip-hop related online programs, and provide event planning and execution services and marketing services to corporate clients. We seek to create value for stakeholders in all parts of the hip-hop ecosystem, from fans to artists, corporate clients, and sponsors.

 

We own an extensive portfolio of intellectual property rights related to hip-hop events, including a stage play, three dance competitions or events, two cultural and musical festivals, and two promotional parties that feature live hip-hop performances in karaoke bars or amusement parks to promote hip-hop culture, and we cooperate with music companies and artists to host various concerts in China; starting from March 2020, we have been developing and operating hip-hop related online programs. Our concerts and hip-hop events generated an attendance of 127,930 and 122,000 during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively, and our online hip-hop programs had generated over 264 million views between March 2020 and January 31, 2021. We generate revenue from our event hosting business by providing sponsorship packages in exchange for sponsorship fees, and by selling tickets for those concerts.

 

We help corporate clients with the design, logistics, and layout of events, coordinate and supervise the actual event set-up and implementation, and generate revenue through service fees. Our services feature significant hip-hop elements and cover each aspect of corporate and marketing events, including communication, planning, design, production, reception, execution, and analysis. During the fiscal years ended June 30, 2020 and 2019, we served 16 and 35 clients in 49 and 43 events, respectively.

 

We provide marketing services, including (i) brand promotion services, such as trademark and logo design, visual identity system design, brand positioning, brand personality design, and digital solutions, and (ii) other services, primarily advertisement distribution, to corporate clients for service fees.

 

We believe that the main reason corporate clients hire us to plan and execute events and provide marketing services geared towards the younger generation is for our deep understanding of the taste and preferences of this generation.

 

Factors and Trends Affecting Our Results of Operations

 

Our operating results are subject to general conditions typically affecting the hip-hop industry, including changes in governmental policies and laws, uneven economic development, competition from other companies in the same industry, and increases in operating costs and expenses due to inflation and other factors such as an unusual large-scale epidemic which prevents us from hosting live events and concerts and providing related services. Unfavorable changes in any of these general conditions could negatively affect our events undertaking and otherwise adversely affect our results of operations. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Doing Business in the PRC—Changes in China’s economic, political, or social conditions or government policies could have a material adverse effect on our business and operations,” “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—The markets in which we operate are highly competitive,” and “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—We depend on the success of live entertainment events, which are inherently susceptible to risks, and our exposure to such risks is potentially heightened as a result of the nature of entertainment events and the fan experiences we seek to create.”

 

While our business is influenced by general factors affecting our industry, our operating results are more directly affected by company-specific factors, including the following key factors:

 

  Our ability to retain the existing clients and increase new clients;
     
  Our ability to maintain and enhance the recognition of our brands; and
     
  Our ability to protect and develop our intellectual property.

 

49

 

 

See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—If we are unable to retain the existing clients for our Event Planning and Execution and Marketing businesses, our results of operations will be materially and adversely affected,” “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—In our Event Hosting business, we primarily generate revenue from sponsorship. If we fail to attract more sponsors to our concerts, hip-hop events, and online hip-hop programs, or if sponsors are less willing to sponsor us, our revenue may be adversely affected,” “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Our business depends on the continued success of our brands, and if we fail to maintain and enhance the recognition of our brands, we may face difficulty increasing our network of partners and clients, and our reputation and operating results may be harmed,” and “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—We could be adversely affected by a failure to protect our intellectual property or the intellectual property of our partners.”

 

COVID-19 Affecting Our Results of Operations  

 

The recent COVID-19 outbreak has spread in China and throughout the world. The pandemic has resulted in quarantines, travel restrictions, and temporary closure of stores and facilities in China and elsewhere. As the majority of our net revenue is derived from hosting events and providing services related to events in China, the pandemic poses the risk that we or our third-party service providers, corporate clients, and other business partners may be prevented from conducting business activities for an unknown period of time, including due to shutdowns that may be requested or mandated by governmental authorities.

 

Our results of operations and financial condition since February 2020 have been affected by the spread of COVID-19 as the Chinese government took a number of actions, including extending the Chinese New Year holiday, quarantining individuals infected with or suspected of having COVID-19, prohibiting residents from free travel, encouraging employees of enterprises to work remotely from home, and cancelling public activities. In particular, between February and May 2020, all of the offline events we expected to host or plan and execute were suspended because governmental authorities imposed restrictions on large in-person gatherings, and we also suffered a decrease in the marketing business because of the sluggish demand for advertising or marketing activities. Fortunately, the outbreak seems to have been under relative control in China since May 2020 and the restrictions on public events and gatherings have been gradually lifted, and we resumed our offline event planning and execution and event hosting in June 2020.

 

On the other hand, the COVID-19 outbreak has prompted us to accelerate our online business development. Starting from March 2020, we have created 16 online hip-hop programs, among which two generated revenue during the year ended June 30, 2020. Our online hip-hop programs include street dance tutorial programs, collections of street dance performance videos, and collections of short music videos on trendy shoes and clothes related to hip-hop culture. See “Business—Our Business Model—Event Hosting.” We expect that additional online hip-hop programs will generate more online promotion fees and less offline costs, thereby resulting in a change of our cost structure and potentially an increased profit margin if we achieve economies of scale.

 

For the year ended June 30, 2020, our revenue, cost of revenue, and net income was $15,688,080, $11,158,847, and $2,625,817, respectively, which decreased by 18%, 15%, and 31%, compared to the revenue, cost of revenue, and net income for the year ended June 30, 2019, respectively. The decrease in net income was mainly attributable to the decreased revenue, gross profit, increased professional service fees related to the planned initial public offering, and bad debt allowance for accounts receivable. Because of the COVID-19 outbreak, travel bans and temporary closure of businesses in China had depressed the overall economic condition of China and operations of our customers, which led to some customers’ lower degree of liquidity and delay in paying us service fees within the contractual credit terms. For the year ended June 30, 2020, turnover day of accounts receivable was 286 days and 82% of current-year revenue was in accounts receivable as of June 30, 2020. As of January 31, 2021 a total of $ 7,913,620, or 53.43%, out of the accounts receivable balance of $14,810,146 as of June 30, 2020 had been collected. We have made additional allowances for those accounts receivable that we believe may not be collectible; for the remaining balance of accounts receivable that are aged over our normal credit terms, we evaluated the credit conditions of the related customers and we believe that we should be able to collect those as scheduled. We are continuing our efforts to collect accounts receivable and believe the negative impact of COVID-19 on collectability will gradually be alleviated along with the recovery of China’s economy.

 

50

 

 

In response to the national prevention policy for COVID-19, we have undertaken a series of preventive measures such as disinfection of offices, free mask distribution, and temperature monitoring to ensure the safety of employees returning to work, which only slightly increased our expenditures. We have taken advantage of recent tax relief and lease concessions such as reduced social insurance contributions we were required to make for employees, and lease exemptions, which enhanced our short-term liquidity during the COVID-19 outbreak. From May 2020 through July 2020, we lowered the salaries of our employees to reduce human capital resource expenditures in line with our weak offline business performance. We increased the salaries by the end of July 2020 and the salary cut has not adversely impacted our staff retention so far. For bank loans and other obligations, we have timely settled interest or principal payments. The COVID-19 outbreak did not affect our ability to access our traditional funding sources on the same or reasonably similar terms. We borrowed $424,346 under a Credit Facility Agreement with Xiamen Bank dated May 26, 2020, $1,414,487 under a Factoring Agreement with Industry Bank Co., Ltd. dated July 1, 2020 by factoring the collection rights over accounts receivable from one of our customers under a service agreement, which Factoring Agreement expired in January 2021, and $282,897 under a short-term bank loan agreement with Xiamen Bank dated on August 10, 2020. We raised another $1,707,893 by private placement on May 30, 2020. We currently expect to obtain cash still principally from our operating activities and potential investors. For any shortfall of cash flow, we may seek more financial support such as bank loans and shareholders’ contribution.

 

The extent to which COVID-19 impacts our results of operations during 2021 will depend on the future developments of the outbreak, including new information concerning the global severity of and actions taken to contain the outbreak, which are highly uncertain and unpredictable. In addition, our results of operations could be adversely affected to the extent that the outbreak harms the Chinese economy in general. 

   

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

  

    For the Fiscal Years Ended June 30,     Change  
    2019     2020     Amount     %  
REVENUE:                        
  Event hosting   $ 6,532,438     $ 7,630,377     $ 1,097,939       17 %
  Event planning and execution     9,952,530       5,493,851       (4,458,679 )     (45 )%
  Brand promotion     2,432,720       2,241,869       (190,851 )     (8 )%
  Other services     114,078       321,983       207,905       182 %
Total revenue     19,031,766       15,688,080       (3,343,686 )     (18 )%
Cost of revenue     13,158,537       11,158,847       (1,999,690 )     (15 )%
GROSS PROFIT     5,873,229       4,529,233       (1,343,996 )     (23 )%
Selling and marketing expenses     133,332       110,132       (23,200 )     (17 )%
General and administrative expenses     492,733       1,256,954       764,221       155 %
  Total operating expenses     626,065       1,367,086       741,021       118 %
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS     5,247,164       3,162,147       (2,085,017 )     (40 )%
OTHER (EXPENSES) INCOME                                
Interest expense     (123,833 )     (125,560 )     (1,727 )     1 %
Other (expense) income, net     (2,591 )     46,235       48,826       (1,884 )%
Total other expenses, net     (126,424 )     (79,325 )     47,099       (37 )%
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAX PROVISION     5,120,740       3,082,822       (2,037,918 )     (40 )%
Provision of income taxes     1,288,982       457,005       (831,977 )     (65 )%
NET INCOME     3,831,758       2,625,817       (1,205,941 )     (31 )%

  

51

 

 

Revenue

 

Our revenue for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020 were derived from the following sources:

 

    For the Fiscal Years Ended June 30,     Change  
    2019     %     2020     %     Amount     %  
Event Hosting   $ 6,532,438       34 %   $ 7,630,377       49 %   $ 1,097,939       17 %
Event Planning and Execution     9,952,530       52 %     5,493,851       35 %     (4,458,679 )     (45 )%
Brand Promotion     2,432,720       13 %     2,241,869       14 %     (190,851 )     (8 )%
Other services     114,078       1 %     321,983       2 %     207,905       182 %
Total revenue   $ 19,031,766       100 %   $ 15,688,080       100 %   $ (3,343,686 )     (18 )%

 

Our revenue decreased by $3,343,686, or 18%, from $19,031,766 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019 to $15,688,080 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020.

 

Event hosting revenue for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020 was $7,630,377, an increase of 17% from $6,532,438 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019, primarily due to our new online hip-hop business including street dance tutorial programs, collections of street dance performances videos, and collections of short music videos on trendy shoes and clothes related to hip-hop culture, attracting more sponsors to promote their brands as strategic cooperation partners implanted in the online hip-hop videos. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020, we hosted 29 dance competition events, and 19 music festivals and promotional parties, with an average event sponsorship fee of $153,140 and $114,901, respectively. We also generated revenue from two online hip-hop programs, with an average sponsorship fee of $503,098 per program. We attracted an aggregate of 127,930 hip-hop event participants and more than four million online hip-hop program views during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019, we hosted 30 dance competition events, six concerts, and two music festivals and promotional parties with an average sponsorship fee of $143,085, $179,718, and $109,547, respectively, and we had average ticket sales of $157,079 per concert. We attracted an aggregate of 102,000 hip-hop event participants and 20,000 total concert audience during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019.

 

Event planning and execution revenue for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020 was $5,493,851, a decrease of 45% from $9,952,530 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019, primarily due to the impact of COVID-19 during the first half of 2020. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020, we executed 49 events for 16 clients with an average planning and execution service fee of $112,119 per event, compared with 43 events executed for 35 clients with an average planning and execution service fee of $231,454 per event during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019.

 

Brand promotion revenue for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020 was $2,241,869, a decrease of 8% from $2,432,720 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019 due to the sluggish demand for advertising or marketing activities during the first half of 2020 as a result of the COVID-19 outbreak.

 

The average service prices by category of event hosting and event planning and execution for the years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020 were as follows: 

 

For the year ended June 30, 2019
          Average price  
Type   Number of events     Sponsorship fee     Event
ticket
sales
    Planning and execution
service fees
 
Event Hosting Dance competition     30     $ 143,085       -       -  
Concert     6     $ 179,718     $ 157,079       -  
  Music festival and promotional party     2     $ 109,547                  
                                     
    Event Planning and Execution     43               -     $ 231,454  
                                     

 

52

 

 

For the year ended June 30, 2020
    Average price  
Type   Number of events     Sponsorship fee     Planning and execution
service fees
 
Event Hosting Dance competition     29     $  153,140       -  
Music festival and promotional party     19     $  114,901       -  
Online hip-hop program     2     $   503,098       -  
                             
    Event Planning and Execution     49       -     $ 112,119  
                             

  

Cost of revenue

 

Our cost of revenue for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020 was derived from the following sources:

 

    For the Fiscal Years Ended June 30,     Change  
    2019     %     2020     %     Amount     %  
Event Hosting   $ 4,216,097       32 %   $ 5,328,313       48 %   $ 1,112,216       26 %
Event Planning and Execution     7,646,097       58 %     4,578,734       41 %     (3,067,363 )     (40 )%
Brand Promotion     1,219,977       9 %     1,065,000       9 %     (154,977 )     (13 )%
Other services     76,366       1 %     186,800       2 %     110,434       145 %
Total Cost of revenue   $ 13,158,537       100 %   $ 11,158,847       100 %   $ (1,999,690 )     (15 )%

   

Cost of revenue for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020 was $11,158,847, a decrease of $1,999,690, or 15%, from $13,158,537 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019. The decrease was proportionally in line with the decrease of revenue.

 

Cost of event hosting increased by 26% from $4,216,097 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019 to $5,328,313 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020, primarily because we hosted more events compared to the previous year and started to operate online hip-hop programs. Cost of event hosting mainly included staff costs, venue rental fees, stage construction costs, actor performance compensations, online program production costs, and other miscellaneous expenses.

 

Cost of event planning and execution decreased by 40% from $7,646,097 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019 to $4,578,734 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020, proportionately with the decrease of revenue due to the decreased number of clients and less events executed due to the impact of the COVID-19 outbreak as mentioned above. Cost of event planning and execution mainly included third party event service provider fees, supply materials expenses, venue rental fees, and actor performance expenses.

 

Cost of brand promotion decreased by 13% from $1,219,977 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019 to $1,065,000 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020, which was in line with the trend of revenue decrease.

 

53

 

 

Gross profit and gross margin

 

Our gross profits for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, are shown in the following table:

 

    For the Fiscal Years Ended June 30,     Change  
    2019     %     Gross Margin     2020     %     Gross Margin     Amount     %  
Event Hosting   $ 2,316,341       39 %     35 %   $ 2,302,064       51 %     30 %   $ (14,277 )     (1 )%
Event Planning and Execution     2,306,433       39 %     23 %     915,117       20 %     17 %     (1,391,316 )     (60 )%
Brand Promotion     1,212,743       21 %     50 %     1,176,869       26 %     52 %     (35,874 )     (3 )%
Other services     37,712       1 %     33 %     135,183       3 %     42 %     97,471       258 %
Total gross profit   $ 5,873,229       100 %     31 %   $ 4,529,233       100 %     29 %   $ (1,343,996 )     (23 )%

 

As a result of the foregoing, we had gross profit of $5,873,229 and $4,529,233 with gross margins of 31% and 29% for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively. The decrease of overall gross profit was due to the decrease of gross profit in event planning and execution business, as we involved more third-party service providers in fulfilling contracts in the year ended June 30, 2020, which resulted in less project profit.

 

Operating expenses

 

The following table sets forth the breakdown of our operating expenses for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020:

 

    For the Fiscal Years Ended June 30,     Change  
    2019     %     2020     %     Amount     %  
Selling and marketing expenses   $ 133,332       21 %   $ 110,132       8 %   $ (23,200 )     (17 )%
General and administrative expenses     492,733       79 %     1,256,954       92 %     764,221       155 %
Total expenses   $ 626,065       100 %   $ 1,367,086       100 %   $ 741,021       118 %

 

Selling and marketing expenses

 

Selling and marketing expenses decreased by 17% from $133,332 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019 to $110,132 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020, as a comprehensive result of decreased travelling and entertainment expenses in the amount of $67,417 attributable to the travel restrictions and temporary closure of stores and facilities in China for the first half of 2020 due to COVID-19.

  

54

 

 

General and administrative expenses

 

General and administrative expenses increased by 155% from $492,733 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019 to $1,256,954 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020, primarily as a result of increased bad debt expenses and professional service fees related to the planned initial public offering.

 

Income tax expenses

 

Income tax expenses amounted to $1,288,982 and $457,005 for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively. The decrease resulted from the decreased taxable income for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020. We were also able to obtain favorable income tax rate for some of our PRC Affiliated Entities that have been recognized as small-scale and low-profit enterprises.

 

Net income

 

As a result of the foregoing, our net income for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, was $3,831,758 and $2,625,817, respectively.

 

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

   

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020, we had a negative cash flow of $2,604,829 in operating activities, which was mainly caused by an increase in accounts receivable because some of our customers slowed down their payments due to depressed market condition as impacted by the COVID-19 outbreak, and by an increase in prepayments for the development of our recently launched online hip-hop programs. As of June 30, 2020, we had cash and cash equivalents of $1,359,137 and a total working capital of $11,534,785, and we had several short-term bank borrowings amounting to $1,838,833. Accounts receivable are a significant component of our working capital. We require prepayments, approximately 30% of the contract price, from a limited number of customers whose events need considerable resources such as materials procurement, activity design, and actor hiring before the completion of the events. We usually extend to our customers credit terms of around 180 days after we successfully provide services, which is indicated by the customers’ acknowledgement of completion of the events, activities, or brand solutions by providing us with completion confirmation forms, resulting in accounts receivable. However, the turnover days for accounts receivable were negatively impact by the COVID-19 outbreak. The turnover days for accounts receivable for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020 were 131 days and 286 days, respectively, which was calculated as the average of the beginning and ending balance of the accounts receivable for the fiscal year, divided by our revenue during that fiscal year, multiplied by 365 days. The 155-day increase in our accounts receivable turnover days from fiscal 2019 to fiscal 2020 was mainly caused by the COVID-19 outbreak. The timeline of our collection can be influenced by economic environment, market liquidity, customers’ financial conditions, and our collection effort. We have accrued additional allowances on those accounts receivable that we believe are unlikely to be collected. As of November 10, 2020, we had managed to collect a total of $4,482,635, or 30%, out of the accounts receivable balance of $14,810,146 as of June 30, 2020. For the remaining accounts receivable that were aged over our normal credit terms, we evaluated the credit conditions of the related customers and we are continuing our efforts to collect them. We believe we should be able to collect those accounts receivable as scheduled. We will closely monitor the collection progress and assess periodically if any additional allowance on our outstanding accounts receivable is necessary.

 

For the year ended June 30, 2020, our principal source of cash came from our operational income, bank loans, and contribution from shareholders. Most of our cash resources were used to pay for the services received from third parties, rental expenses, and payroll. If necessary, our principal shareholders will continue to provide working capital for our business. We believe we have sufficient cash to fund our operations for at least the next 12 months from the date of this prospectus.

 

The following table provides the information about our working capital as of June 30, 2019 and 2020:

 

    As of June 30,     Change  
    2019     2020     Amount     %  
Current assets   $ 11,999,221     $ 20,523,757     $ 8,524,536       71 %
Current liabilities     6,685,085       8,988,972       2,303,887       34 %
Working capital   $ 5,314,136     $ 11,534,785     $ 6,220,649       117 %

 

As of June 30, 2020, we had working capital of $11,534,785, an increase of $6,220,649, or 117%, from $5,314,136 as of June 30, 2019.

 

As of June 30, 2020, our total current assets amounted to $20,523,757, which primarily included $1,359,137 in cash, $14,810,146 in accounts receivable, and $3,176,527 in advances to suppliers. Our total current liabilities were $8,988,972 as of June 30, 2020, which primarily included $2,795,508 in accounts payable, $2,374,093 in taxes payable, $1,838,833 in short-term bank loans, and $1,764,608 in deferred revenue.

 

As of June 30, 2019, our total current assets were $11,999,221, which primarily included $9,770,510 in accounts receivable and $678,191 in advances to suppliers. Our total current liabilities were $6,685,085 as of June 30, 2019, which primarily included $2,827,330 in accounts payable, $1,981,799 in short-term bank loans, and $1,705,147 in taxes payable.

  

55

 

 

Cash and cash equivalent

 

As of June 30, 2020, we had cash and cash equivalent of $1,359,137, an increase of $703,648 from $655,489 as of June 30, 2019, mainly from financing activities.

 

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020:

 

    For the Fiscal Years
Ended June 30,
       
    2019     2020     Change  
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities   $ 821,200     $ (2,604,829 )   $ (3,426,029 )
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities     (2,077,298 )     3,261       2,080,559  
Net cash provided by financing activities     1,499,084       3,265,133       1,766,049  
Effect of exchange rate fluctuation on cash     (16,984 )     40,083       57,067  
Net increase in cash   $ 226,002     $ 703,648     $ 477,646  

  

Cash flow provided by operating activities

 

Net cash used in operating activities was $2,604,829 during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020 compared with net cash provided by operating activities of $821,200 during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019.

 

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019, net cash provided by operating activities was $821,200, mainly derived from a net income of $3,831,758, an increase of accounts payable of $2,166,329 as we increased the purchase of services, an increase of taxes payable of $1,376,248 attributable to our increased taxable income for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019 and a decrease of prepaid expenses and other current assets of $395,198; partially offset by increases of accounts receivable of $6,123,120 and advance to suppliers of $630,184, because we had an increased number of projects for our event planning and execution services, which brought more accounts receivable and demanded more prepayments to some extent.

 

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020, net cash used in operating activities was $2,604,829, mainly caused by an increase of accounts receivables of $5,672,992 because some clients failed to pay us in time due to the negative impact on their operations and liquidity caused by the COVID-19 outbreak, and an increase of advance to suppliers of $2,531,334 since we made prepayments for the development of online hip-hop programs and other service fees; partially offset by the net income of $2,625,817, an increase of deferred revenue of $1,762,730 because of the factoring against an ongoing project in exchange for advance collection, and an increase of tax payable of $721,743, because delayed payment in income tax payable.

 

Cash flow used in investing activities

  

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019, net cash used in investing activities was $2,077,298, consisting of the purchase of the production copyright of a stage play in the amount of $2,086,819 and the purchase of property and equipment in the amount of $11,436, offset by proceeds from the disposal of equipment in the amount of $20,957.

  

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020, net cash used in investing activities was $3,261, consisting of the proceeds from the disposal of equipment in the amount of $4,977, offset by the purchase of property and equipment in the amount of $1,716.

 

Cash flow provided by financing activities

 

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019, net cash provided by financing activities was $1,499,084, consisting of proceeds from bank loans in the amount of $1,905,209, offset by the repayments of bank loans in the amount of $406,125.

 

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020, net cash provided by financing activities was $3,265,133, consisting of proceeds from contribution from shareholders in the amount of $3,817,842 and proceeds from bank loans in the amount of $1,838,833; offset by the repayments of bank loans in the amount of $1,981,799 and a payment for deferred offering cost of $409,743.

 

56

 

 

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS AND OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractual Obligations

 

Lease Commitments

 

We entered into one lease for office spaces located at Xiamen City in China, and the amortization of right-of-use assets charged to operations under operating lease for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, amounted to $86,047 and $89,977, respectively.

 

As of June 30, 2020, the future minimum rent payable under non-cancelable operating leases were:

 

For the fiscal years ending June 30,   Rental amount  
2021   $ 121,364  
2022     97,090  
2023     97,090  
Total lease payments   $ 315,544  

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

As of June 30, 2019 and 2020, we had not entered into any financial guarantees or other commitments to guarantee the payment obligations of any third parties.

 

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk

 

Our VIE and VIE’s subsidiaries’ operations are in China. Therefore, our revenue and operating results may be impacted by exchange rate fluctuations between RMB and U.S. dollars. For the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, we had unrealized foreign currency translation loss of $427 and $nil, respectively, because of changes in the exchange rate.

   

APPLICATION OF CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements. These financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of our assets and liabilities and revenue and expenses, to disclose contingent assets and liabilities on the date of the consolidated financial statements, and to disclose the reported amounts of revenue and expenses incurred during the financial reporting period. The most significant estimates and assumptions include the collection of accounts receivable, the useful lives and impairment of property and equipment, and the provisions for income taxes. We continue to evaluate these estimates and assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. We rely on these evaluations as the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Since the use of estimates is an integral component of the financial reporting process, actual results could differ from those estimates. Some of our accounting policies require higher degrees of judgment than others in their application. We believe critical accounting policies as disclosed in this prospectus reflect the more significant judgments and estimates used in preparation of our consolidated financial statements. We believe there have been no material changes to our critical accounting policies and estimates.

 

57

 

 

The following critical accounting policies rely upon assumptions and estimates and were used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements:

  

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires us to make judgments, assumptions, and estimates that affect the amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the reporting date and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates and assumptions. Significant accounting estimates reflected in our consolidated financial statements include the allowances for doubtful accounts. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

 

Accounts Receivable, net

 

Accounts receivable represent the amounts that we have an unconditional right to consideration when we have satisfied our performance obligation. We do not have any contract assets since revenue is recognized when control of the promised goods or services is transferred and the payment from customers is not contingent on a future event. We maintain allowance for potential credit losses on accounts receivable. Management reviews the composition of accounts receivable and analyzes historical bad debt, customer concentrations, customer credit worthiness, current economic trends, and changes in customer payment patterns to estimate the allowance. Past due accounts are generally written off against the allowance for bad debts only after all collection attempts have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote.

 

Property and equipment, net

 

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Cost represents the purchase price of the asset and other costs incurred to bring the asset into its existing use. The cost of repairs and maintenance is expensed as incurred; major replacements and improvements are capitalized. When assets are retired or disposed of, the cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any resulting gains or losses are included in income/loss in the year of disposition. Estimated useful lives are as follows:

 

    Estimated Useful Life
Office equipment   3 - 5 Years
Motor vehicles   10 Years
Leasehold improvement   Shorter of useful life or lease term

 

Intangible asset, net

 

Intangible asset is stated at cost less accumulated amortization and amortized in a method which reflects the pattern in which the economic benefits of the intangible asset are expected to be consumed or otherwise used up. The balance of intangible asset represents a production copyright that we purchased externally and is amortized straight-line over 10 years in accordance with the way we estimate to generate economic benefits from such copyright.

   

Revenue Recognition

 

We early adopted the new revenue standard Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, starting July 1, 2017 using the modified retrospective method for contracts that were not completed as of June 30, 2017. The adoption of this ASC 606 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

ASC 606 establishes principles for reporting information about the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from our contracts to provide services to customers. The core principle of the new revenue standard is that a company should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The following five steps are applied to achieve that core principle:

 

Step 1: Identify the contract with the customer;

 

Step 2: Identify the performance obligations in the contract;

 

Step 3: Determine the transaction price;

 

Step 4: Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and

 

Step 5: Recognize revenue when the company satisfies a performance obligation.

 

58

 

 

We have assessed the impact of the guidance by reviewing our existing client contracts and current accounting policies and practices to identify differences that may result from applying the new requirements, including the evaluation of our performance obligations, transaction price, client payments, transfer of control, and principal versus agent considerations.

 

We mainly generate revenue from event hosting, event planning and execution, and marketing, which includes brand promotion and other services.

 

Event hosting - We regularly host live concerts and hip-hop events, and operate hip-hop related online hip-hop programs. The portfolio of hip-hop events includes a stage play, dance competitions, cultural and musical festivals, and promotional parties. We started to operate online hip-hop programs since 2020. The portfolio of online hip-hop programs includes street dance tutorial programs, collections of street dance performances videos, and collections of short music videos on trendy shoes and clothes related to hip-hop culture. We generate revenue from these concerts, hip-hop events, and online hip-hop programs, by providing sponsorship packages to advertisers in exchange for sponsorship fees and by selling tickets for those concerts.

 

Event planning and execution - We provide customized event planning and execution services upon requests from our clients, which services generally entail design, logistics, layout of events, and coordination and supervision of the actual event set-up and implementation, and generates revenue through service fees.

 

Brand promotion - We provide marketing services, including trademark and logo design, visual identity system design, brand positioning, brand personality design, and digital solutions for service fees.

 

Other services - We also distribute advertisements for corporate clients for service fees.

 

We account for a contract of event hosting, event planning and execution, or brand promotion when we have legally enforceable rights and obligations and collectability of consideration is probable. Each contract typically contains one single performance obligation, which is to deliver a successful event, activity, online program, or brand solution, and the contract price is fixed. Contract terms typically include a customary requirement for payment within 180 days after we successfully provide services, which is indicated by the customer’s signed acknowledgement of completion on such event, activity, online program, or brand solution by providing us with completion confirmation forms.

 

For event hosting, event planning and execution, and brand promotion projects, revenue is recognized at a point of time when services are successfully provided (e.g., upon successful carryout of an event), which is indicated by customer’s acknowledgement of completion of the event, activity, or brand solution, as the customer neither simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits provided by our performance, nor controls an increasingly enhanced assets or an asset with an alternative use to the customer as we perform. Event hosting, event planning and execution, and brand promotion projects are generally short term, which usually take less than three months.

 

For distribution of advertisements, we satisfy our performance obligation over time by measuring the progress based on time elapsed, as the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefit of service provided, during the period of time when the advertisement is displayed. Payment is usually required within 180 days after the completion of distribution.

 

We report revenue on a gross basis for event hosting, event planning and execution, and brand promotion, as we take risk and control of the event, activities, or brand solution before they are transferred to clients. While in terms of advertisement distribution (other services), we report revenue on a net basis since we only arrange the distribution of advertisements, instead of taking the risk and control of the distribution resources.

 

We apply a practical expedient to make no adjustment for the promised amount of consideration for the effects of a significant financing component as we expect, at contract inception, that the period between when we transfer a promised service to a customer and when the customer pays for that service will be one year or less.

 

59

 

 

Income Taxes

 

We account for income taxes under ASC 740. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the consolidated financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases.

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period including the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

 

The provisions of ASC 740-10-25, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes,” prescribe a more-likely-than-not threshold for consolidated financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken (or expected to be taken) in a tax return. This interpretation also provides guidance on the recognition of income tax assets and liabilities, classification of current and deferred income tax assets and liabilities, accounting for interest and penalties associated with tax positions, and related disclosures. We do not believe that there was any uncertain tax position as of June 30, 2019 and 2020.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In June 2016, the FASB amended guidance related impairment of financial instruments as part of ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. The guidance replaces the incurred loss impairment methodology with an expected credit loss model for which a company recognizes an allowance based on the estimate of expected credit loss. The ASU is effective for public company for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. For all other entities including emerging growth companies, the ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021. Early application will be permitted for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2018. We are in the process of evaluating the impact that this guidance will have on our consolidated financial statements.

 

In February 2018, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2018-02, “Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income.” The ASU amends ASC 220, Income Statement—Reporting Comprehensive Income, to “allow a reclassification from accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings for stranded tax effects resulting from the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act.” In addition, under the ASU, an entity will be required to provide certain disclosures regarding stranded tax effects. The ASU is effective for all entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within those fiscal years. We did not make the election to reclassify the income tax effects of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act from accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings and this guidance will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework-Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement. The objective of this ASU is to improve the effectiveness of disclosures in the notes to the financial statements by removing, modifying, and adding certain fair value disclosure requirements to facilitate clear communication of the information required by generally accepted accounting principles. The amendments are effective for all entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019 with early adoption permitted upon issuance of this ASU. We are currently evaluating the potential impact of this new guidance.

 

Recently issued ASUs by the FASB, except for the ones mentioned above, are not expected to have a significant impact on our consolidated results of operations or financial position. Other accounting standards that have been issued or proposed by FASB that do not require adoption until a future date are not expected to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements upon adoption. We do not discuss recent pronouncements that are not anticipated to have an impact on or are unrelated to our consolidated financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, or disclosures.

 

60

 

 

INDUSTRY

 

All the information and data presented in this section have been derived from the industry report of Frost & Sullivan International Limited (“Frost & Sullivan”) commissioned by us in February 2020 entitled “Independent Market Study on China’s Hip-Hop Culture Industry” (the “Frost & Sullivan Report”) unless otherwise noted. Frost & Sullivan has advised us that the statistical and graphical information contained herein is drawn from its database and other sources. The following discussion contains projections for future growth, which may not occur at the rates that are projected or at all.

 

Hip-Hop Culture Industry in China

 

According to the Frost & Sullivan Report, the hip-hop culture has been gradually recognized and accepted by the Chinese public, especially the young generation, in recent years. That is mainly because of the popularity of the rap competition show “The Rap of China” aired in 2017, and the street dance competition show “Street Dance of China” aired in 2018. The hip-hop culture market is growing rapidly and its total revenue increased from RMB4.5 billion ($0.7 billion) in 2014 to RMB14.2 billion ($2.1 billion) in 2019, with a compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”) of 25.6%. The market is expected to follow the upward trend in the next five years and the total revenue is expected to increase to RMB47.8 billion ($6.8 billion) in 2024, with an overall CAGR of 27.5% from 2019 to 2024.

 

Total Revenue of Hip-Hop Culture Market, China, 2014-2024E

(RMB in Billions)

 

 

 

Source: Frost & Sullivan

 

There are five major sources of revenue for the hip-hop culture industry in China, namely, performance planning and operation, artist agent, training, event organization and operation, and hip-hop derivatives. Hip-hop performance planning and operation includes the planning and operation of live houses, concerts, music festivals, and commercial shows. Artist agent refers to the business pattern in which a hip-hop culture company explores performance opportunities for contract artists, and collects agent fees from the earnings obtained by the artists according to their contracts. Training refers to rap, street dance, DJ, and graffiti training services provided by companies. Hip-hop event organization and operation consists of the organization and operation of competitions, awards ceremonies, and other activities. Hip-hop derivatives include clothing, accessories, games, and other products that recast, transform, or adapt pre-existing hip-hop elements.

 

In 2019, hip-hop training, the largest source of revenue among the five, generated 53.8% of the total revenue of the market. This is mainly because the hip-hop training market is relatively developed among all the segments. Hip-hop event organization and operation and hip-hop performance planning and operation accounted for 26.4% and 16.7% of the total revenue of the hip-hop culture market, respectively. Artist agent and hip-hop derivatives are the two emerging business models in the industry, and their combined market share was around 3.1%.

 

According to the Frost & Sullivan Report, it is anticipated that the number of events organized and operated by hip-hop culture companies in China will increase rapidly in the next five years due to the gradual popularization of hip-hop culture, as well as the inherent competitiveness of hip-hop activities. Therefore, the share of market revenue generated from hip-hop events is expected to increase to around 38.3% in 2024. Furthermore, as increasingly various types of hip-hop derivatives will be developed, their share of market revenue is expected to increase to 4.2%.

  

61

 

 

Breakdown of Hip-Hop Culture Market, China, 2019 & 2024E

 

 

 

Source: Frost & Sullivan

 

The key growth drivers of hip-hop culture market in China include:

 

Rising Purchasing Power of Consumers: The annual per capita disposable income of urban households in China increased from RMB28,844 ($4,682) in 2014 to RMB42,359 ($6,130) in 2019, with a CAGR of 8.0%. The growth indicated a rapid rise in the purchasing power of Chinese consumers. As more consumers begin to pursue higher living standards, consumers are becoming increasingly willing to pay for the cultural, aesthetic, and social values of goods and services, laying a solid foundation for the growth of hip-hop culture in China.

 

Increasing Demand for Cultural Recreation: With the trend of people being keener on pursuing cultural needs rather than simply enjoying material life, the demand for cultural recreation has increased considerably. According to Frost & Sullivan, the annual per capita expenditure on education, culture, and entertainment of urban residents in China increased from RMB2,142.3 ($347.8) in 2014 to RMB3,328.0 ($481.6) in 2019, with a CAGR of 9.2%. Taking art training classes and attending concerts have become part of many people’s daily life.

 

Upgraded Transmission Methods: With advances in technology, the transmission methods of hip-hop culture have been upgraded. Teenagers can now experience hip-hop culture through the Internet, the mobile Internet, and various types of new media. For instance, the Internet variety shows “The Rap of China” and “Street Dance of China,” aired in 2017 and 2018, respectively, were very popular among young people and greatly promoted the development of the industry.

 

Increasing Social Acceptance: Hip-hop culture, represented by tattoos and the clothes and accessories hip-hop performers wear, used to be regarded as symbols of the Western “decadent” culture in China. However, as society becomes more inclusive, hip-hop culture has gradually been accepted by Chinese people in recent years. Thus, the resistance to its development in China has been greatly reduced.

 

Street Dance Industry in China

 

China’s hip-hop culture industry may be further divided into four industries based on elements: street dance, rap, DJ, and graffiti. Among these, the street dance industry is the most mature in terms of commercial operation due to its earlier development and more diversified business models. After the establishment of China Hip-Hop Union Committee (“CHUC”) in 2013, the standardization level of street dance industry in China has improved significantly. According to Frost & Sullivan, the street dance market grew rapidly from RMB4.0 billion ($0.7 billion) in 2014 to RMB11.0 billion ($1.6 billion) in 2019, representing a CAGR of 22.5%. Especially after the broadcasting of variety shows such as “Street Dance of China” in 2018, street dance is becoming increasingly popular among young people in China, and they are more willing to spend on the street dance training and performance. In addition, there are more companies entering the market, driving the rapid growth of the street dance market.

 

In December 2020, the International Olympic Committee officially confirmed that street dance would be included in Paris Olympic Games in 2024, which will greatly increase the audience base for street dance and significantly enhance the standardization of street dance industry in China. That is expected to continuously increase the number of street dancers and drive the growth of the street dance market. According to Frost & Sullivan, the total revenue of street dance market is expected to increase to RMB38.1 billion ($5.5 billion) in 2024, representing a CAGR of 28.3% from 2019 to 2024.

 

62

 

 

Total Revenue of Street Dance Market, China, 2014-2024E

(RMB in Billions)

 

 

 

Source: Frost & Sullivan

 

There are four major segments in the street dance market in China, namely training, performance planning and operation, event organization and operation, and street dance derivatives. Due to the mature business model of street dance training, the government’s support for the art education market, and parents’ strong willingness to pay for street dance training, street dance training, the largest source of revenue among the four, made up 67.5% of the total market in 2019. Event organization and operation and performance planning and operation accounted for 26.6% and 5.1% of the total revenue of the street dance market, respectively. As an emerging market in China, street dance derivatives had a market size of RMB102.4 million ($14.8 million) in 2019, accounting for 0.9% of the total street dance market revenue.

 

According to the Frost & Sullivan Report, with the continuous promotion of street dance culture in China, the markets of street dance event organization and operation and performance planning and operation will grow rapidly, and their market proportion is expected to increase to 42.4% and 8.0% in 2024, respectively. In addition, benefiting from the operation for intellectual property of street dance companies, the street dance derivatives market will grow rapidly and account for 1.6% of the total street dance market revenue in 2024.

 

Breakdown of Street Dance Market, China, 2019 & 2024E

 

 

 

Source: Frost & Sullivan

 

The key growth drivers of street dance market in China include:

 

Promotion of Internet Street Dance Variety Shows: The Internet variety shows “Hot-Blood Dance Crew” and “Street Dance of China” enjoyed great popularity among young people and received billions of views in China since they were first broadcast in 2018. These two shows rapidly popularized street dance culture in China. As a result, the street dance training, street dance performance, and other street dance markets grew greatly since then.

 

63

 

 

Improved Acceptance by Parents: During the past decade, the image of street dance in China has gradually changed from the negative “bad boy” to a positive one. As a combination of art and sports, street dance is considered an excellent way of both physical exercise and art education for children. An increasing number of parents are willing to pay for their children to learn street dance for physical exercise, especially after street dance was included in the art exam in 2015 and students can gain extra points in the college entrance examination by learning street dance. This drives the rapid growth of the street dance training industry.

 

CHUC’s Guidance and Support: Since its establishment in 2013, CHUC has been committed to guiding the development of street dance industry and realizing the standardized operation of street dance by integrating various resources. CHUC initiated a series of street dance events to popularize the street dance all across China, including the World Dance Game, which is one of China’s largest street dance events. In addition, CHUC held the “China Street Dance Industry Summit Forum” to explore the development and promotion of street dance culture.

 

Provisional Confirmation for Inclusion in Paris Olympic Games: In December 2020, the International Olympic Committee officially confirmed that street dance would be included in Paris Olympic Games in 2024. As a result, China will begin the selection and training for the national street dance team. This will greatly inspire people to learn street dance, and stimulate the popularity of street dance, the improvement of street dance competition level, and the development of street dance industry.

 

Business Models of Hip-Hop Culture and Street Dance Industries in China

 

According to Frost & Sullivan, there are mainly three types of companies in the hip-hop culture and street dance industries in China, namely street dance companies focusing on providing street dance training, hip-hop music companies focusing on music production and commercial performance, and comprehensive hip-hop culture content service providers.

 

Street Dance Companies Focusing on Training: At present, street dance training is one of the main business models of the street dance industry. Street dance companies mainly provide street dance training services to teenagers and adults through chain operations. Most of these companies only operate training-related business, and lack the ability to plan and execute large-scale hip-hop events, provide marketing services, and sell street dance derivative products.

 

Hip-Hop Music Companies Focusing on Music Production: The business models of hip-hop music companies mainly involve record sales, commercial performances, and brokerage. Due to the lack of policy support and industry self-discipline, there are few national leading hip-hop music companies in China and their business models are not mature.

 

Comprehensive Hip-Hop Culture Content Service Providers: Comprehensive hip-hop culture content service providers do not limit their business scope to one or two business segments of the hip-hop culture industry. Due to the diversity of their business models, these companies can effectively achieve synergy between different hip-hop culture content and further expand their brand awareness and influence. In particular, there are only a few numbers of comprehensive hip-hop culture content service providers in China, such as our Company and Sinostage.

 

Driven by hip-hop culture-related intellectual property together with a variety of hip-hop culture business models, we are one of the few comprehensive hip-hop culture content service providers in the industry and has obtained the leading position among these players.

 

Competitive Landscape of Hip-Hop Culture and Street Dance Industries in China

 

China’s hip-hop culture and street dance industries are still in a period of rapid development, and a number of companies engaged in hip-hop culture and street dance industries have emerged in recent years. At present, there are few nationwide leading companies in hip-hop culture and street dance industries. It is expected that with the continuous integration and development of the industries, industry concentration will keep increasing.

 

According to the Frost & Sullivan Report, the total revenue of China hip-hop culture industry reached RMB14.20 billion (approximately $2.08 billion) in 2019. The top 10 hip-hop culture companies accounted for 6.4% of the total market revenue. We ranked second in terms of revenue in the hip-hop culture industry in China.

 

64

 

 

According to the Frost & Sullivan Report, the total revenue of China street dance market reached RMB10.96 billion (approximately $1.61 billion) in 2019. The top 10 street dance companies accounted for 8.3% of the total market revenue. We ranked second in terms of revenue in the street dance industry in China.

 

Top 10 Hip-Hop Culture Companies* and Street Dance Companies**, China, 2019

 

 

Source: Frost & Sullivan

 

* Hip-hop culture companies refer to companies which are engaged in hip-hop culture related businesses and the revenue they generate from hip-hop culture related businesses accounts for the majority of their total revenue.
** Street dance companies refer to companies which are engaged in street dance related businesses and the revenue they generate from street dance related businesses accounts for the majority of their total revenue.

 

65

 

 

BUSINESS

 

Through our services, we aim to promote hip-hop culture and its values of love, peace, unity, respect, and having fun, and to promote cultural exchange with respect to hip-hop between the United States and China. We do this mainly by delivering event experiences with significant hip-hop elements to the younger generation.

 

Overview

 

With the values of hip-hop culture at our core and the younger generation as our primary target audience, we host entertainment events, operate hip-hop related online programs, and provide event planning and execution services and marketing services to corporate clients. We seek to create value for stakeholders in all parts of the hip-hop ecosystem, from fans to artists, corporate clients, and sponsors.

 

We have in recent years focused on developing and hosting our own hip-hop events. We own an extensive portfolio of intellectual property rights related to hip-hop events, including a stage play, three dance competitions or events, two cultural and musical festivals, and two promotional parties that feature live hip-hop performances in karaoke bars or amusement parks to promote hip-hop culture, and we cooperate with music companies and artists to host various concerts in China; starting from March 2020, we have been developing and operating hip-hop related online programs (collectively, “Event Hosting”). Our concerts and hip-hop events generated an aggregate attendance of 122,000 and 127,930 during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively, and our online hip-hop programs had generated over 264 million views between March 2020 and January 31, 2021. We generate revenue from our Event Hosting business by providing sponsorship packages to advertisers in exchange for sponsorship fees and by selling tickets for those concerts.

 

We help corporate clients with the design, logistics, and layout of events, coordinate and supervise the actual event set-up and implementation, and generate revenue through service fees (“Event Planning and Execution”). Our services feature significant hip-hop elements and cover each aspect of corporate and marketing events, including communication, planning, design, production, reception, execution, and analysis. During the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, we served 35 and 16 clients in 43 and 49 events, respectively.

 

We provide marketing services, including (i) brand promotion services, such as trademark and logo design, visual identity system design, brand positioning, brand personality design, and digital solutions, and (ii) other services, primarily advertisement distribution, to corporate clients for service fees (“Marketing”).

 

We believe that the main reason corporate clients hire us to plan and execute events and provide marketing services geared towards the younger generation is for our deep understanding of the taste and preferences of this generation.

 

For the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, we had total revenue of $19,031,766 and $15,688,080, and net income of $3,831,758 and $2,625,817, respectively. Revenue derived from the Event Hosting business accounted for 34% and 49% of our total revenue for those fiscal years, respectively. Revenue derived from the Event Planning and Execution business accounted for 52% and 35% of our total revenue for those fiscal years, respectively. Revenue derived from the Marketing business accounted for 14% and 16% of our total revenue for those fiscal years, respectively.

 

66

 

 

Our Competitive Strengths

 

We believe the following competitive strengths are essential for our success and differentiate us from our competitors:

 

An Extensive Portfolio of Iconic Hip-Hop Events

 

We have a large pool of creative talents within our company who incubate original hip-hop event ideas. Over the years, we have developed an extensive portfolio of iconic hip-hop events, including, without limitation: China Battle Championships, an annual street dance competition with a 10-year history; Move it, the first street dance stage play in China; Cross-Strait Hip-Hop Culture Festival, an annual cultural festival focusing on hip-hop culture, with support from Department of Culture and Department of Education of Fujian Province; Hip-Hop Party and Popcity Music Festival, a series of hip-hop music events in Fujian Province; and Mini Master and Super Hip-Hop Dream, street dance events to promote street dance and hip-hop culture among kids and teenagers. For details on our hip-hop events and related intellectual property, see “—Our Business Model—Event Hosting—Our Representative Hip-Hop Events” and “—Intellectual Property.” These events have been well received by the audience and generated sponsorship fees from a large number of sponsors.

 

A Deep Understanding of the Younger Generation

 

We began organizing hip-hop events and marketing campaigns in Chinese universities and colleges in 2007. For instance, we planned and organized Pino Chinese University Street Dance Competition (“品诺全国高校街舞大赛”) in 2010, 2011, and 2012, respectively, which attracted the participation of approximately 20,000 university students in total. Given our long operating history, we have a deep understanding of the younger generation’s preferences and behavior, which enables us to plan creative events and design attractive marketing campaigns tailored to this audience group. Event planners, creatives, and other members of our team are mostly young professionals who are enthusiastic about hip-hop culture, and they empathically understand and click with the younger generation. To keep up with the evolving trends among the younger generation, we maintain and enhance engagement with this target audience by posting hip-hop-related content and interacting with followers on various digital channels, such as WeChat and Weibo, other social network groups, and online platforms.

 

A Highly-Recognized Brand Name in the Hip-Hop Culture and Street Dance Industries

 

We have built a highly-recognized brand name in China as a promoter of hip-hop culture by providing services with significant hip-hop elements to corporate clients and by hosting concerts and hip-hop events. According to the Frost & Sullivan Report, the hip-hop culture industry and street dance industry in China have been growing at a CAGR of over 20% during the past five years, and are expected to grow at a CAGR of over 27% during the next five years. We were the second largest company in terms of revenue within the hip-hop culture and street dance industries in 2019 according to the Frost & Sullivan Report. On September 22, 2016, our VIE, Xiamen Pop Culture was listed in China on the National Equities Exchange and Quotations Co., Ltd., or the “NEEQ,” which made us the first hip-hop related company to be listed on the NEEQ and further increased the awareness of our brand name. To facilitate our initial public offering in the U.S., Xiamen Pop Culture applied to have itself delisted from the NEEQ in March 2019.

 

In addition, we benefit from sponsorship and support from our shareholders, some of whom have extensive experience in the entertainment industry in China, including host Nic Li, talent agent Yamo Zhao, and street dancer and disc jockey Hailong Huang. These shareholders may use their presence and reputation to enhance our position in the growing Chinese hip-hop market and accelerate growth in our business.

 

A Strong and Loyal Corporate Client Base

 

Our brand name and reputation have enabled us to develop and retain a strong and loyal corporate client base for our Event Planning and Execution and Marketing businesses. Our corporate client base mainly covers industries such as consumer goods, advertising and marketing, and media. From the start of our operations in 2007 to January 2021, we had provided event planning and execution and marketing services to an aggregate of 398 corporate clients, of which 180 are returning clients to whom we provided services more than once. Our corporate clients include, to name a few, Heng’an (China) Paper Industry Co., Ltd., Ab Inbev Sedrin Brewery Co., Ltd., Xiamen Mastermind Advertising Co., Ltd., Fujian Yunbang Culture Communication Co., Ltd., Guangzhou Taiji Advertising Co., Ltd., Fuzhou Xinsiyu Culture Communication Co., Ltd., Guangzhou President Enterprise Co., Ltd., Hongxing Erke Group, and Blue Hat Integrative Entertainment Technology.

 

An Experienced Management Team Able to Leverage the Capabilities of Our Organization

 

Our senior management team is led by Mr. Zhuoqin Huang, our chief executive officer, director, and chairman, who has 18 years of experience in the marketing industry. Mr. Huang also has considerable experience in the hip-hop industry—he began learning street dance in 1998, cofounded JWM Crew Dance Club, a street dance club based in Fujian Province, in 2002, and was an advisor to the M-ZONE National Street Dance Competition held in 2008. Our management team is comprised of highly skilled and dedicated professionals with wide ranging experience in event planning and execution, services, business development, and marketing. In addition, members of our management team have built extensive network in the entertainment industry over the years. We believe that our management will be able to effectively grow our business through continued operating improvement and relationship building.

 

We have cultivated an experienced and skilled work force, emphasizing collaboration, individual accountability, flexibility, and willingness to deliver high-quality services to our clients. Our senior management team is able to leverage the capabilities of this broader work force to facilitate our ongoing and long-term relationships that are key to our event planning and execution and marketing services and hip-hop events. Our combined team offers substantial industry experience and in-depth knowledge of the Chinese hip-hop related markets.

 

67

 

 

Our Strategies

 

We seek to be a leader in the promotion of hip-hop culture and its values in China, creating long-term value for fans, artists, corporate clients, and sponsors. Specially, we plan to implement the following strategies:

 

Develop and Operate Online Content

 

As an attempt to explore additional revenue sources and in response to the COVID-19 outbreak, we have accelerated the development and operation of online content during 2020. We have created 16 hip-hop related online programs, such as music videos and street dance performance videos, in 2020 using our hip-hop related intellectual property portfolio. See “—Our Business Model—Event Hosting—Online Hip-Hop Programs.” In addition, we intend to cooperate with Internet and TV providers in China to develop and distribute online content tailored for their customers.

 

Expand and Enhance Our Portfolio of Concerts and Hip-Hop Events

 

As we have shifted our focus to developing the Event Hosting business in recent years, we believe that continually expanding and enhancing our portfolio of concerts and hip-hop events are essential to maintaining our growth momentum. We intend to enter into performance agreements with artists and music companies with greater influence to attract a larger audience. We plan to continue to increase the size and influence of our existing hip-hop events and develop new hip-hop intellectual property in-house based on participant, sponsor, and sales staff feedback and our in-house industry research.

 

Exploit Revenue-Generating Opportunities for Our Hip-Hop Related Intellectual Property Portfolio

 

We have primarily monetized our hip-hop related intellectual property portfolio by hosting hip-hop events and receiving sponsorship fees from advertisers. To maximize the potential of our hip-hop related intellectual property portfolio, we intend to cooperate with third parties to develop a street dance training business and to create and monetize derivative works of our current intellectual property. For instance, we plan to work with publishers and comics companies to create picture books, comics, and textbooks for teenagers based on “Hip Hop Master (image)” trademark. In addition, we intend to enter into co-branding partnerships with manufacturers of shoes, clothing, food, and beverages, and create co-branded products.

 

Develop and Deepen Relationships with Corporate Clients

 

As more companies seek to expand their brand presence among the younger generation, we intend to leverage our deep understanding of this generation and develop cooperation relationships with new corporate clients. We plan to focus on companies in fast-moving consumer goods, communications, automobile, Internet product, and fashion industries.

 

We strive to continuously exceed our corporate clients’ expectations of our performance and will continue to bring our expertise and creative vision to refine and enhance their event and marketing strategies. We believe this deepens our relationships with existing corporate clients and helps us continue to be their trusted partner and their first choice for hosting events and executing marketing strategies.

 

Attract and Recruit Highly-Qualified Professionals to Join Our Team

 

In order to expand and grow our business, we need to aggressively recruit and attract highly-qualified professionals to join our team. The events and marketing in the hip-hop industry are labor-intensive and they require experienced and skilled planning and design personnel. Further, given that the hip-hop event development and hosting require great creativity and a good insight about emerging cultural trends, it is even harder for companies to recruit and retain talents with necessary experience and skills.

 

Further Enhance Our Brand Recognition

 

We will continue to enhance our brand recognition in the hip-hop industry. We plan to continue bidding for and carrying out corporate and marketing events in strategically selected locations to showcase our strong event planning and execution capabilities. We plan to develop and host more hip-hop events to attract fans and enhance our brand recognition. Our branding strategy will fully embrace the latest trends in social-based marketing activities, in a cost-effective manner by leveraging our word-of-mouth reputation.

 

68

 

 

Our Business Model

 

We generate revenue from the following principal businesses:

 

  Event Hosting. Our Event Hosting business is built around our portfolio of hip-hop intellectual property and our strong cooperation with artists and music companies. We host concerts and hip-hop related events, including a stage play, three dance competitions, two cultural and musical festivals, and two promotional parties, and create hip-hop related online programs. We generally organize, operate, and monetize these concerts, hip-hop events, and online hip-hop programs ourselves, and derive revenue mainly through sponsorship fees provided by advertisers at those events and ticket sales.

 

  Event Planning and Execution. Our Event Planning and Execution business is primarily built upon our deep understanding of the preferences of the younger generation, extensive event planning capabilities, and strong connections within the events industry. Instead of carrying out the execution of events ourselves, we typically engage third-party service providers to do so, allowing us to focus our time and energy on the general planning of events and coordination among the various parties at a specific event. To ensure the quality of execution services provided by third-party service providers, we adopted a standard process of quality control, consisting of selection, inspection, and review.
     
  Marketing. Our Marketing business focuses on maximizing the potential of our experience in the marketing industry and our long-term relationship with advertising companies by assisting our clients in the creation and promotion of their brands, especially among the younger generation.

 

The following tables presents our revenue and gross profit for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020. See also “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Results of Operations.”

 

    Revenue     Gross Profit  
    Fiscal Year Ended
June 30,
    Fiscal Year Ended
June 30,
 
    2019     2020     2019     2020  
Event Hosting   $ 6,532,438     $ 7,630,377     $ 2,316,341     $ 2,302,064  
Event Planning and Execution     9,952,530       5,493,851       2,306,433       915,117  
Marketing     2,546,798       2,563,852       1,250,455       1,312,052  
Total   $ 19,031,766     $ 15,688,080     $ 5,873,229     $ 4,529,233  

 

Event Hosting

 

We have been hosting our own hip-hop related events in China for over a decade. Our portfolio of hip-hop events includes a stage play, three dance competitions or events, two cultural and musical festivals, and two promotional parties. In addition, we cooperate with music companies and artists and host various concerts in China. Starting from 2020, we have also created online hip-hop programs to explore additional revenue-generating opportunities for our hip-hop related intellectual property portfolio.

 

We primarily monetize these concerts, hip-hop events, and online hip-hop programs by providing sponsorship packages consisting of advertising spots, sponsorship mentions, and tickets to advertisers in exchange for sponsorship fees, and by selling tickets for those concerts. Revenue from our Event Hosting business was $6,532,438 and $7,630,377 for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively, which accounted for 34% and 49% of our total revenue for those fiscal years, respectively.

 

During the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, we hosted concerts and hip-hop events in six cities and 12 cities in China, respectively. The following table sets out the key performance indicators for our Event Hosting business for the fiscal years indicated:

 

    Fiscal Years Ended
June 30,
 
    2019     2020  
Hip-Hop Events (#)     30       48  
Hip-Hop Event Participants (#)     102,000       127,930  
Concerts (#)     6       0  
Concert Audience (#)     20,000       0  
Online Hip-Hop Programs (#)     0       16 *
Online Hip-Hop Program Views (#)     0       4,000,000  

 

* Two of the 16 online hip-hop programs generated revenue during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020.

 

69

 

 

Our Representative Hip-Hop Events

 

The following chart summarizes our representative events in the Event Hosting business during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020:

 

  Move it (一起跃动街舞舞台剧). See “—Case Study—Move It” below.
     
  China Battle Championships (CBC街舞冠军赛, “CBC”). CBC is an annual street dance competition we have organized since 2010. From 2016 to 2018, the number of host cities increased from one to three and the number of contestants increased from 300 to 1,500. During the 2019 CBC held in 18 cities, a total of 14,600 contestants competed in four types of dance, namely, breaking, popping, teenager freestyle, and group dance. As an effort to promote the cultural exchange with respect to hip-hop between U.S. and China, we have invited U.S. street dancers and disc jockeys, including Steffan “Mr. Wiggles” Clemente, Junior Boogaloo, Slim Boogie, and Dj Lean Rock, to serve as judges and guests in our events.
     
  Cross-Strait Hip-Hop Culture Festival (海峡两岸潮流文化节, “CHCF”). CHCF is an annual cultural festival focusing on hip-hop culture and communication between teenagers of Mainland China and Taiwan. We have been co-hosting CHCF since its establishment in 2017. Representative activities during the cultural festival include teenager street dance competitions, hip-hop industry forums, and hip-hop art exhibitions. Approximately 9,710 and 5,550 people participated in CHCF in 2019 and 2018, respectively.
     
  Hip-Hop Party (嗨趴). Hip-Hop Party is a series of promotional parties in karaoke bars we held in 2019 to promote hip-hop culture and our brand. From April 20, 2019 to May 25, 2019, we held six promotional parties in five cities of Fujian Province, attracting a total attendance of approximately 2,600.
     
  Popcity Music Festival (潮圣音乐节). Popcity Music Festival is a two-day hip-hop music festival we held in Xiamen in 2019. During the event, famous disc jockeys and masters of ceremonies, street dancers, rappers, and two noticeable local bands performed together with students and teachers of Hip Hop Master, a street dance school in Xiamen. The event attracted an attendance of approximately 2,000.
     
  Mini Master (街舞萌主展演). Mini Master is a nine-day street dance exhibition and performance we held in Xiamen in 2019. We designed the event to promote street dance and hip-hop culture among kids. Major activities of the event included street dance competitions for kids and exhibitions of derivatives of hip-hop intellectual property. The event attracted an attendance of approximately 270.
     
  Super Hip-Hop Dream (SHD超级街舞梦想营). Super Hip-Hop Dream is a series of street dance events focusing on teenagers we held in 2017, 2018, and 2019. The 2019 events, each lasted two days, were held in 10 different cities in Fujian Province and included teenager street dance competitions, hip-hop classes, and hip-hop training camps. The events attracted an attendance of approximately 2,420 in 2019.

 

70

 

 

Case Study—Move It

 

Move it is a two-hour long street dance stage play, the first of its kind in China, produced in cooperation with Masters Production, a German third-party production company, and several U.S. directors, including Angel Feliciano, Amen Ra “Bam Bam” Valentine, SamO, and Garrick Footman. The first round of 12 performances of Move It ran from December 2018 to June 2019 in 10 cities in China, attracting a total attendance of approximately 46,000.

 

 

 

The success of the show epitomized our development team’s high degree of professionalism and deep understanding of the hip-hop industry. We mobilized a development team of five well-recognized producers, each with a proven track record of producing a variety of street dance related shows. We also gathered a team of 25 experienced street dancers, including the leading actor, Baihua Tu (“小白”), and leading actress, Daiqing Liang, both of whom were noticeable participants in Chinese dance competition shows such as Street Dance of China and Shake It Up.

 

Most importantly, our in-depth understanding of the hip-hop industry allows us to more accurately predict the cultural trend and audience taste. We observe that hip-hop, although still a niche music genre in China, has already been integrated into mainstream pop culture in recent years through various channels, such as rap competitions and reality shows, apparels, trending buzzwords, and related music formats. We believe young Chinese’s demands for transformative entertainment themes and hip-hop would be the next emerging cultural trend. Our in-depth knowledge of young Chinese audience enables us to place the most appealing elements into the show.

 

71

 

 

Concerts

 

We enter into performance agreements with artists or music companies, pursuant to which we pay performance fees and arrange for the execution of concerts, in exchange for the right to ticket sales revenue and to sponsorship revenue for such concerts. Instead of selling concert tickets directly to fans, we typically sell them through third parties, such as ticketing platforms, media companies, and marketing companies, or include them as part of the sponsorship packages provided to advertisers. The price of our concert tickets is generally between $26 and $188. We had ticket sales revenue in the amount of $946,252 and $nil during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

 

The chart below summarizes the concerts we hosted during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019. We did not host any concert during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020.

 

Dates   Name   Location  

Size of

Audience

Approximately

08/11/2018   20●Yu Quan 20-Year Anniversary Tour (Changsha)   Changsha   7,908
08/18/2018   20●Yu Quan 20-Year Anniversary Tour (Wuhan)   Wuhan   6,404
08/18/2018   2018 Ou-yang Nana 18 Transboundary Concert Tour (Chengdu)   Chengdu   2,016
12/02/2018   2018 Lisa Ono 30-year Anniversary Concert Tour (Xiamen)   Xiamen   3,955
12/15/2018   2018 Li Yundi Concert Tour (Nanchang)   Nanchang   1,514
01/01/2019   2019 Li Yundi Concert Tour (Chongqing)   Chongqing   2,980

  

Online Hip-Hop Programs

 

We have created 16 online hip-hop programs in 2020, some of which are Hip-Hop Master (街舞大狮兄), Popping Master (Popping大师), Top Dance Show (TDS街舞达人现场), China Battle Championships (CBC街舞冠军赛), and Pop Trendy Shoes (Pop潮履). Hip-Hop Master is an online street dance tutorial program and consists of 64 episodes of one-minute short music videos that teach beginner street dance moves, tips, and tricks. Popping Master, Top Dance Show, and China Battle Championships are collections of street dance performance videos from hip-hop events we hosted in recent years, showcasing the talents of hip-hop dancers and fans who participated in our street dance competitions and other hip-hop events. Pop Trendy Shoes is a collection of short music videos on trendy shoes related to hip-hop culture. Starting from March 2020, we have distributed these short music videos on popular video sharing platforms in China, such as TikTok, Kuaishou, iQiyi, Xiaohongshu, and Xigua Video, and these videos had collectively generated over 264 million views as of January 31, 2021. We monetize our online hip-hop programs by providing sponsorship packages consisting of advertising spots, sponsorship mentions, and the right to use related images and videos in exchange for sponsorship fees.

 

72

 

 

Sponsors and Sponsorship Packages

 

Advertisers that sponsor our concerts, hip-hop events, and online hip-hop programs include consumer goods companies, advertising and marketing companies, and media companies. During the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, we received sponsorship fees from 16 and 18 sponsors in an aggregate amount of $5,774,639 and $7,630,376, respectively. The price of our sponsorship packages ranges from approximately $14,600 to $1,463,000.

 

The sponsorship packages we provide to sponsors of a hip-hop event, concert, or online hip-hop program typically include different sponsorship levels and consist of one or a combination of the following sponsorship benefits:

 

  exclusive “Presented By” sponsorship distinction on event signage, program, and power point presentation;
     
  on-stage speaking opportunities to highlight presenting sponsorship;
     
  opportunities to present event awards;
     
  acknowledgement from podium;
     
  acknowledgment and promotion on social media and event websites;
     
  standing banners announcing sponsorship;
     
  recognition as sponsor in publications sent to event participants;
     
  onsite marketing opportunities;
     
  seats at the event dinners;
     
  complimentary tickets;
     
  advertising spots;
     
  logo recognition in all event collateral materials; and
     
  right to use event-related images and videos for marketing purposes.

 

Marketing of Concerts, Hip-Hop Events, and Online Hip-Hop Programs

 

We promote our concerts, hip-hop events, and online hip-hop programs through multiple advertising channels, including:

 

  social media, principally WeChat and Weibo;
     
  advertisements on outdoor billboard or through radio broadcasts;
     
  advertisements on televisions and LED screens in elevators; and
     
  alternative media advertising.

 

We acquire sponsors of concerts, hip-hop events, and online hip-hop programs directly and through referrals from our existing corporate clients and sponsors. We also assign the rights to acquire sponsors to third-party agencies and rely on them to find sponsors for our concerts, hip-hop events, and online hip-hop programs.

 

73

 

 

Our Event Hosting Team

 

As of January 2021, we had six employees dedicated to the Event Hosting business, including two managers, two designers, and two event planners. An offline event typically requires the participation of about two to 10 employees and one to five independent contractors depending on the size of the event.

 

In addition, we draw from our in-house event planning and execution capabilities and cooperate with third parties to provide services to advertisers and cooperative partners. Please refer to “—Event Planning and Execution—Our Event Planning and Execution Team and Third-Party Service Providers” below.

 

Event Planning and Execution

 

Since the inception of Xiamen Pop Culture in 2007, we have been providing comprehensive event planning and execution services to corporate clients in China. We distinguish our event planning and execution services from those provided by other companies by adding significant hip-hop elements, such as street dance performances, hip-hop music, and hip-hop fashion and style, into our event plan and event material design for all events.

 

The geographic areas we focus on are the eastern and southern areas of China, such as Fujian, Guangdong, and Zhejiang Provinces and Shanghai, where some of the largest and wealthiest cities in China are located and the demand for our services is the strongest.

 

Revenue from our Event Planning and Execution business was $9,952,530 and $5,493,851 for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively, which accounted for 52% and 35% of our total revenue for those fiscal years, respectively.

 

The following table sets out the key performance indicators for our Event Planning and Execution business as of the fiscal years indicated.

 

    Fiscal Years Ended
June 30,
 
    2019     2020  
Events (#)     43       51  
Clients (#)     35       16  

 

Client Acquisition Channels

 

We believe we have built up strong connections within the events industry and, as a result, our existing clients and cooperative third-party service providers regularly refer potential clients to us. In addition, some sponsors of our concerts, hip-hop events, and online hip-hop programs have become clients of our event planning and execution services after they cooperated with us and experienced our planning and execution capabilities.

 

Some of our potential clients publish request for tender notices of proposed marketing or corporate events on their official websites or third-party websites. We have a dedicated team conducting routine searches on these websites, especially those of our targeted regions.

 

We also have some clients who seek our event planning and execution services as a result of our marketing efforts.

 

74

 

 

Services

 

Depending the goal of each event, our event planning and execution services may include one or a combination of the following responsibilities:

 

  Communication. We communicate with clients to understand the goal of their events, connect clients with third-party service providers, and assist in their communication with event participants and third-party service providers.
     
  Planning. We help clients plan the details of their events, including logistics, budget, venue, entertainment, catering, and contingency plans.
     
  Design. We provide design services, including event logo and mascot creation, concept, and appearance, exhibition model design, and venue dressing.
     
  Production. Through third-party event material producers, we produce event materials such as signs and banners, badges and name-tags, promotional items, and gift and award items.
     
  Reception. We arrange the invitation and reception of key participants of an event, and provide transportation and hospitality services.
     
  Execution. We arrange the building of event stages, decoration of venues, distribution of event materials, and supervise the execution of other aspects of events.
     
  Analysis. We provide after-event marketing services and collect event participant feedback, summarize the results of event execution, and issue detailed reports to clients for evaluation purposes.

 

Clients

 

Clients of our event planning and execution services include advertising and media service providers, industry associations, and companies in a wide range of industries such as consumer goods, real estate, tourism, entertainment, technology, e-commerce, education, and sports. We had two and one clients that accounted for more than 10% of our annual revenue for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively. Our repeat customers, among others, include Heng’an (China) Paper Industry Co., Ltd., Xiamen Mastermind Advertising Co., Ltd., Ab Inbev Sedrin Brewery Co., Ltd., Guangzhou Taiji Advertising Co., Ltd., Fuzhou Xinsiyu Culture Communication Co., Ltd., and Beijing Taiji Culture Communication Co., Ltd.

 

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019, our top five event planning and execution clients were as follows:

 

    Client Name   Revenue     Percentage
of Total
Revenue
 
1   Heng’an (China) Paper Industry Co., Ltd.   $ 2,251,663       11.35 %
2   Guangzhou Taiji Advertising Co., Ltd.   $ 2,104,177       10.60 %
3   Fuzhou Xinsiyu Culture Communication Co., Ltd.   $ 1,423,407       7.17 %
4   Hangzhou Jiandanmei Blockchain Technology Co., Ltd.   $ 654,986       3.30 %
5   Shanghai Duyuan Culture Communication Co., Ltd.   $ 630,727       3.18 %
    Total   $ 7,064,960       35.61 %

 

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020, our top five event planning and execution clients were as follows:

 

    Client Name   Revenue     Percentage
of Total
Revenue
 
1   Guangzhou Taiji Advertising Co., Ltd.   $ 2,771,735       17.67 %
2   Fuzhou Xinsiyu Culture Communication Co., Ltd.   $ 818,171       5.22 %
3   Beijing Taiji Culture Communication Co., Ltd.   $ 538,516       3.43 %
4   Xiamen Mastermind Advertising Co., Ltd.   $ 335,398       2.14 %
5   COFCO Coca-Cola Beverages (Beijing) Limited   $ 243,836       1.55 %
    Total   $ 4,707,656       30.01 %

 

75

 

 

Case Study—Selected Clients

 

Heng’an (China) Paper Industry Co., Ltd.

 

Heng’an (China) Paper Industry Co., Ltd. (“Heng’an Paper”) is a subsidiary of Hengan International Group Co., Ltd. (SEHK:1044), a producer of sanitary napkins and baby diapers in China. In 2010, Heng’an Paper engaged us to plan and execute its marketing events because of our event-related experience and industry knowledge. Since then, we have helped Heng’an Paper successfully organize multiple entertainment and marketing events.

 

 

April to June 2018—2018 The Fourth Mind Act Upon Mind Paper Fashion College Music Gathering (2018年第四季心相印纸时尚青春音乐汇). As the general manager of offline events of the music gathering, we planned the timeline of and ran all the offline events, including pre-event marketing in 60 colleges and universities in China, applications, 12 city-level competitions, top 16 training, and finals.

 

76

 

 

May to June 2019—2019 The Fifth Mind Act Upon Mind Paper Fashion College Music Gathering (2019年第五季心相印纸时尚青春音乐汇). As the general manager of offline events of the music gathering, we planned the timeline of and ran all the offline events, including pre-event marketing in 40 colleges and universities in China, applications, eight city-level competitions, top 12 training, and finals and concerts in the southern and northern divisions.

 

Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology

 

Blue Hat Interactive Entertainment Technology (Nasdaq: BHAT) is a producer, developer, and operator of AR interactive entertainment games and toys in China, including interactive educational materials, mobile games, and toys with mobile game features.

 

January 2018—AR Racer Championship 2017 (2017AR飞车全国竞技大赛总决赛). We provided services including event material production, logistics planning, video shooting, and media publicity.

 

March 2018—AR Racer Shanghai and Fuzhou Game Exhibitions (AR飞车上海及福州游戏展览). We planned and executed two game exhibitions in Shanghai and Fuzhou.

 

April 2018—AR E-Sports and AR Zombie Fights (AR电竞及AR僵尸大作战). We arranged the building of event stages, decorated the venue, and designed and produced exhibition model for a gaming event in Xiamen.

 

Depending on the needs of our clients and the length of the events, the length of our service can range from one to six months, but usually is less than three months.

 

Our fee for providing event planning and execution services for an event is negotiated with the client on a case-by-case basis, depending on the scale and length of the event, the number of employees and independent contractors involved, and the desired effect of the event. The range of our fee is usually between $800 and $1,210,000 and we usually extend to our customers credit terms ranging from 30 to 180 days after we successfully provide services. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

 

Representative Events

 

Most of the events we plan and execute for corporate clients are marketing events with an emphasis on the younger generation, such as university students and young professionals. The following charts summarize our top 10 events in terms of contract amount in the Event Planning and Execution business during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020.

 

77

 

 

Representative Events for the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2019

 

Duration   Client   Location   Event   Approximate
Contract
Amount
    Services Provided
05/2019 to 06/2019   Heng’an (China) Paper Industry Co., Ltd.   Beijing, Hangzhou, Guangzhou, Chengdu, Shenyang, Xi’an, Wuhan, Jinan   2019 The Fifth Mind Act Upon Mind Paper Fashion College Music Gathering   $ 1,245,713     Offline event planning and execution, including pre-event marketing in 40 colleges and universities in China, applications, eight city-level competitions, top 12 training, and finals and concerts in the southern and northern divisions
05/2019   Hangzhou Jiandanmei Blockchain Technology Co., Ltd.   Hangzhou, Zhejiang   Jiandanmei Blockchain Planning and Marketing Activities   $ 712,255     Event planning, execution, recruiting and management of event personnel, and event report drafting
06/2019   Shanghai Duyuan Culture Communication Co., Ltd.   Shanghai   2019 China Fortune Land Development Digital Theme International Exhibition   $ 685,875     Event planning and execution, street dance performance, communication with third parties, stage building, and venue decoration
02/2019   Fuzhou Xinsiyu Culture Communication Co., Ltd.   Sanya, Hainan   2019 Dongfeng Scenery Fan Festival   $ 665,357     Event planning and execution, entertainment, event material production, stage building, and venue decoration
04/2019   Guangzhou Taiji Advertising Co., Ltd.   Shanghai   2019 GAC Group New Energy Shanghai Exhibition   $ 615,529     Event planning and execution, video making, and news release
04/2019 to 05/2019   Beijing Taiji Culture Communication Co., Ltd.   Ningbo, Shanghai, Hangzhou, Dongguan, Shenzhen, Guangzhou, Foshan, Wuxi   2019 GAC Group “Acura” Test Drive Events   $ 498,285     Stage building, coordination with third parties, and media services
05/2019   Fuzhou Maibo Culture Communication Co., Ltd.   Fuzhou, Fujian   2019 BMW Dealer Annual Meeting   $ 498,285     Event planning and execution, reception, coordination with third parties, recruitment, training, and management of event personnel, street dance and music performance, media services, and venue decoration
05/2019   Guangzhou Taiji Advertising Co., Ltd.   Wanning, Hainan   2019 Dongfeng-Nissan Customer Test Drive Event   $ 425,008     Stage building, coordination with third parties, event material production, and media services
10/2018 to 12/2018   Xiamen Many Idea Interactive Co., Ltd.   Xiamen, Fujian   Gulangyu Music Festival   $ 410,353     Event planning, coordination with third-party media, and online advertising
10/2018 to 12/2018   Dongfang Shuimo (Quanzhou) Cultural Industry Investment Development Co., Ltd.   Jinjiang, Fujian   A series of hip-hop events hosted in Jinjiang Hongshan Culture Development Park, including hip-hop events   $ 381,042     Event planning, stage design and building, coordination with third parties

 

78

 

 

Representative Events for the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2020

 

Duration   Client   Location   Event   Approximate
Contract
Amount
    Services Provided
11/2019 to 12/2019   Guangzhou Taiji Advertising Co., Ltd.   Guangzhou, Guangdong   Guangqi Honda Auto Guangzhou 2019 Exhibition   540,548     Event planning, coordination with third parties, reception, event material production, media services, stage design and building, and venue decoration
08/2019 to 09/2019   Guangzhou Taiji Advertising Co., Ltd.   Xi’an, Chengdu, Chongqing, Changsha, Dongguan, and Guangzhou   2019 Trumpchi World with No Bend   462,311     Event planning, coordination with third parties, reception, event material production, media services, stage design and building, and venue decoration
01/2020   Guangzhou Taiji Advertising Co., Ltd.   Chengdu, Sichuan   Guangqi Honda 2020 Special Shop Meeting   $ 402,479     Event planning for exhibition of new automobile, industry conference, and award ceremony
10/2019 to 12/2019   Xiamen Mastermind Advertising Co., Ltd.   Xiamen, Fujian   Migu Anime 2019 Nijigen Strategy Execution Activity   355,624     Event planning, coordination with third parties, reception, event material production, media services, stage design and building, and venue decoration
12/2019   Guangzhou Taiji Advertising Co., Ltd.   Guangzhou, Guangdong   2019 Guangqi NIO First Product Release   295,879     Event planning, coordination with third parties, reception, event material production, media services, stage design and building, and venue decoration
12/2019   Xiamen Many Idea Interactive Co., Ltd.   Xiamen, Fujian   2019 Xiamen International Fashion Week   256,049     Coordination with third-party performers
11/2019 to 12/2019   Guangzhou Taiji Advertising Co., Ltd.   Pazhou, Guangdong   2019 Guangqi New Energy Guangzhou Exhibition   $ 241,487     Stage building, coordination with third parties, and media services
9/2019   Guangzhou Taiji Advertising Co., Ltd.   Guangzhou, Guangdong   2019 Accord Night of Curiosity   $ 238,804     Stage building, coordination with third parties, and media services
10/2019   Guangzhou Taiji Advertising Co., Ltd.   Beijing   2019 Accord Night of Curiosity   $ 238,804     Stage building, coordination with third parties, and media services
10/2019   Beijing Taiji Culture Communication Co., Ltd.   Nanjing, Jiangsu   2019 Yadea Marketing Event   $ 216,533     Stage building, coordination with third parties, and media services

 

Our Event Planning and Execution Team and Third-Party Service Providers

 

As of January 2021, we had 18 employees dedicated to the Event Planning and Execution business, including three event planners, five creative staff, six operational staff, and four customer service agents. An offline event typically requires the participation of about two to 10 employees and one to five independent contractors depending on the size of the event.

 

79

 

 

Third-party service providers we regularly cooperate with include event venue providers, entertainment performance companies, electronic equipment providers, event material producers, event carpentry service providers, security service providers, general event execution service providers, and advertising companies. During the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, we cooperated with 35 and 108 third-party service providers on 35 and 54 events, respectively.

 

To ensure that we only cooperate and work with qualified third-party service providers, our management formed a standard process to evaluate these companies and control the quality of their services, which include the following steps:

 

  Selection. We select the third-party service providers for an event based on quality of products and services, prices, delivery time, customer services, and ability to fulfill contracts. We request potential service providers interested in an event to submit an application form with copies of business registration certificates.
     
  Inspection. After a third-party service provider begins cooperating with us on an event, we regularly inspect its performance during different stages of the event according to detailed specifications and timeline for products or services in our agreement with the service provider.
     
  Review. We review performance of each third-party service provider after an event, and rate them according to quantity and quality of products and services, timeliness, prices, and customer services. Depending on the performance of a service provider, we will increase, decrease, or even terminate our cooperation with it.

 

We typically do not enter into long-term supplying contracts with these third-party service providers, but only enter into event execution contracts for specific events after we finish the planning and design of the events. Our event execution contracts with third-party service providers specify quantity and specifications of products or services, unit price of each product or service, delivery time, and payment date, among other things.

 

Marketing

 

Corporate clients seek our marketing services because of our rich experience in organizing marketing campaigns, particularly among the younger generation. We enter into service agreements with our marketing clients, and provide different marketing solutions depending on their specific needs, target markets, and potential customers. If a company does not currently have a brand, we systematically create a brand that fits its products and core value; if a company already has an established brand but wants to enter a new business or market, we work with the company to add new elements to its brand, making it more attractive and memorable to the target customers. As of January 2021, we had five employees dedicated to the Marketing business.

 

Clients of our Marketing business are typically consumer goods companies and advertising and media service providers, including Heng’an (China) Paper Industry Co., Ltd., Ab Inbev Sedrin Brewery Co., Ltd., Fuzhou Xinsiyu Culture Communication Co., Ltd, Fujian Yunbang Culture Communication Co., Ltd., and Xiamen Chengda Sihai Culture Communication Co., Ltd. We provided marketing services to 21 and 16 clients during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively. Revenue from our Marketing business was $2,546,798 and $2,563,852 for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively, which accounted for 14% and 16% of our total revenue for those fiscal years, respectively.

 

The following are some of the marketing services we offer:

 

  Trademark and Logo Design. We assist clients in their Chinese or English company or brand name choice, logo design, symbol design, and trademark design.
     
  Visual Identity System Design. The visual identity system of a company includes its name, signature color, logo, and slogan. Over time, this visual identity becomes associated with the organization, and thereby reinforces its messages and personality. Based on our understanding of our clients’ company culture and long-term goals, we assist them in creating a visual identity that attracts potential customers and suitable for future growth. For example, we helped design the fonts, logo, signature color, and other related items of Yuanma Agent, catering to the preference of this technology company.

 

80

 

 

  Brand Positioning. Brand positioning is the conceptual place a brand wants to own in its target customers’ mind. We focus on connecting brand functions to the needs of customers to maximize customer relevancy and competitive distinctiveness, in order to maximize brand value. We help our clients determine their current position, identify their direct competitors and how these competitors position their brand, identify the uniqueness of our clients, develop a distinct and value-based positioning idea, and craft a brand positioning statement and test its efficacy.
     
  Brand Personality Design. Brand personality is a set of human characteristics that are attributed to a brand name, and customers are more likely to purchase a brand if its personality is similar to their own. We assist our clients in choosing one or more of the five main types of brand personalities with common traits, namely, excitement, sincerity, ruggedness, competence, and sophistication. We then provide suggestions to our clients on how to craft their brand personality and incorporating that brand personality into their products and marketing campaigns.
     
  Digital Solutions. With our expertise in web design, we assist our clients in setting up effective websites that both enhance their brands and cater specifically to target consumers. We also help our clients create video advertisements and promotion videos that enhance their brand image and presence and design and edit our clients’ videos for their corporate needs. For example, we helped plan, shoot, and edit a video for a corporate event of Ab Inbev Sedrin Brewery Co., Ltd.
     
  Advertisement Distribution. We cooperate with third-party advertising companies to distribute advertisements for our clients in multiple cities in the PRC, including Guangzhou, Shenzhen, Kunming, Harbin, Shenyang, Changchun, among others, usually through formats such as bus advertising, in which advertisements are placed on the inside or outside of buses, and television advertising. For bus advertising, we determine the amount of service fees charged to a client based on the size of advertisements, the number of bus lines, the number of buses, and the length of display periods. For television advertising, we determine the amount of service fees charged to a client based on the television channels, the length of advertisements, the position of display, the frequency of display, and the programs before or after the advertisements.

 

Competition

 

The hip-hop industry in China is highly-competitive and rapidly evolving, with many new companies joining the competition in recent years and few nationwide leading companies.

  

  Event Hosting. We compete against other providers of hip-hop events, hosts of concerts, and creators of online hip-hop programs in particular, and providers and hosts of entertainment events in general, such as Beijing Hedgehog Brothers Culture Media Co., Ltd. We compete primarily on the basis of the following factors: (i) quantity and quality of concerts, events, and online programs, (ii) quantity and quality of sponsorship packages to advertisers, (iii) costs of carrying out concerts and events, and (iv) brand recognition.
     
  Event Planning and Execution. We compete against advertising and marketing companies that operate offline events, such as Spearhead Integrated Marketing Communication Group. We compete on the basis of the following factors: (i) types and quality of services provided, (ii) costs of planning and running events, and (iii) brand recognition.
     
  Marketing. We compete against advertising and marketing companies that offer marketing solutions for corporate clients, such as BlueFocus Communication Group Co. Ltd. We compete on the basis of the following factors: (i) types and quality of services provided, (ii) costs of offering marketing services, and (iii) brand recognition.

 

We believe that we are well-positioned to effectively compete in these businesses based on the factors listed above. However, some of our current or future competitors may have longer operating histories, greater brand recognition, or greater financial, technical, or marketing resources than we do. For a discussion of risks relating to competition, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—The markets in which we operate are highly competitive.”

 

Employees

 

We had 41, 37, and 41 full-time employees as of June 30, 2018, 2019, and 2020. The following table sets forth the number of our full-time employees as of June 30, 2020:

  

Function:   Number
Management     3
Sales Center Management     5
Brand Marketing Department     15
Hip-Hop Department     6
Performance Department     4
Support Center     7
Office of the General Manager     1
Total     41

 

81

 

 

We enter into employment contracts with our full-time employees and standalone non-compete agreements with some of our key employees.

 

As required by regulations in China, we participate in various employee social security plans that are organized by municipal and provincial governments for our PRC-based full-time employees, including pension, unemployment insurance, childbirth insurance, work-related injury insurance, medical insurance, and housing insurance. We are required under PRC law to make contributions from time to time to employee benefit plans for our PRC-based full-time employees at specified percentages of the salaries, bonuses, and certain allowances of such employees, up to a maximum amount specified by the local governments in China.

 

We believe that we maintain a good working relationship with our employees, and we have not experienced material labor disputes in the past. None of our employees are represented by labor unions.

 

Facilities

 

Our principal executive offices are located in Xiamen, Fujian, China, where we, through Xiamen Pop Culture, lease offices from an independent third party with an area of approximately 10,763 square feet, with a lease term from May 20, 2020 to August 24, 2023 and a monthly rent of RMB57,200 (approximately $8,540). We are required to notify the landlord at least one month in advance if we would like to renew the lease.

 

Zhongjing Pop leases an office in Guangzhou from an independent third party with an area of approximately 768 square feet, with a lease term of two years from August 1, 2020 to August 1, 2022 and a monthly rent of RMB500 (approximately $74). We are required to notify the landlord at least 15 days in advance if we would like to renew the lease.

 

Pop Network leases an office in Xiamen from an independent third party with an area of approximately 861 square feet, with a lease term of one year from February 25, 2021 to February 24, 2022 and a monthly rent of RMB1,500 (approximately $224).

 

We believe that the offices that we currently lease are adequate to meet our needs for the foreseeable future.

 

Intellectual Property

 

We are the owners of a portfolio of iconic brands in the PRC across a range of hip-hop events and related areas. For instance, we hold the copyrights to the logo “CBC” for a dance competition. We own additional trademarks “Hip Hop Master” (“嘻哈大师”), “Hip-Hop Lion” (“嘻哈大狮”), and their logos related to street dance education. Our trademarks are in the form of plain-text words or design logos. As of January 31, 2021, Xiamen Pop Culture owned 20 trademarks in the PRC:

 

Trademark
Name
  Trademark Type   Registration Date   Expiration Date   Trademark Number
  Type 16   July 28, 2017   July 27, 2027   20288907
                 
  Type 9   July 28, 2017   July 27, 2027   20288996
                 
Hip Hop master   Type 16   July 28, 2017   July 27, 2027   20288977
                 
  Type 9   July 28, 2017   July 27, 2027   20288943

 

82

 

 

 

Trademark
Name
  Trademark Type   Registration Date   Expiration Date   Trademark Number
  Type 41   July 28, 2017   July 27, 2027   20288720
                 
嘻哈大狮   Type 41   July 28, 2017   July 27, 2027   20288632
                 
嘻哈大狮   Type 28   July 28, 2017   July 27, 2027   20288575
                 
嘻哈大师   Type 25   July 28, 2017   July 27, 2027   20289107
                 
嗨趴   Type 41   November 28, 2017   November 27, 2027   21517318
                 
街舞萌主   Type 35, Type 41   January 7, 2019   January 6, 2029   29244158
                 
嘻哈大师   Type 41   January 28, 2019   January 27, 2029   30017730
                 
嘻哈大师   Type 43   January 28, 2019   January 27, 2029   30026755
                 
mini master   Type 35, Type 41   March 28, 2019   March 27, 2029   29246377
                 
POPCITY   Type 41   November 21, 2019   November 20, 2029   37263129
                 
  Type 41   April 21, 2020   April 20, 2030   40851761
                 
  Type 41   May 14, 2020   May 13, 2030   40819073
                 
  Type 41   May 14, 2020   May 13, 2030   40828283
                 
  Type 41   December 7, 2018   December 6, 2028   22977765
                 
  Type 25   August 14, 2020   August 13, 2030   40833575
                 
  Type 25   July 14, 2020   July 13, 2030   40813885

 

83

 

 

Our chief executive officer, Mr. Zhuoqin Huang, has licensed two trademarks, “CBC” and “潮圣,” exclusively to Xiamen Pop Culture for free for a term from January 1, 2020 to December 31, 2029. The licensing contract will be automatically renewed for 10 years unless Mr. Huang and Xiamen Pop Culture terminated the agreement by mutual consent.

 

Xiamen Pop Culture has licensed trademarks, “ ,” “嘻哈大师,” and “嘻哈大狮,” non-exclusively to Xiamen Hip Hop Master Education Services Co., Ltd. for a term from January 1, 2020 to December 31, 2029 for a total consideration of RMB6.6 million, which are to be paid in installments over the 10 years.

 

In addition, as of January 31, 2021, we had registered five domain names relating to our business, namely c-b-c.cn, highpop.cn, hiphopmaster.cn, popinter.cn, and 520pop.com, 20 software copyrights, and 17 literature work copyrights in the PRC.

 

We rely on a combination of copyright and trademark law, and confidentiality agreements with employees to protect our intellectual property rights. In addition, under the employment agreements we enter into with our employees, they acknowledge that the intellectual property made by them in connection with their employment with us are our property. We also regularly monitor any infringement or misappropriation of our intellectual property rights.

 

Insurance

 

We maintain employer’s liability insurance for executive officers and some employees of Xiamen Pop Culture, to protect us from financial loss if a worker has a job-related injury or illness not covered by workers’ compensation. We do not maintain other property insurance, business interruption insurance, or general third-party liability insurance. We believe the insurance coverage we maintain is in line with the industry practice. For risk factors relating to our insurance policies, please see “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business—Our current insurance policies may not provide adequate levels of coverage against all claims and we may incur losses that are not covered by our insurance.”

 

Seasonality

 

Our Event Planning and Execution and Marketing businesses have demonstrated seasonal fluctuations as we typically organize more events between April and June each year due to higher seasonal demand. Our Event Hosting business is not subject to seasonality.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

From time to time, we may become a party to various legal or administrative proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business, including actions with respect to intellectual property infringement, violation of third-party licenses or other rights, breach of contract, and labor and employment claims. We are currently not a party to, and we are not aware of any threat of, any legal or administrative proceedings that, in the opinion of our management, are likely to have any material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flow, or results of operations.

 

84

 

 

REGULATIONS

 

This section sets forth a summary of the principal PRC laws, regulations, and rules relevant to our business and operations in China.

 

Regulation Related to Commercial Performances

 

The Administrative Regulations on Commercial Performances was promulgated by the State Council on August 11, 1997 and most recently amended on February 6, 2016. According to the administrative regulations, to legally engage in commercial performances, a culture and arts performance group shall have full-time performers and equipment in line with its performance business, and file an application with the culture administrative department of the people’s government at the county level for approval. To legally engage in commercial performances, a performance brokerage agency shall have three or more full-time performance brokers and funds for the relevant business, and file an application with the culture administrative department of the people’s government of a province, autonomous region, or municipality directly under the central government. The culture administrative department shall decide whether to approve such an application within 20 days from the date of receipt, and if decides to approve it, will issue a performance permit. Anyone or any entity engaging in commercial performance activities without approval will be ordered to cease action, and a penalty may be imposed. Such a penalty may include confiscation of performance equipment and illegal proceeds, and a fine in the amount of eight to ten times of the illegal proceeds. Where there are no illegal proceeds or the illegal proceeds are less than RMB10,000 (approximately $1,466), a fine in the amount of RMB50,000 (approximately $7,328) to RMB100,000 (approximately $14,655) will be imposed.

 

The administrative regulations set certain content requirements for commercial performances in China. Any commercial performance is prohibited to, among others things, endanger national security, impair national interests, incite ethnic hatred, disturb social order, undermine social morality or national excellent cultural tradition, propagate obscenity, superstition, or violence, insult or defame others, or infringe other lawful rights and interests of other people. Where a commercial performance contains any of the preceding content, the hosting entity shall take immediate measures to prevent such performance and report to governmental authorities. Failure to stop the performance may lead to an imposition of a penalty, which may include warnings and a fine in the amount of RMB50,000 (approximately $7,328) to RMB100,000(approximately $14,655). Failure to stop the performance may lead to an imposition of a penalty on the performance venue operating entity and the host, which may include warnings and a fine in the amount of RMB50,000 (approximately $7,328) to RMB100,000(approximately $14,655). Failure to report to the authorities, the hosting entity may be subject to certain penalties, including warnings, and a fine of RMB5,000 (approximately $733) to RMB10,000 (approximately $1,466).

 

Currently, Xiamen Pop Culture holds a valid Commercial Performance License issued by the Xiamen Bureau of Culture and Tourism.

 

Regulation Related to Production and Operation of Radio and Television Programs

 

On July 19, 2004, the State Administration of Radio, Film and Television (the predecessor of the National Radio and Television Administration) promulgated the Administrative Measures on the Production and Operation of Radio and Television Programs, or the “Radio and Television Program Measures,” which came into effect on August 20, 2004 and was amended on August 28, 2015. The Radio and Television Program Measures provide that any business that produces or operates radio or television programs must first obtain a Radio and Television Program Production and Operation Permit. Entities holding such permits shall conduct their business within the permitted scope as provided in their permits. In addition, foreign-invested enterprises are not allowed to engage in the above-mentioned services.

 

The Radio and Television Program Measures also provide that production and operation of radio and television programs shall comply with laws, regulations, and related policies. The content of radio and television programs cannot oppose basic principles established by the PRC Constitution, endanger national unity, sovereign, and territorial integrity, impair national interests, incite ethnic hatred, propagate cults and superstition, disturb social order, spread obscenity, gambling, or violence, insult or defame others, infringe other lawful rights and interests of other people, or undermine social morality or national excellent cultural tradition. In addition, to distribute and broadcast TV series, cartoons, and other radio and television programs, a corresponding distribution license is required. Any violation of content requirements as required by the Radio and Television Program Measures may subject the entity to penalties, including orders to cease production, broadcasting, fines, and, in certain circumstances, revocation of permits.

 

85

 

 

Since Xiamen Pop Culture is not a foreign-invested company, it is allowed to produce or operate radio or television programs. To comply with the relevant laws and regulations, Xiamen Pop Culture has obtained a Radio and Television Program Production and Operation Permit, which covers the production and publication of radio and television programs (excluding current political news category or special columns) and such permit is effective until April 20, 2022.

 

Regulations Related to Security Administration of Large-Scale Public Activities

 

Pursuant to Regulations on Security Administration of Large-Scale Public Activities, which were promulgated on September 14, 2007 and became effective on October 1, 2007, large-scale mass activities refer to activities such as sports competitions, concerts, and other performance activities that legal persons and other organizations hold for the public with 1,000 or more expected participants. The organizer of a large-scale mass activity shall be responsible for such activity’s security, with the principal of the organizer serving as the person in charge of the security. The public security bureau of the people’s government at the county level is responsible for security management of large-scale mass activities. Other related competent authorities of the people’s government at the county level are responsible for the relevant security work for large-scale mass activities according to their respective functions and duties.

 

The public security bureau grants safety permit on large-scale mass activities. The organizer shall apply for a security permit 20 days before the activity is held. If a large-scale mass activity is expected to have more than 1,000 but less than 5,000 participants, the safety permit shall be granted by the county level public security authorities, and if more than 5,000 participants, by the municipal level public security authorities. If a large-scale mass activity is held in multiple provinces, autonomous regions, or municipalities, the security permit shall be granted by the public security department of the State Council. Where any large-scale mass activity is held without a security permit granted by public security authorities, the activity shall be banned by the public security authorities and a fine in the amount of RMB100,000 (approximately $14,655) to RMB300,000 (approximately $43,966) shall be imposed on the organizer.

 

86

 

 

Regulations on Advertising Business

 

The State Administration for Market Regulation (formerly known as the State Administration of Industry and Commerce, the “SAMR”) is the primary governmental authority regulating advertising activities in China. Regulations that apply to advertising business primarily include: (i) Advertisement Law of the PRC, promulgated by the Standing Committee of the National People’s Congress, or the “SCNPC,” on October 27, 1994 and most recently amended on October 26, 2018; and (ii) the Administrative Regulations for Advertising, promulgated by the State Council on October 26, 1987 and which has been effective since December 1, 1987.

 

According to the above regulations, companies that engage in advertising activities must obtain, from the SAMR or its local branches, a business license, which specifically includes operating an advertising business in its business scope. Enterprises engaged in the advertising business with such advertising business in their business scope do not need to apply for an advertising operation license, but such enterprises cannot be a radio station, a television station, a newspaper and magazine publishing house, or any entity otherwise specified in the relevant laws or administrative regulations. The business license of an advertising company is valid for the duration of its existence, unless the license is suspended or revoked due to a violation of any relevant laws and regulations.

 

PRC advertising laws and regulations set certain content requirements for advertisements in China, including, among other things, prohibitions on false or misleading content, superlative wording, socially destabilizing content, or content involving obscenities, superstition, violence, discrimination, or infringement of public interest. Advertisements for anesthetic, psychotropic, toxic, or radioactive drugs are prohibited, and the dissemination of advertisements of certain other products, such as tobacco, patented products, pharmaceuticals, medical instruments, agrochemicals, foodstuff, alcohol, and cosmetics, are also subject to specific restrictions and requirements.

 

Advertisers, advertising agencies, and advertising distributors are required to ensure that the content of the advertisements they prepare or distribute is true and in complete compliance with applicable laws. When providing advertising services, advertising operators and advertising distributors must review the supporting documents provided by advertisers for advertisements and verify that the content of the advertisements complies with applicable PRC laws and regulations. Prior to distributing advertisements that are subject to government censorship and approval, advertising distributors are obligated to confirm that such censorship has been performed and approval has been obtained. Violation of these regulations may result in penalties, including fines, confiscation of advertising income, orders to cease dissemination of the advertisements, and orders to publish an advertisement correcting the misleading information. Where serious violations occur, the SAMR or its local branches may revoke the offenders’ licenses or permits for their advertising business operations. See “Risk Factors—Risk Related to Our Business—Advertisements shown during our events may subject us to penalties and other administrative actions.”

 

On July 4, 2016, the State Administration for Industry and Commerce, or the “SAIC,” issued the Interim Measures for the Administration of Internet Advertising, or the “Internet Advertising Measures,” which became effective on September 1, 2016. According to the Internet Advertising Measures, Internet advertising refers to the commercial advertising for direct or indirect marketing goods or services in the form of text, image, audio, video, or others means through websites, webpages, Internet applications, or other Internet media. The Internet Advertising Measures specifically sets out the following requirements: (a) advertising operators and advertising distributors shall examine relevant supporting documents and verify the content of the advertisements; they shall not design, produce, act as agents, or publish those advertisements with content which is inconsistent with the supporting documents or the supporting documents are incomplete; (b) advertisements must be identifiable and marked with the word “advertisement” enabling consumers to distinguish them from non-advertisement information; sponsored search results must be clearly distinguished from organic search results; and (c) it is forbidden to send advertisements or advertisement links by email without the recipient’s permission or induce Internet users to click on an advertisement in a deceptive manner. Violation of the Internet Advertising Measures may result in certain penalties, including mandatory corrective measures and fines.

 

Regulations Related to Foreign Investment

 

Companies established and operating in the PRC are subject to the Company Law of the PRC, or the “PRC Company Law,” which was promulgated on December 29, 1993 and newly amended on October 26, 2018. The PRC Company Law provides general regulations for companies established and operating in the PRC, including foreign-invested enterprises.

 

On March 15, 2019, the National People’s Congress promulgated the Foreign Investment Law, which came into effect on January 1, 2020 and replaced the trio of existing laws regulating foreign investment in China, the Sino-foreign Equity Joint Venture Enterprise Law, the Sino-foreign Cooperative Joint Venture Enterprise Law, and the Wholly Foreign-invested Enterprise Law, together with their implementation rules and ancillary regulations. The existing foreign-invested enterprises established prior to the effective date of the Foreign Investment Law may keep their corporate forms, among other things, within five years after January 1, 2020. Pursuant to the Foreign Investment Law, “foreign investors” means natural persons, enterprises, or other organizations of foreign countries; “foreign-invested enterprises” means any enterprise established under PRC laws that is wholly or partially invested by foreign investors; “foreign investment” means any foreign investor’s direct or indirect investment in mainland China, including: (i) establishing foreign-invested enterprises in mainland China either individually or jointly with other investors; (ii) obtaining stock shares, stock equity, property shares, or other similar interests in Chinese domestic enterprises; (iii) investing in new projects in mainland China either individually or collectively with other investors; and (iv) making investment through other means provided by laws, administrative regulations, or State Council provisions.

 

87

 

 

The Foreign Investment Law stipulates that China implements the management system of pre-establishment national treatment plus a negative list. The system of pre-establishment national treatment requires treatment given to foreign investors and their investments during the market access stage shall not be inferior to treatment afforded to PRC domestic investors and their investments except where a foreign investment falls into the negative list. Foreign investors are forbidden from investing in prohibited industries on the negative list and must comply with the specific requirements when investing in restricted industries on the list.

 

In addition, the Foreign Investment Law provides several protective rules and principles for foreign investors and their investments in the PRC, including, among others, that local government shall abide by their policy commitments to the foreign investors and perform all contracts entered into in accordance with the law; the government generally does not expropriate foreign investments, except under special circumstances, in which case statutory procedures shall be followed and fair and reasonable compensation shall be made in a timely manner; and mandatory technology transfer is prohibited.

 

However, there are uncertainties about issues and matters involving details of governmental administration, for detailed discussion of the risk related to the Foreign Investment Law, see “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Doing Business in the PRC—There are uncertainties under the Foreign Investment Law relating to the status of businesses in China controlled by foreign invested projects primarily through contractual arrangements, such as our business.”

 

Regulations Related to Foreign Investment Restrictions

 

Investment activities in the PRC by foreign investors are principally governed by the Guidance Catalogue of Industries for Foreign Investment, or the “Guidance Catalog,” which was promulgated and is amended from time to time by MOFCOM and the NDRC. The Guidance Catalog lays out the basic framework for foreign investment in China, classifying businesses into three categories with regard to foreign investment: “encourage,” “restricted,” and “prohibited.” The latter two categories are included in a negative list, which was first introduced into the Guidance Catalog in 2017 and specified the restrictive measures for the entry of foreign investment. In June 2018, MOFCOM and the NDRC promulgated the Special Administrative Measures (Negative List) for the Access of Foreign Investment, or the “2018 Negative List,” which amended the Guidance Catalog in 2017. On June 30, 2019, MOFCOM and the NDRC jointly promulgated the 2019 Negative List, which became effective and replaced the 2018 Negative List in July 2019. On June 23, 2020, MOFCOM and the NDRC jointly published the 2020 Negative List, which became effective on July 23, 2020 and replaced the 2019 Negative List. Foreign investments are permitted in industries not listed in the Guidance Catalog or the Special Administrative Measures. Some restricted industries are limited to equity or contractual joint ventures, while in some cases Chinese partners are required to hold the majority interests in such joint ventures. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in industries in the prohibited category.

 

We engage in radio and television program production and distribution business, which falls in the prohibited category under the Special Administrative Measures. To comply with PRC laws and regulations, we rely on contractual arrangements with our VIE to operate such business in China. However, there remain uncertainties with respect to the interpretation and application of existing or future PRC laws and regulations on foreign investment. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Doing Business in the PRC—There are uncertainties under the Foreign Investment Law relating to the status of businesses in China controlled by foreign invested projects primarily through contractual arrangements, such as our business.”

 

Regulations Related to Intellectual Property Rights

 

Copyright

 

The PRC Copyright Law, or the “Copyright Law,” which became effective on June 1, 1991 and was amended in 2001 and 2010, and the implementing regulations of which were adopted in 2002 and amended in 2011 and 2013, provide that Chinese citizens, legal persons, or other organizations will, whether published or not, enjoy copyright in their copyrightable works, which include, among others, works of literature, art, natural science, social science, engineering technology, and computer software. Copyright owners enjoy certain legal rights, including right of publication, right of authorship, and right of reproduction. The Copyright Law extends copyright protection to Internet activities, products disseminated over the Internet, and software products. In addition, the Copyright Law provides for a voluntary registration system administered by the China Copyright Protection Center, or the “CPCC.” According to the Copyright Law, an infringer of copyrights shall be subject to various civil liabilities, which include ceasing infringement activities, apologizing to the copyright owners, and compensating the loss of copyright owners. Infringers of copyrights may also be subject to fines and/or administrative or criminal liabilities in severe situations.

 

Pursuant to the Computer Software Copyright Protection Regulations promulgated by the State Council in 1991 and amended in 2001, 2011, and 2013, Chinese citizens, legal persons, and other organizations shall enjoy copyright on software they develop, regardless of whether the software is released publicly. Software copyright commences from the date on which the development of the software is completed. The protection period for software copyright of a legal person or other organizations shall be 50 years, concluding on December 31 of the 50th year after the software’s initial release. The software copyright owner may go through the registration formalities with a software registration authority recognized by the State Council’s copyright administrative department. The software copyright owner may authorize others to exercise that copyright, and is entitled to receive remuneration.

 

As of January 31, 2021, we had registered 37 copyrights in the PRC.

 

88

 

 

Trademark

 

Trademarks are protected by the Trademark Law of the PRC, which was adopted in 1982 and subsequently amended in 1993, 2001, 2013, and 2019, and by the Implementation Regulations of the PRC Trademark Law adopted by the State Council in 2002 and most recently amended on April 29, 2014. The Trademark Office of National Intellectual Property Administration, or the “Trademark Office,” under the SAIC handles trademark registrations. The Trademark Office grants a 10-year term to registered trademarks and the term may be renewed for another 10-year period upon request by the trademark owner. A trademark registrant may license its registered trademarks to another party by entering into trademark license agreements, which must be filed with the Trademark Office for its record. The Trademark Law has adopted a first-to-file principle with respect to trademark registration. If a trademark applied for is identical or similar to another trademark which has already been registered or subject to a preliminary examination and approval for use on the same or similar kinds of products or services, such trademark application may be rejected. Any person applying for the registration of a trademark may not injure existing trademark rights first obtained by others, nor may any person register in advance a trademark that has already been used by another party and has already gained a “sufficient degree of reputation” through such party’s use.

 

As of January 31, 2021, we had registered 20 trademarks in the PRC.

 

Domain name

 

The domain names are protected under the Administrative Measures on the Internet Domain Names promulgated by the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology, or the “MIIT,” effective in November 2017. The MIIT is the major regulatory body responsible for the administration of the PRC Internet domain names. China Internet Network Information Center, or “CNNIC,” is responsible for the daily administration of CN domain names and PRC domain names under the supervision of MITT. CNNIC promulgated the Implementation Rules of Registration of Country Code Top-Level Domain Name, or the “CNNIC Rules,” effective in June, 2019. Pursuant to the Administrative Measures on the Internet Domain Names and the CNNIC Rules, the registration of domain names adopts a first-to-file principle and the registrant shall complete the registration via the domain name registration service institutions. In the event of a domain name dispute, the disputed parties may lodge a complaint to the designated domain name dispute resolution institution to trigger the domain name dispute resolution procedure in accordance with the CNNIC Measures on Resolution of the Domain Name Disputes, file a suit to the People’s Court, or initiate an arbitration procedure.

 

As of January 31, 2021, we were the registered holder of five domain names in the PRC.

 

Regulations Related to Foreign Exchange

 

The principal regulations governing foreign currency exchange in China are the Foreign Exchange Administration Regulations, promulgated by the State Council in 1996 and most recently amended in 2008. Under the PRC foreign exchange regulations, payments of current account items, such as profit distributions and trade and service-related foreign exchange transactions, can be made in foreign currencies without prior approval from SAFE by complying with certain procedural requirements. By contrast, approval from or registration with appropriate governmental authorities is required where RMB is to be converted into foreign currency and remitted out of China to pay capital expenses such as the repayment of foreign currency-denominated loans.

 

In November 2012, SAFE promulgated the Circular of Further Improving and Adjusting Foreign Exchange Administration Policies on Foreign Direct Investment (“SAFE Circular 59”), which was most recently amended in 2015 to substantially amend and simplify the current foreign exchange procedures. Pursuant to SAFE Circular 59, the opening of various special purpose foreign exchange accounts, such as pre-establishment expenses accounts, foreign exchange capital accounts, and guarantee accounts, the reinvestment of RMB proceeds derived by foreign investors in China, and remittance of foreign exchange profits and dividends by a foreign-invested enterprise to its foreign shareholders no longer require the approval or verification of SAFE, and multiple capital accounts for the same entity may be opened in different provinces, which was not possible previously.

 

In February 2015, SAFE promulgated the Notice on Further Simplifying and Improving the Administration of the Foreign Exchange Concerning Direct Investment (“SAFE Circular 13”), pursuant to which, instead of applying for approval from SAFE regarding foreign exchange registrations of foreign direct investment and overseas direct investment, entities and individuals may apply for such foreign exchange registrations from qualified banks. The qualified banks, under the supervision of SAFE, may directly review the applications and conduct the registration.

 

89

 

 

In March 2015, SAFE issued SAFE Circular 19. Pursuant to SAFE Circular 19, a foreign-invested enterprise may, according to its actual business needs, settle with a bank the portion of the foreign exchange capital in its capital account for which the relevant foreign exchange administration has confirmed monetary capital contribution rights and interests (or for which the bank has registered the injection of the monetary capital contribution into the account). In addition, for the time being, foreign-invested enterprises are allowed to settle 100% of their foreign exchange capital on a discretionary basis. A foreign-invested enterprise shall truthfully use its capital for its own operational purposes within its scope of business. Where an ordinary foreign-invested enterprise makes domestic equity investment with the amount of foreign exchanges settled, the invested enterprise must first go through domestic re-investment registration and open a corresponding account for foreign exchange settlement pending payment with the foreign exchange administration or the bank at the place where it is registered.

 

In June 2016, SAFE promulgated SAFE Circular 16, pursuant to which, in addition to foreign currency capital, enterprises registered in China may also convert their foreign debts, as well as repatriated fund raised through overseas listing, from foreign currency to RMB on a discretional basis. SAFE Circular 16 also reiterates that the use of capital so converted shall follow “the principle of authenticity and self-use” within the business scope of the enterprise. According to SAFE Circular 16, the RMB funds so converted shall not be used for the purposes of, whether directly or indirectly, (i) paying expenditures beyond the business scope of the enterprises or prohibited by laws and regulations; (ii) making securities investment or other investments (except for banks’ principal-secured products); (iii) granting loans to non-affiliated enterprises, except as expressly permitted in the business license; and (iv) purchasing non-self-used real estate (except for the foreign-invested real estate enterprises).

 

In January 2017, SAFE promulgated SAFE Circular 3, which stipulates several capital control measures with respect to the outbound remittance of profit from domestic entities to offshore entities, including (i) under the principle of genuine transaction, banks shall check board resolutions regarding profit distribution, the original version of tax filing records, and audited financial statements; and (ii) domestic entities shall hold income to account for previous years’ losses before remitting the profits. Further, pursuant to SAFE Circular 3, domestic entities shall make detailed explanations of the sources of capital and utilization arrangements, and provide board resolutions, contracts and other proof when completing the registration procedures in connection with an outbound investment.

 

Regulations Related to Dividend Distribution

 

The principal regulations governing the distribution of dividends paid by WFOEs include the PRC Company Law. Under the PRC Company Law, WFOEs in China may pay dividends only out of their accumulated profits, if any, as determined in accordance with the PRC accounting standards and regulations. In addition, a WFOE in China is required to set aside at least 10% of its after-tax profits based on PRC accounting standards each year to its general reserves until its cumulative total reserve funds reaches 50% of its registered capital. These reserve funds, however, may not be distributed as cash dividends.

 

Regulations Related to Foreign Exchange Registration of Offshore Investment by PRC Residents

 

In July 2014, SAFE issued SAFE Circular 37, which regulates foreign exchange matters in relation to the use of SPVs by PRC residents or entities to seek offshore investment and financing or conduct round trip investment in China. Under SAFE Circular 37, an SPV refers to an offshore entity established or controlled, directly or indirectly, by PRC residents or entities for the purpose of seeking offshore financing or making offshore investment, using legitimate domestic or offshore assets or interests, while “round trip investment” refers to the direct investment in China by PRC residents or entities through SPVs, namely, establishing foreign-invested enterprises (namely, Heliheng) to obtain the ownership, control rights, and management rights of Xiamen Pop Culture. Circular 37 requires that, before making contributions to an SPV, PRC residents or entities are required to complete foreign exchange registration with SAFE or its local branch.

 

In February 2015, SAFE promulgated SAFE Notice 13. SAFE Notice 13 has amended SAFE Circular 37 by requiring PRC residents or entities to register with qualified banks instead of SAFE or its local branch in connection with their establishment of an SPV.

 

90

 

 

In addition, pursuant to SAFE Circular 37, an amendment to registration or subsequent filing with qualified banks by such PRC resident is also required if there is a material change with respect to the capital of the offshore company, such as any change of basic information (including change of such PRC residents, change of name, and operation term of the SPV), increases or decreases in investment amount, transfers or exchanges of shares, or mergers or divisions. Failure to comply with these registration requirements as set forth in SAFE Circular 37 and SAFE Notice 13, and misrepresentation on or failure to disclose controllers of foreign-invested enterprises that are established by round-trip investment may result in bans on the foreign exchange activities of the relevant onshore company, including the payment of dividends and other distributions to its offshore parent or affiliates, and may also subject relevant PRC residents to penalties under the Foreign Exchange Administration Regulations of the PRC.

 

As of the date of this prospectus, all but one of the Xiamen Pop Culture Shareholders who are subject to the SAFE Circular 37 have completed the initial registrations with the qualified banks as required by SAFE Circular 37, and the one remaining shareholder, who holds 4.42% of the shares of Xiamen Pop Culture, is in the process of applying for the registration. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Doing Business in the PRC—PRC regulations relating to offshore investment activities by PRC residents may subject our PRC resident beneficial owners or our PRC subsidiary to liability or penalties, limit our ability to inject capital into our PRC subsidiary, limit our PRC subsidiary’s ability to increase its registered capital or distribute profits to us, or may otherwise adversely affect us.”

 

Regulations Related to Foreign Debt

 

As an offshore holding company, we may make additional capital contributions to Heliheng subject to approval from the local department of commerce and SAFE, with no limitation on the amount of capital contributions. We may also make loans to Heliheng subject to the approval from SAFE or its local office and the limitation on the amount of loans.

 

Heliheng is subject to the relevant PRC laws and regulation relating to foreign debts. On January 8, 2003, the NDRC, SAFE, and Ministry of Finance, or “MOF,” jointly promulgated the Circular on the Interim Provisions on the Management of Foreign Debts, or the “Foreign Debts Provisions,” which became effective on March 1, 2003, and was partially abolished on May 10, 2015. Pursuant to the Foreign Debts Provisions, the total amount of foreign loans received by a foreign-invested enterprise shall not exceed the difference between the total investment in projects as approved by MOFCOM or its local counterpart and the amount of registered capital of such foreign-invested enterprise. In addition, on January 12, 2017, the PBOC issued the PBOC Circular 9, which sets out the statutory upper limit on the foreign debts for PRC non-financial entities, including both foreign-invested enterprises and domestic-invested enterprises. Pursuant to the PBOC Circular 9, the foreign debt upper limit for both foreign-invested enterprises and domestic-invested enterprises is calculated as twice the net assets of such enterprises, and the macro-prudential adjustment parameter is 1. As to net assets, the enterprises shall take the net assets value stated in their latest audited financial statements. On March 11, 2020, the PBOC and SAFE promulgated the Circular of the People’s Bank of China and the State Administration of Foreign Exchange on Adjusting the Macro-prudential Regulation Parameter for Full-covered Cross-border Financing, which provides that based on the current macro economy and international balance of payments, the macro-prudential regulation parameter as set forth in the PBOC Circular 9 is updated from 1 to 1.25.

 

The PBOC Circular 9 does not supersede the Foreign Debts Provisions, but rather serve as a supplement to it. It provides a one-year transitional period from January 11, 2017 for foreign-invested enterprises, during which foreign-invested enterprises, such as Heliheng, could adopt their calculation method of foreign debt upper limit based on either the Foreign Debts Provisions or the PBOC Circular 9. The transitional period ended on January 11, 2018. Upon its expiry, pursuant to the PBOC Circular 9, the PBOC and SAFE shall re-evaluate the calculation method for foreign-invested enterprises and determine what the applicable calculation method should be. As of the date of this prospectus, neither the PBOC nor SAFE has promulgated and made public any further rules, regulations, notices, or circulars in this regard.

 

See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Doing Business in the PRC—PRC regulation of parent/subsidiary loans and direct investment by offshore holding companies to PRC entities may delay or prevent us from using the proceeds of this offering to make loans or additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiary and to make loans to Xiamen Pop Culture, which could materially and adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business.”

 

91

 

 

Regulations Related to Tax

 

Enterprise Income Tax

 

On March 16, 2007, the SCNPC promulgated the EIT Law, which was recently amended on December 29, 2018, and on December 6, 2007, the State Council enacted the Regulations for the Implementation of the Law on Enterprise Income Tax. Under the EIT Law and relevant implementing regulations, both resident enterprises and non-resident enterprises are subject to tax in the PRC. Resident enterprises are defined as enterprises that are established in China in accordance with PRC laws, or that are established in accordance with the laws of foreign countries but are actually or in effect controlled from within the PRC. Non-resident enterprises are defined as enterprises that are organized under the laws of foreign countries and whose actual management is conducted outside the PRC, but have established institutions or premises in the PRC, or have no such established institutions or premises but have income generated from inside the PRC. Under the EIT Law and relevant implementing regulations, a uniform enterprise income tax rate of 25% is applied to these enterprises. If non-resident enterprises have not formed permanent establishments or premises in the PRC, or if they have formed permanent establishment or premises in the PRC but there is no actual relationship between the relevant income derived in the PRC and the established institutions or premises set up by them, however, enterprise income tax is set at the rate of 10% with respect to their income generated from inside the PRC. According to the Notice of the Ministry of Finance and the State Administration of Taxation on Implementing the Inclusive Tax Deduction and Exemption Policies for Small and Micro-Sized Enterprises, or “MOF and SAT Notice 13,” from January 1, 2019 to December 31, 2021, an enterprise qualifies as a small-scale and low-profit enterprise if it does not conduct business in a restricted or prohibited industry and it meets the following conditions: 1) having no more than RMB3,000,000 (approximately $439,800) in annual taxable income; 2) having no more than 300 employees; and 3) having no more than RMB50,000,000 (approximately $7,330,000) in total assets. MOF and SAT Notice 13 also provides an enterprise income tax rate of 5% on a small-scale and low-profit enterprise’s annual taxable income that is less than RMB1,000,000 (approximately $146,600) and an enterprise income tax rate of 10% on the enterprise’s annual taxable income more than RMB1,000,000 (approximately $146,600) but less than RMB3,000,000 (approximately $439,800). All of our PRC Affiliated Entities were subject to enterprise income tax at the rate of 25% as of June 30, 2020, except that Shanghai Pudu, Zhongjing Pop, Pop Network, and Shenzhen Pop were subject to preferential tax rates because they were recognized as small-scale and low-profit enterprises.

 

Value-Added Tax (“VAT”)

 

The Provisional Regulations of the PRC on Value-added Tax were promulgated by the State Council on December 13, 1993, and were most recently amended on November 19, 2017. The Detailed Rules for the Implementation of the Provisional Regulations of the PRC on Value-added Tax (Revised in 2011) were promulgated by MOF on December 25, 1993, and were recently amended on October 28, 2011 (together with the VAT Regulations, the “VAT Law”). On April 4, 2018, MOF and SAT jointly promulgated the Circular on Adjustment of Value-Added Tax Rates, or “MOF and SAT Circular 32.” On March 20, 2019, MOF, SAT, and General Administration of Customs, or “GAC,” jointly issued a Circular on Relevant Polices for Deepening Value-added Tax Reform, or “MOF, SAT and GAC Circular 39,” which became effective on April 1, 2019. According to the abovementioned laws and circulars, all enterprises and individuals engaged in the sale of goods, the provision of processing, repair and replacement services, sales of services, intangible assets, real property, and the importation of goods within the territory of the PRC are taxpayers of VAT. The VAT rates generally applicable are simplified as 13%, 9%, 6%, and 0%, and the VAT rate applicable to the small-scale taxpayers is 3%. All of our PRC Affiliated Entities, except Shenzen Pop, were subject to VAT at the rate of 6% for services provided as of June 30, 2020; Shenzhen Pop was subject to the VAT rate of 3% because of its small-scale taxpayer status.

 

Withholding Tax

 

The Enterprise Income Tax Law provides that, beginning from January 1, 2008, an income tax rate of 10% will normally be applicable to dividends declared to non-PRC resident investors which do not have an establishment or place of business in the PRC, or which have such establishment or place of business but the relevant income is not effectively connected with the establishment or place of business, to the extent such dividends are derived from sources within the PRC.

 

Pursuant to the Double Tax Avoidance Arrangement and other applicable PRC laws, if a Hong Kong resident enterprise is determined by the competent PRC tax authority to have satisfied the relevant conditions and requirements under such Double Tax Avoidance Arrangement and other applicable laws, the 10% withholding tax on the dividends the Hong Kong resident enterprise receives from a PRC resident enterprise may be reduced to 5%. Based on the SAT Circular 81 issued on February 20, 2009 by the SAT, however, if the relevant PRC tax authorities determine, in their discretion, that a company benefits from such reduced income tax rate due to a structure or arrangement that is primarily tax-driven, such PRC tax authorities may adjust the preferential tax treatment. According to the Circular on Several Questions regarding the “Beneficial Owner” in Tax Treaties, which was issued on February 3, 2018 by the SAT and took effect on April 1, 2018, when determining the applicant’s status of the “beneficial owner” regarding tax treatments in connection with dividends, interests, or royalties in the tax treaties, several factors, including without limitation, whether the applicant is obligated to pay more than 50% of his or her income in 12 months to residents in third country or region, whether the business operated by the applicant constitutes the actual business activities, and whether the counterparty country or region to the tax treaties does not levy any tax or grant tax exemption on relevant incomes or levy tax at an extremely low rate, will be taken into account, and it will be analyzed according to the actual circumstances of the specific cases. This circular further provides that an applicant who intends to prove his or her status of the “beneficial owner” shall submit the relevant documents to the relevant tax bureau according to the Announcement on Issuing the Measures for the Administration of Non-Resident Taxpayers’ Enjoyment of the Treatment under Tax Agreements.

 

92

 

  

Tax on Indirect Transfer

 

On February 3, 2015, the SAT issued SAT Circular 7. Pursuant to SAT Circular 7, an “indirect transfer” of assets, including equity interests in a PRC resident enterprise, by non-PRC resident enterprises, may be reclassified and treated as a direct transfer of PRC taxable assets, if such arrangement does not have a reasonable commercial purpose and was established for the purpose of avoiding payment of PRC enterprise income tax. As a result, gains derived from such indirect transfer may be subject to PRC enterprise income tax. When determining whether there is a “reasonable commercial purpose” of the transaction arrangement, features to be taken into consideration include, inter alia, whether the main value of the equity interest of the relevant offshore enterprise derives directly or indirectly from PRC taxable assets; whether the assets of the relevant offshore enterprise mainly consist of direct or indirect investment in China or if its income is mainly derived from China; and whether the offshore enterprise and its subsidiaries directly or indirectly holding PRC taxable assets have real commercial nature which is evidenced by their actual function and risk exposure. According to SAT Circular 7, where the transferee fails to withhold any or sufficient tax, the transferor shall declare and pay such tax to the tax authority by itself within the statutory time limit. Late payment of applicable tax will subject the transferor to default interest. SAT Circular 7 does not apply to transactions of sale of shares by investors through a public stock exchange where such shares were acquired on a public stock exchange. On October 17, 2017, the SAT issued SAT Circular 37, which further elaborates the relevant implemental rules regarding the calculation, reporting, and payment obligations of the withholding tax by the non-resident enterprises. Nonetheless, there remain uncertainties as to the interpretation and application of SAT Circular 7. SAT Circular 7 may be determined by the tax authorities to be applicable to our offshore transactions or sale of our shares or those of our offshore subsidiaries where non-resident enterprises, being the transferors, were involved. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Doing Business in the PRC—We face uncertainty with respect to indirect transfers of equity interests in PRC resident enterprises by their non-PRC holding companies.”

 

Regulations Related to Employment and Social Welfare

 

Employment

 

The Labor Law of the PRC, which was promulgated on July 5, 1994, effective since January 1, 1995, and most recently amended on December 29, 2018, the Labor Contract Law of the PRC, which was promulgated on June 29, 2007, and amended on December 28, 2012, and the Implementation Regulations of the Labor Contract Law of the PRC, which was promulgated on September 18, 2008, are the principal regulations that govern employment and labor matters in the PRC. Under the above regulations, labor contracts shall be concluded in writing if labor relationships are to be or have been established between employers and the employees. Employers are prohibited from forcing employees to work above certain time limit and employers shall pay employees for overtime work in accordance to national regulations. In addition, wages may not be lower than the local minimum wage. Employers must establish a system for labor safety and sanitation, strictly abide by state standards, and provide relevant education to its employees. Employees are also required to work in safe and sanitary conditions.

 

Social Insurance and Housing Fund

 

Under the Social Insurance Law of the PRC that was promulgated by the SCNPC on October 28, 2010 and came into force as of July 1, 2011, and most recently amended on December 29, 2018, together with other laws and regulations, employers are required to pay basic pension insurance, unemployment insurance, basic medical insurance, employment injury insurance, maternity insurance, and other social insurance for its employees at specified percentages of the salaries of the employees, up to a maximum amount specified by the local government regulations from time to time. On July 20, 2018, the General Office of the State Council issued the Plan for Reforming the State and Local Tax Collection and Administration Systems, which stipulated that the SAT will become solely responsible for collecting social insurance premiums. When an employer fails to fully pay social insurance premiums, relevant social insurance collection agency shall order it to make up for any shortfall within a prescribed time limit, and may impose a late payment fee at the rate of 0.05% per day of the outstanding amount from the due date. If such employer still fails to make up for the shortfalls within the prescribed time limit, the relevant administrative authorities shall impose a fine of one to three times the outstanding amount upon such employer.

 

93

 

 

In accordance with the Regulations on the Management of Housing Fund which was promulgated by the State Council in 1999 and recently amended in 2019, employers must register at the designated administrative centers and open bank accounts for depositing employees’ housing funds. Employer and employee are also required to pay and deposit housing funds, with an amount no less than 5% of the monthly average salary of the employee in the preceding year in full and on time.

 

As of the date of this prospectus, our PRC Affiliated Entities have not made adequate social insurance and housing fund contributions for all employees. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Doing Business in the PRC—Our PRC Affiliated Entities have not made adequate social insurance and housing fund contributions for all employees as required by PRC regulations, which may subject us to penalties.”

 

Regulations Related to Mergers and Acquisitions and Overseas Listings

 

On August 8, 2006, six PRC governmental and regulatory agencies, including MOFCOM and the CSRC, promulgated the M&A Rules governing the mergers and acquisitions of domestic enterprises by foreign investors, which became effective on September 8, 2006 and was amended on June 22, 2009. The M&A Rules, among other things, require that offshore SPVs that are controlled by PRC companies or individuals and that have been formed for overseas listing purposes through acquisitions of PRC domestic interest held by such PRC companies or individuals, to obtain the approval of the CSRC prior to publicly listing their securities on an overseas stock exchange.

 

Our PRC counsel, GFE, has advised us that, based on its understanding of current PRC laws, rules, and regulations, and the M&A Rules, the CSRC approval is not required in the context of this offering because: (i) our PRC subsidiary was established by means of direct investment rather than by a merger with or an acquisition of any PRC domestic companies as defined under the M&A Rules, and was not a PRC domestic company as defined under the M&A Rules, and (ii) no explicit provision in the M&A Rules classifies the respective contractual arrangements among our PRC subsidiary, our consolidated VIE and its shareholders as a type of acquisition transaction falling under the M&A Rules. Notwithstanding the above opinion, our PRC counsel has further advised us that uncertainties still exist as to how the M&A Rules will be interpreted and implemented and its opinions summarized above are subject to any new laws, rules, and regulations or detailed implementations and interpretations in any form relating to the M&A Rules. If the CSRC or other PRC regulatory agencies subsequently determine that prior CSRC approval was required, we may face regulatory actions or other sanctions from the CSRC or other PRC regulatory agencies. See “Risk Factors— Risks Relating to Doing Business in the PRC—The approval of the China Securities Regulatory Commission, or the ‘CSRC,’ may be required in connection with this offering under a regulation adopted in August 2006, and, if required, we cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain such approval, in which case we may face sanctions by the CSRC or other PRC regulatory agencies for failure to seek the CSRC approval for this offering.”

 

94

 

 

MANAGEMENT

 

Set forth below is information concerning our directors, director appointees, and executive officers.

 

The following individuals are our executive management and members of the board of directors.

 

Name   Age   Position(s)
Zhuoqin Huang   42   Chief Executive Officer, Director, and Chairman of the Board of Directors
Weiyi Lin   43   Vice President and Director Appointee*
Rongdi Zhang   43   Chief Financial Officer and Vice President
Christopher Kohler   40   Independent Director Appointee*
Douglas Menelly   45   Independent Director Appointee*
Xiaolin Hu   60   Independent Director Appointee*

 

* Weiyi Lin, Christopher Kohler, Douglas Menelly, and Xiaolin Hu have accepted appointments to be our directors, effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of our registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

 

The following is a brief biography of each of our executive officers, directors, and director appointees:

 

Mr. Zhuoqin Huang has been our chief executive officer and chairman of the board of directors since May 6, 2020 and director since January 3, 2020. Mr. Huang has served as the chairman of Xiamen Pop Culture since May 2016 and its chief executive officer since August 2008. From March 2005 to August 2008, Mr. Huang served as the chief executive officer of Fujian Zhongtian Chuanxun Advertising Co., Ltd. Xiamen Branch Office, an advertising company. From August 2002 to March 2005, Mr. Huang worked as a brand manager of Swire Coca-Cola Beverages Xiamen Ltd., a manufacturer of non-alcohol beverages. Mr. Huang received his bachelor’s degree in Tourism Economic Management from Huaqiao University in 2002.

 

Mr. Weiyi Lin has been our vice president since May 6, 2020 and will serve as our director starting immediately prior to the effectiveness of our registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. Mr. Lin has served as the vice president, manager of marketing center, and director of Xiamen Pop Culture since January 2015. Prior to joining Xiamen Pop Culture, Mr. Lin served as the director of operation and management of Zhengzhou Synear Food Co., Ltd., a manufacturer and distributor frozen food products, from March 2012 to December 2014, and as the vice president for marketing of Hubei Daohuaxiang Group Green Food Co., Ltd., a producer of green food, from July 2010 to July 2011. From July 1998 to July 2010, Mr. Lin worked as a business manager at various companies, including Swire Coca-Cola Beverages Xiamen Ltd., Xiamen Yinlu Foods Group Co., Ltd., and CAV Warner Home Entertainment Co., Ltd. Mr. Lin received his junior college degree in E-Commerce from Xiamen University of Technology in 2007.

 

Ms. Rongdi Zhang has been our chief financial officer and vice president since November 2020. Ms. Zhang has served as the chief financial officer, vice president, and secretary of the board of Xiamen Pop Culture since August 2017. Prior to joining Xiamen Pop Culture, Ms. Zhang served as the chief executive officer of Gaoqing (Xiamen) Venture Capital Co., Ltd., a venture capital and financial consulting firm, from August 2012 to July 2017, the chief financial officer of Xiamen South Keyu Technology Co., Ltd., an information technology and services company, from October 2008 to July 2012, and the chief financial officer of Xiamen Cloud Connection Technology Co., Ltd., a mobile optical character recognition technology and application developer, from October 2005 to September 2008. Ms. Zhang is a member of the Institute of Public Accountants and the Association of International Accountants. Ms. Zhang graduated from Tianjin University in 2014.

 

95

 

 

Mr. Christopher Kohler will serve as our independent director starting immediately prior to the effectiveness of our registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. Mr. Kohler has been the owner of Chris Kohler Consulting, Inc. since April 2012, providing accounting and finance consulting to businesses with temporary and/or ongoing accounting and financial needs. Mr. Kohler has served as the corporate controller of BlackRidge Technology International, Inc., a cyber security solution provider, since July 2017. From May 2014 to December 2016, Mr. Kohler served as the vice president and corporate controller of Bearcat Energy LLC, an oil and gas exploration and production company. From July 2011 to July 2014, Mr. Kohler served as a manager of Now CFO, LLC, a full-service consulting firm. From September 2010 to July 2011, Mr. Kohler served as a staff accountant of Spicer Jeffries, LLP. From March 2009 to September 2010, Mr. Kohler served as a finance/accounting associate of Tempo Financial. From March 2002 to December 2008, Mr. Kohler served as a branch manager and consumer underwriter for several banking institutions. Mr. Kohler received his MBA degree in Finance and Master of Accountancy from University of Colorado in 2010 and his Bachelor of Science in Marketing from Indiana University in 2002.

 

Mr. Douglas Menelly will serve as our independent director starting immediately prior to the effectiveness of our registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. Mr. Menelly is the co-founder of E-Options Communications Consulting, a consulting firm, and has served as its managing director since January 2018. Before founding E-Options Communications Consulting, Mr. Menelly worked at Aspen Insurance Group, a specialty insurance and reinsurance company, and served as the senior vice president for corporate communications from August 2016 to October 2017, the global head of marketing from July 2015 to August 2016, and the senior vice president for marketing from November 2013 to July 2015. From December 2011 to November 2013, Mr. Menelly served as the global communications director of American International Group, a multinational finance and insurance corporation. From March 2006 to August 2009, Mr. Menelly served as the general manager for Asia and the vice president for finance & business development of Willex Industrial. From December 2002 to March 2006, Mr. Menelly worked at Marsh & McLennan, a global professional services firm, in various roles, including broker, assistant vice president, and vice president. Mr. Menelly received his Executive MBA degree from Columbia Business School in 2012, his master’s degree in Operations Management from New York University in 2001, and his bachelor’s degree in Civil Engineering from State University of New York in 1997.

 

Ms. Xiaolin Hu will serve as our independent director starting immediately prior to the effectiveness of our registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. Ms. Hu has served as the senior director of student and academic programs at California State University, Bakersfield since December 2019. From September 2011 to December 2019, Ms. Hu served as the director of instructional development at California State University, Bakersfield. From February 2006 to March 2013, Ms. Hu served as an adjunct faculty member at KC Distance Learning and K12 Inc., an online learning provider. Ms. Hu served as an instructional designer at Johns Hopkins University from May 2011 to August 2011, an instructional designer and coordinator at the University of Kansas Division of Continuing Education from November 2005 to May 2011, and an application developer/analyst at Kansas Department of Revenue from February 1999 to November 2005. Ms. Hu received her PhD degree in Educational Leadership and Policy Studies in 2010 and her master’s degree in Curriculum and Instruction in 1995 from the University of Kansas, and her bachelor’s degree in Languages and Literature from Fujian Normal University in 1985.

 

Pursuant to our amended and restated articles of association, the minimum number of directors shall consist of not less than one person unless otherwise determined by the shareholders in a general meeting. Unless removed or re-appointed, each director shall be appointed for a term expiring at the next annual general meeting, if any is held. At any annual general meeting held, our directors will be elected by a majority vote of shareholders eligible to vote at that meeting. At each annual general meeting, each director so elected shall hold office for a one-year term and until the election of their respective successors in office or removed.

 

For additional information, see “Description of Share Capital—Directors.”

 

Family Relationships

 

None of our directors or executive officers has a family relationship as defined in Item 401 of Regulation S-K.

 

Involvement in Certain Legal Proceedings

 

None of our directors, director appointees, or executive officers have, during the past 10 years, been involved in any legal proceedings described in subparagraph (f) of Item 401 of Regulation S-K.

 

96

 

 

Controlled Company

 

Upon completion of this offering, Mr. Zhuoqin Huang, our chief executive officer, director, and chairman, will beneficially own approximately 69.04% of the aggregate voting power of our outstanding ordinary shares assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, and approximately 68.00% assuming full exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the Nasdaq listing rules. As a controlled company, we are permitted to elect to rely on certain exemptions from the obligations to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including:

 

  the requirement that a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors;
     
  the requirement that our director nominees be selected or recommended solely by independent directors; and
     
  the requirement that we have a nominating and corporate governance committee and a compensation committee that are composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the purposes and responsibilities of the committees.

 

Although we do not intend to rely on the controlled company exemptions under the Nasdaq listing rules even if we are a controlled company, we could elect to rely on these exemptions in the future, and if so, you would not have the same protection afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of Nasdaq.

 

Board of Directors

 

Our board of directors will consist of five directors upon closing of this offering. Our board of directors has determined that our three director appointees, Christopher Kohler, Douglas Menelly, and Xiaolin Hu satisfy the “independence” requirements of the Nasdaq corporate governance rules.

 

Duties of Directors

 

Under Cayman Islands law, all of our directors owe three types of duties to us: (i) statutory duties, (ii) fiduciary duties, and (iii) common law duties. The Companies Act (Revised) of the Cayman Islands imposes a number of statutory duties on a director. A Cayman Islands director’s fiduciary duties are not codified, however, the courts of the Cayman Islands have held that a director owes the following fiduciary duties: (a) a duty to act in what the director bona fide considers to be in the best interests of the company, (b) a duty to exercise their powers for the purposes they were conferred, (c) a duty to avoid fettering his or her discretion in the future and (d) a duty to avoid conflicts of interest and of duty. The common law duties owed by a director are those to act with skill, care and diligence that may reasonably be expected of a person carrying out the same functions as are carried out by that director in relation to the company and, also, to act with the skill, care and diligence in keeping with a standard of care commensurate with any particular skill they have which enables them to meet a higher standard than a director without those skills. In fulfilling their duty of care to us, our directors must ensure compliance with our articles of association expected to be amended and effective on or before the completion of this offering. We have the right to seek damages if a duty owed by any of our directors is breached.

 

The functions and powers of our board of directors include, among others:

 

  appointing officers and determining the term of office of the officers;
     
  exercising the borrowing powers of the company and mortgaging the property of the company; and
     
  maintaining or registering a register of mortgages, charges, or other encumbrances of the company.

 

Terms of Directors and Executive Officers

 

Each of our directors holds office until a successor has been duly elected and qualified unless the director was appointed by the board of directors, in which case such director holds office until the next following annual meeting of shareholders at which time such director is eligible for re-election. All of our executive officers are appointed by and serve at the discretion of our board of directors.

 

97

 

 

Qualification

 

There is currently no shareholding qualification for directors, although a shareholding qualification for directors may be fixed by our shareholders by ordinary resolution.

 

Employment Agreements and Indemnification Agreements

 

We will enter into employment agreements with each of our executive officers. Pursuant to employment agreements, the form of which is filed as Exhibit 10.1 to this Registration Statement, we will agree to employ each of our executive officers for a specified time period, which may be renewed upon both parties’ agreement 30 days before the end of the current employment term. We may terminate the employment for cause, at any time, without notice or remuneration, for certain acts of the executive officer, including but not limited to, the commitments of any serious or persistent breach or non-observance of the terms and conditions of the employment, conviction of a criminal offense, willful disobedience of a lawful and reasonable order, fraud or dishonesty, receipt of bribery, or severe neglect of his or her duties. An executive officer may terminate his or her employment at any time with a one-month prior written notice. Each executive officer agrees to hold, both during and after the employment agreement expires, in strict confidence and not to use or disclose to any person, corporation or other entity without written consent, any confidential information.

 

We will also enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. Under these agreements, we agree to indemnify our directors and executive officers against certain liabilities and expenses incurred by such persons in connection with claims made by reason of their being a director or officer of our company.

 

Compensation of Directors and Executive Officers

 

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020, we paid an aggregate of $86,503 as compensation to our executive officers and directors. None of our non-employee director appointees have any service contracts with us that provide for benefits upon termination of employment. We have not set aside or accrued any amount to provide pension, retirement, or other similar benefits to our directors and executive officers. Our PRC subsidiary and our VIE are required by law to make contributions equal to certain percentages of each employee’s salary for his or her pension insurance, medical insurance, unemployment insurance, and other statutory benefits and a housing provident fund.

 

Insider Participation Concerning Executive Compensation

 

Our sole director, Mr. Zhuoqin Huang, has been making all determinations regarding executive officer compensation from the inception of the Company. When our Compensation Committee is set up, it will be making all determination regarding executive officer compensation (please see below).

 

Committees of the Board of Directors

 

We will establish three committees under the board of directors prior to the closing of this offering: an audit committee, a compensation committee, and a nominating and corporate governance committee. Our independent directors will serve on each of the committees. The appointment to the committees will be effective immediately prior to the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. We will adopt a charter for each of the three committees. Each committee’s members and functions are described below.

 

Audit Committee. Our audit committee will consist of our three independent director appointees, Christopher Kohler, Douglas Menelly, and Xiaolin Hu. Christopher Kohler will be the chairperson of our audit committee. We have determined that each of our independent director appointees also satisfy the “independence” requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act. Our board also has determined that Christopher Kohler qualifies as an audit committee financial expert within the meaning of the SEC rules or possesses financial sophistication within the meaning of the Nasdaq listing rules. The audit committee will oversee our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits of the financial statements of our company. The audit committee will be responsible for, among other things:

 

  appointing the independent auditors and pre-approving all auditing and non-auditing services permitted to be performed by the independent auditors;

 

98

 

 

  reviewing with the independent auditors any audit problems or difficulties and management’s response;
     
  discussing the annual audited financial statements with management and the independent auditors;
     
  reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our accounting and internal control policies and procedures and any steps taken to monitor and control major financial risk exposures;
     
  reviewing and approving all proposed related party transactions;
     
  meeting separately and periodically with management and the independent auditors; and
     
  monitoring compliance with our code of business conduct and ethics, including reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our procedures to ensure proper compliance.

 

Compensation Committee. Our compensation committee will consist of our three independent director appointees, Christopher Kohler, Douglas Menelly, and Xiaolin Hu. Xiaolin Hu will be the chairperson of our compensation committee. The compensation committee will assist the board in reviewing and approving the compensation structure, including all forms of compensation, relating to our directors and executive officers. Our chief executive officer may not be present at any committee meeting during which his compensation is deliberated. The compensation committee will be responsible for, among other things:

 

  reviewing and approving the total compensation package for our most senior executive officers;
     
  approving and overseeing the total compensation package for our executives other than the most senior executive officers;
     
  reviewing and recommending to the board with respect to the compensation of our directors;
     
  reviewing periodically and approving any long-term incentive compensation or equity plans;
     
  selecting compensation consultants, legal counsel or other advisors after taking into consideration all factors relevant to that person’s independence from management; and
     
  reviewing programs or similar arrangements, annual bonuses, employee pension and welfare benefit plans.

 

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. Our nominating and corporate governance committee will consist of our three independent director appointees, Christopher Kohler, Douglas Menelly, and Xiaolin Hu. Douglas Menelly will be the chairperson of our nominating and corporate governance committee. The nominating and corporate governance committee will assist the board of directors in selecting individuals qualified to become our directors and in determining the composition of the board and its committees. The nominating and corporate governance committee will be responsible for, among other things:

 

  identifying and recommending nominees for election or re-election to our board of directors or for appointment to fill any vacancy;
     
  reviewing annually with our board of directors its current composition in light of the characteristics of independence, age, skills, experience and availability of service to us;
     
  identifying and recommending to our board the directors to serve as members of committees;
     
  advising the board periodically with respect to significant developments in the law and practice of corporate governance as well as our compliance with applicable laws and regulations, and making recommendations to our board of directors on all matters of corporate governance and on any corrective action to be taken; and
     
  monitoring compliance with our code of business conduct and ethics, including reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our procedures to ensure proper compliance.

 

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

 

Our board of directors has adopted a code of business conduct and ethics, which is filed as Exhibit 99.1 of this registration statement and applicable to all of our directors, officers, and employees. We will make our code of business conduct and ethics publicly available on our website prior to the closing of this offering.

 

99

 

 

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

 

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership, within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, of our Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares as of the date of this prospectus, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of the Class A Ordinary Shares offered in this offering for:

 

  each of our directors, director appointees, and executive officers; and
     
  each person known to us to own beneficially more than 5% of our Class A Ordinary Shares or Class B Ordinary Shares.

 

Beneficial ownership includes voting or investment power with respect to the securities. Except as indicated below, and subject to applicable community property laws, the persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all Class A Ordinary Shares or Class B Ordinary Shares shown as beneficially owned by them. Percentage of beneficial ownership of each listed person prior to this offering is based on 12,086,923 Class A Ordinary Shares and 5,763,077 Class B Ordinary Shares outstanding as of the date of this prospectus. Percentage of beneficial ownership of each listed person after this offering is based on 18,086,923 Class A Ordinary Shares outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering if the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option and 18,986,923 Class A Ordinary Shares outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, and 5,763,077 Class B Ordinary Shares outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering.

 

Information with respect to beneficial ownership has been furnished by each director, officer, or beneficial owner of 5% or more of our Class A Ordinary Shares or Class B Ordinary Shares. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and generally requires that such person have voting or investment power with respect to securities. In computing the number of Class A Ordinary Shares beneficially owned by a person listed below and the percentage ownership of such person, Class A Ordinary Shares underlying options, warrants, or convertible securities, including Class B Ordinary Shares, held by each such person that are exercisable or convertible within 60 days of the date of this prospectus are deemed outstanding, but are not deemed outstanding for computing the percentage ownership of any other person. As of the date of the prospectus, we have 37 shareholders of record, none of whom are located in the United States. We will be required to have at least 400 unrestricted round lot shareholders at closing in order to satisfy the Nasdaq listing rules.

 

    Class A
Ordinary
Shares
Beneficially
Owned Prior to
this Offering
    Class B
Ordinary
Shares
Beneficially
Owned Prior to
this Offering
    Class A
Ordinary
Shares
Beneficially
Owned After
this Offering
(Over-allotment
option not
exercised)
    Class A
Ordinary
Shares
Beneficially
Owned After
this Offering
(Over-allotment
option fully
exercised)
    Class B
Ordinary
Shares
Beneficially
Owned After
this Offering
    Voting Power
After this
Offering
(Over-allotment
option not
exercised)*
    Voting Power
After this
Offering
(Over-allotment
option fully
exercised)*
 
    Number     %     Number     %     Number     %     Number     %     Number     %     %     %  
Directors, Director Appointees, and Executive Officers(1):                                                                        
Zhuoqin Huang(2)                 5,763,077       100 %                             5,763,077       100 %     69.04 %     68.00 %
Weiyi Lin(3)     233,000       1.93 %                 233,000       1.29 %     233,000       1.23 %                 0.40 %     0.39 %
Rongdi Zhang(4)     300,000       2.48 %                 300,000       1.66 %     300,000       1.58 %                 0.51 %     0.51 %
Christopher Kohler                                                                        
Douglas Menelly                                                                        
Xiaolin Hu                                                                        
All directors, director appointees, and executive officers as a group (six individuals):     533,000       4.41 %     5,763,077       100 %     533,000       2.95 %     533,000       2.81 %     5,763,077       100 %     69.95 %     68.9 %
                                                                                                 
5% Shareholders:                                                                                                
Joya Enterprises Limited(2)                 5,763,077       100 %                             5,763,077       100 %     69.04 %     68.00 %
China Young Group
Limited(5)
    2,180,000       18.04 %                 2,180,000       12.05 %     2,180,000       11.48 %                 3.73 %     3.67 %
Bofeng Holdings Limited(6)     1,007,700       8.34 %                 1,007,700       5.57 %     1,007,700       5.31 %                 1.72 %     1.70 %
Sense Venture International Limited(7)     1,007,700       8.34 %                 1,007,700       5.57 %     1,007,700       5.31 %                 1.72 %     1.70 %
Lingyun Wu     936,923       7.75 %                 936,923       5.18 %     936,923       4.93 %                 1.60 %     1.58 %
Bravo Great Group Limited(8)     730,000       6.04 %                 730,000       4.04 %     730,000       3.84 %                 1.25 %     1.23 %
HK Weiyi Culture Media Limited(9)     632,911       5.24 %                 632,911       3.50 %     632,911       3.33 %                 1.08 %     1.07 %

 

* Represents the voting power with respect to all of our Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares, voting as a single class. Each holder of Class A Ordinary Shares is entitled to one vote per one Class A Ordinary Share and each holder of Class B Ordinary Shares is entitled to seven votes per one Class B Ordinary Share.

 

100

 

 

(1) Unless otherwise indicated, the business address of each of the individuals is Room 102, 23-1 Wanghai Road, Xiamen Software Park Phase 2, Siming District, Xiamen City, Fujian Province, the PRC.
   
(2) The number of Class B Ordinary Shares beneficially owned prior to this offering represents 5,763,077 Class B Ordinary Shares held by Joya Enterprises Limited, a British Virgin Islands company, which is 100% owned by Zhuoqin Huang. The registered address of Joya Enterprises Limited is Mandar House, 3rd Floor, P.O. Box 2196, Johnson’s Ghut, Tortola, VG1110, British Virgin Islands.
   
(3) The number of Class A Ordinary Shares beneficially owned prior to this offering represents 233,000 Class A Ordinary Shares held by Victory Quest Industries Limited, a British Virgin Islands company, which is 100% owned by Weiyi Lin. The registered address of Victory Quest Industries Limited is OMC Chambers, Wickhams Cay 1, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands.
   
(4) The number of Class A Ordinary Shares beneficially owned prior to this offering represents 300,000 Class A Ordinary Shares held by Billion Hill Investment Corporation, a British Virgin Islands company, which is 100% owned by Rongdi Zhang. The registered address of Victory Quest Industries Limited is OMC Chambers, Wickhams Cay 1, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands.
   
(5) The number of Class A Ordinary Shares beneficially owned prior to this offering represents 2,180,000 Class A Ordinary Shares held by China Young Group Limited, a Hong Kong company, which is 100% owned by Jianfeng Liu. The registered address of China Young Group Limited is Unit 04, 7/F, Bright Way Tower, No. 33 Mong Kok Road, Kowloon, Hong Kong.
   
(6) The number of Class A Ordinary Shares beneficially owned prior to this offering represents 1,007,700 Class A Ordinary Shares held by Bofeng Holdings Limited, a British Virgin Islands company, which is 100% owned by Chunxiao Cui. The registered address of Bofeng Holdings Limited is OMC Chambers, Wickhams Cay 1, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands.
   
(7) The number of Class A Ordinary Shares beneficially owned prior to this offering represents 1,007,700 Class A Ordinary Shares held by Sense Venture International Limited, a British Virgin Islands company, which is 100% owned by Xiayu Cui. The registered address of Sense Venture International Limited is OMC Chambers, Wickhams Cay 1, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands.
   
(8) The number of Class A Ordinary Shares beneficially owned prior to this offering represents 730,000 Class A Ordinary Shares held by Bravo Great Group Limited, a British Virgin Islands company, which is 100% owned by Junlong He. The registered address of Bravo Great Group Limited is OMC Chambers, Wickhams Cay 1, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands.
   
(9) The number of Class A Ordinary Shares beneficially owned prior to this offering represents 632,911 Class A Ordinary Shares held by HK Weiyi Culture Media Limited, a Hong Kong company, which is 100% owned by Zhaowei Wu. The registered address of HK Weiyi Culture Media Limited is Unit 4, 16/F, Ho King Commercial Centre, 2-16 Fa Yuen St, Mong Kok, Hong Kong.

 

As of the date of this prospectus, none of our outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares or Class B Ordinary Shares are held by record holders in the United States.

 

We are not aware of any arrangement that may, at a subsequent date, result in a change of control of our Company.

 

101

 

 

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

Contractual Arrangements with Our VIE and its Shareholders

 

See “Corporate History and Structure.”

 

Employment Agreements

 

See “Management—Employment Agreements and Indemnification Agreements.”

 

Material Transactions with Related Parties

 

The relationship and the nature of related party transactions are summarized as follow:

 

Name of Related Party   Relationship to Us
Zhuoqin Huang   Our chief executive officer, director, and chairman of the board of directors
Weiyi Lin   Our vice president
Rongdi Zhang   Our chief financial officer and vice president
Xiamen Lanjie Network Technology Co., Ltd.   Owned by Ms. Liya Wei, the spouse of our chief executive officer, director, and chairman of the board of directors, prior to September 30, 2019
Shenzhen Qianhai Zhixing Heyi Capital Management Co., Ltd.   Shareholder of Xiamen Pop Culture prior to July 12, 2019

 

Share Issuance to Related Parties

 

On January 3, 2020 and February 22, 2020, we issued an aggregate of 9,330,000 ordinary shares, par value $0.001 per share, to Joya Enterprises Limited, a business company with limited liability organized under the laws of the British Virgin Islands and wholly owned by our chief executive officer, director, and chairman of the board of directors, Zhuoqin Huang, for a consideration of $9,330 in connection with the establishment of Pop Culture Group. On April 28, 2020, our shareholders approved the re-designation of 3,566,923 of these ordinary shares into 3,566,923 Class A Ordinary Shares and 5,763,077 of these ordinary shares into 5,763,077 Class B Ordinary Shares. On May 30, 2020, Joya Enterprises Limited transferred all of the Class A Ordinary Shares it was holding to seven investors as part of the Reorganization.

 

On February 22, 2020, we issued 1,653,911 ordinary shares, par value $0.001 per share, to Victory Quest Industries Limited, a business company with limited liability organized under the laws of the British Virgin Islands and wholly owned by our vice president, Weiyi Lin, for a consideration of $1,653.911. On April 28, 2020, our shareholders approved the re-designation of these ordinary shares into 1,653,911 Class A Ordinary Shares. On May 30, 2020, Victory Quest Industries Limited transferred 1,420,911 of the Class A Ordinary Shares it was holding to six investors as part of the Reorganization.

 

On February 22, 2020, we issued 1,502,000 ordinary shares, par value $0.001 per share, to Billion Hill Investment Corporation, a business company with limited liability organized under the laws of the British Virgin Islands and wholly owned by our chief financial officer and vice president, Rongdi Zhang, for a consideration of $1,502. On April 28, 2020, our shareholders approved the re-designation of these ordinary shares into 1,502,000 Class A Ordinary Shares. On May 30, 2020, Billion Hill Investment Corporation transferred 1,202,000 of the Class A Ordinary Shares it was holding to eight investors as part of the Reorganization.

 

See “Description of Share Capital—History of Share Issuances.”

 

Trademark Licensing

 

Our chief executive officer, Mr. Zhuoqin Huang, has licensed two trademarks, “CBC” and “潮圣,” to Xiamen Pop Culture for a term from January 1, 2020 to December 31, 2029 for free. The licensing contract will be automatically renewed for 10 years unless Mr. Huang and Xiamen Pop Culture terminated the agreement by mutual consent.

 

Balances with Related Parties

 

We had the following related party balances with our major related parties as of the dates indicated below:

 

    As of June 30,  
    2018     2019     2020  
Amounts due from Xiamen Lanjie Network Technology Co., Ltd.   $            -     $ 145,628     $           -  
Amounts due from Shenzhen Qianhai Zhixing Heyi Capital Management Co., Ltd.     -       11,650       -  
Total   $ -     $ 157,278     $ -  

 

The related party balances were short-term in nature, non-interest bearing, and unsecured, and the balances as of June 30, 2019 were settled subsequently within the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020.

 

102

 

 

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

The following description of our share capital and provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, as amended from time to time, are summaries and do not purport to be complete. Reference is made to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, copies of which are filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part (and which is referred to in this section as, respectively, the “memorandum” and the “articles”).

 

We were incorporated as an exempted company with limited liability under the Companies Act (Revised) of the Cayman Islands, or the “Cayman Companies Act,” on January 3, 2020. A Cayman Islands exempted company:

 

  is a company that conducts its business mainly outside the Cayman Islands;
     
  is prohibited from trading in the Cayman Islands with any person, firm or corporation except in furtherance of the business of the exempted company carried on outside the Cayman Islands (and for this purpose can effect and conclude contracts in the Cayman Islands and exercise in the Cayman Islands all of its powers necessary for the carrying on of its business outside the Cayman Islands);
     
  does not have to hold an annual general meeting;
     
  does not have to make its register of members open to inspection by shareholders of that company;
     
  may obtain an undertaking against the imposition of any future taxation;
     
  may register by way of continuation in another jurisdiction and be deregistered in the Cayman Islands;
     
  may register as a limited duration company; and
     
  may register as a segregated portfolio company.

 

Ordinary Shares

 

Our authorized share capital is $50,000 divided into 44,000,000 Class A Ordinary Shares, par value $0.001 per share, and 6,000,000 Class B Ordinary Shares, par value $0.001 per share. Holders of Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares have the same rights except for voting and conversion rights. In respect of matters requiring a shareholder vote, each holder of Class A Ordinary Shares will be entitled to one vote per one Class A Ordinary Share and each holder of Class B Ordinary Shares will be entitled to seven votes per one Class B Ordinary Share. The Class A Ordinary Shares are not convertible into shares of any other class. The Class B Ordinary Shares are convertible into Class A Ordinary Shares at any time after issuance at the option of the holder on a one-to-one basis.

 

All of our issued and outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares are fully paid and non-assessable. Our Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares are issued in registered form, and are issued when registered in our register of members. Unless the board of directors determine otherwise, each holder of our Class A Ordinary Shares or Class B Ordinary Shares will not receive a certificate in respect of such shares. Our shareholders who are non-residents of the Cayman Islands may freely hold and vote their Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares. We may not issue shares or warrants to bearer.

 

Subject to the provisions of the Cayman Companies Act and our articles regarding redemption and purchase of the shares, the directors have general and unconditional authority to allot (with or without confirming rights of renunciation), grant options over or otherwise deal with any unissued shares to such persons, at such times and on such terms and conditions as they may decide. Such authority could be exercised by the directors to allot shares which carry rights and privileges that are preferential to the rights attaching to Class A Ordinary Shares or Class B Ordinary Shares. No share may be issued at a discount except in accordance with the provisions of the Cayman Companies Act. The directors may refuse to accept any application for shares, and may accept any application in whole or in part, for any reason or for no reason.

 

At the completion of this offering, there will be 18,086,923 (if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised) or 18,986,923 (if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is fully exercised) Class A Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding held by at least 400 unrestricted round lot shareholders which is the minimum requirement by the Nasdaq Global Market, and 5,763,077 Class B Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding. Class A Ordinary Shares sold in this offering will be delivered against payment from the underwriters upon the closing of the offering in New York, New York, on or about [●], 2021.

 

103

 

 

Listing

 

We have applied to list our Class A Ordinary Shares on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “CPOP.”

 

Transfer Agent and Registrar

 

The transfer agent and registrar for our Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares is Transhare Corporation, at 2849 Executive Drive, Suite 200, Clearwater, FL 33762.

 

Dividends

 

Subject to the provisions of the Cayman Companies Act and any rights attaching to any class or classes of shares under and in accordance with the articles:

 

  (a) the directors may declare dividends or distributions out of our funds which are lawfully available for that purpose; and

 

  (b) our shareholders may, by ordinary resolution, declare dividends but no such dividend shall exceed the amount recommended by the directors.

 

Subject to the requirements of the Cayman Companies Act regarding the application of a company’s share premium account and with the sanction of an ordinary resolution, dividends may also be declared and paid out of any share premium account. The directors when paying dividends to shareholders may make such payment either in cash or in specie.

 

Unless provided by the rights attached to a share, no dividend shall bear interest.

 

Voting Rights

 

On a poll, every shareholder who is present in person and every person representing a shareholder by proxy shall have one vote for each Class A Ordinary Share and seven votes for each Class B Ordinary Share of which he or the person represented by proxy is the holder. In addition, all shareholders holding shares of a particular class are entitled to vote at a meeting of the holders of that class of shares. Votes may be given either personally or by proxy.

 

Conversion Rights

 

Class A Ordinary Shares are not convertible. Class B Ordinary Shares are convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, into Class A Ordinary Shares on a one-to-one basis.

 

Variation of Rights of Shares

 

Whenever our capital is divided into different classes of shares, the rights attaching to any class of share (unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class) may be varied either with the consent in writing of the holders of not less than two-thirds of the issued shares of that class, or with the sanction of a resolution passed by a majority of not less than two-thirds of the holders of shares of the class present in person or by proxy at a separate general meeting of the holders of shares of that class.

 

Unless the terms on which a class of shares was issued state otherwise, the rights conferred on the shareholder holding shares of any class shall not be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further shares ranking pari passu with the existing shares of that class.

 

104

 

 

Alteration of Share Capital

 

Subject to the Cayman Companies Act, we may, by ordinary resolution:

  

  (a) increase our share capital by new shares of the amount fixed by that ordinary resolution and with the attached rights, priorities and privileges set out in that ordinary resolution;

 

  (b) consolidate and divide all or any of our share capital into shares of larger amount than our existing shares;

 

  (c) convert all or any of our paid up shares into stock, and reconvert that stock into paid up shares of any denomination;

 

  (d) sub-divide our shares or any of them into shares of an amount smaller than that fixed, so, however, that in the sub-division, the proportion between the amount paid and the amount, if any, unpaid on each reduced share shall be the same as it was in case of the share from which the reduced share is derived; and

 

  (e) cancel shares which, at the date of the passing of that ordinary resolution, have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person and diminish the amount of our share capital by the amount of the shares so cancelled or, in the case of shares without nominal par value, diminish the number of shares into which our capital is divided.

 

Subject to the Cayman Companies Act and to any rights for the time being conferred on the shareholders holding a particular class of shares, we may, by special resolution, reduce our share capital in any way.

 

Calls on Shares and Forfeiture

 

Subject to the terms of allotment, the directors may make calls on the shareholders in respect of any monies unpaid on their shares including any premium and each shareholder shall (subject to receiving at least 14 clear days’ notice specifying when and where payment is to be made), pay to us the amount called on his shares. Shareholders registered as the joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls in respect of the share. If a call remains unpaid after it has become due and payable the person from whom it is due and payable shall pay interest on the amount unpaid from the day it became due and payable until it is paid at the rate fixed by the terms of allotment of the share or in the notice of the call or if no rate is fixed, at the rate of ten percent per annum. The directors may waive payment of the interest wholly or in part.

 

We have a first and paramount lien on all shares (whether fully paid up or not) registered in the name of a shareholder (whether solely or jointly with others). The lien is for all monies payable to us by the shareholder or the shareholder’s estate:

 

  (a) either alone or jointly with any other person, whether or not that other person is a shareholder; and

 

  (b) whether or not those monies are presently payable.

 

At any time the directors may declare any share to be wholly or partly exempt from the lien on shares provisions of the articles.

 

We may sell, in such manner as the directors may determine, any share on which the sum in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable, if due notice that such sum is payable has been given (as prescribed by the articles) and, within 14 days of the date on which the notice is deemed to be given under the articles, such notice has not been complied with.

 

Unclaimed Dividend

 

A dividend that remains unclaimed for a period of six years after it became due for payment shall be forfeited to, and shall cease to remain owing by, the company.

 

Forfeiture or Surrender of Shares

 

If a shareholder fails to pay any call, the directors may give to such shareholder not less than 14 clear days’ notice requiring payment and specifying the amount unpaid including any interest which may have accrued, any expenses which have been incurred by us due to that person’s default and the place where payment is to be made. The notice shall also contain a warning that if the notice is not complied with, the shares in respect of which the call is made will be liable to be forfeited.

 

If such notice is not complied with, the directors may, before the payment required by the notice has been received, resolve that any share the subject of that notice be forfeited (which forfeiture shall include all dividends or other monies payable in respect of the forfeited share and not paid before such forfeiture).

 

105

 

 

A forfeited share may be sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of on such terms and in such manner as the directors determine and at any time before a sale, re-allotment or disposition the forfeiture may be cancelled on such terms as the directors think fit.

 

A person whose shares have been forfeited shall cease to be a shareholder in respect of the forfeited shares, but shall, notwithstanding such forfeiture, remain liable to pay to us all monies which at the date of forfeiture were payable by him to us in respect of the shares, together with all expenses and interest from the date of forfeiture or surrender until payment, but his liability shall cease if and when we receive payment in full of the unpaid amount.

 

A declaration, whether statutory or under oath, made by a director or the secretary shall be conclusive evidence that the person making the declaration is a director or secretary and that the particular shares have been forfeited or surrendered on a particular date.

 

Subject to the execution of an instrument of transfer, if necessary, the declaration shall constitute good title to the shares.

 

Share Premium Account

 

The directors shall establish a share premium account and shall carry the credit of such account from time to time to a sum equal to the amount or value of the premium paid on the issue of any share or capital contributed or such other amounts required by the Cayman Companies Act.

 

Redemption and Purchase of Own Shares

 

Subject to the Cayman Companies Act and any rights for the time being conferred on the shareholders holding a particular class of shares, we may by action of our directors:

 

  (a) issue shares that are to be redeemed or liable to be redeemed, at our option or the shareholder holding those redeemable shares, on the terms and in the manner our directors determine before the issue of those shares;
     
  (b) with the consent by special resolution of the shareholders holding shares of a particular class, vary the rights attaching to that class of shares so as to provide that those shares are to be redeemed or are liable to be redeemed at our option on the terms and in the manner which the directors determine at the time of such variation; and
     
  (c) purchase all or any of our own shares of any class including any redeemable shares on the terms and in the manner which the directors determine at the time of such purchase.

 

We may make a payment in respect of the redemption or purchase of its own shares in any manner authorized by the Cayman Companies Act, including out of any combination of capital, our profits and the proceeds of a fresh issue of shares.

 

When making a payment in respect of the redemption or purchase of shares, the directors may make the payment in cash or in specie (or partly in one and partly in the other) if so authorized by the terms of the allotment of those shares or by the terms applying to those shares, or otherwise by agreement with the shareholder holding those shares.

 

Transfer of Shares

 

Provided that a transfer of Class A Ordinary Shares complies with applicable rules of the Nasdaq Global Market, a shareholder may transfer Class A Ordinary Shares or Class B Ordinary Shares to another person by completing an instrument of transfer in a common form or, with respect to Class A Ordinary Shares, in a form prescribed by Nasdaq, or in any other form approved by the directors, executed:

 

  (a) where the Class A Ordinary Shares or Class B Ordinary Shares are fully paid, by or on behalf of that shareholder; and

 

  (b) where the Class A Ordinary Shares or Class B Ordinary Shares are partly paid, by or on behalf of that shareholder and the transferee.

 

106

 

 

The transferor shall be deemed to remain the holder of a Class A Ordinary Share or Class B Ordinary Share until the name of the transferee is entered into the register of members of the Company.

 

Our board of directors may, in its absolute discretion, decline to register any transfer of any Class A Ordinary Share or Class B Ordinary Share that has not been fully paid up or is subject to a company lien. Our board of directors may also decline to register any transfer of such Class A Ordinary Share or Class B Ordinary Share unless:

 

  (a) the instrument of transfer is lodged with the Company, accompanied by the certificate for the Class A Ordinary Shares or Class B Ordinary Shares to which it relates and such other evidence as our board of directors may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer;
     
  (b) the instrument of transfer is in respect of only one class of shares;
     
  (c) the instrument of transfer is properly stamped, if required;
     
  (d) the Class A Ordinary Share or Class B Ordinary Share transferred is fully paid and free of any lien in favor of us;
     
  (e) any fee related to the transfer has been paid to us; and
     
  (f) the transfer is not to more than four joint holders.

 

If our directors refuse to register a transfer, they are required, within three months after the date on which the instrument of transfer was lodged, to send to each of the transferor and the transferee notice of such refusal.

 

This, however, is unlikely to affect market transactions of the Class A Ordinary Shares purchased by investors in the public offering. Once the Class A Ordinary Shares have been listed, the legal title to such Class A Ordinary Shares and the registration details of those Class A Ordinary Shares in our register of members will remain with DTC/Cede & Co. All market transactions with respect to those Class A Ordinary Shares will then be carried out without the need for any kind of registration by the directors, as the market transactions will all be conducted through the DTC systems.

 

The registration of transfers may, on 14 calendar days’ notice being given by advertisement in such one or more newspapers or by electronic means, be suspended and our register of members closed at such times and for such periods as our board of directors may from time to time determine. The registration of transfers, however, may not be suspended, and the register may not be closed, for more than 30 days in any year.

 

Inspection of Books and Records

 

Holders of our Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares will have no general right under the Cayman Companies Act to inspect or obtain copies of our register of members or our corporate records.

 

General Meetings

 

As a Cayman Islands exempted company, we are not obligated by the Cayman Companies Act to call shareholders’ annual general meetings; accordingly, we may, but shall not be obliged to, in each year hold a general meeting as an annual general meeting. Any annual general meeting held shall be held at such time and place as may be determined by our board of directors. All general meetings other than annual general meetings shall be called extraordinary general meetings.

 

The directors may convene general meetings whenever they think fit. General meetings shall also be convened on the written requisition of one or more of the shareholders entitled to attend and vote at our general meetings who (together) hold not less than ten percent of the rights to vote at such general meeting in accordance with the notice provisions in the articles, specifying the purpose of the meeting and signed by each of the shareholders making the requisition. If the directors do not convene such meeting for a date not later than 21 clear days’ after the date of receipt of the written requisition, those shareholders who requested the meeting may convene the general meeting themselves within three months after the end of such period of 21 clear days in which case reasonable expenses incurred by them as a result of the directors failing to convene a meeting shall be reimbursed by us.

 

107

 

 

At least 14 days’ notice of an extraordinary general meeting and 21 days’ notice of an annual general meeting shall be given to shareholders entitled to attend and vote at such meeting. The notice shall specify the place, the day and the hour of the meeting and the general nature of that business. In addition, if a resolution is proposed as a special resolution, the text of that resolution shall be given to all shareholders. Notice of every general meeting shall also be given to the directors and our auditors.

 

Subject to the Cayman Companies Act and with the consent of the shareholders who, individually or collectively, hold at least 90 percent of the voting rights of all those who have a right to vote at a general meeting, a general meeting may be convened on shorter notice.

 

A quorum shall consist of the presence (whether in person or represented by proxy) of one or more shareholders holding shares that represent not less than one-third of the outstanding shares carrying the right to vote at such general meeting.

 

If, within 15 minutes from the time appointed for the general meeting, or at any time during the meeting, a quorum is not present, the meeting, if convened upon the requisition of shareholders, shall be cancelled. In any other case it shall stand adjourned to the same time and place seven days or to such other time or place as is determined by the directors.

 

The chairman may, with the consent of a meeting at which a quorum is present, adjourn the meeting. When a meeting is adjourned for seven days or more, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given in accordance with the articles.

 

At any general meeting a resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be decided on a show of hands, unless a poll is (before, or on, the declaration of the result of the show of hands) demanded by the chairman of the meeting or by at least two shareholders having the right to vote on the resolutions or one or more shareholders present who together hold not less than ten percent of the voting rights of all those who are entitled to vote on the resolution. Unless a poll is so demanded, a declaration by the chairman as to the result of a resolution and an entry to that effect in the minutes of the meeting, shall be conclusive evidence of the outcome of a show of hands, without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favor of, or against, that resolution.

 

If a poll is duly demanded it shall be taken in such manner as the chairman directs and the result of the poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded.

 

In the case of an equality of votes, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, the chairman of the meeting at which the show of hands takes place or at which the poll is demanded, shall not be entitled to a second or casting vote.

 

Directors

 

We may by ordinary resolution, from time to time, fix the maximum and minimum number of directors to be appointed. Under the Articles, we are required to have a minimum of one director and the maximum number of Directors shall be unlimited.

 

A director may be appointed by ordinary resolution or by the directors. Any appointment may be to fill a vacancy or as an additional director.

 

Unless the remuneration of the directors is determined by the shareholders by ordinary resolution, the directors shall be entitled to such remuneration as the directors may determine.

 

The shareholding qualification for directors may be fixed by our shareholders by ordinary resolution and unless and until so fixed no share qualification shall be required.

 

Unless removed or re-appointed, each director shall be appointed for a term expiring at the next-following annual general meeting, if one is held. At any annual general meeting held, our directors will be elected by an ordinary resolution of our shareholders. At each annual general meeting, each director so elected shall hold office for a one-year term and until the election of their respective successors in office or removed.

 

108

 

 

A director may be removed by ordinary resolution.

 

A director may at any time resign or retire from office by giving us notice in writing. Unless the notice specifies a different date, the director shall be deemed to have resigned on the date that the notice is delivered to us.

 

Subject to the provisions of the articles, the office of a director may be terminated forthwith if:

 

  (a) he is prohibited by the law of the Cayman Islands from acting as a director;

 

  (b) he is made bankrupt or makes an arrangement or composition with his creditors generally;

 

  (c) he resigns his office by notice to us;

 

  (d) he only held office as a director for a fixed term and such term expires;

 

  (e) in the opinion of a registered medical practitioner by whom he is being treated he becomes physically or mentally incapable of acting as a director;

 

  (f) he is given notice by the majority of the other directors (not being less than two in number) to vacate office (without prejudice to any claim for damages for breach of any agreement relating to the provision of the services of such director);

 

  (g) he is made subject to any law relating to mental health or incompetence, whether by court order or otherwise; or

 

  (h) without the consent of the other directors, he is absent from meetings of directors for continuous period of six months.

 

Each of the compensation committee and the nominating and corporate governance committee shall consist of at least three directors and the majority of the committee members shall be independent within the meaning of Section 5605(a)(2) of the Nasdaq listing rules. The audit committee shall consist of at least three directors, all of whom shall be independent within the meaning of Section 5605(a)(2) of the Nasdaq listing rules and will meet the criteria for independence set forth in Rule 10A-3 or Rule 10C-1 of the Exchange Act.

 

Powers and Duties of Directors

 

Subject to the provisions of the Cayman Companies Act and our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, our business shall be managed by the directors, who may exercise all our powers. No prior act of the directors shall be invalidated by any subsequent alteration of our memorandum or articles of association. To the extent allowed by the Cayman Companies Act, however, shareholders may by special resolution validate any prior or future act of the directors which would otherwise be in breach of their duties.

 

The directors may delegate any of their powers to any committee consisting of one or more persons who need not be shareholders and may include non-directors so long as the majority of those persons are directors; any committee so formed shall in the exercise of the powers so delegated conform to any regulations that may be imposed on it by the directors. Upon the initial closing of this offering, our board of directors will have established an audit committee, compensation committee, and nomination and corporate governance committee.

 

The board of directors may establish any local or divisional board of directors or agency and delegate to it its powers and authorities (with power to sub-delegate) for managing any of our affairs whether in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere and may appoint any persons to be members of a local or divisional board of directors, or to be managers or agents, and may fix their remuneration.

 

The directors may from time to time and at any time by power of attorney or in any other manner they determine appoint any person, either generally or in respect of any specific matter, to be our agent with or without authority for that person to delegate all or any of that person’s powers.

 

The directors may from time to time and at any time by power of attorney or in any other manner they determine appoint any person, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the directors, to be our attorney or our authorized signatory and for such period and subject to such conditions as they may think fit. The powers, authorities and discretions, however, must not exceed those vested in, or exercisable, by the directors under the articles.

 

The board of directors may remove any person so appointed and may revoke or vary the delegation.

 

109

 

 

The directors may exercise all of our powers to borrow money and to mortgage or charge its undertaking, property and assets both present and future and uncalled capital or any part thereof, to issue debentures and other securities whether outright or as collateral security for any debt, liability or obligation of ours or our parent undertaking (if any) or any subsidiary undertaking of us or of any third party.

 

A director shall not, as a director, vote in respect of any contract, transaction, arrangement or proposal in which he has an interest which (together with any interest of any person connected with him) is a material interest (otherwise than by virtue of his interests, direct or indirect, in shares or debentures or other securities of, or otherwise in or through, us) and if he shall do so his vote shall not be counted, nor in relation thereto shall he be counted in the quorum present at the meeting, but (in the absence of some other material interest than is mentioned below) none of these prohibitions shall apply to:

 

  (a) the giving of any security, guarantee or indemnity in respect of:

 

  (i) money lent or obligations incurred by him or by any other person for our benefit or any of our subsidiaries; or

 

  (ii) a debt or obligation of ours or any of our subsidiaries for which the director himself has assumed responsibility in whole or in part and whether alone or jointly with others under a guarantee or indemnity or by the giving of security;

 

  (b) where we or any of our subsidiaries is offering securities in which offer the director is or may be entitled to participate as a holder of securities or in the underwriting or sub-underwriting of which the director is to or may participate;

 

  (c) any contract, transaction, arrangement or proposal affecting any other body corporate in which he is interested, directly or indirectly and whether as an officer, shareholder, creditor or otherwise howsoever, provided that he (together with persons connected with him) does not to his knowledge hold an interest representing one percent or more of any class of the equity share capital of such body corporate (or of any third body corporate through which his interest is derived) or of the voting rights available to shareholders of the relevant body corporate;

 

  (d) any act or thing done or to be done in respect of any arrangement for the benefit of the employees of us or any of our subsidiaries under which he is not accorded as a director any privilege or advantage not generally accorded to the employees to whom such arrangement relates; or

 

  (e) any matter connected with the purchase or maintenance for any director of insurance against any liability or (to the extent permitted by the Cayman Companies Act) indemnities in favor of directors, the funding of expenditure by one or more directors in defending proceedings against him or them or the doing of anything to enable such director or directors to avoid incurring such expenditure.

 

A director may, as a director, vote (and be counted in the quorum) in respect of any contract, transaction, arrangement or proposal in which he has an interest which is not a material interest or as described above.

 

Capitalization of Profits

 

The directors may resolve to capitalize:

 

  (a) any part of our profits not required for paying any preferential dividend (whether or not those profits are available for distribution); or

 

  (b) any sum standing to the credit of our share premium account or capital redemption reserve, if any.

 

The amount resolved to be capitalized must be appropriated to the shareholders who would have been entitled to it had it been distributed by way of dividend and in the same proportions.

 

110

 

 

Liquidation Rights

 

If we are wound up, the shareholders may, subject to the articles and any other sanction required by the Cayman Companies Act, pass a special resolution allowing the liquidator to do either or both of the following:

 

  (a) to divide in specie among the shareholders the whole or any part of our assets and, for that purpose, to value any assets and to determine how the division shall be carried out as between the shareholders or different classes of shareholders; and

 

  (b) to vest the whole or any part of the assets in trustees for the benefit of shareholders and those liable to contribute to the winding up.

 

The directors have the authority to present a petition for our winding up to the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands on our behalf without the sanction of a resolution passed at a general meeting.

 

Register of Members

 

Under the Cayman Companies Act, we must keep a register of members and there should be entered therein:

 

  the names and addresses of our shareholders, a statement of the shares held by each shareholder, and of the amount paid or agreed to be considered as paid, on the shares of each shareholder;
     
  the date on which the name of any person was entered on the register as a shareholder; and
     
  the date on which any person ceased to be a shareholder.

 

Under the Cayman Companies Act, the register of members of our company is prima facie evidence of the matters set out therein (that is, the register of members will raise a presumption of fact on the matters referred to above unless rebutted) and a shareholder registered in the register of members is deemed as a matter of the Cayman Companies Act to have legal title to the shares as set against its name in the register of members. Upon the completion of this offering, the register of members will be immediately updated to record and give effect to the issuance of shares by us to the custodian or its nominee. Once our register of members has been updated, the shareholders recorded in the register of members will be deemed to have legal title to the shares set against their name.

 

If the name of any person is incorrectly entered in or omitted from our register of members, or if there is any default or unnecessary delay in entering on the register the fact of any person having ceased to be a shareholder of our company, the person or shareholder aggrieved (or any shareholder of our company or our company itself) may apply to the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands for an order that the register be rectified, and the Court may either refuse such application or it may, if satisfied of the justice of the case, make an order for the rectification of the register.

 

Differences in Corporate Law

 

The Cayman Companies Act is derived, to a large extent, from the older Companies Acts of England and Wales but does not follow recent United Kingdom statutory enactments, and accordingly there are significant differences between the Cayman Companies Act and the current Companies Act of the UK. In addition, the Cayman Companies Act differs from laws applicable to United States corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below is a summary of certain significant differences between the provisions of the Cayman Companies Act applicable to us and the comparable laws applicable to companies incorporated in the State of Delaware in the United States.

 

111

 

 

    Delaware   Cayman Islands
         
Title of Organizational Documents   Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws   Certificate of Incorporation and Memorandum and Articles of Association
         
Duties of Directors   Under Delaware law, the business and affairs of a corporation are managed by or under the direction of its board of directors. In exercising their powers, directors are charged with a fiduciary duty of care to protect the interests of the corporation and a fiduciary duty of loyalty to act in the best interests of its shareholders. The duty of care requires that directors act in an informed and deliberative manner and inform themselves, prior to making a business decision, of all material information reasonably available to them. The duty of care also requires that directors exercise care in overseeing and investigating the conduct of the corporation’s employees. The duty of loyalty may be summarized as the duty to act in good faith, not out of self-interest, and in a manner which the director reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the shareholders.   As a matter of Cayman Islands law, a director owes three types of duties to the company: (i) statutory duties, (ii) fiduciary duties, and (iii) common law duties. The Cayman Companies Act imposes a number of statutory duties on a director. A Cayman Islands director’s fiduciary duties are not codified, however the courts of the Cayman Islands have held that a director owes the following fiduciary duties (a) a duty to act in what the director bona fide considers to be in the best interests of the company, (b) a duty to exercise their powers for the purposes they were conferred, (c) a duty to avoid fettering his or her discretion in the future and (d) a duty to avoid conflicts of interest and of duty. The common law duties owed by a director are those to act with skill, care and diligence that may reasonably be expected of a person carrying out the same functions as are carried out by that director in relation to the company and, also, to act with the skill, care and diligence in keeping with a standard of care commensurate with any particular skill they have which enables them to meet a higher standard than a director without those skills. In fulfilling their duty of care to us, our directors must ensure compliance with our amended articles of association, as amended and restated from time to time. We have the right to seek damages if a duty owed by any of our directors is breached.’
         
Limitations on Personal Liability of Directors   Subject to the limitations described below, a certificate of incorporation may provide for the elimination or limitation of the personal liability of a director to the corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director. Such provision cannot limit liability for breach of loyalty, bad faith, intentional misconduct, unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful share purchase or redemption. In addition, the certificate of incorporation cannot limit liability for any act or omission occurring prior to the date when such provision becomes effective.   The Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s articles of association may provide for indemnification of Officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime.

 

112

 

 

Indemnification of Directors, Officers, Agents, and Others   A corporation has the power to indemnify any director, officer, employee, or agent of corporation who was, is, or is threatened to be made a party who acted in good faith and in a manner he believed to be in the best interests of the corporation, and if with respect to a criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct would be unlawful, against amounts actually and reasonably incurred.  

Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s memorandum and articles of association may provide for indemnification of directors and officers, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against the consequences of committing a crime, or against the indemnified person’s own fraud or dishonesty.

 

Our amended and restated articles of association provide to the extent permitted by law, we shall indemnify each existing or former secretary, director (including alternate director), and any of our other officers (including an investment adviser or an administrator or liquidator) and their personal representatives against: (a) all actions, proceedings, costs, charges, expenses, losses, damages or liabilities incurred or sustained by the existing or former director (including alternate director), secretary or officer in or about the conduct of our business or affairs or in the execution or discharge of the existing or former director (including alternate director), secretary’s or officer’s duties, powers, authorities or discretions; and (b) without limitation to paragraph (a) above, all costs, expenses, losses or liabilities incurred by the existing or former director (including alternate director), secretary or officer in defending (whether successfully or otherwise) any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative proceedings (whether threatened, pending or completed) concerning us or our affairs in any court or tribunal, whether in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere.

 

No such existing or former director (including alternate director), secretary or officer, however, shall be indemnified in respect of any matter arising out of his own dishonesty.

 

To the extent permitted by law, we may make a payment, or agree to make a payment, whether by way of advance, loan or otherwise, for any legal costs incurred by an existing or former director (including alternate director), secretary or any of our officers in respect of any matter identified in above on condition that the director (including alternate director), secretary or officer must repay the amount paid by us to the extent that it is ultimately found not liable to indemnify the director (including alternate director), the secretary or that officer for those legal costs.

         
Interested Directors   Under Delaware law, a transaction in which a director who has an interest in such transaction would not be voidable if (i) the material facts as to such interested director’s relationship or interests are disclosed or are known to the board of directors and the board in good faith authorizes the transaction by the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors are less than a quorum, (ii) such material facts are disclosed or are known to the shareholders entitled to vote on such transaction and the transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the shareholders, or (iii) the transaction is fair as to the corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified. Under Delaware law, a director could be held liable for any transaction in which such director derived an improper personal benefit.   Interested director transactions are governed by the terms of a company’s memorandum and articles of association.

 

113

 

 

Voting Requirements  

The certificate of incorporation may include a provision requiring supermajority approval by the directors or shareholders for any corporate action.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In addition, under Delaware law, certain business combinations involving interested shareholders require approval by a supermajority of the non-interested shareholders.

 

For the protection of shareholders, certain matters must be approved by special resolution of the shareholders as a matter of Cayman Islands law, including alteration of the memorandum or articles of association, appointment of inspectors to examine company affairs, reduction of share capital (subject, in relevant circumstances, to court approval), change of name, authorization of a plan of merger or transfer by way of continuation to another jurisdiction or consolidation or voluntary winding up of the company.

 

The Cayman Islands Companies Act requires that a special resolution be passed by a majority of at least two-thirds or such higher percentage as set forth in the memorandum and articles of association, of shareholders being entitled to vote and do vote in person or by proxy at a general meeting, or by unanimous written consent of shareholders entitled to vote at a general meeting.

         
Voting for Directors   Under Delaware law, unless otherwise specified in the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the corporation, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors.   The Cayman Islands Companies Act defines “special resolutions” only. A company’s memorandum and articles of association can therefore tailor the definition of “ordinary resolutions” as a whole, or with respect to specific provisions.
         
Cumulative Voting   No cumulative voting for the election of directors unless so provided in the certificate of incorporation.   No cumulative voting for the election of directors unless so provided in the memorandum and articles of association.
         
Directors’ Powers Regarding Bylaws   The certificate of incorporation may grant the directors the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.   The memorandum and articles of association may only be amended by a special resolution of the shareholders.
         
Nomination and Removal of Directors and Filling Vacancies on Board   Shareholders may generally nominate directors if they comply with advance notice provisions and other procedural requirements in company bylaws. Holders of a majority of the shares may remove a director with or without cause, except in certain cases involving a classified board or if the company uses cumulative voting. Unless otherwise provided for in the certificate of incorporation, directorship vacancies are filled by a majority of the directors elected or then in office.   Nomination and removal of directors and filling of board vacancies are governed by the terms of the memorandum and articles of association.

 

114

 

 

Mergers and Similar Arrangements  

Under Delaware law, with certain exceptions, a merger, consolidation, exchange or sale of all or substantially all the assets of a corporation must be approved by the board of directors and a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon. Under Delaware law, a shareholder of a corporation participating in certain major corporate transactions may, under certain circumstances, be entitled to appraisal rights pursuant to which such shareholder may receive cash in the amount of the fair value of the shares held by such shareholder (as determined by a court) in lieu of the consideration such shareholder would otherwise receive in the transaction.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Delaware law also provides that a parent corporation, by resolution of its board of directors, may merge with any subsidiary, of which it owns at least 90% of each class of capital stock without a vote by shareholders of such subsidiary. Upon any such merger, dissenting shareholders of the subsidiary would have appraisal rights.

 

Cayman Islands Companies Act permits mergers and consolidations between Cayman Islands companies and between Cayman Islands companies and non-Cayman Islands companies. For these purposes, (a) “merger” means the merging of two or more constituent companies and the vesting of their undertaking, property and liabilities in one of such companies as the surviving company, and (b) a “consolidation” means the combination of two or more constituent companies into a consolidated company and the vesting of the undertaking, property and liabilities of such companies to the consolidated company. In order to effect such a merger or consolidation, the directors of each constituent company must approve a written plan of merger or consolidation, which must then be authorized by (a) a special resolution of the shareholders of each constituent company, and (b) such other authorization, if any, as may be specified in such constituent company’s articles of association. The plan must be filed with the Registrar of Companies together with a declaration as to the solvency of the consolidated or surviving company, a list of the assets and liabilities of each constituent company and an undertaking that a copy of the certificate of merger or consolidation will be given to the shareholders and creditors of each constituent company and that notification of the merger or consolidation will be published in the Cayman Islands Gazette. Court approval is not required for a merger or consolidation which is effected in compliance with these statutory procedures.

 

A merger between a Cayman Islands parent company and its Cayman Islands subsidiary or subsidiaries does not require authorization by a resolution of shareholders. For this purpose a subsidiary is a company of which at least 90% of the issued shares entitled to vote are owned by the parent company.

 

The consent of each holder of a fixed or floating security interest of a constituent company is required unless this requirement is waived by a court in the Cayman Islands.

 

Except in certain limited circumstances, a dissenting shareholder of a Cayman Islands constituent company is entitled to payment of the fair value of his or her shares upon dissenting from a merger or consolidation. The exercise of such dissenter rights will preclude the exercise by the dissenting shareholder of any other rights to which he or she might otherwise be entitled by virtue of holding shares, except for the right to seek relief on the grounds that the merger or consolidation is void or unlawful.

 

115

 

  

       

In addition, there are statutory provisions that facilitate the reconstruction and amalgamation of companies, provided that the arrangement is approved by a majority in number of each class of shareholders and creditors with whom the arrangement is to be made, and who must, in addition, represent three-fourths in value of each such class of shareholders or creditors, as the case may be, that are present and voting either in person or by proxy at a meeting, or meetings, convened for that purpose. The convening of the meetings and subsequently the arrangement must be sanctioned by the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands. While a dissenting shareholder has the right to express to the court the view that the transaction ought not to be approved, the court can be expected to approve the arrangement if it determines that: (a) the statutory provisions as to the required majority vote have been met; (b) the shareholders have been fairly represented at the meeting in question and the statutory majority are acting bona fide without coercion of the minority to promote interests adverse to those of the class; (c) the arrangement is such that may be reasonably approved by an intelligent and honest man of that class acting in respect of his interest; and (d) the arrangement is not one that would more properly be sanctioned under some other provision of the Cayman Islands Companies Act.

 

When a takeover offer is made and accepted by holders of 90% of the shares affected within four months the offeror may, within a two-month period commencing on the expiration of such four month period, require the holders of the remaining shares to transfer such shares on the terms of the offer. An objection can be made to the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands but this is unlikely to succeed in the case of an offer which has been so approved unless there is evidence of fraud, bad faith or collusion.

 

If an arrangement and reconstruction is thus approved, or if a takeover offer is made and accepted, a dissenting shareholder would have no rights comparable to appraisal rights, which would otherwise ordinarily be available to dissenting shareholders of Delaware corporations, providing rights to receive payment in cash for the judicially determined value of the shares.

 

116

 

 

Shareholder Suits   Class actions and derivative actions generally are available to shareholders under Delaware law for, among other things, breach of fiduciary duty, corporate waste and actions not taken in accordance with applicable law. In such actions, the court generally has discretion to permit the winning party to recover attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with such action.   In principle, we will normally be the proper plaintiff and as a general rule a derivative action may not be brought by a minority shareholder. However, based on English authorities, which would in all likelihood be of persuasive authority in the Cayman Islands, the Cayman Islands courts can be expected to follow and apply the common law principles (namely the rule in Foss v. Harbottle and the exceptions thereto) so that a non-controlling shareholder may be permitted to commence a class action against or derivative actions in the name of the company to challenge: (a) an act which is illegal or ultra vires with respect to the company and is therefore incapable of ratification by the shareholders; (b) an act which, although not ultra vires, requires authorization by a qualified (or special) majority (that is, more than a simple majority) which has not been obtained; and (c) an act which constitutes a “fraud on the minority” where the wrongdoers are themselves in control of the company.
         
Inspection of Corporate Records   Under Delaware law, shareholders of a Delaware corporation have the right during normal business hours to inspect for any proper purpose, and to obtain copies of list(s) of shareholders and other books and records of the corporation and its subsidiaries, if any, to the extent the books and records of such subsidiaries are available to the corporation.   Shareholders of a Cayman Islands exempted company have no general right under Cayman Islands law to inspect or obtain copies of a list of shareholders or other corporate records (other than the register of mortgages or charges) of the company. However, these rights may be provided in the company’s memorandum and articles of association.
         
Shareholder Proposals   Unless provided in the corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, Delaware law does not include a provision restricting the manner in which shareholders may bring business before a meeting.   The Cayman Islands Companies Act provides shareholders with only limited rights to requisition a general meeting, and does not provide shareholders with any right to put any proposal before a general meeting. However, these rights may be provided in a company’s articles of association. Our articles provide that general meetings shall be convened on the written requisition of one or more of the shareholders entitled to attend and vote at our general meetings who (together) hold not less than 10 percent of the rights to vote at such general meeting in accordance with the notice provisions in the articles, specifying the purpose of the meeting and signed by each of the shareholders making the requisition. If the directors do not convene such meeting for a date not later than twenty-one clear days’ after the date of receipt of the written requisition, those shareholders who requested the meeting may convene the general meeting themselves within three months after the end of such period of twenty-one clear days in which case reasonable expenses incurred by them as a result of the directors failing to convene a meeting shall be reimbursed by us. Our articles provide no other right to put any proposals before annual general meetings or extraordinary general meetings. As a Cayman Islands exempted company, we are not obligated by law to call shareholders’ annual general meetings. However, our corporate governance guidelines require us to call such meetings every year.

 

117

 

 

Approval of Corporate Matters by Written Consent   Delaware law permits shareholders to take actions by written consent signed by the holders of outstanding shares having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting of shareholders.   The Cayman Islands Companies Act allows a special resolution to be passed in writing if signed by all the voting shareholders (if authorized by the memorandum and articles of association).
         
Calling of Special Shareholders Meetings   Delaware law permits the board of directors or any person who is authorized under a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws to call a special meeting of shareholders.   The Cayman Islands Companies Act does not have provisions governing the proceedings of shareholders meetings which are usually provided in the memorandum and articles of association. Please see above.
         
Dissolution; Winding Up   Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, unless the board of directors approves the proposal to dissolve, dissolution must be approved by shareholders holding 100% of the total voting power of the corporation. Only if the dissolution is initiated by the board of directors may it be approved by a simple majority of the corporation’s outstanding shares. Delaware law allows a Delaware corporation to include in its certificate of incorporation a supermajority voting requirement in connection with dissolutions initiated by the board of directors.   Under the Cayman Islands Companies Act and our articles, the Company may be wound up by a special resolution of our shareholders, or if the winding up is initiated by our board of directors, by either a special resolution of our members or, if our company is unable to pay its debts as they fall due, by an ordinary resolution of our members. In addition, a company may be wound up by an order of the courts of the Cayman Islands. The court has authority to order winding up in a number of specified circumstances including where it is, in the opinion of the court, just and equitable to do so.

 

Anti-money Laundering—Cayman Islands

 

In order to comply with legislation or regulations aimed at the prevention of money laundering, we may be required to adopt and maintain anti-money laundering procedures, and may require subscribers to provide evidence to verify their identity. Where permitted, and subject to certain conditions, we may also delegate the maintenance of our anti-money laundering procedures (including the acquisition of due diligence information) to a suitable person.

 

We reserve the right to request such information as is necessary to verify the identity of a subscriber. In the event of delay or failure on the part of the subscriber in producing any information required for verification purposes, we may refuse to accept the application, in which case any funds received will be returned without interest to the account from which they were originally debited.

 

We also reserve the right to refuse to make any redemption payment to a shareholder if our directors or officers suspect or are advised that the payment of redemption proceeds to such shareholder might result in a breach of applicable anti-money laundering or other laws or regulations by any person in any relevant jurisdiction, or if such refusal is considered necessary or appropriate to ensure our compliance with any such laws or regulations in any applicable jurisdiction.

 

If any person resident in the Cayman Islands knows or suspects or has reason for knowing or suspecting that another person is engaged in criminal conduct or is involved with terrorism or terrorist property and the information for that knowledge or suspicion came to their attention in the course of their business in the regulated sector, or other trade, profession, business or employment, the person will be required to report such knowledge or suspicion to (i) a nominated officer (appointed in accordance with the Proceeds of Crime Act (Revised) of the Cayman Islands) or the Financial Reporting Authority of the Cayman Islands, pursuant to the Proceeds of Crime Act (Revised), if the disclosure relates to criminal conduct or money laundering or (ii) to a police constable or a nominated officer (pursuant to the Terrorism Act (Revised) of the Cayman Islands) or the Financial Reporting Authority, pursuant to the Terrorism Act (Revised), if the disclosure relates to involvement with terrorism or terrorist financing and terrorist property. Such a report shall not be treated as a breach of confidence or of any restriction upon the disclosure of information imposed by any enactment or otherwise.

 

Data Protection in the Cayman Islands—Privacy Notice

 

This privacy notice explains the manner in which we collect, process, and maintain personal data about investors of the Company pursuant to the Data Protection Act (Revised) of the Cayman Islands, as amended from time to time and any regulations, codes of practice, or orders promulgated pursuant thereto (the “DPA”).

 

We are committed to processing personal data in accordance with the DPA. In our use of personal data, we will be characterized under the DPA as a “data controller,” whilst certain of our service providers, affiliates, and delegates may act as “data processors” under the DPA. These service providers may process personal information for their own lawful purposes in connection with services provided to us.

 

By virtue of your investment in the Company, we and certain of our service providers may collect, record, store, transfer, and otherwise process personal data by which individuals may be directly or indirectly identified.

 

Your personal data will be processed fairly and for lawful purposes, including (a) where the processing is necessary for us to perform a contract to which you are a party or for taking pre-contractual steps at your request, (b) where the processing is necessary for compliance with any legal, tax, or regulatory obligation to which we are subject, or (c) where the processing is for the purposes of legitimate interests pursued by us or by a service provider to whom the data are disclosed. As a data controller, we will only use your personal data for the purposes for which we collected it. If we need to use your personal data for an unrelated purpose, we will contact you.

  

118

 

 

We anticipate that we will share your personal data with our service providers for the purposes set out in this privacy notice. We may also share relevant personal data where it is lawful to do so and necessary to comply with our contractual obligations or your instructions or where it is necessary or desirable to do so in connection with any regulatory reporting obligations. In exceptional circumstances, we will share your personal data with regulatory, prosecuting, and other governmental agencies or departments, and parties to litigation (whether pending or threatened), in any country or territory including to any other person where we have a public or legal duty to do so (e.g. to assist with detecting and preventing fraud, tax evasion, and financial crime or compliance with a court order).

 

Your personal data shall not be held by the Company for longer than necessary with regard to the purposes of the data processing.

 

We will not sell your personal data. Any transfer of personal data outside of the Cayman Islands shall be in accordance with the requirements of the DPA. Where necessary, we will ensure that separate and appropriate legal agreements are put in place with the recipient of that data.

 

We will only transfer personal data in accordance with the requirements of the DPA, and will apply appropriate technical and organizational information security measures designed to protect against unauthorized or unlawful processing of the personal data and against the accidental loss, destruction, or damage to the personal data.

 

If you are a natural person, this will affect you directly. If you are a corporate investor (including, for these purposes, legal arrangements such as trusts or exempted limited partnerships) that provides us with personal data on individuals connected to you for any reason in relation to your investment into the Company, this will be relevant for those individuals and you should inform such individuals of the content.

 

You have certain rights under the DPA, including (a) the right to be informed as to how we collect and use your personal data (and this privacy notice fulfils our obligation in this respect), (b) the right to obtain a copy of your personal data, (c) the right to require us to stop direct marketing, (d) the right to have inaccurate or incomplete personal data corrected, (e) the right to withdraw your consent and require us to stop processing or restrict the processing, or not begin the processing of your personal data, (f) the right to be notified of a data breach (unless the breach is unlikely to be prejudicial), (g) the right to obtain information as to any countries or territories outside the Cayman Islands to which we, whether directly or indirectly, transfer, intend to transfer, or wish to transfer your personal data, general measures we take to ensure the security of personal data, and any information available to us as to the source of your personal data, (h) the right to complain to the Office of the Ombudsman of the Cayman Islands, and (i) the right to require us to delete your personal data in some limited circumstances.

 

If you consider that your personal data has not been handled correctly, or you are not satisfied with our responses to any requests you have made regarding the use of your personal data, you have the right to complain to the Cayman Islands’ Ombudsman. The Ombudsman can be contacted by calling +1 (345) 946-6283 or by email at info@ombudsman.ky.

 

History of Share Issuances

 

The following is a summary of our share issuances since incorporation.

 

On January 3, 2020, 9,165,000 ordinary shares, par value $0.001 per share, were held by Joya Enterprises Limited.

 

As part of the Reorganization, we undertook the following corporate actions:

 

Share Issuances in February 2020

 

On February 22, 2020, we issued the following ordinary shares, par value $0.001 per share, to certain founding shareholders of Pop Culture Group:

 

Purchaser   Number
of
Ordinary
Shares
    Consideration  
Joya Enterprises Limited     165,000     $ 165  
Victory Quest Industries Limited     1,653,911     $ 1,654  
Billion Hill Investment Corporation     1,502,000     $ 1,502  
Bofeng Holdings Limited     1,007,700     $ 1,008  
Sense Venture International Limited     1,007,700     $ 1,008  
Dragon Bright Asia Corporation     400,000     $ 400  
Wealth Progress International Corporation     40,000     $ 40  

 

Re-designation of Ordinary Shares in April 2020

 

On April 28, 2020, our shareholders approved the re-designation of 5,763,077 of our issued ordinary shares held by Joya Enterprises Limited into 5,763,077 Class B Ordinary Shares.

 

119

 

 

On April 28, 2020, our shareholders approved the re-designation of already issued ordinary shares into Class A Ordinary Shares as set out in the table below:

 

Shareholder   Number of
Class A
Ordinary
Shares
 
Joya Enterprises Limited     3,566,923  
Victory Quest Industries Limited     1,653,911  
Billion Hill Investment Corporation     1,502,000  
Bofeng Holdings Limited     1,007,700  
Sense Venture International Limited     1,007,700  
Dragon Bright Asia Corporation     400,000  
Wealth Progress International Corporation     40,000  

 

Share Issuances and Transfers in May 2020

 

On May 30, 2020, we issued Class A Ordinary Shares to the following shareholders pursuant to certain share purchase agreements entered into on September 30, 2019:

 

Purchaser   Number of
Class A
Ordinary
Shares
    Consideration  
Monica Hon Yau Tse     190,000     $ 241,515.19  
Yuen Ching Wong     190,000     $ 241,515.19  
Yee Man Yau     190,000     $ 241,515.19  
Chau Hung Yeung     190,000     $ 241,515.19  
New Rise International Limited     583,600     $ 741,832.57  

 

On May 30, 2020, we issued Class A Ordinary Shares to the following shareholders, who are original shareholders of Xiamen Pop Culture:

 

Purchaser   Number of
Class A
Ordinary
Shares
    Consideration  
Hengzhang Qiu     100,000     $ 100  
Yuling Yan     400,000     $ 400  

 

On May 30, 2020, our board of directors approved the following transfers of Class A Ordinary Shares:

 

Transferor   Transferee   Number of Class A
Ordinary Shares
 
Joya Enterprises Limited   China Young Group Limited     2,180,000  
Joya Enterprises Limited   Chen Li     200,000  
Joya Enterprises Limited   Yi Zhang     100,000  
Joya Enterprises Limited   Yamo Zhao     100,000  
Joya Enterprises Limited   Qiuyan Zhang     10,000  
Joya Enterprises Limited   Lingyun Wu     936,923  
Joya Enterprises Limited   Wenjuan Qiu     40,000  
Billion Hill Investment Corporation   Fengying Qiu     182,000  
Billion Hill Investment Corporation   Chunhui Liu     168,000  
Billion Hill Investment Corporation   Shuangyan Qiu     175,000  
Billion Hill Investment Corporation   Xingbin Qiu     175,000  
Billion Hill Investment Corporation   Qiuyan Zhang     152,600  
Billion Hill Investment Corporation   Ronghui Qiu     150,000  
Billion Hill Investment Corporation   Meihua Li     100,000  
Billion Hill Investment Corporation   Meirong Qiu     100,000  
Victory Quest Industries Limited   HK Weiyi Culture Media Limited     632,911  
Victory Quest Industries Limited   HK Longren Number Media Limited     320,000  
Victory Quest Industries Limited   Xiaosong Ye     300,000  
Victory Quest Industries Limited   Hailong Huang     80,000  
Victory Quest Industries Limited   Lei Wang     68,000  
Victory Quest Industries Limited   Juyuan Hong     20,000  

 

120

 

 

Share Issuances in February 2021

 

On February 9, 2021, we issued Class A Ordinary Shares to the following shareholders to acquire 6.45% non-controlling interests in Xiamen Pop Culture:

 

Purchaser   Number of
Class A
Ordinary
Shares
    Consideration  
Bravo Great Group Limited     730,000     $ 730  
Huadi Qiu     300,000     $ 300  
Jiapeng Lin     35,089     $ 35.089  

 

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

 

Before our initial public offering, there has not been a public market for our Class A Ordinary Shares, and although we have applied to list our Class A Ordinary Shares on the Nasdaq Global Market, a regular trading market for our Class A Ordinary Shares may not develop. Future sales of substantial amounts of shares of our Class A Ordinary Shares in the public market after our initial public offering, or the possibility of these sales occurring, could cause the prevailing market price for our Class A Ordinary Shares to fall or impair our ability to raise equity capital in the future. Upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares held by public shareholders representing approximately 10.27% of our Class A Ordinary Shares in issue if the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option, and approximately 11.63% of our Class A Ordinary Shares in issue if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full. All of the Class A Ordinary Shares sold in this offering will be freely transferable by persons other than our “affiliates” without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act.

 

Lock-Up Agreements

 

We have agreed not to, for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, offer, issue, sell, contract to sell, encumber, grant any option for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of, except in this offering, any of our Class A Ordinary Shares or securities that are substantially similar to our Class A Ordinary Shares, including but not limited to any options or warrants to purchase our Class A Ordinary Shares, or any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, our Class A Ordinary Shares or any such substantially similar securities (other than pursuant to employee stock option plans existing on, or upon the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities outstanding as of, the date such lock-up agreement was executed), without the prior written consent of the Underwriters.

 

Furthermore, each of our directors, executive officers, and shareholders owning [●]% or more of our Class A Ordinary Shares has also entered into a similar lock-up agreement for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions, with respect to our Class A Ordinary Shares and securities that are substantially similar to our Class A Ordinary Shares.

 

We are not aware of any plans by any significant shareholders to dispose of significant numbers of our Class A Ordinary Shares. However, one or more existing shareholders or owners of securities convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for our Class A Ordinary Shares may dispose of significant numbers of our Class A Ordinary Shares in the future. We cannot predict what effect, if any, future sales of our Class A Ordinary Shares, or the availability of Class A Ordinary Shares for future sale, will have on the trading price of our Class A Ordinary Shares from time to time. Sales of substantial amounts of our Class A Ordinary Shares in the public market, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect the trading price of our Class A Ordinary Shares.

 

Rule 144

 

All of our Class A Ordinary Shares outstanding prior to the closing of this offering are “restricted securities” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act and may be sold publicly in the United States only if they are subject to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirement such as those provided by Rule 144 and Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who is not deemed to have been our affiliate at any time during the three months preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for more than six months would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of those shares, subject only to the availability of current public information about us. A non-affiliate who has beneficially owned restricted securities for at least one year from the later of the date these shares were acquired from us or from our affiliate would be entitled to freely sell those shares.

 

121

 

 

A person who is deemed to be an affiliate of ours and who has beneficially owned “restricted securities” for at least six months would be entitled to sell, within any three-month period, a number of shares that is not more than the greater of:

 

  1% of the number of Class A Ordinary Shares then outstanding, in the form of Class A Ordinary Shares or otherwise, which will equal approximately 18,086,923 shares immediately after this offering, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option; or
     
  the average weekly trading volume of the Class A Ordinary Shares on the Nasdaq Global Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

 

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

 

Rule 701

 

In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act as currently in effect, each of our employees, consultants, or advisors who purchases our Class A Ordinary Shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock plan or other written agreement executed prior to the completion of this offering is eligible to resell those Class A Ordinary Shares in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with some of the restrictions, including the holding period, contained in Rule 144. However, the Rule 701 shares would remain subject to lock-up arrangements and would only become eligible for sale when the lock-up period expires.

 

Regulation S

 

Regulation S provides generally that sales made in offshore transactions are not subject to the registration or prospectus-delivery requirements of the Securities Act.

 

122

 

 

MATERIAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATION

 

People’s Republic of China Enterprise Taxation

 

The following brief description of Chinese enterprise income taxation is designed to highlight the enterprise-level taxation on our earnings, which will affect the amount of dividends, if any, we are ultimately able to pay to our shareholders. See “Dividend Policy.”

 

According to the EIT Law, which was promulgated by the SCNPC on March 16, 2007, became effective on January 1, 2008, and was then last amended on December 29, 2018, and the Implementation Rules of the EIT Law, which were promulgated by the State Council on December 6, 2007, and became effective on January 1, 2008, enterprises are divided into resident enterprises and non-resident enterprises. Resident enterprises pay enterprise income tax on their incomes obtained in and outside the PRC at the rate of 25%. Non-resident enterprises setting up institutions in the PRC pay enterprise income tax on the incomes obtained by such institutions in and outside the PRC at the rate of 25%. Non-resident enterprises with no institutions in the PRC, and non-resident enterprises with income having no substantial connection with their institutions in the PRC, pay enterprise income tax on their income obtained in the PRC at a reduced rate of 10%.

 

We are a holding company incorporated in the Cayman Islands and we gain substantial income by way of dividends paid to us from our PRC subsidiary. The EIT Law and its implementation rules provide that China-sourced income of foreign enterprises, such as dividends paid by a PRC subsidiary to its equity holders that are non-resident enterprises, will normally be subject to PRC withholding tax at a rate of 10%, unless any such foreign investor’s jurisdiction of incorporation has a tax treaty with China that provides for a preferential tax rate or a tax exemption.

 

Under the EIT Law, an enterprise established outside of China with a “de facto management body” within China is considered a “resident enterprise,” which means that it is treated in a manner similar to a Chinese enterprise for enterprise income tax purposes. Although the implementation rules of the EIT Law define “de facto management body” as a managing body that actually, comprehensively manage and control the production and operation, staff, accounting, property, and other aspects of an enterprise, the only official guidance for this definition currently available is set forth in SAT Notice 82, which provides guidance on the determination of the tax residence status of a Chinese-controlled offshore incorporated enterprise, defined as an enterprise that is incorporated under the laws of a foreign country or territory and that has a PRC enterprise or enterprise group as its primary controlling shareholder. Although Pop Culture Group does not have a PRC enterprise or enterprise group as our primary controlling shareholder and is therefore not a Chinese-controlled offshore incorporated enterprise within the meaning of SAT Notice 82, in the absence of guidance specifically applicable to us, we have applied the guidance set forth in SAT Notice 82 to evaluate the tax residence status of Pop Culture Group and its subsidiaries organized outside the PRC.

 

According to SAT Notice 82, a Chinese-controlled offshore incorporated enterprise will be regarded as a PRC tax resident by virtue of having a “de facto management body” in China and will be subject to PRC enterprise income tax on its worldwide income only if all of the following criteria are met: (i) the places where senior management and senior management departments that are responsible for daily production, operation and management of the enterprise perform their duties are mainly located within the territory of China; (ii) financial decisions (such as money borrowing, lending, financing and financial risk management) and personnel decisions (such as appointment, dismissal and salary and wages) are decided or need to be decided by organizations or persons located within the territory of China; (iii) main property, accounting books, corporate seal, the board of directors and files of the minutes of shareholders’ meetings of the enterprise are located or preserved within the territory of China; and (iv) one half (or more) of the directors or senior management staff having the right to vote habitually reside within the territory of China.

 

We believe that we do not meet some of the conditions outlined in the immediately preceding paragraph. For example, as a holding company, the key assets and records of Pop Culture Group, including the resolutions and meeting minutes of our board of directors and the resolutions and meeting minutes of our shareholders, are located and maintained outside the PRC. In addition, we are not aware of any offshore holding companies with a corporate structure similar to ours that has been deemed a PRC “resident enterprise” by the PRC tax authorities. Accordingly, we believe that Pop Culture Group and its offshore subsidiaries should not be treated as a “resident enterprise” for PRC tax purposes if the criteria for “de facto management body” as set forth in SAT Notice 82 were deemed applicable to us. However, as the tax residency status of an enterprise is subject to determination by the PRC tax authorities and uncertainties remain with respect to the interpretation of the term “de facto management body” as applicable to our offshore entities, we will continue to monitor our tax status.

 

123

 

 

The implementation rules of the EIT Law provide that, (i) if the enterprise that distributes dividends is domiciled in the PRC or (ii) if gains are realized from transferring equity interests of enterprises domiciled in the PRC, then such dividends or gains are treated as China-sourced income. It is not clear how “domicile” may be interpreted under the EIT Law, and it may be interpreted as the jurisdiction where the enterprise is a tax resident. Therefore, if we are considered as a PRC tax resident enterprise for PRC tax purposes, any dividends we pay to our overseas shareholders which are non-resident enterprises as well as gains realized by such shareholders from the transfer of our shares may be regarded as China-sourced income and as a result become subject to PRC withholding tax at a rate of up to 10%. GFE, our PRC counsel, is unable to provide a “will” opinion because it believes that it is more likely than not that we and our offshore subsidiaries would be treated as non-resident enterprises for PRC tax purposes because we do not meet some of the conditions outlined in SAT Notice 82. In addition, GFE is not aware of any offshore holding companies with a corporate structure similar to ours that has been deemed a PRC “resident enterprise” by the PRC tax authorities as of the date of the prospectus. Therefore, GFE believes that it is possible but highly unlikely that the income received by our overseas shareholders will be regarded as China-sourced income.

 

See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Doing Business in the PRC—Under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, we may be classified as a PRC ‘resident enterprise’ for PRC enterprise income tax purposes. Such classification would likely result in unfavorable tax consequences to us and our non-PRC shareholders and have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and the value of your investment.”

 

Currently, as resident enterprises in the PRC, Heliheng as well as Xiamen Pop Culture and its subsidiaries in PRC are subject to the enterprise income tax at the rate of 25%, except that once an enterprise meets certain requirements and is identified as a small-scale minimal profit enterprise, the part of its taxable income not more than RMB1 million is subject to a reduced rate of 5% and the part between RMB1 million and 3 million is subject to a reduced rate of 10%. The EIT is calculated based on the entity’s global income as determined under PRC tax laws and accounting standards. If the PRC tax authorities determine that Pop Culture Group is a PRC resident enterprise for enterprise income tax purposes, we may be required to withhold a 10% withholding tax from dividends we pay to our shareholders that are non-resident enterprises. In addition, non-resident enterprise shareholders may be subject to a 10% PRC withholding tax on gains realized on the sale or other disposition of our Class A Ordinary Shares or Class B Ordinary Shares, if such income is treated as sourced from within the PRC. It is unclear whether our non-PRC individual shareholders would be subject to any PRC tax on dividends or gains obtained by such non-PRC individual shareholders in the event we are determined to be a PRC resident enterprise. If any PRC tax were to apply to dividends or gains realized by non-PRC individuals, it would generally apply at a rate of 20% unless a reduced rate is available under an applicable tax treaty. However, it is also unclear whether our non-PRC shareholders would be able to claim the benefits of any tax treaties between their country of tax residence and the PRC in the event that we are treated as a PRC resident enterprise. There is no guidance from the PRC government to indicate whether or not any tax treaties between the PRC and other countries would apply in circumstances where a non-PRC company was deemed to be a PRC tax resident, and thus there is no basis for expecting how tax treaty between the PRC and other countries may impact non-resident enterprises.

 

Hong Kong Taxation

 

Entities incorporated in Hong Kong are subject to profits tax in Hong Kong at the rate of 16.5%.

 

Cayman Islands Taxation

 

The Cayman Islands currently levies no taxes on individuals or corporations based upon profits, income, gains, or appreciation and there is no taxation in the nature of inheritance tax or estate duty. There are no other taxes likely to be material to us levied by the Government of the Cayman Islands except for stamp duties which may be applicable on instruments executed in, or, after execution, brought within the jurisdiction of the Cayman Islands. No stamp duty is payable in the Cayman Islands on the issue of shares by, or any transfers of shares of, Cayman Islands companies (except those which hold interests in land in the Cayman Islands). There are no exchange control regulations or currency restrictions in the Cayman Islands.

 

Payments of dividends and capital in respect of our Class A Ordinary Shares or Class B Ordinary Shares will not be subject to taxation in the Cayman Islands and no withholding will be required on the payment of a dividend or capital to any holder of our Class A Ordinary Shares or Class B Ordinary Shares, as the case may be, nor will gains derived from the disposal of our Class A Ordinary Shares or Class B Ordinary Shares be subject to Cayman Islands income or corporation tax.

 

124

 

 

United States Federal Income Taxation

 

The following does not address the tax consequences to any particular investor or to persons in special tax situations such as:

 

  banks;
     
  financial institutions;
     
  insurance companies;
     
  regulated investment companies;
     
  real estate investment trusts;
     
  broker-dealers;
     
  persons that elect to mark their securities to market;
     
  U.S. expatriates or former long-term residents of the U.S.;
     
  governments or agencies or instrumentalities thereof;
     
  tax-exempt entities;
     
  persons liable for alternative minimum tax;
     
  persons holding our Class A Ordinary Shares as part of a straddle, hedging, conversion or integrated transaction;
     
  persons that actually or constructively own 10% or more of our voting power or value (including by reason of owning our Class A Ordinary Shares);
     
  persons who acquired our Class A Ordinary Shares pursuant to the exercise of any employee share option or otherwise as compensation;
     
  persons holding our Class A Ordinary Shares through partnerships or other pass-through entities;
     
  beneficiaries of a Trust holding our Class A Ordinary Shares; or
     
  persons holding our Class A Ordinary Shares through a trust.

 

The discussion set forth below is addressed only to U.S. Holders that purchase Class A Ordinary Shares in this offering. Prospective purchasers are urged to consult their own tax advisors about the application of the U.S. federal income tax rules to their particular circumstances as well as the state, local, foreign and other tax consequences to them of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our Class A Ordinary Shares.

 

Material Tax Consequences Applicable to U.S. Holders of Our Class A Ordinary Shares

 

The following sets forth the material U.S. federal income tax consequences related to the ownership and disposition of our Class A Ordinary Shares. It is directed to U.S. Holders (as defined below) of our Class A Ordinary Shares and is based upon laws and relevant interpretations thereof in effect as of the date of this prospectus, all of which are subject to change. This description does not deal with all possible tax consequences relating to ownership and disposition of our Class A Ordinary Shares or U.S. tax laws, other than the U.S. federal income tax laws, such as the tax consequences under non-U.S. tax laws, state, local and other tax laws.

 

125

 

 

The following brief description applies only to U.S. Holders (defined below) that hold Class A Ordinary Shares as capital assets and that have the U.S. dollar as their functional currency. This brief description is based on the federal income tax laws of the United States in effect as of the date of this prospectus and on U.S. Treasury regulations in effect or, in some cases, proposed, as of the date of this prospectus, as well as judicial and administrative interpretations thereof available on or before such date. All of the foregoing authorities are subject to change, which change could apply retroactively and could affect the tax consequences described below.

 

The brief description below of the U.S. federal income tax consequences to “U.S. Holders” will apply to you if you are a beneficial owner of Class A Ordinary Shares and you are, for U.S. federal income tax purposes,

 

  an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;
     
  a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;
     
  an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or
     
  a trust that (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and the control of one or more U.S. persons for all substantial decisions or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

 

If a partnership (or other entities treated as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes) is a beneficial owner of our Class A Ordinary Shares, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partnerships and partners of a partnership holding our Class A Ordinary Shares are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding an investment in our Class A Ordinary Shares.

 

Taxation of Dividends and Other Distributions on our Class A Ordinary Shares

 

Subject to the PFIC (defined below) rules discussed below, the gross amount of distributions made by us to you with respect to the Class A Ordinary Shares (including the amount of any taxes withheld therefrom) will generally be includable in your gross income as dividend income on the date of receipt by you, but only to the extent that the distribution is paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). With respect to corporate U.S. Holders, the dividends will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction allowed to corporations in respect of dividends received from other U.S. corporations.

 

With respect to non-corporate U.S. Holders, including individual U.S. Holders, dividends will be taxed at the lower capital gains rate applicable to qualified dividend income, provided that (1) the Class A Ordinary Shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States, or we are eligible for the benefits of an approved qualifying income tax treaty with the United States that includes an exchange of information program, (2) we are not a PFIC (defined below) for either our taxable year in which the dividend is paid or the preceding taxable year, and (3) certain holding period requirements are met. Because there is no income tax treaty between the United States and the Cayman Islands, clause (1) above can be satisfied only if the Class A Ordinary Shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States. Under U.S. Internal Revenue Service authority, Class A Ordinary Shares are considered for purpose of clause (1) above to be readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States if they are listed on certain exchanges, which presently include the NYSE and the Nasdaq Stock Market. You are urged to consult your tax advisors regarding the availability of the lower rate for dividends paid with respect to our Class A Ordinary Shares, including the effects of any change in law after the date of this prospectus.

 

Dividends will constitute foreign source income for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. If the dividends are taxed as qualified dividend income (as discussed above), the amount of the dividend taken into account for purposes of calculating the foreign tax credit limitation will be limited to the gross amount of the dividend, multiplied by the reduced rate divided by the highest rate of tax normally applicable to dividends. The limitation on foreign taxes eligible for credit is calculated separately with respect to specific classes of income. For this purpose, dividends distributed by us with respect to our Class A Ordinary Shares will constitute “passive category income” but could, in the case of certain U.S. Holders, constitute “general category income.”

 

126

 

 

To the extent that the amount of the distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles), it will be treated first as a tax-free return of your tax basis in your Class A Ordinary Shares, and to the extent the amount of the distribution exceeds your tax basis, the excess will be taxed as capital gain. We do not intend to calculate our earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles. Therefore, a U.S. Holder should expect that a distribution will be treated as a dividend even if that distribution would otherwise be treated as a non-taxable return of capital or as capital gain under the rules described above.

 

Taxation of Dispositions of Class A Ordinary Shares

 

Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules discussed below, you will recognize taxable gain or loss on any sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of a share equal to the difference between the amount realized (in U.S. dollars) for the share and your tax basis (in U.S. dollars) in the Class A Ordinary Shares. The gain or loss will be capital gain or loss. If you are a non-corporate U.S. Holder, including an individual U.S. Holder, who has held the Class A Ordinary Shares for more than one year, you will generally be eligible for reduced tax rates. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations. Any such gain or loss that you recognize will generally be treated as United States source income or loss for foreign tax credit limitation purposes which will generally limit the availability of foreign tax credits.

 

Passive Foreign Investment Company (“PFIC”)

 

A non-U.S. corporation is considered a PFIC, as defined in Section 1297(a) of the US Internal Revenue Code, for any taxable year if either:

 

  at least 75% of its gross income for such taxable year is passive income; or
     
  at least 50% of the value of its assets (based on an average of the quarterly values of the assets during a taxable year) is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income (the “asset test”).

 

Passive income generally includes dividends, interest, rents and royalties (other than rents or royalties derived from the active conduct of a trade or business) and gains from the disposition of passive assets. We will be treated as owning our proportionate share of the assets and earning our proportionate share of the income of any other corporation in which we own, directly or indirectly, at least 25% (by value) of the stock. In determining the value and composition of our assets for purposes of the PFIC asset test, (1) the cash we raise in this offering will generally be considered to be held for the production of passive income and (2) the value of our assets must be determined based on the market value of our Class A Ordinary Shares from time to time, which could cause the value of our non-passive assets to be less than 50% of the value of all of our assets (including the cash raised in this offering) on any particular quarterly testing date for purposes of the asset test.

 

Based on our operations and the composition of our assets we do not expect to be treated as a PFIC under the current PFIC rules. We must make a separate determination each year as to whether we are a PFIC, however, and there can be no assurance with respect to our status as a PFIC for our current taxable year or any future taxable year. Depending on the amount of cash we raise in this offering, together with any other assets held for the production of passive income, it is possible that, for our current taxable year or for any subsequent taxable year, more than 50% of our assets may be assets held for the production of passive income. We will make this determination following the end of any particular tax year. Although the law in this regard is unclear, we are treating our VIE as being owned by us for United States federal income tax purposes, not only because we control their management decisions, but also because we are entitled to the economic benefits associated with our VIE, and as a result, we are treating our VIE as our wholly-owned subsidiary for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If we are not treated as owning our VIE for United States federal income tax purposes, we would likely be treated as a PFIC. In addition, because the value of our assets for purposes of the asset test will generally be determined based on the market price of our Class A Ordinary Shares and because cash is generally considered to be an asset held for the production of passive income, our PFIC status will depend in large part on the market price of our Class A Ordinary Shares and the amount of cash we raise in this offering. Accordingly, fluctuations in the market price of the Class A Ordinary Shares may cause us to become a PFIC. In addition, the application of the PFIC rules is subject to uncertainty in several respects and the composition of our income and assets will be affected by how, and how quickly, we spend the cash we raise in this offering. We are under no obligation to take steps to reduce the risk of our being classified as a PFIC, and as stated above, the determination of the value of our assets will depend upon material facts (including the market price of our Class A Ordinary Shares from time to time and the amount of cash we raise in this offering) that may not be within our control. If we are a PFIC for any year during which you hold Class A Ordinary Shares, we will continue to be treated as a PFIC for all succeeding years during which you hold Class A Ordinary Shares. If we cease to be a PFIC and you did not previously make a timely “mark-to-market” election as described below, however, you may avoid some of the adverse effects of the PFIC regime by making a “purging election” (as described below) with respect to the Class A Ordinary Shares.

 

127

 

 

If we are a PFIC for your taxable year(s) during which you hold Class A Ordinary Shares, you will be subject to special tax rules with respect to any “excess distribution” that you receive and any gain you realize from a sale or other disposition (including a pledge) of the Class A Ordinary Shares, unless you make a “mark-to-market” election as discussed below. Distributions you receive in a taxable year that are greater than 125% of the average annual distributions you received during the shorter of the three preceding taxable years or your holding period for the Class A Ordinary Shares will be treated as an excess distribution. Under these special tax rules:

 

  the excess distribution or gain will be allocated ratably over your holding period for the Class A Ordinary Shares;
     
  the amount allocated to your current taxable year, and any amount allocated to any of your taxable year(s) prior to the first taxable year in which we were a PFIC, will be treated as ordinary income, and
     
  the amount allocated to each of your other taxable year(s) will be subject to the highest tax rate in effect for that year and the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed on the resulting tax attributable to each such year.

 

The tax liability for amounts allocated to years prior to the year of disposition or “excess distribution” cannot be offset by any net operating losses for such years, and gains (but not losses) realized on the sale of the Class A Ordinary Shares cannot be treated as capital, even if you hold the Class A Ordinary Shares as capital assets.

 

A U.S. Holder of “marketable stock” (as defined below) in a PFIC may make a mark-to-market election under Section 1296 of the US Internal Revenue Code for such stock to elect out of the tax treatment discussed above. If you make a mark-to-market election for first taxable year which you hold (or are deemed to hold) Class A Ordinary Shares and for which we are determined to be a PFIC, you will include in your income each year an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the Class A Ordinary Shares as of the close of such taxable year over your adjusted basis in such Class A Ordinary Shares, which excess will be treated as ordinary income and not capital gain. You are allowed an ordinary loss for the excess, if any, of the adjusted basis of the Class A Ordinary Shares over their fair market value as of the close of the taxable year. Such ordinary loss, however, is allowable only to the extent of any net mark-to-market gains on the Class A Ordinary Shares included in your income for prior taxable years. Amounts included in your income under a mark-to-market election, as well as gain on the actual sale or other disposition of the Class A Ordinary Shares, are treated as ordinary income. Ordinary loss treatment also applies to any loss realized on the actual sale or disposition of the Class A Ordinary Shares, to the extent that the amount of such loss does not exceed the net mark-to-market gains previously included for such Class A Ordinary Shares. Your basis in the Class A Ordinary Shares will be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amounts. If you make a valid mark-to-market election, the tax rules that apply to distributions by corporations which are not PFICs would apply to distributions by us, except that the lower applicable capital gains rate for qualified dividend income discussed above under “—Taxation of Dividends and Other Distributions on our Class A Ordinary Shares” generally would not apply.

 

The mark-to-market election is available only for “marketable stock,” which is stock that is traded in other than de minimis quantities on at least 15 days during each calendar quarter (“regularly traded”) on a qualified exchange or other market (as defined in applicable U.S. Treasury regulations), including the Nasdaq Global Market. If the Class A Ordinary Shares are regularly traded on the Nasdaq Global Market and if you are a holder of Class A Ordinary Shares, the mark-to-market election would be available to you were we to be or become a PFIC.

 

Alternatively, a U.S. Holder of stock in a PFIC may make a “qualified electing fund” election under Section 1295(b) of the US Internal Revenue Code with respect to such PFIC to elect out of the tax treatment discussed above. A U.S. Holder who makes a valid qualified electing fund election with respect to a PFIC will generally include in gross income for a taxable year such holder’s pro rata share of the corporation’s earnings and profits for the taxable year. The qualified electing fund election, however, is available only if such PFIC provides such U.S. Holder with certain information regarding its earnings and profits as required under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations. We do not currently intend to prepare or provide the information that would enable you to make a qualified electing fund election. If you hold Class A Ordinary Shares in any taxable year in which we are a PFIC, you will be required to file U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form 8621 in each such year and provide certain annual information regarding such Class A Ordinary Shares, including regarding distributions received on the Class A Ordinary Shares and any gain realized on the disposition of the Class A Ordinary Shares.

 

128

 

 

If you do not make a timely “mark-to-market” election (as described above), and if we were a PFIC at any time during the period you hold our Class A Ordinary Shares, then such Class A Ordinary Shares will continue to be treated as stock of a PFIC with respect to you even if we cease to be a PFIC in a future year, unless you make a “purging election” for the year we cease to be a PFIC. A “purging election” creates a deemed sale of such Class A Ordinary Shares at their fair market value on the last day of the last year in which we are treated as a PFIC. The gain recognized by the purging election will be subject to the special tax and interest charge rules treating the gain as an excess distribution, as described above. As a result of the purging election, you will have a new basis (equal to the fair market value of the Class A Ordinary Shares on the last day of the last year in which we are treated as a PFIC) and holding period (which new holding period will begin the day after such last day) in your Class A Ordinary Shares for tax purposes.

 

IRC Section 1014(a) provides for a step-up in basis to the fair market value for our Class A Ordinary Shares when inherited from a decedent that was previously a holder of our Class A Ordinary Shares. However, if we are determined to be a PFIC and a decedent that was a U.S. Holder did not make either a timely qualified electing fund election for our first taxable year as a PFIC in which the U.S. Holder held (or was deemed to hold) our Class A Ordinary Shares, or a mark-to-market election and ownership of those Class A Ordinary Shares are inherited, a special provision in IRC Section 1291(e) provides that the new U.S. Holder’s basis should be reduced by an amount equal to the Section 1014 basis minus the decedent’s adjusted basis just before death. As such if we are determined to be a PFIC at any time prior to a decedent’s passing, the PFIC rules will cause any new U.S. Holder that inherits our Class A Ordinary Shares from a U.S. Holder to not get a step-up in basis under Section 1014 and instead will receive a carryover basis in those Class A Ordinary Shares.

 

You are urged to consult your tax advisors regarding the application of the PFIC rules to your investment in our Class A Ordinary Shares and the elections discussed above.

 

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

 

Dividend payments with respect to our Class A Ordinary Shares and proceeds from the sale, exchange or redemption of our Class A Ordinary Shares may be subject to information reporting to the U.S. Internal Revenue Service and possible U.S. backup withholding under Section 3406 of the US Internal Revenue Code with at a current flat rate of 24%. Backup withholding will not apply, however, to a U.S. Holder who furnishes a correct taxpayer identification number and makes any other required certification on U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 or who is otherwise exempt from backup withholding. U.S. Holders who are required to establish their exempt status generally must provide such certification on U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-9. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the U.S. information reporting and backup withholding rules.

 

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld as backup withholding may be credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, and you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules by filing the appropriate claim for refund with the U.S. Internal Revenue Service and furnishing any required information. We do not intend to withhold taxes for individual shareholders. Transactions effected through certain brokers or other intermediaries, however, may be subject to withholding taxes (including backup withholding), and such brokers or intermediaries may be required by law to withhold such taxes.

 

Under the Hiring Incentives to Restore Employment Act of 2010, certain U.S. Holders are required to report information relating to our Class A Ordinary Shares, subject to certain exceptions (including an exception for Class A Ordinary Shares held in accounts maintained by certain financial institutions), by attaching a complete Internal Revenue Service Form 8938, Statement of Specified Foreign Financial Assets, with their tax return for each year in which they hold Class A Ordinary Shares. Failure to report such information could result in substantial penalties. You should consult your own tax advisor regarding your obligation to file a Form 8938.

 

129

 

 

UNDERWRITING

 

We will enter into an underwriting agreement with Network 1 Financial Securities, Inc., the representative of the several underwriters in this offering (the “Representative”), with respect to the securities subject to this offering. Subject to certain conditions, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and the underwriters have severally agreed to purchase, the number of Class A Ordinary Shares provided below opposite their respective names.

 

Underwriters   Number of
Class A
Ordinary
Shares
 
Network 1 Financial Securities, Inc.     6,000,000  
         
Total     6,000,000  

 

The underwriters are offering the Class A Ordinary Shares subject to their acceptance of the Class A Ordinary Shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the securities offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the securities if any such securities are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the securities covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment option described below.

 

Over-Allotment Option

 

We have granted the underwriters an over-allotment option. This option, which is exercisable for up to 45 days after the date of this prospectus, permits the underwriters to purchase a maximum of 900,000 Class A Ordinary Shares from us to cover over-allotments, if any. If the underwriters exercise all or part of this option, they will purchase shares covered by the option at the public offering price per share that appears on the cover page of this prospectus, less the underwriting discount. If this option is exercised in full, the total offering price to the public will be $[●] and the total net proceeds, before expenses, to us will be $[●].

 

Underwriting Discounts and Expenses

 

The underwriters have advised us that they propose to offer the Class A Ordinary Shares to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $_______ per share. The underwriters may allow, and certain dealers may reallow, a discount from the concession not in excess of $____ per share to certain brokers and dealers. After this offering, the public offering price, concession, and reallowance to dealers may be changed by the Representative. No such change shall change the amount of proceeds to be received by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. The Class A Ordinary Shares are offered by the underwriters as stated herein, subject to receipt and acceptance by them and subject to their right to reject any order in whole or in part. The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend to confirm sales to any accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

 

The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount, and proceeds, before expenses, to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of the over-allotment option.

 

      Per Share       Total
Without
Over-
Allotment
Option
      Total With
Full Over-
Allotment
Option
 
Public offering price   $     $     $  
Underwriting discounts(1)   $     $     $  
Proceeds, before expenses, to us   $     $     $  

 

(1) Represents an underwriting discount equal to (i) 7% per share, which is the underwriting discount we have agreed to pay on investors in this offering introduced by the underwriters; and (ii) 4% per share, which is the underwriting discount we have agreed to pay on investors in this offering introduced by us. The fees do not include the Underwriter Warrants or expense reimbursement provisions described below. Underwriting discounts to be paid by us are calculated based on the assumption that no investors in this offering are introduced by us.

 

We have also agreed to issue to the Representative warrants to purchase a number of Class A Ordinary Shares equal to 10% of the total number of Class A Ordinary Shares sold in this offering, excluding any shares issued upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

 

130

 

 

The Underwriter Warrants will have an exercise price per share equal to 120% of the public offering price per share in this offering and may be exercised on a cashless basis. The Underwriter Warrants are exercisable commencing six months following the date of commencement of sales of the public offering, and will be exercisable until such warrants expire three years after the date of commencement of sales of the public offering. The Underwriter Warrants and the Class A Ordinary Shares underlying the warrants have been deemed compensation by FINRA and are therefore subject to a 180-day lock-up pursuant to FINRA Rule 5110(e)(1). The Representative (or permitted assignees under FINRA Rule 5110(e)(1)) may not sell, transfer, assign, pledge, or hypothecate the Underwriter Warrants or the Class A Ordinary Shares underlying the Underwriter Warrants, nor will they engage in any hedging, short sale, derivative, put, or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of the Underwriter Warrants or the underlying shares for a period of 180 days following the date of commencement of sales of the public offering except as permitted by FINRA Rule 5110(e)(2). The Representative will also be entitled to one demand registration of the sale of the shares underlying the Underwriter Warrants at our expense, one additional demand registration at the Underwriter Warrants’ holders’ expense, and unlimited “piggyback” registration rights for a period of three years. The Underwriter Warrants will provide for adjustment in the number and price of such warrants and the shares underlying such warrants in the event of recapitalization, merger, or other structural transaction to prevent mechanical dilution. 

 

We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain out-of-pocket expenses (the “Accountable Expense Allowance”) incurred by them up to an aggregate of $150,000, including fees and disbursements of their counsel, with respect to this offering. We have paid expense deposits of $[●] to the Representative for its anticipated out-of-pocket expenses; any expense deposits will be returned to us to the extent the Representative’s out-of-pocket accountable expenses are not actually incurred in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(4)(A).

 

We have also agreed to pay to the underwriters by deduction from the net proceeds of the offering contemplated herein, a non-accountable expense allowance equal to one percent of the gross proceeds received by us from the sale of the shares (the “Non-Accountable Expense Allowance”).

 

We estimate that expenses payable by us in connection with this offering, other than the underwriting discounts referred to above and underwriter expense reimbursement, will be approximately $[      ].

 

Indemnification

 

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act and liabilities arising from breaches of representations and warranties contained in the underwriting agreement, or to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

 

Participation in Future Offerings

 

Until 12 months from the commencement of sales of the offering, the underwriters shall have a right of first refusal to act on our behalf as the lead underwriter or co-bookrunning manager for any U.S. public offerings of equity and debt securities, of us or our U.S. subsidiaries and successors.

 

Lock-Up Agreements

 

Our executive officers, directors, and shareholders owning [●]% or more of our Class A Ordinary Shares, have agreed to a 180-day “lock-up” from the date of this prospectus that they beneficially own, including the issuance of Class A Ordinary Shares upon the exercise of currently outstanding convertible securities. This means that, for a period of 180 days following the date of this prospectus, such persons may not directly or indirectly offer, sell, pledge, or otherwise dispose of these securities without the prior written consent of the Representative. The Representative has no present intention to waive or shorten the lock-up period; however, the terms of the lock-up agreements may be waived at its discretion. In determining whether to waive the terms of the lock-up agreements, the Representative may base its decision on its assessment of the relative strengths of the securities markets and companies similar to ours in general, and the trading pattern of, and demand for, our securities in general.

 

In addition, the underwriting agreement provides that, subject to certain exceptions, we will not, for a period of 180 days following the date of this prospectus, offer, sell, or distribute any of our securities or file any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any Class A Ordinary Shares or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for Class A Ordinary Shares, without the prior written consent of the Representative.

 

131

 

 

Listing

 

We have applied to list our Class A Ordinary Shares on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “CPOP.”

 

Price Stabilization, Short Positions, and Penalty Bids

 

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions, and penalty bids in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act:

 

  Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.

 

  Over-allotment transactions involve sales by the underwriters of shares in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase, which creates a syndicate short position. The short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares over-allotted by the underwriter is not greater than the number of shares that it may purchase in the over-allotment option. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in the over-allotment option. The underwriter may close out any covered short position by either exercising its over-allotment option and/or purchasing shares in the open market.

 

  Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of Class A Ordinary Shares in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which it may purchase shares through the over-allotment option. If the underwriters sell more shares than could be covered by the over-allotment option, a naked short position, the position can only be closed out by buying shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

 

  Penalty bids permit the Representative to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the Class A Ordinary Shares originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.

 

These stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions, and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our Class A Ordinary Shares or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our Class A Ordinary Shares. As a result, the price of our Class A Ordinary Shares may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. Neither we nor the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our Class A Ordinary Shares. In addition, neither we nor the underwriters make any representations that the underwriters will engage in these stabilizing transactions or that any transaction, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

 

132

 

 

Electronic Distribution

 

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites or through other online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters of this offering, or by their affiliates. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on any underwriter’s website and any information contained in any other website maintained by an underwriter is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or any underwriter in its capacity as underwriter, and should not be relied upon by investors.

 

Determination of the Public Offering Price

 

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our Class A Ordinary Shares. The public offering price of the Class A Ordinary Shares offered by this prospectus has been determined by negotiation between us and the underwriters. Among the factors considered in determining the public offering price of the Class A Ordinary Shares were:

 

  Our history and our prospects;

 

  Our financial information and historical performance;

 

  The industry in which we operate;

 

  The status and development prospects for our services;

 

  The experience and skills of our executive officers; and

 

  The general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering.

 

We offer no assurances that the public offering price will correspond to the price at which our Class A Ordinary Shares will trade in the public market subsequent to this offering or that an active trading market for our Class A Ordinary Shares will develop and continue after this offering.

 

Selling Restrictions Outside the United States

 

No action may be taken in any jurisdiction other than the United States that would permit a public offering of our Class A Ordinary Shares or the possession, circulation, or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. Accordingly, the Class A Ordinary Shares may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, and neither the prospectus nor any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the Class A Ordinary Shares may be distributed or published in or from any country or jurisdiction except under circumstances that will result in compliance with any applicable laws, rules and regulations of any such country or jurisdiction.

 

Australia. This document has not been lodged with the Australian Securities & Investments Commission and is only directed to certain categories of exempt persons. Accordingly, if you receive this document in Australia:

 

(a) you confirm and warrant that you are either:

 

(i) “sophisticated investor” under section 708(8)(a) or (b) of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) of Australia, or the Corporations Act;

 

(ii) “sophisticated investor” under section 708(8)(c) or (d) of the Corporations Act and that you have provided an accountant’s certificate to the company which complies with the requirements of section 708(8)(c)(i) or (ii) of the Corporations Act and related regulations before the offer has been made;

 

133

 

 

(iii) person associated with the company under section 708(12) of the Corporations Act; or

 

(iv) “professional investor” within the meaning of section 708(11)(a) or (b) of the Corporations Act;

 

and to the extent that you are unable to confirm or warrant that you are an exempt sophisticated investor, associated person or professional investor under the Corporations Act, any offer made to you under this document is void and incapable of acceptance; and

 

(b) you warrant and agree that you will not offer any of the Class A Ordinary Shares issued to you pursuant to this document for resale in Australia within 12 months of those Class A Ordinary Shares being issued unless any such resale offer is exempt from the requirement to issue a disclosure document under section 708 of the Corporations Act.

 

Canada.  The Class A Ordinary Shares may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted customers, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the Class A Ordinary Shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

 

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

 

Pursuant to section 3A.3 (or, in the case of securities issued or guaranteed by the government of a non-Canadian jurisdiction, section 3A.4) of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (“NI 33-105”), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

 

Cayman Islands This prospectus does not constitute an invitation or offer to the public in the Cayman Islands of the Class A Ordinary Shares, whether by way of sale or subscription. The underwriters have not offered or sold, and will not offer or sell, directly or indirectly, any Class A Ordinary Shares in the Cayman Islands. 

 

European Economic Area. In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”) an offer to the public of any shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus may not be made in that Relevant Member State unless the prospectus has been approved by the competent authority in such Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;
     
to any legal entity which has two or more of (i) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (ii) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (iii) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;
     
by the underwriters to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than “qualified investors” as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or
     
in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive; provided that no such offer of shares shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any representative of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

 

134

 

 

Any person making or intending to make any offer of shares within the EEA should only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for us or the underwriters to produce a prospectus for such offer. Neither we nor the underwriters has authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of shares through any financial intermediary, other than offers made by the underwriters which constitute the final offering of shares contemplated in this prospectus.

 

For the purposes of this provision, and your representation below, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State) and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

 

Each person in a Relevant Member State who receives any communication in respect of, or who acquires any shares under, the offer of shares contemplated by this prospectus will be deemed to have represented, warranted and agreed to and with us and the underwriters that:

 

  it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive; and
     
  in the case of any shares acquired by it as a financial intermediary, as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, (i) the shares acquired by it in the offering have not been acquired on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in any Relevant Member State other than “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive), or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been given to the offer or resale; or (ii) where shares have been acquired by it on behalf of persons in any Relevant Member State other than qualified investors, the offer of those shares to it is not treated under the Prospectus Directive as having been made to such persons.

 

In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19 (5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended, or the Order, and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). This document must not be acted on or relied on in the United Kingdom by persons who are not relevant persons. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is only available to, and will be engaged in with, relevant persons.

 

Hong Kong. The Class A Ordinary Shares may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the Class A Ordinary Shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to Class A Ordinary Shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

 

135

 

 

Malaysia. The shares have not been and may not be approved by the securities commission Malaysia, or SC, and this document has not been and will not be registered as a prospectus with the SC under the Malaysian capital markets and services act of 2007, or CMSA. Accordingly, no securities or offer for subscription or purchase of securities or invitation to subscribe for or purchase securities are being made to any person in or from within Malaysia under this document except to persons falling within any of paragraphs 2(g)(i) to (xi) of schedule 5 of the CMSA and distributed only by a holder of a capital markets services license who carries on the business of dealing in securities and subject to the issuer having lodged this prospectus with the SC within seven days from the date of the distribution of this prospectus in Malaysia. The distribution in Malaysia of this document is subject to Malaysian laws. Save as aforementioned, no action has been taken in Malaysia under its securities laws in respect of this document. This document does not constitute and may not be used for the purpose of a public offering or an issue, offer for subscription or purchase, invitation to subscribe for or purchase any securities requiring the approval of the SC or the registration of a prospectus with the SC under the CMSA.

 

Japan. The Class A Ordinary Shares have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan, and Class A Ordinary Shares will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to any exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

 

People’s Republic of China. This prospectus has not been and will not be circulated or distributed in the PRC, and Class A Ordinary Shares may not be offered or sold, and will not be offered or sold to any person for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, to any resident of the PRC except pursuant to applicable laws and regulations of the PRC. 

 

Singapore. This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of our Class A Ordinary Shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may our Class A Ordinary Shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or SFA, (ii) to a relevant person or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to compliance with conditions set forth in the SFA.

 

Where our Class A Ordinary Shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor as defined in Section 4A of the SFA) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor; shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the Class A Ordinary Shares under Section 275 of the SFA, except: (1) to an institutional investor (for corporations under Section 274 of the SFA) or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person pursuant to an offer that is made on terms that such shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or such rights and interest in that trust are acquired at a consideration of not less than S$200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction, whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets, and further for corporations, in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer; or (3) where the transfer is by operation of law.

 

Taiwan The Class A Ordinary Shares have not been and will not be registered or filed with, or approved by, the Financial Supervisory Commission of Taiwan pursuant to relevant securities laws and regulations and may not be offered or sold in Taiwan through a public offering or in circumstances which constitute an offer within the meaning of the Securities and Exchange Act of Taiwan or relevant laws and regulations that require a registration, filing, or approval of the Financial Supervisory Commission of Taiwan. No person or entity in Taiwan has been authorized to offer or sell the Class A Ordinary Shares in Taiwan. 

 

United Kingdom. An offer of the Class A Ordinary Shares may not be made to the public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of Section 102B of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, as amended, or the FSMA, except to legal entities that are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities or otherwise in circumstances that do not require the publication by the company of a prospectus pursuant to the Prospectus Rules of the Financial Services Authority, or the FSA.

 

An invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of FSMA) may only be communicated to persons who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 or in circumstances in which Section 21 of FSMA does not apply to the company.

 

All applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by the underwriters in relation to the shares must be complied with in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

 

136

 

 

EXPENSES RELATING TO THIS OFFERING  

 

Set forth below is an itemization of the total expenses, excluding underwriting discounts. With the exception of the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the Nasdaq Global Market listing fee, all amounts are estimates.

 

Securities and Exchange Commission Registration Fee   $ 4,988  
Nasdaq Global Market Listing Fee   $ 25,000  
FINRA Filing Fee   $ 7,358  
Legal Fees and Expenses   $ 326,118  
Accounting Fees and Expenses   $ 149,014  
Printing and Engraving Expenses   $ 28,000  
Transfer Agent Expenses   $ 15,000  
Miscellaneous Expenses   $ 150,000  
Total Expenses   $ 705,478  

 

These expenses will be borne by us. Underwriting discounts will be borne by us in proportion to the numbers of Class A Ordinary Shares sold in the offering.

 

LEGAL MATTERS

 

We are being represented by Hunter Taubman Fischer & Li LLC with respect to certain legal matters as to United States federal securities and New York State law. The validity of the Class A Ordinary Shares offered in this offering and certain other legal matters as to Cayman Islands law will be passed upon for us by Ogier, our counsel as to Cayman Islands law. Legal matters as to PRC law will be passed upon for us by GFE. VCL Law LLP and Allbright Law Offices are acting as counsels to the underwriters in connection with this offering.

 

EXPERTS

 

The consolidated financial statements for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of Friedman LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting. The office of Friedman LLP is located at One Liberty Plaza, 165 Broadway, Floor 21, New York, NY 10006.

 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form F-1, including relevant exhibits and schedules under the Securities Act, covering the Class A Ordinary Shares offered by this prospectus. You should refer to our registration statements and their exhibits and schedules if you would like to find out more about us and about the Class A Ordinary Shares. This prospectus summarizes material provisions of contracts and other documents that we refer you to. Since the prospectus may not contain all the information that you may find important, you should review the full text of these documents.

 

Immediately upon the completion of this offering, we will be subject to periodic reporting and other informational requirements of the Exchange Act, as applicable to foreign private issuers. Accordingly, we will be required to file reports, including annual reports on Form 20-F, and other information with the SEC. As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from the rules of the Exchange Act prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy statements to shareholders under the federal proxy rules contained in Sections 14(a), (b) and (c) of the Exchange Act, and our executive officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

 

The registration statements, reports and other information so filed can be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can request copies of these documents upon payment of a duplicating fee, by writing to the SEC. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference rooms. The SEC also maintains a website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, such as us, who file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is http://www.sec.gov. The information on that website is not a part of this prospectus.

 

No dealers, salesperson or other person is authorized to give any information or to represent anything not contained in this prospectus. You must not rely on any unauthorized information or representations. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the securities offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.

 

137

 

  

POP CULTURE GROUP CO., LTD

 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

CONTENTS   PAGE(S)
     
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS    
     
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM   F-2
     
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS AS OF JUNE 30, 2019 AND 2020   F-3
     
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2019 AND 2020   F-4
     
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2019 AND 2020   F-5
     
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2019 AND 2020   F-6
     
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   F-7 – F-28

 

F-1

 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of

Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd

 

Opinion on the Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”) as of June 30, 2020 and 2019, and the related consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended June 30, 2020, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of June 30, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended June 30, 2020, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

 

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

/s/ Friedman LLP

 

New York, New York

 

November 13, 2020

 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2019.

 

F-2

 

 

 

POP CULTURE GROUP CO., LTD

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

    As of June 30,  
    2019     2020  
ASSETS            
CURRENT ASSETS:            
Cash   $ 655,489     $ 1,359,137  
Accounts receivable, net     9,770,510       14,810,146  
Advance to suppliers     678,191       3,176,527  
Amounts due from related parties     157,278       -  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets     737,753       1,177,947  
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS     11,999,221       20,523,757  
Property and equipment, net     128,091       71,281  
Intangible asset, net     1,952,668       1,695,215  
Operating right-of-use asset     378,622       278,260  
Deferred tax assets     8,091       83,795  
Other non-current assets     -       251,464  
TOTAL ASSETS   $ 14,466,693     $ 22,903,772  
                 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY                
CURRENT LIABILITIES:                
Short-term bank loans   $ 1,981,799     $ 1,838,833  
Accounts payable     2,827,330       2,795,508  
Deferred revenue     11,637       1,764,608  
Tax payable     1,705,147       2,374,093  
Accrued liabilities and other payables     67,569       119,573  
Operating lease liability - current     91,603       96,357  
TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES     6,685,085       8,988,972  
Operating lease liability - non-current     258,622       189,994  
TOTAL LIABILITIES     6,943,707       9,178,966  
                 
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY                
Ordinary shares (par value $0.001 per share; 44,000,000 Class A ordinary shares authorized, 7,662,834 and 11,021,834 Class A ordinary shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively; 6,000,000 and 6,000,000 Class B ordinary shares authorized, 5,763,077 and 5,763,077 Class B ordinary shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively.) *     13,426       16,785  
Subscription receivable     (13,426 )     (15,441 )
Additional paid-in capital     2,142,518       5,813,745  
Statutory reserve     503,640       779,094  
Retained earnings     4,532,753       6,693,120  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (141,346 )     (367,581 )
TOTAL POP CULTURE GROUP CO., LTD SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY     7,037,565       12,919,722  
Non-controlling interests     485,421       805,084  
TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY     7,522,986       13,724,806  
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY   $ 14,466,693     $ 22,903,772  

 

* Certain shares are related to the reorganization for the founding shareholders and are presented on a retroactive basis to reflect the reorganization (see Note 13).

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3

 

 

POP CULTURE GROUP CO., LTD

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

    For the years ended
June 30,
 
    2019     2020  
             
REVENUE, NET   $ 19,031,766     $ 15,688,080  
Cost of revenue     13,158,537       11,158,847  
GROSS PROFIT     5,873,229       4,529,233  
                 
Selling and marketing     133,332       110,132  
General and administrative     492,733       1,256,954  
Total operating expenses     626,065       1,367,086  
                 
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS     5,247,164       3,162,147  
                 
Other (expenses) income:                
Interest expense, net     (123,833 )     (125,560 )
Other (expenses) income, net     (2,591 )     46,235  
Total other expenses, net     (126,424 )     (79,325 )
                 
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAX PROVISION     5,120,740       3,082,822  
                 
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES     1,288,982       457,005  
                 
NET INCOME     3,831,758       2,625,817  
Less: net income attributable to non-controlling interests     247,244       189,996  
NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO POP CULTURE GROUP CO., LTD SHAREHOLDERS     3,584,514       2,435,821  
                 
Other comprehensive income (loss):                
Foreign currency translation adjustment     (162,850 )     (241,839 )
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME     3,668,908       2,383,978  
Less: comprehensive income attributable to non-controlling interest     236,737       174,392  
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO POP CULTURE GROUP CO., LTD SHAREHOLDERS   $ 3,432,171     $ 2,209,586  
                 
Net income per share                
Basic and diluted   $ 0.27     $ 0.16  
      (as restated, see
Note 13)
         
Weighted average shares used in calculating net income per share *                
Basic and diluted     13,425,911       14,881,478  
      (as restated, see
Note 13)
         

 

* Certain shares are related to the reorganization for the founding shareholders and are presented on a retroactive basis to reflect the reorganization (see Note 13).

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

 

F-4

 

 

POP CULTURE GROUP CO., LTD

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

    Ordinary shares     Subscription     Additional paid-in     Retained     Statutory     Accumulated other comprehensive     Total Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd’s Shareholders’     Non-Controlling     Total shareholders’  
    Shares*     Amount     receivable     capital     earnings     reserve     (loss) income     Equity     Interests     Equity  
Balance as of June 30, 2018     13,425,911     $ 13,426     $ (13,426 )   $ 2,142,518     $ 1,306,691     $ 145,188     $ 10,997     $ 3,605,394     $ 248,684     $ 3,854,078  
Net income     -       -       -       -       3,584,514       -               3,584,514       247,244       3,831,758  
Appropriation of statutory reserve     -       -       -       -       (358,452 )     358,452       -       -       -       -  
Foreign currency translation adjustment     -       -       -       -       -       -       (152,343 )     (152,343 )     (10,507 )     (162,850 )
Balance as of June 30, 2019     13,425,911     $ 13,426     $ (13,426 )   $ 2,142,518     $ 4,532,753     $ 503,640     $ (141,346 )   $ 7,037,565     $ 485,421     $ 7,522,986  
                                                                                 
Issuance of additional shares     3,359,000       3,359       (2,015 )     3,671,227       -       -       -       3,672,571       145,271       3,817,842  
Net income     -       -       -       -       2,435,821       -       -       2,435,821       189,996       2,625,817  
Appropriation of statutory reserve     -       -       -       -       (275,454 )     275,454       -       -       -       -  
Foreign currency translation adjustment     -       -       -       -       -       -       (226,235 )     (226,235 )     (15,604 )     (241,839 )
Balance as of June 30, 2020     16,784,911     $ 16,785     $ (15,441 )   $ 5,813,745     $ 6,693,120     $ 779,094     $ (367,581 )   $ 12,919,722     $ 805,084     $ 13,724,806  

 

* Certain shares are related to the reorganization for the founding shareholders and are presented on a retroactive basis to reflect the reorganization (see Note 13).

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5

 

 

POP CULTURE GROUP CO., LTD

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In U.S. dollars)

  

    For the years ended
June 30,
 
    2019     2020  
Cash flows from operating activities:            
Net Income   $ 3,831,758     $ 2,625,817  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:                
Allowance for doubtful accounts     24,227       324,345  
Depreciation and amortization     159,352       233,353  
Deferred tax benefit     (8,053 )     (84,246 )
Non-cash lease expense     86,047       89,977  
Loss from disposal of property and equipment     21,596       19,300  
Changes in assets and liabilities:                
Accounts receivable     (6,123,120 )     (5,672,992 )
Advance to suppliers     (630,184 )     (2,531,334 )
Amounts due from related parties     (158,279 )     153,586  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets     395,198       (44,002 )
Other non-current assets     -       (252,816 )
Accounts payable     2,166,329       49,588  
Deferred revenue     (247,929 )     1,762,730  
Tax payable     1,376,248       721,743  
Accrued liabilities and other payables     14,057       54,234  
Operating lease liability     (86,047 )     (54,112 )
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities     821,200       (2,604,829 )
                 
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:                
Purchase of property and equipment     (11,436 )     (1,716 )
Proceed from disposal of property and equipment     20,957       4,977  
Purchase of intangible asset     (2,086,819 )     -  
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities     (2,077,298 )     3,261  
                 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:                
Proceeds from bank loans     1,905,209       1,838,833  
Repayments of bank loans     (406,125 )     (1,981,799 )
Proceeds from issuance of shares     -       3,817,842  
Payment for deferred offering costs     -       (409,743 )
Net cash provided by financing activities     1,499,084       3,265,133  
                 
Effect of exchange rate changes     (16,984 )     40,083  
                 
Net increase in cash     226,002       703,648  
Cash at beginning of year     429,487       655,489  
Cash at end of year   $ 655,489     $ 1,359,137  
                 
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:                
Income tax paid   $ 45,805     $ 17,408  
Interest expense paid   $ 122,153     $ 126,095  

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6

 

 

POP CULTURE GROUP CO., LTD

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

1. ORGANIZATION AND PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES

 

Xiamen Pop Culture Co., Ltd (“Pop Culture”) was incorporated in Xiamen on March 29, 2007 under the laws of the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC” or “China”). Pop Culture hosts entertainment events and provides event planning and execution services and marketing services to corporate clients.

 

Pop Culture has four wholly-owned subsidiaries in the PRC as follows:

 

  Shanghai Pudu Culture Communication Co., Ltd. (“Shanghai Pudu”), a company incorporated on March 30, 2017 in Shanghai, China;
     
  Xiamen Pop Network Technology Co., Ltd. (“Pop Network”), a company incorporated on June 6, 2017 in Xiamen, China;
     
  Zhongjing Pop (Guangzhou) Culture Media Co., Ltd. (“Zhongjing Pop”), a company incorporated on December 19, 2018 in Guangzhou, China; and
     
  Shenzhen Pop Culture Co., Ltd. (“Shenzhen Pop”), a company incorporated on January 17, 2020 in Shenzhen, China.

 

Reorganization

 

On January 3, 2020, Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd (“Pop Group” or the “Company”) was incorporated as an exempted company with limited liability under the laws of the Cayman Islands.

 

On January 20, 2020, Pop Culture (HK) Holding Limited (“Pop HK”) was established as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Pop Group formed in accordance with laws and regulations of Hong Kong. Pop HK is a holding company and holds all the equity interests of Heliheng Culture Co., Ltd. (“WFOE”), which was established in the PRC on March 13, 2020.

 

On March 30, 2020, WFOE entered into a series of agreements with Pop Culture and the shareholders of Pop Culture who collectively held 93.55% of the shares in Pop Culture, including an Exclusive Services Agreement, an Exclusive Option Agreement, a Share Pledge Agreement, Powers of Attorney, and Spousal Consents (collectively the “VIE Agreements”).These agreements are designed to provide WFOE with the power, rights, and obligations equivalent in all material respects to those it would possess as the principal equity holder of Pop Culture, including majority control rights and the rights to the assets, property, and revenue of Pop Culture. All the above contractual arrangements obligate WFOE to absorb a majority of the risk of loss from business activities of Pop Culture and entitle WFOE to receive a majority of its residual returns. In essence, WFOE has gained effective control over Pop Culture. Therefore, the Company believes that Pop Culture should be considered as a Variable Interest Entity (“VIE”) under the Statement of Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 810 “Consolidation.”

 

Between February and May 2020, the Company and its shareholders undertook a series of corporation actions, including share issuances in February 2020, re-designation of ordinary shares of the Company into Class A and Class B Ordinary Shares in April 2020, and share issuances and transfers in May 2020. See “Note 13—Ordinary Shares.”

 

The above-mentioned transactions, including the incorporation of Pop Group, Pop HK, and WFOE, the entry into the VIE Agreements, the share issuances, share re-designation, and share transfers, were considered a reorganization of the Company (the “Reorganization”). After the Reorganization, Pop Group ultimately owns 100% equity interests of Pop HK and WFOE, which further has the effective control over the operating entities, Pop Culture and its subsidiaries through the VIE Agreements.

 

In accordance with ASC 805-50-25, the Reorganization has been accounted for as a recapitalization among entities under common control since the same controlling shareholder controls all these entities before and after the Reorganization. The consolidation of the Company and its subsidiaries and VIE have been accounted for at historical cost and prepared on the basis as if the aforementioned transactions had become effective as of the beginning of the first period presented in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. Furthermore, ASC 805-50-45-5 indicates that the financial statements and financial information presented for prior years shall also be retrospectively adjusted to furnish comparative information.

 

F-7

 

 

POP CULTURE GROUP CO., LTD

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

1. ORGANIZATION AND PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES - continued

 

The consolidated financial statements of the Company included the following entities:

 

    Date of 
incorporation
  Place of 
incorporation
  Percentage 
of ownership
  Principal activities
The Company   January 3, 2020   Cayman 
Islands
  100%   Parent Holding
Wholly owned subsidiaries                
Pop HK   January 20, 2020   Hong Kong   100%   Investment holding
WFOE   March 13, 2020   PRC   100%   WFOE, consultancy and information technology support
VIE                
Pop Culture   March 29, 2007   PRC   VIE   Event planning, execution, and hosting
VIE’s subsidiaries                
Shanghai Pudu   March 30, 2017   PRC   100% owned by VIE   Event planning and execution
Pop Network   June 6, 2017   PRC   100% owned by VIE   Marketing
Zhongjing Pop   December 19, 2018   PRC   100% owned by VIE   Event planning and execution
Shenzhen Pop   January 17, 2020   PRC   100% owned by VIE   Event planning and execution

 

F-8

 

 

POP CULTURE GROUP CO., LTD

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

1. ORGANIZATION AND PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES - continued

 

Risks in relation to the VIE structure

 

The Company believes that the contractual arrangements with its VIE and the respective shareholders of its VIE are in compliance with PRC laws and regulations and are legally enforceable. However, uncertainties in the PRC legal system could limit the Company’s ability to enforce the contractual arrangements. If the legal structure and contractual arrangements were found to be in violation of PRC laws and regulations, the PRC government could:

 

  revoke the business and operating licenses of the Company’s PRC subsidiary and VIEs;
     
  discontinue or restrict the operations of any related-party transactions between the Company’s PRC subsidiary and VIEs;
     
  limit the Company’s business expansion in China by way of entering into contractual arrangements;
     
  impose fines or other requirements with which the Company’s PRC subsidiary and VIEs may not be able to comply;
     
  require the Company or the Company’s PRC subsidiary and VIEs to restructure the relevant ownership structure or operations; or
     
  restrict or prohibit the Company’s use of the proceeds of the additional public offering to finance.

 

The following financial statement amounts and balances of the VIE and its subsidiaries were included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements after elimination of intercompany transactions:

 

    As of June 30,  
    2019     2020  
             
Total assets   $ 14,466,693     $ 21,514,514  
Total liabilities   $ 6,943,707     $ 9,178,871  

 

    For the years ended
June 30,
 
    2019     2020  
             
Total revenue   $ 19,031,766     $ 15,688,080  
Net income   $ 3,831,758     $ 2,944,550  
                 
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities   $ 821,200     $ (2,255,959 )
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities   $ (2,077,298 )   $ 3,261  
Net cash provided by financing activities   $ 1,499,084     $ 1,777,271  

 

The Company believes that there are no assets in Pop Culture that can be used only to settle specific obligations of Pop Culture except for the registered capital of Pop Culture and non-distributable statutory reserves. As Pop Culture is incorporated as limited liability companies under the PRC Company Law, creditors of Pop Culture do not have recourse to the general credit of the Company for any of the liabilities of Pop Culture. There are no terms in any arrangements, explicitly or implicitly, requiring the Company or its subsidiaries to provide financial support to Pop Culture. However, if Pop Culture were ever to need financial support, the Company may, at its discretion and subject to statutory limits and restrictions, provide financial support to Pop Culture through loans.

  

F-9

 

 

POP CULTURE GROUP CO., LTD

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

  (a) Basis of presentation

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the Company, its subsidiaries, its VIE, and subsidiaries of its VIE. All inter-company transactions and balances have been eliminated upon consolidation.

 

  (b) Use of estimates

 

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period and accompanying notes, including allowance for doubtful accounts, the useful lives of property and equipment and intangible asset, impairment of long-lived assets, deferred cost, and valuation for deferred tax assets. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

  (c) Fair value measurements

 

The Company applies ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and expands financial statement disclosure requirements for fair value measurements.

 

ASC Topic 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received from the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) on the measurement date in an orderly transaction between market participants in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability.

 

ASC Topic 820 specifies a hierarchy of valuation techniques, which is based on whether the inputs into the valuation technique are observable or unobservable. The hierarchy is as follows:

 

Level 1 inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

 

Level 2 inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the assets or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instruments.

 

Level 3 inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value. Unobservable inputs are valuation technique inputs that reflect the Company’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

 

Management of the Company is responsible for considering the carrying amount of cash, accounts receivable, advance to suppliers, amounts due from related parties, prepaid expenses and other current assets, short-term bank loans, accounts payable, deferred revenue, taxes payable, and accrued liabilities and other payables based on the short-term maturity of these instruments to approximate their fair values because of their short-term nature. 

  

  (d) Cash

 

Cash consists of cash on hand and cash in banks. The Company maintains cash with various financial institutions in China. As of June 30, 2019 and 2020, cash balances were $655,489 and $1,359,137, respectively. The Company has not experienced any losses in bank accounts and believes it is not exposed to any risks on its cash in bank accounts.

 

F-10

 

 

POP CULTURE GROUP CO., LTD

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - continued

 

  (e) Accounts receivable, net

 

Accounts receivable represent the amounts that the Company has an unconditional right to consideration when the Company has satisfied its performance obligation. The Company does not have any contract assets since revenue is recognized when control of the promised services is transferred and the payment from customers is not contingent on a future event. The Company maintains allowance for potential credit losses on accounts receivable. Management reviews the composition of accounts receivable and analyzes historical bad debt, customer concentrations, customer credit worthiness, current economic trends, and changes in customer payment patterns to estimate the allowance. Past due accounts are generally written off against the allowance for bad debts only after all collection attempts have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote.

 

  (f) Advance to suppliers

 

Advance to suppliers primarily consists of the prepayments to the service and materials suppliers for the Company’s event hosting, planning, and execution. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts to state prepayments at their estimated realizable value based on a variety of factors, including the possibility of releasing the prepayments into service and materials prepayments, significant one-time events, and historical experience.

 

  (g) Property and equipment, net

 

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Cost represents the purchase price of the asset and other costs incurred to bring the asset into its existing use. The cost of repairs and maintenance is expensed as incurred; major replacements and improvements are capitalized. When assets are retired or disposed of, the cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any resulting gains or losses are included in income/loss in the year of disposition. Estimated useful lives are as follows:

 

    Estimated Useful Life
Office equipment   3 - 5 Years
Motor vehicles   10 Years
Leasehold improvement   Shorter of useful life or lease term

   

  (h) Intangible asset, net

 

Intangible asset is stated at cost less accumulated amortization and amortized in a method which reflects the pattern in which the economic benefits of the intangible asset are expected to be consumed or otherwise used up. The balance of intangible asset represents a production copyright that the Company purchased externally and is amortized straight-line over 10 years in accordance with the way the Company estimates to generate economic benefits from such copyright.

 

  (i) Impairment of long-lived assets

 

In accordance with ASC Topic 360, the Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be fully recoverable, or at least annually. The Company recognizes an impairment loss when the sum of expected undiscounted future cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset. The amount of impairment is measured as the difference between the asset’s estimated fair value and its book value. The Company did not record any impairment charge for the years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020.

 

F-11

 

 

POP CULTURE GROUP CO., LTD

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - continued

 

  (j) Right-of-use assets

 

The Company has one operating lease for office, including an option to renew which is not at the Company’s sole discretion. The renewal to extend the lease term is not included in the Company’s right-of-use (“ROU”) assets and lease liability as they are not reasonably certain of exercise. The Company regularly evaluates the renewal option, and, when it is reasonably certain of exercise, the Company will include the renewal period in its lease term. New lease modifications result in re-measurement of the ROU assets and lease liability. The Company’s lease agreement does not contain any material residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants.

 

Effective July 1, 2017, the Company early adopted the new lease accounting standard using a modified retrospective transition method. In addition, the Company elected the package of practical expedients, which allowed the Company to not reassess whether any existing contracts contain a lease, to not reassess historical lease classification as operating or finance leases, and to not reassess initial direct costs. The Company has not elected the practical expedient to use hindsight to determine the lease term for its leases at transition. Adoption of this standard resulted in the recording of operating lease ROU assets and corresponding operating lease liability as disclosed in Note 13 and had no impact on accumulated profit as of July 1, 2017. ROU assets and related lease obligation are recognized at commencement date based on the present value of remaining lease payments over the lease term.

 

The Company’s lease is classified as operating lease for the office space. Operating lease ROU assets are presented within non-current assets on the consolidated balance sheet and the operating lease liability is classified as current and non-current on the consolidated balance sheet.

 

  (k) Deferred revenue

 

Deferred revenue from customers amounted to $11,637 and $1,764,608 as of June 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively, which represent advance payment received from the Company’s customers for the services that had not been provided and accepted. The Company will recognize deferred revenue as revenue when it has transferred control of the goods or services to which the advances relate, and has no obligation under the contract to transfer additional goods or services.

 

For the year ended June 30, 2020, the Company received $1,279,882 (RMB9,000,000) from Shanghai Pudong Development Bank Xiamen Branch (the “SPD Bank Xiamen Branch”) under a buyout factoring agreement to transfer the Company’s right of collections from its customer Xiamen Many Idea Interactive Co., Ltd. under a certain service agreement, to SPD Bank Xiamen Branch, for which SPD Bank Xiamen Branch has no right of recourse against Pop Culture. As of June 30, 2020, the Company was in the process of fulfilling the service agreement, and the unfulfilled portion of the amount received was recognized as deferred revenue. 

 

  (l) Value added tax (“VAT”)

 

The Company’s affiliated entities in the PRC, including WFOE, Pop Culture, and subsidiaries of Pop Culture, are subject to PRC VAT for providing services. The applicable VAT rate for these companies was 6% for the years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020.

 

The amount of VAT liability is determined by applying the applicable tax rates to the invoiced amount of services provided (output VAT) less VAT paid on purchases made with the relevant supporting invoices (input VAT). The Company reports revenue net of PRC VAT for all the periods presented in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

  (m) Operating lease liability

 

Lease where substantially all the reward and risk of ownership of asset remain with the leasing company is accounted for as operating lease. Payments made under operating leases are charged to the consolidated statements of operations on a straight-line basis over the lease period.

 

F-12

 

 

POP CULTURE GROUP CO., LTD

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - continued

 

  (n) Revenue recognition

 

The Company early adopted the new revenue standard ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, starting July 1, 2017 using the modified retrospective method for contracts that were not completed as of June 30, 2017. The adoption of this ASC 606 did not have a material impact on the Company’ s consolidated financial statements.

 

ASC 606 establishes principles for reporting information about the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from the Company’s contracts to provide services to customers. The core principle of the new revenue standard is that a company should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The following five steps are applied to achieve that core principle:

 

Step 1: Identify the contract with the customer;

Step 2: Identify the performance obligations in the contract;

Step 3: Determine the transaction price;

Step 4: Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and

Step 5: Recognize revenue when the company satisfies a performance obligation.

 

The Company has assessed the impact of the guidance by reviewing its existing customer contracts and current accounting policies and practices to identify differences that may result from applying the new requirements, including the evaluation of its performance obligations, transaction price, customer payments, transfer of control, and principal versus agent considerations.

  

The Company mainly generates revenue from event hosting, event planning and execution, and marketing, which includes brand promotion and other services.

 

Event hosting - The Company regularly hosts live concerts and hip-hop events, and operates hip-hop related online programs. The portfolio of hip-hop events includes a stage play, dance competitions, cultural and musical festivals, and promotional parties. The Company started to operate online hip-hop programs since 2020. The portfolio of online hip-hop programs includes street dance tutorial programs, collections of street dance performances videos, and collections of short music videos on trendy shoes and clothes related to hip-hop culture. The Company generates revenue from concerts, hip-hop events and online hip-hop programs by providing sponsorship packages to advertisers in exchange for sponsorship fees or by selling tickets for those offline concerts.

 

Event planning and execution - The Company provides customized event planning and execution services upon requests from its customers, which services generally entail design, logistics, layout of events, and coordination and supervision of the actual event set-up and implementation, and generates revenue through service fees.

 

Brand promotion - The Company provides brand promotion services, including trademark and logo design, visual identity system design, brand positioning, brand personality design, and digital solutions for service fees.

 

Other services - The Company also distributes advertisement for corporate customers for service fees.

 

The Company accounts for a contract of event hosting, event planning and execution, or brand promotion when it has legally enforceable rights and obligations and collectability of consideration is probable. Each contract typically contains one single performance obligation, which is to deliver a successful event, activity, qualified online program or video, or brand solution, and the contract price is fixed. Contract terms typically include a customary requirement for payment within 180 days after the Company successfully provides services, which is indicated by the customer’s signed acknowledgement of completion on such event, activity, online program, or brand solution by providing the Company with completion confirmation forms.

 

For event hosting, event planning and execution, and brand promotion, revenue is recognized at a point of time when services are successfully provided (e.g., upon successful carryout of an event), which is indicated by customer’s acknowledgement of completion on such event, activity, online program or video, or brand solution, as the customer neither simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits provided by the Company’s performance nor controls an increasingly enhanced asset or an asset with an alternative use to the customer as the Company performs. Event hosting, event planning and execution, and brand promotion projects are generally short term, which usually take less than three months.

 

For distribution of advertisements, the Company satisfies its performance obligation over time by measuring the progress based on time elapsed, as the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefit of service provided, during the period of time when the advertisement is displayed. Payment is usually required within 180 days after the completion of distribution.

 

F-13

 

 

POP CULTURE GROUP CO., LTD

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - continued

 

  (n) Revenue recognition - continued

 

The Company reports revenue on a gross basis for event hosting, event planning and execution, and brand promotion, as the Company takes risk and control of the event, activities, online program, or brand solution before they are transferred to customers. While in terms of advertisement distribution (other services), the Company reports revenue on a net basis since it only arranges the distribution of advertisements, instead of taking the risk and control of the distribution resources.

 

The Company applies a practical expedient to make no adjustment for the promised amount of consideration for the effects of a significant financing component as the Company expects, at contract inception, that the period between when the Company transfers a promised service to a customer and when the customer pays for that service will be one year or less.

 

The following table identifies the disaggregation of the Company’s revenue for the years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively:

 

    For the years ended
June 30,
 
    2019     2020  
Revenue from operations:                
Event hosting   $ 6,532,438     $ 7,630,377  
Event planning and execution     9,952,530       5,493,851  
Brand promotion     2,432,720       2,241,869  
Other services     114,078       321,983  
Total revenue   $ 19,031,766     $ 15,688,080  

 

Contract liability

 

The Company presents the consideration that a customer pays before the Company transfers a service to the customer as a contract liability (deferred revenue) when the payment is made. Deferred revenue is the Company’s obligation to transfer services to a customer for which the Company has received consideration from the customer. As of June 30, 2019 and 2020 the balance of deferred revenue amounted to $11,637 and $1,764,608, respectively.

 

The Company applies a practical expedient to expense costs as incurred for costs to obtain a contract with a customer when the amortization period would have been one year or less. The Company has no material incremental costs of obtaining contracts with customers that the Company expects the benefit of those costs to be longer than one year which need to be recognized as assets.

 

  (o) Cost of revenue

 

Cost of revenue consists primarily of event design costs, online program production costs, salary and benefits expenses, materials costs, and other related expenses.

 

  (p) Selling and marketing costs

 

All costs related to selling and marketing are expensed as incurred. For the years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, selling and marketing costs amounted to $133,332 and $110,132, respectively.

 

  (q) Income taxes

 

The Company accounts for income taxes under ASC 740. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the consolidated financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases.

  

F-14

 

 

POP CULTURE GROUP CO., LTD

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - continued

 

  (q) Income taxes - continued

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period including the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

 

The provisions of ASC 740-10-25, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes,” prescribe a more-likely-than-not threshold for consolidated financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken (or expected to be taken) in a tax return. This interpretation also provides guidance on the recognition of income tax assets and liabilities, classification of current and deferred income tax assets and liabilities, accounting for interest and penalties associated with tax positions, and related disclosures. The Company does not believe that there was any uncertain tax position as of June 30, 2019 and 2020.

 

The Company’s affiliated entities in the PRC are subject to examination by the relevant tax authorities. According to the PRC Tax Administration and Collection Law, the statute of limitations is three years if the underpayment of taxes is due to computational errors made by the taxpayer or the withholding agent. The statute of limitations is extended to five years under special circumstances, where the underpayment of taxes is more than RMB100,000 ($14,563). In the case of transfer pricing issues, the statute of limitation is 10 years. There is no statute of limitation in the case of tax evasion. As of June 30, 2020, the tax years ended December 31, 2015 through December 31, 2020 for the Company’s affiliated entities in the PRC remain open for statutory examination by PRC tax authorities.

 

  (r) Foreign currency translation

 

The reporting currency of the Company is the U.S. dollar (“USD”). The functional currency of the Company’s affiliated entities located in China is the Renminbi (“RMB”). For the entities whose functional currency is RMB, results of operations and cash flows are translated at average exchange rates during the period, assets and liabilities are translated at the unified exchange rate at the end of the period, and equity is translated at historical exchange rates. As a result, amounts relating to assets and liabilities reported on the statements of cash flows may not necessarily agree with the changes in the corresponding balances on the balance sheets. Translation adjustments resulting from the process of translating the local currency financial statements into USD are included in determining comprehensive income/loss. Transactions denominated in foreign currencies are translated into the functional currency at the exchange rates prevailing on the transaction dates. Assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into the functional currency at the exchange rates prevailing at the balance sheet date with any transaction gains and losses that arise from exchange rate fluctuations on transactions denominated in a currency other than the functional currency are included in the results of operations as incurred.

 

The consolidated balance sheet amounts, with the exception of equity, at June 30, 2019 and 2020 were translated at RMB6.8668 to $1.00 and at RMB7.0697 to $1.00, respectively. Equity accounts were stated at their historical rates. The average translation rates applied to consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020 were RMB6.8234 to $1.00 and RMB7.0319 to $1.00, respectively.

 

  (s) Earnings per share

 

The Company computes earnings per share (“EPS”) in accordance with ASC 260, “Earnings per Share” (“ASC 260”). ASC 260 requires companies with complex capital structures to present basic and diluted EPS. Basic EPS is measured as net income divided by the weighted average common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS is similar to basic EPS but presents the dilutive effect on a per share basis of potential common shares (for example, convertible securities, options and warrants) as if they had been converted at the beginning of the periods presented, or issuance date, if later. The Company has no dilutive securities as of and for the years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020.

  

F-15

 

 

POP CULTURE GROUP CO., LTD

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - continued

 

  (t) Comprehensive income

 

Comprehensive income consists of two components, net income and other comprehensive income (loss). The foreign currency translation gain or loss resulting from translation of the financial statements expressed in RMB to USD is reported in other comprehensive income (loss) in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income.

 

  (u) Commitments and contingencies

 

In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to contingencies, such as legal proceedings and claims arising out of its business, which cover a wide range of matters. Liabilities for contingencies are recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the assessment can be reasonably estimated.

 

If the assessment of a contingency indicates that it is probable that a material loss is incurred and the amount of the liability can be estimated, then the estimated liability is accrued in the Company’s financial statements. If the assessment indicates that a potentially material loss contingency is not probable, but is reasonably possible, or is probable but cannot be estimated, then the nature of the contingent liability, together with an estimate of the range of possible loss, if determinable and material, would be disclosed.

 

Loss contingencies considered remote are generally not disclosed unless they involve guarantees, in which case the nature of the guarantee would be disclosed.

 

  (v) Concentration and credit risk

 

Substantially all of the Company’s operating activities are transacted in RMB, which is not freely convertible into foreign currencies. All foreign exchange transactions take place either through the People’s Bank of China or other banks authorized to buy and sell foreign currencies at the exchange rates quoted by the People’s Bank of China. Approval of foreign currency payments by the People’s Bank of China or other regulatory institutions require submitting a payment application form together with suppliers’ invoices, shipping documents, and signed contracts.

 

The Company maintains certain bank accounts in the PRC, where under the Deposit Insurance System in China, Hong Kong, and Cayman Islands. In China, a company’s deposits at one bank are insured for a maximum of RMB500,000 in the event of bank failure. In Hong Kong and Cayman Islands, deposits are not insured by Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insurance or other insurance. As of June 30, 2019 and 2020, $654,181 and $219,767 of the Company’s cash were on deposit at financial institutions in the PRC, and $nil and $1,139,229 of the Company’s cash were on deposit at financial institutions in Hong Kong.

 

Accounts receivable are typically unsecured and derived from revenue earned from customers, thereby exposed to credit risk. The risk is mitigated by the Company’s assessment of its customers’ creditworthiness and its ongoing monitoring of outstanding balances.

 

The Company’s sales are made to customers that are located primarily in China. The Company has a concentration of its revenue and accounts receivable with specific customers. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019, three major customers, Heng’an (China) Paper Industry Co., Ltd., Guangzhou Taiji Advertising Co., Ltd. and Xiamen Many Idea Interactive Co., Ltd. accounted for approximately 12%, 11%, and 10% of the Company’s total revenue, respectively. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020, three major customers, Guangzhou Taiji Advertising Co., Ltd., Fujian Maibo Culture Communication Co., Ltd., and Xiamen Many Idea Interactive Co., Ltd. accounted for approximately 18%, 9%, and 9% of the Company’s total revenue, respectively. As of June 30, 2019, the top five customers accounted for 58% of net accounts receivable, with each customer representing 20%, 11%, 10%, 9%, and 8% of the net accounts receivable, respectively. As of June 30, 2020, the top five customers accounted for 66% of net accounts receivable as of June 30, 2020, with each customer representing 22%, 15%, 10%, 10%, and 9% of the net accounts receivable balance, respectively.

 

For the years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, the Company purchased approximately 14% and 16% of its services from one major supplier, respectively.

  

F-16

 

 

POP CULTURE GROUP CO., LTD

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

  

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - continued

 

  (w) Segment reporting

 

The Company uses the management approach to determine operating segments. The management approach considers the internal organization and reporting used by the Company’s chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) for making decisions, allocating resources, and assessing performance. The Company’s CODM has been identified as the chief executive officer, who reviews consolidated results when making decisions about allocating resources and assessing performance of the Company.

 

The Company’s CODM reviews the consolidated financial results when making decisions about allocating resources and assessing the performance of the Company as a whole and hence, the Company has only one reportable segment. The Company operates and manages its business as a single segment. As the Company’s long-lived assets are substantially all located in the PRC and substantially all of the Company’s revenue is derived from within the PRC, no geographical segments are presented.

 

  (x) Related parties

 

Parties are considered to be related to the Company if the parties, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, control, are controlled by, or are under common control with the Company. Related parties also include principal owners of the Company, its management, members of the immediate families of principal owners of the Company and its management, and other parties with which the Company may deal with if one party controls or can significantly influence the management or operating policies of the other to an extent that one of the transacting parties might be prevented from fully pursuing its own separate interests. The Company discloses all significant related party transactions in Note 11.

 

  (y) Non-controlling interests

 

A non-controlling interest in the VIE of the Company represents the portion of the equity (net assets) in the VIE that has not been pledged to WFOE, consequently not directly or indirectly attributable to the Company. Non-controlling interests are presented as a separate component of equity on the consolidated balance sheet and net income and other comprehensive income are attributed to controlling and non-controlling interests respectively.

 

  (z) Recent accounting pronouncements

 

In June 2016, the FASB amended guidance related impairment of financial instruments as part of ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. The guidance replaces the incurred loss impairment methodology with an expected credit loss model for which a company recognizes an allowance based on the estimate of expected credit loss. The ASU is effective for public company for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. For all other entities including emerging growth companies, the ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021. Early application is permitted for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2018. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact that this guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements.

 

In February 2018, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2018-02, “Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income.” The ASU amends ASC 220, Income Statement — Reporting Comprehensive Income, to “allow a reclassification from accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings for stranded tax effects resulting from the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act.” In addition, under the ASU, an entity will be required to provide certain disclosures regarding stranded tax effects. The ASU is effective for all entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company did not make the election to reclassify the income tax effects of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act from accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings and this guidance will not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework-Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement. The objective of this ASU is to improve the effectiveness of disclosures in the notes to the financial statements by removing, modifying, and adding certain fair value disclosure requirements to facilitate clear communication of the information required by generally accepted accounting principles. The amendments are effective for all entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019 with early adoption permitted upon issuance of this ASU. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact of this new guidance.

 

Recently issued ASUs by the FASB, except for the ones mentioned above, are not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated results of operations or financial position. Other accounting standards that have been issued or proposed by FASB that do not require adoption until a future date are not expected to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements upon adoption. The Company does not discuss recent pronouncements that are not anticipated to have an impact on or are unrelated to its consolidated financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, or disclosures.

 

F-17

 

 

POP CULTURE GROUP CO., LTD

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

  3. ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET

 

As of June 30, 2019 and 2020, accounts receivable consisted of the following:

 

    As of June 30,  
    2019     2020  
Accounts receivable - gross   $ 9,794,587     $ 15,156,143  
Allowance for doubtful accounts     (24,077 )     (345,997 )
Accounts receivable, net   $ 9,770,510     $ 14,810,146  

 

The Company recorded bad debt expense of $24,227 and $324,345 for the years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

 

  4. PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

 

As of June 30, 2019 and 2020, prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following:

 

    As of June 30,  
    2019     2020  
Deferred costs (1)   $ 372,032     $ 709,293  
Deferred offering costs     -       409,743  
Prepaid expenses     313,878       -  
Rental deposits     28,398       27,582  
Others     23,445       31,329  
    $ 737,753     $ 1,177,947  

 

  (1) Deferred costs represent the costs incurred to fulfill a contract with a customer which relates directly to a contract that the Company can specifically identify, generate, or enhance resources of the Company that will be used in satisfying performance obligations in the future as well as are expected to be recovered.

 

  5. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

 

As of June 30, 2019 and 2020, property and equipment consisted of the following:

 

    As of June 30,  
    2019     2020  
Leasehold improvement   $ 113,109     $ 109,863  
Office equipment     42,171       42,949  
Motor vehicles     41,504       -  
      196,784       152,812  
Less: accumulated depreciation     (68,693 )     (81,531 )
    $ 128,091     $ 71,281  

 

For the years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, depreciation expenses amounted to $37,621 and $30,859, respectively.

 

F-18

 

 

POP CULTURE GROUP CO., LTD

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

  6. INTANGIBLE ASSET

 

As of June 30, 2019 and 2020, intangible asset consisted of the following:

 

    As of June 30,  
    2019     2020  
Production copyright   $ 2,073,630     $ 2,014,117  
Less: accumulated amortization     (120,962 )     (318,902 )
    $ 1,952,668     $ 1,695,215  

 

The production copyright was purchased from a third-party production provider in November 2018 for a total cash consideration of approximately $2,086,819, and entitled “Move it.” The content of the production copyright includes but is not limited to music content, stage design, and screen design. The Company has exclusive reproduction rights, distribution rights, rental rights, and other rights in China (including mainland China, Hong Kong, Macau, and Taiwan). The Company acquired only the production copyright from the seller, not the operation or equity interest of the seller. Thus, the Company determined that the acquisition constituted as an acquisition of assets for financial statement purposes, rather than an acquisition of a business.

 

For the years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, amortization expense amounted to $121,731 and $202,494, respectively. The following is a schedule, by fiscal years, of amortization amount of intangible asset as of June 30, 2020:

 

2021   $ 201,412  
2022     201,412  
2023     201,412  
2024     201,412  
Thereafter     889,567  
Total   $ 1,695,215  

 

  7. ACCRUED LIABILITIES AND OTHER PAYABLES

 

As of June 30, 2019 and 2020, accrued liabilities and other payables consisted of the following:

 

    As of June 30,  
    2019     2020  
Payroll payables   $ 46,326     $ 42,755  
Other payables     21,243       76,818  
    $ 67,569     $ 119,573  

 

  8. TAXES PAYABLE

 

As of June 30, 2019 and 2020, taxes payable consisted of the following:

 

    As of June 30,  
    2019     2020  
Corporate income tax   $ 1,473,173     $ 1,951,921  
VAT     228,990       421,766  
Related surcharges on VAT payable     2,984       406  
    $ 1,705,147     $ 2,374,093  

 

F-19

 

 

POP CULTURE GROUP CO., LTD

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

  9. BANK LOANS

 

Bank loans represent the amounts due to various banks. As of June 30, 2019 and 2020, short-term and current portion of long-term banks consisted of the following:

 

  a) Summary of short-term bank loans is as follows:

 

   

Annual

Interest

        As of June 30,  
    Rate     Maturities   2019     2020  
Short-term loans:                      
Industrial Bank Co., Ltd. (1)     5.67 %   May 15, 2020     291,256       -  
China Construction Bank     7.64 %   July 6, 2019     1,456       -  
China Construction Bank     7.64 %   July 30, 2019     8,738       -  
China Construction Bank     7.64 %   August 22, 2019     135,434       -  
Xiamen Bank (2)     6.09 %   August 1, 2019     436,885       -  
Xiamen International Bank (2)     7.05 %   November 7, 2019     1,019,398       -  
Xiamen Bank (2)     5.66 %   July 18, 2020     -       424,346  
Xiamen Bank (2)     5.65 %   May 26, 2021     -       424,346  
Xiamen International Bank (2)     8.00 %   October 31, 2020     -       990,141  
Subtotal                 1,893,167       1,838,833  
Current portion of long-term loans:                            
Xiamen Bank (2)     16.00 %*   July 13, 2019     3,332       -  
Standard Chartered Bank     15.00 %*   June 8, 2020     85,300       -  
Total               $ 1,981,799     $ 1,838,833  

 

  * As the Company is an asset-light company without much collateral, the interest rates of long-term credit loans are relatively high.

 

The weighted average interest rate on short-term bank loans outstanding as of June 30, 2019 and 2020 were 6.88% and 6.92%, respectively. The effective interest rate for bank loans were approximately 9.89% and 7.21% for the years ended June 30, 2019, and 2020, respectively. For the years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, interest expense related to bank loans amounted to $123,205 and $125,186, respectively. Subsequently, loans from Xiamen Bank has been repaid on July 18, 2020.

 

(1) Loans from Industrial Bank Co., Ltd. were guaranteed by Fujian Jinhaixia Financing Guarantee Co., Ltd., who was counter-guaranteed by Mr. Zhuoqin Huang, the chief executive officer of the Company, and his spouse Ms. Liya Wei.

 

(2) Loans from Xiamen Bank and Xiamen International Bank were guaranteed by Mr. Zhuoqin Huang, the chief executive officer of the Company, and his spouse Ms. Liya Wei.

 

F-20

 

 

POP CULTURE GROUP CO., LTD

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

  10. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

  a) The table below sets forth the related parties and their relationships with the Company:

 

Name of related party   Relationship with the Company
Xiamen Lanjie Network Technology Co., Ltd.   Owned by Chief Executive Officer’s spouse (1)
Shenzhen Qianhai Zhixing Heyi Capital Management Co., Ltd.   Shareholder of Pop Culture (2)

 

(1) Prior to September 30, 2019, Xiamen Lanjie Network Technology Co., Ltd. was owned by Ms. Liya Wei, the spouse of the chief executive officer of the Company, and it was then transferred to an individual who had no relationship with the Company.

 

(2) Shenzhen Qianhai Zhixing Heyi Capital Management Co., Ltd. was the shareholder of Pop Culture prior to July 12, 2019.

 

  b) The Company had the following related party balances with the related parties mentioned above:

 

    As of June 30,  
    2019     2020  
Amounts due from Xiamen Lanjie Network Technology Co., Ltd.   $ 145,628     $ -  
Amounts due from Shenzhen Qianhai Zhixing Heyi Capital Management Co., Ltd.     11,650       -  
Total   $ 157,278     $ -  

 

The related party balances were short-term in nature, non-interest bearing, and unsecured, and the balances as of June 30, 2019 were settled subsequently within the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020.

 

  11. INCOME TAXES

 

Cayman Islands

 

The Company was incorporated in the Cayman Islands. Under the current laws of the Cayman Islands, the Company is not subject to income or capital gains taxes. In addition, dividend payments are not subject to withholdings tax in the Cayman Islands.

 

Hong Kong

 

On March 21, 2018, the Hong Kong Legislative Council passed The Inland Revenue (Amendment) (No. 7) Bill 2017 (the “Bill”) which introduces the two-tiered profits tax rates regime. The Bill was signed into law on March 28, 2018 and was announced on the following day. Under the two-tiered profits tax rates regime, the first 2 million Hong Kong Dollar (“HKD”) of profits of the qualifying group entity will be taxed at 8.25%, and profits above HKD2 million will be taxed at 16.5%.

 

PRC

 

Generally, WFOE, Pop Culture, Shanghai Pudu, Pop Network, Zhongjing Pop, and Shenzhen Pop, which were incorporated in PRC, are subject to enterprise income tax on their taxable income as determined under PRC tax laws and accounting standards at a rate of 25%.

 

F-21

 

 

POP CULTURE GROUP CO., LTD

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

According to Taxation [2019] No. 13 which was effective from January 1, 2019 to December 31, 2021, an enterprise is recognized as a small-scale and low-profit enterprise when its taxable income is less than RMB3 million. A small-scale and low-profit enterprise receives a tax preference including a preferential tax rate of 5% on its taxable income below RMB1 million and another preferential tax rate of 10% on its taxable income between RMB1 million and RMB3 million. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019, Pop Network, Shanghai Pudu, and Zhongjing Pop were qualified as small-scale and low-profit enterprises, and during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020, Pop Network, Shanghai Pudu, Zhongjing Pop, and Shenzhen Pop were qualified as small-scale and low-profit enterprises.

 

  i) The components of the income tax provision are as follows:

 

    For the years ended
June 30,
 
    2019     2020  
Current income tax provision   $ 1,297,035     $ 541,251  
Deferred income tax benefit     (8,053 )     (84,246 )
Total   $ 1,288,982     $ 457,005  

 

The following table reconciles the statutory rate to the Company’s effective tax rate for the years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020:

  

    For the years ended
June 30,
 
    2019     2020  
China Statutory income tax rate     25.00 %     25.00 %
Permanent difference     0.17 %     (2.15 )%
Effect of favorable tax rates on small-scale and low-profit entities     - %     (8.03 )%
Effective tax rate     25.17 %     14.82 %

  

The tax effect of temporary difference under ASC 740 “Accounting for Income Taxes” that gives rise to deferred tax asset as of June 30, 2019 and 2020 was as follows: 

 

    As of June 30,  
    2019     2020  
             
Deferred tax assets:            
Net operating loss carry forwards   $ 2,033     $ 121  
Allowance for doubtful accounts     6,058       83,698  
Total deferred tax assets     8,091       83,819  
Valuation allowance     -       (24 )
Total deferred tax assets, net   $ 8,091     $ 83,795  

  

F-22

 

  

POP CULTURE GROUP CO., LTD

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

  12. LEASE

 

Supplemental balance sheet information related to operating lease was as follows:

 

    As of June 30,  
    2019     2020  
Right-of-use assets   $ 378,622     $ 278,260  
                 
Operating lease liabilities - current   $ 91,603     $ 96,357  
Operating lease liabilities - non-current     258,622       189,994  
Total operating lease liabilities   $ 350,225     $ 286,351  

 

The weighted average remaining lease terms and discount rates for the operating lease as of June 30, 2020 were as follows:

 

Remaining lease term and discount rate:      
       
Weighted average remaining lease term (years)     3.15  
Weighted average discount rate     6.92 %

 

During the year ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, the Company incurred total operating lease expenses of $115,464 and $87,384, respectively.

 

As of June 30, 2020, the future minimum rent payable under non-cancelable operating leases were:

 

2021     121,364  
2022     97,090  
2023     97,090  
Total lease payments     315,544  
Less: imputed interest     (29,193 )
Present value of lease liabilities   $ 286,351  

 

F-23

 

 

POP CULTURE GROUP CO., LTD

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

  13. ORDINARY SHARES  

 

On January 3, 2020, 9,165,000 ordinary shares, par value $0.001 per share, were held by Joya Enterprises Limited. On February 22, 2020, the Company issued 3,760,911 ordinary shares, par value $0.001 per share, to certain founding shareholders, and 2,015,400 ordinary shares to two new shareholders who made the capital injection of $2,557,654 in October 2019.

 

On April 28, 2020, shareholders of the Company approved the re-designation of 5,763,077 of the Company’s issued ordinary shares held by Joya Enterprises Limited into 5,763,077 Class B Ordinary Shares and an aggregate of 9,178,234 of the Company’s issued ordinary shares held by Joya Enterprises Limited and certain other shareholders into 9,178,234 Class A Ordinary Shares. Holders of Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares have the same rights except for voting and conversion rights. In respect of matters requiring a shareholder vote, each holder of Class A Ordinary Shares will be entitled to one vote per one Class A Ordinary Share and each holder of Class B Ordinary Shares will be entitled to seven votes per one Class B Ordinary Share. The Class A Ordinary Shares are not convertible into shares of any other class. The Class B Ordinary Shares are convertible into Class A Ordinary Shares at any time after issuance at the option of the holder on a one-to-one basis.

 

On May 30, 2020, the Company issued 500,000 Class A Ordinary Shares to two original shareholders of Pop Culture for a nominal cash consideration of $500 as part of the Reorganization. The shares and per share data as of June 30, 2019 are presented on a retroactive basis to reflect the above share issuances and re-designation.

 

On May 30, 2020, the Company also issued an aggregate of 1,343,600 Class A Ordinary Shares to five new investors for a cash consideration of $1,707,893 pursuant to certain share purchase agreements entered into on September 30, 2019. This share issuance is presented on a prospective basis.

 

The Company previously presented the issuance of 2,015,400 ordinary shares (which were subsequently re-designated into Class A ordinary shares) to two new investors on February 22, 2020 and 1,343,600 Class A Ordinary Shares to five new investors on May 30, 2020 on a retroactive basis in its audited financial statements for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019 and 2018, but these issuances were in fact related to the financing transactions that occurred after the fiscal year 2019 and should be accounted prospectively. The Company has restated to prospectively present these share issuance and re-designation, which resulted in a decrease of 3,359,000 shares in weighted average of shares for calculating net income per share - basic and diluted, and an increase of $0.06 in net income per share - basic and diluted, for the year ended June 30, 2019.

 

The subscription receivable presents the receivable for the issuance of ordinary shares of the Company and is reported as a deduction of equity as there is no substantial evidence of shareholders’ ability and intent to pay within a reasonably short period of time. Subscription receivable has no payment terms nor any interest receivable accrual.

 

F-24

 

 

POP CULTURE GROUP CO., LTD

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

  14. STATUTORY RESERVE

 

Pop Culture, Shanghai Pudu, Pop Network, Zhongjing Pop, and Shenzhen Pop are required to reserve 10% of their net profit after income tax, as determined in accordance with the PRC accounting rules and regulations. Appropriation to the statutory reserve by the Company is based on profit arrived at under PRC accounting standards for business enterprises for each year. The profit arrived at must be set off against any accumulated losses sustained by the Company in prior years, before allocation is made to the statutory reserve. Appropriation to the statutory reserve must be made before distribution of dividends to shareholders. The appropriation is required until the statutory reserve reaches 50% of the registered capital, which was $2,549,735 and $2,663,330 as of June 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively. This statutory reserve is not distributable in the form of cash dividends.

 

For the years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, the Company provided statutory reserve as follows: 

 

Balance - June 30, 2018   $ 145,188
Appropriation to statutory reserve     358,452
Balance - June 30, 2019     503,640
Appropriation to statutory reserve     275,454
Balance - June 30, 2020   $ 779,094

 

  15. RESTRICTED NET ASSETS

 

Relevant PRC laws and regulations restrict WFOE, Pop Culture, and subsidiaries of Pop Culture from transferring a portion of their net assets, equivalent to the balance of their paid-in-capital, additional paid-in-capital and statutory reserves to the Company in the form of loans, advances, or cash dividends. Relevant PRC statutory laws and regulations permit the payments of dividends by WFOE, Pop Culture, and subsidiaries of Pop Culture from their respective retained earnings, if any, as determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. As of June 30, 2019 and 2020, the balance of restricted net assets was $2,646,158 and $4,886,290, respectively.

 

  16. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

The Company has evaluated events subsequent to the balance sheet date of June 30, 2020 through November 13, 2020, the date on which the consolidated financial statements were issued.  

 

Because of the significant uncertainties surrounding the COVID-19 outbreak and a possible new wave of infections, the extent of the business disruption and the related financial impact cannot be reasonably estimated at this time. The COVID-19 prevented the Company from hosting and executing offline events until June 2020, which led to a decrease in revenue and net profit during the first half of 2020. The COVID-19 outbreak has prompted the Company to accelerate its online business development. The COVID-19 outbreak also slowed down the Company’s collection of accounts receivable during the first half of 2020 due to some customers’ lower degree of liquidity. Nevertheless, the negative impact of the COVID-19 outbreak on collectability has been gradually alleviated along with the control of the outbreak in China and the recovery of China’s economy. Subsequently, we have collected almost all the accounts receivable as of June 30, 2019 and 30% of accounts receivable balance as of June 30, 2020.

 

On July 1, 2020, Pop Culture received a loan of RMB10,000,000 (equivalent to $1,414,487) from Industrial Bank Co., Ltd. by factoring a certain service agreement with a customer of RMB13,000,000 (equivalent to $1,838,833), for which Industrial Bank Co., Ltd. has the right of recourse from Pop Culture. From July 1, 2020 through January 21, 2021, Pop Culture is obliged to pay a monthly factoring financing fee of $81,085 and the financing principal will mature on January 21, 2021. The factoring is guaranteed by Mr. Zhuoqin Huang, the chief executive officer of the Company.  

 

On August 10, 2020, Pop Culture and Xiamen Bank entered into a one-year bank loan agreement of RMB2,000,000 (equivalent to $282,897) with an annual interest rate of 4.55%, which is guaranteed by Mr. Zhuoqin Huang, the chief executive officer of the Company, his spouse Ms. Liya Wei, and Taiping General Insurance Co., Ltd. Xiamen Branch.

 

On August 18, 2020, a subsidiary Xiamen Pop Sikai Interactive Technology Co., Ltd. was established, of which Pop Network owns 51% of the equity interests.

  

F-25

 

 

POP CULTURE GROUP CO., LTD

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

  17. PARENT COMPANY ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

The Company performed a test on the restricted net assets of its consolidated subsidiaries, VIE, and VIE’s subsidiaries in accordance with Securities and Exchange Commission Regulation S-X Rule 4-08 (e)(3), “General Notes to Financial Statements” and concluded that it was applicable for the Company to disclose the financial information for the parent company only.

 

The subsidiaries did not pay any dividend to the Company for the years presented. Certain information and footnote disclosures generally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP have been condensed and omitted. The footnote disclosures contain supplemental information relating to the operations of the Company, as such, these statements should be read in conjunction with the notes to the consolidated financial statements of the Company.

 

As of June 30, 2020, the Company did not have significant capital commitments and other significant commitments, or guarantees, except for those which have been separately disclosed in the consolidated financial statements.

 

Condensed Balance Sheets

 

    As of June 30,  
    2019     2020  
ASSETS            
Cash   $ -     $ 1,139,229  
Advance to suppliers     -       30,000  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets     -       220,031  
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS     -       1,389,260  
Investments in subsidiaries, consolidated VIE and VIE’s subsidiaries     7,037,565       11,530,462  
TOTAL ASSETS     7,037,565       12,919,722  
                 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY                
TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES   $ -     $ -  
TOTAL LIABILITIES     -       -  
                 
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY                
Ordinary shares (par value $0.001 per share; 44,000,000 Class A ordinary shares authorized, 7,662,834 and 11,021,834 Class A ordinary shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively; 6,000,000 and 6,000,000 Class B ordinary shares authorized, 5,763,077 and 5,763,077 Class B ordinary shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively.) *     13,426       16,785  
Subscription receivable     (13,426 )     (15,441 )
Additional paid-in capital     2,142,518       5,813,745  
Retained earnings     5,036,393       7,472,214  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (141,346 )     (367,581 )
TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY     7,037,565       12,919,722  
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY   $ 7,037,565     $ 12,919,722  

 

* Certain shares are presented on a retroactive basis to reflect the reorganization (see Note 13).

  

F-26

 

 

POP CULTURE GROUP CO., LTD

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

  17. PARENT COMPANY ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION - continued

 

Condensed Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income

 

    For the years ended
June 30,
 
    2019     2020  
             
General and administrative expenses   $ -     $ 318,428  
Financial expenses     -       206  
Loss from operation     -       318,634  
Other income:                
Share of income of subsidiaries, consolidated VIE and VIE’s subsidiaries     3,584,514       2,754,455  
                 
Income before income tax expense     3,584,514       2,435,821  
Income tax expense     -       -  
Net income   $ 3,584,514     $ 2,435,821  
Other Comprehensive loss                
Foreign currency translation loss     (152,343 )     (226,235 )
Total comprehensive income   $ 3,432,171     $ 2,209,586  

 

Condensed Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

 

                            Accumulated        
                      Additional           other     Total  
    Ordinary shares     Subscription     paid-in     Retained     comprehensive     Shareholders’  
    Shares*     Amount     receivable     capital     earnings     (loss) income     Equity  
                                           
Balance as of
June 30, 2018
    13,425,911     $ 13,426     $ (13,426 )   $ 2,142,518     $ 1,451,879     $ 10,997     $ 3,605,394  
Net income     -       -       -       -       3,584,514               3,584,514  
Foreign currency translation gain     -       -       -       -       -       (152,343 )     (152,343 )
Balance as of
June 30, 2019
    13,425,911     $ 13,426     $ (13,426 )   $ 2,142,518     $ 5,036,393     $ (141,346 )   $ 7,037,565  
Issuance of additional shares     3,359,000       3,359       (2,015 )     3,671,227       -       -       3,672,571  
Net income     -       -       -       -       2,435,821       -       2,435,821  
Foreign currency translation loss     -       -       -       -               (226,235 )     (226,235 )
Balance as of
June 30, 2020
    16,784,911     $ 16,785     $ (15,441 )   $ 5,813,745     $ 7,472,214     $ (367,581 )   $ 12,919,722  

 

  * Certain shares are presented on a retroactive basis to reflect the reorganization (see Note 13).

 

F-27

 

 

POP CULTURE GROUP CO., LTD

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In U.S. dollars, except share data)

 

  17. PARENT COMPANY ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION - continued

 

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

 

Pop Group, the parent Company, was incorporated on January 3, 2020, therefore there were no cash activities for the year ended June 30, 2019.

 

    For the years
ended June 30,
 
    2019     2020  
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:            
Net cash used in operating activities   $ -     $ (348,870 )
                 
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:                
Net cash used in investing activities     -       -  
                 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:                
Proceeds from issuance of shares     -       1,707,893  
Payment for deferred offering costs     -       (220,031 )
Net cash provided by financing activities     -       1,487,862  
                 
Effect of exchange rate changes     -       237  
                 
Net increase in cash     -       1,139,229  
Cash at beginning of period     -       -  
Cash at end of period   $ -     $ 1,139,229  

 

F-28

 

 

Until [   ], 2021, all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

6,000,000 Class A Ordinary Shares

 

 

POP CULTURE GROUP CO., LTD

 

Prospectus dated [●], 2021

 

 

 

 

PART II

 

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

ITEM 6. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

 

The Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Our articles of association, which will become effective upon or before completion of this offering, provide that, to the extent permitted by law, we shall indemnify each existing or former secretary, director (including alternate director), and any of our other officers (including an investment adviser or an administrator or liquidator) and their personal representatives against:

 

(a) all actions, proceedings, costs, charges, expenses, losses, damages, or liabilities incurred or sustained by the existing or former director (including alternate director), secretary, or officer in or about the conduct of our business or affairs or in the execution or discharge of the existing or former director (including alternate director)’s, secretary’s, or officer’s duties, powers, authorities or discretions; and

 

(b) without limitation to paragraph (a) above, all costs, expenses, losses, or liabilities incurred by the existing or former director (including alternate director), secretary, or officer in defending (whether successfully or otherwise) any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative proceedings (whether threatened, pending or completed) concerning us or our affairs in any court or tribunal, whether in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere.

 

No such existing or former director (including alternate director), secretary, or officer, however, shall be indemnified in respect of any matter arising out of his own dishonesty.

 

To the extent permitted by law, we may make a payment, or agree to make a payment, whether by way of advance, loan or otherwise, for any legal costs incurred by an existing secretary, or any of our officers in respect of any matter identified in above on condition that the secretary, or officer must repay the amount paid by us to the extent that it is ultimately found not liable to indemnify the secretary or that officer for those legal costs.

 

Pursuant to indemnification agreements, the form of which will be filed as Exhibit 10.2 to this registration statement, we will agree to indemnify our directors and officers against certain liabilities and expenses incurred by such persons in connection with claims made by reason of their being such a director or officer.

 

The Underwriting Agreement, the form of which will be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement, will also provide for indemnification of us and our officers and directors.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

II-1

 

 

ITEM 7. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

 

During the past three years, we have issued the following securities which were not registered under the Securities Act. We believe that each of the following issuance was exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act regarding sales by an issuer in offshore transactions. No underwriters were involved in these issuances of securities.

 

Securities/Purchaser   Date of Issuance   Number
of
Securities
    Consideration  
Ordinary Shares*                
Joya Enterprises Limited   January 3, 2020 and
February 22, 2020
    9,330,000 **   $ 9,330  
Victory Quest Industries Limited   February 22, 2020     1,653,911 ***   $ 1,654  
Billion Hill Investment Corporation   February 22, 2020     1,502,000 ****   $ 1,502  
Bofeng Holdings Limited   February 22, 2020     1,007,700     $ 1,008  
Sense Venture International Limited   February 22, 2020     1,007,700     $ 1,008  
Dragon Bright Asia Corporation   February 22, 2020     400,000     $ 400  
Wealth Progress International Corporation   February 22, 2020     40,000     $ 40  
Class A Ordinary Shares                    
Monica Hon Yau Tse   May 30, 2020     190,000     $ 241,515.19  
Yuen Ching Wong   May 30, 2020     190,000     $ 241,515.19  
Yee Man Yau   May 30, 2020     190,000     $ 241,515.19  
Chau Hung Yeung   May 30, 2020     190,000     $ 241,515.19  
New Rise International Limited   May 30, 2020     583,600     $ 741,832.57  
Hengzhang Qiu   May 30, 2020     100,000     $ 100  
Yuling Yan   May 30, 2020     400,000     $ 400  
Bravo Great Group Limited   February 9, 2021     730,000     $ 730  
Huadi Qiu   February 9, 2021     300,000     $ 300  
Jiapeng Lin   February 9, 2021     35,089     $ 35.089  

 

* On April 28, 2020, our shareholders approved the re-designation of 5,763,077 of our issued ordinary shares held by Joya Enterprises Limited into 5,763,077 Class B Ordinary Shares and an aggregate of 9,178,234 of our issued ordinary shares held by Joya Enterprises Limited and the other shareholders into 9,178,234 Class A Ordinary Shares.
** On May 30, 2020, Joya Enterprises Limited transferred all of the Class A Ordinary Shares it was holding to seven investors as part of the reorganization of our corporate structure.
*** On May 30, 2020, Victory Quest Industries Limited transferred 1,420,911 of the Class A Ordinary Shares it was holding to six investors as part of the reorganization of our corporate structure.
**** On May 30, 2020, Billion Hill Investment Corporation transferred 1,202,600 of the Class A Ordinary Shares it was holding to eight investors as part of the reorganization of our corporate structure.

 

II-2

 

 

ITEM 8. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

 

(a) Exhibits

 

See Exhibit Index beginning on page II-6 of this registration statement.

 

(b) Financial Statement Schedules

 

Schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the Consolidated Financial Statements or the Notes thereto.

 

ITEM 9. UNDERTAKINGS.

 

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions described in Item 6, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant under Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

  

(3) For the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

 

(4) For the purpose of determining any liability of the registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

 

(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

 

(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

 

(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

 

(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

 

II-3

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Xiamen, People’s Republic of China, on March 2, 2021.

 

  Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd
     
  By: /s/ Zhuoqin Huang 
    Zhuoqin Huang
    Chief Executive Officer, Director, and Chairman of the Board of Directors
    (Principal Executive Officer)

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature   Title   Date
         
/s/ Zhuoqin Huang   Chief Executive Officer, Director, and Chairman of the
Board of Directors
  March 2, 2021
Name: Zhuoqin Huang   (Principal Executive Officer)    
         
/s/ Rongdi Zhang    Chief Financial Officer   March 2, 2021
Name: Rongdi Zhang   (Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)    

 

II-4

 

 

SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE IN THE UNITED STATES

 

Pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned, the duly authorized representative in the United States of America of Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd, has signed this registration statement or amendment thereto in New York, NY on March 2, 2021.

 

    Cogency Global Inc.
    Authorized U.S. Representative
     
  By: /s/ Colleen A. De Vries 
    Name: Colleen A. De Vries
    Title: Senior Vice President

 

II-5

 

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Description    
1.1**   Form of Underwriting Agreement
     
3.1*   Amended and Restated Memorandum of Association
     
3.2*   Amended and Restated Articles of Association
     
4.1*   Specimen Certificate for Class A Ordinary Shares
     
4.2**   Form of Underwriter’s Warrant
     
5.1*   Opinion of Ogier regarding the validity of the Class A Ordinary Shares being registered
     
10.1*   Form of Employment Agreement by and between executive officers and the Registrant
     
10.2*   Form of Indemnification Agreement with the Registrant’s directors and officers
     
10.3*   Form of Director Offer Letter between the Registrant and its directors
     
10.4*   The Amended and Restated Exclusive Services Agreement between Heliheng and Xiamen Pop Culture dated February 19, 2021
     
10.5*   The form of Amended and Restated Powers of Attorney granted by shareholders of Xiamen Pop Culture, as currently in effect, and a schedule of all executed Powers of Attorney adopting the same form
     
10.6*   The Power of Attorney granted by Junlong He dated February 19, 2021
     
10.7*   The Amended and Restated Share Pledge Agreement among Heliheng, Xiamen Pop Culture, and shareholders of Xiamen Pop Culture dated February 19, 2021
     
10.8*   The Amended and Restated Exclusive Option Agreement among Heliheng, Xiamen Pop Culture, and shareholders of Xiamen Pop Culture dated February 19, 2021
     
10.9*   The form of Amended and Restated Spousal Consent granted by the spouse of each individual shareholder of Xiamen Pop Culture, as currently in effect, and a schedule of all executed Spousal Consents adopting the same form
     
10.10*   The Spousal Consent granted by the spouse of Junlong He dated February 19, 2021
     
10.11*   English Translation of Comprehensive Line of Credit Contract between Xiamen Pop Culture and Xiamen International Bank Co., Ltd. Xiamen Branch Office dated October 30, 2018
     
10.12*   English Translation of Factoring Agreement between Xiamen Pop Culture and Shanghai Pudong Development Bank dated June 24, 2020
     
10.13*   English Translation of Loan Contract between Xiamen Pop Culture and Xiamen Bank Co., Ltd. dated August 10, 2020
     
10.14*   English Translation of Lease Contract between Xiamen Pop Culture and Xiamen Zhiqian Real Estate Agency Co., Ltd. dated May 20, 2020
     
10.15*   English Translation of Trademark Licensing Contract between Xiamen Pop Culture and Zhuoqin Huang dated December 25, 2019
     
10.16*   English Translation of Credit Facility Agreement between Xiamen Pop Culture and Xiamen Bank Co., Ltd. dated May 26, 2020

 

II-6

 

 

21.1*   Subsidiaries
     
23.1*   Consent of Friedman LLP
     
23.2*   Consent of Ogier (included in Exhibit 5.1)
     
99.1*   Code of Business Conduct and Ethics of the Registrant
     
99.2*   Consent of Frost & Sullivan
     
99.3*   Consent of Christopher Kohler
     
99.4*   Consent of Douglas Menelly
     
99.5*   Consent of Xiaolin Hu

 

* Filed herewith.
** To be filed by amendment.

 

 

II-7

 

 

Exhibit 3.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Companies Law (Revised)

 

Company Limited by Shares

 

 

 

 
 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

memorandum of association
OF
Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd

普普文化集团有限公司

 

 

 

(Adopted by special resolution passed on April 28, 2020)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Companies Law (Revised)

 

Company Limited by Shares

 

Amended and Restated Memorandum of Association

 

of

 

Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd

 

普普文化集团有限公司

 

(Adopted by special resolution passed on April 28, 2020)

 

1 The name of the Company is Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd.

 

2 The Company’s registered office is at Harneys Fiduciary (Cayman) Limited, 4th Floor, Harbour Place, 103 South Church Street, P.O. Box 10240, Grand Cayman KY1-1002, Cayman Islands or at such other place in the Cayman Islands as the directors may at any time decide.

 

3 The Company’s objects are unrestricted. As provided by section 7(4) of the Companies Law (Revised), the Company has full power and authority to carry out any object not prohibited by any law of the Cayman Islands.

 

4 The Company has unrestricted corporate capacity. Without limitation to the foregoing, as provided by section 27 (2) of the Companies Law (Revised), the Company has and is capable of exercising all the functions of a natural person of full capacity irrespective of any question of corporate benefit.

 

5 Nothing in any of the preceding paragraphs permits the Company to carry on any of the following businesses without being duly licensed, namely:

 

(a) the business of a bank or trust company without being licensed in that behalf under the Banks and Trust Companies Law (Revised); or

 

(b) insurance business from within the Cayman Islands or the business of an insurance manager, agent, sub-agent or broker without being licensed in that behalf under the Insurance Law (Revised);or

 

(c) the business of company management without being licensed in that behalf under the Companies Management Law (Revised).

 

6 Unless licensed to do so, the Company will not trade in the Cayman Islands with any person, firm or corporation except in furtherance of its business carried on outside the Cayman Islands. Despite this, the Company may effect and conclude contracts in the Cayman Islands and exercise in the Cayman Islands any of its powers necessary for the carrying on of its business outside the Cayman Islands.

 

2

 

 

7 The Company is a company limited by shares and accordingly the liability of each member is limited to the amount (if any) unpaid on that member’s shares.

 

8 The share capital of the Company is USD50,000 divided into 44,000,000 Class A Ordinary Shares of par value USD0.001 each and 6,000,000 Class B Ordinary Shares of par value USD0.001 each. Subject to the Companies Law (Revised) and the Company’s articles of association, the Company has power to do any one or more of the following:

 

(a) to redeem or repurchase any of its shares; and

 

(b) to increase or reduce its capital; and

 

(c) to issue any part of its capital (whether original, redeemed, increased or reduced):

 

(i) with or without any preferential, deferred, qualified or special rights, privileges or conditions; or

 

(ii) subject to any limitations or restrictions

 

and unless the condition of issue expressly declares otherwise, every issue of shares (whether declared to be ordinary, preference or otherwise) is subject to this power; or

 

(d) to alter any of those rights, privileges, conditions, limitations or restrictions.

 

9 The Company has power to register by way of continuation as a body corporate limited by shares under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands and to be deregistered in the Cayman Islands.

 

3

Exhibit 3.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Companies Law (Revised)

 

Company Limited By Shares

 

 

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED
articles of association
of
Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd

 

普普文化集团有限公司

 

 

 

(Adopted by special resolution passed on April 28, 2020)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contents

 

1 Definitions, interpretation and exclusion of Table A 1
Definitions 1
Interpretation 4
Exclusion of Table A Articles 5
   
2 Shares 5
Power to issue Shares and options, with or without special rights 5
Power to pay commissions and brokerage fees 5
Trusts not recognised 6
Security interests 6
Power to vary class rights 6
Effect of new Share issue on existing class rights 7
No bearer Shares or warrants 7
Treasury Shares 7
Rights attaching to Treasury Shares and related matters 7
Register of Members 8
Annual Return 8
   
3 Share certificates 8
Issue of share certificates 8
Renewal of lost or damaged share certificates 9
   
4 Lien on Shares 9
Nature and scope of lien 9
Company may sell Shares to satisfy lien 9
Authority to execute instrument of transfer 10
Consequences of sale of Shares to satisfy lien 10
Application of proceeds of sale 10
   
5 Calls on Shares and forfeiture 11
Power to make calls and effect of calls 11
Time when call made 11
Liability of joint holders 11
Interest on unpaid calls 11
Deemed calls 11
Power to accept early payment 12
Power to make different arrangements at time of issue of Shares 12
Notice of default 12
Forfeiture or surrender of Shares 12
Disposal of forfeited or surrendered Share and power to cancel forfeiture or surrender 12
Effect of forfeiture or surrender on former Member 13
Evidence of forfeiture or surrender 13
Sale of forfeited or surrendered Shares 13
   
6 Transfer of Shares 14
Right to transfer 14
Suspension of transfers 14
Company may retain instrument of transfer 15
Notice of refusal to register 15
   
7 Transmission of Shares 15
Persons entitled on death of a Member 15
Registration of transfer of a Share following death or bankruptcy 15
 

 

Indemnity 16
Rights of person entitled to a Share following death or bankruptcy 16
   
8 Alteration of capital 16
Increasing, consolidating, converting, dividing and cancelling share capital 16
Dealing with fractions resulting from consolidation of Shares 17
Reducing share capital 17
   
9 Redemption and purchase of own Shares 17
Power to issue redeemable Shares and to purchase own Shares 17
Power to pay for redemption or purchase in cash or in specie 18
Effect of redemption or purchase of a Share 18
Conversion Rights 18
Share Conversions 19
   
10 Meetings of Members 19
Annual and extraordinary general meetings 19
Power to call meetings 19
Content of notice 20
Period of notice 20
Persons entitled to receive notice 20
Accidental omission to give notice or non-receipt of notice 21
   
11 Proceedings at meetings of Members 21
Quorum 21
Lack of quorum 21
Chairman 22
Right of a Director to attend and speak 22
Accommodation of Members at meeting 22
Security 22
Adjournment 23
Method of voting 23
Outcome of vote by show of hands 23
Withdrawal of demand for a poll 23
Taking of a poll 23
Chairman’s casting vote 24
Written resolutions 24
Sole-Member Company 25
   
12 Voting rights of Members 25
Right to vote 25
Voting Rights 25
Rights of joint holders 25
Representation of corporate Members 25
Member with mental disorder 26
Objections to admissibility of votes 26
Form of proxy 26
How and when proxy is to be delivered 27
Voting by proxy 29
   
13 Number of Directors 29
     
14 Appointment, disqualification and removal of Directors 29
First Directors 29
No age limit 29
Corporate Directors 29
 

 

No shareholding qualification 29
Appointment of Directors 30
Board’s power to appoint Directors 30
Eligibility 30
Appointment at annual general meeting 30
Removal of Directors 31
Resignation of Directors 31
Termination of the office of Director 31
   
15 Alternate Directors 32
Appointment and removal 32
Notices 32
Rights of alternate Director 32
Appointment ceases when the appointor ceases to be a Director 33
Status of alternate Director 33
Status of the Director making the appointment 33
   
16 Powers of Directors 33
Powers of Directors 33
Directors below the minimum number 33
Appointments to office 34
Provisions for employees 34
Exercise of voting rights 34
Remuneration 35
Disclosure of information 35
   
17 Delegation of powers 35
Power to delegate any of the Directors’ powers to a committee 35
Local boards 36
Power to appoint an agent of the Company 36
Power to appoint an attorney or authorised signatory of the Company 37
Borrowing Powers 37
Corporate Governance 37
   
18 Meetings of Directors 38
Regulation of Directors’ meetings 38
Calling meetings 38
Notice of meetings 38
Use of technology 38
Quorum 38
Chairman or deputy to preside 38
Voting 39
Recording of dissent 39
Written resolutions 39
Validity of acts of Directors in spite of formal defect 39
   
19 Permissible Directors’ interests and disclosure 40
     
20 Minutes 41
     
21 Accounts and audit 41
Auditors 41
   
22 Record dates 42
     
23 Dividends 42
Source of dividends 42
 

 

Declaration of dividends by Members 42
Payment of interim dividends and declaration of final dividends by Directors 42
Apportionment of dividends 43
Right of set off 43
Power to pay other than in cash 44
How payments may be made 44
Dividends or other monies not to bear interest in absence of special rights 45
Dividends unable to be paid or unclaimed 45
   
24 Capitalisation of profits 45
Capitalisation of profits or of any share premium account or capital redemption reserve; 45
Applying an amount for the benefit of Members 45
   
25 Share Premium Account 46
Directors to maintain share premium account 46
Debits to share premium account 46
   
26 Seal 46
Company seal 46
Duplicate seal 46
When and how seal is to be used 46
If no seal is adopted or used 47
Power to allow non-manual signatures and facsimile printing of seal 47
Validity of execution 47
   
27 Indemnity 47
Release 48
Insurance 48
   
28 Notices 49
Form of notices 49
Electronic communications 49
Persons entitled to notices 50
Persons authorised to give notices 50
Delivery of written notices 50
Joint holders 50
Signatures 51
Giving notice to a deceased or bankrupt Member 51
Date of giving notices 51
Saving provision 52
   
29 Authentication of Electronic Records 52
Application of Articles 52
Authentication of documents sent by Members by Electronic means 52
Authentication of document sent by the Secretary or Officers of the Company by Electronic means 52
Manner of signing 53
Saving provision 53
   
30 Transfer by way of continuation 53
     
31 Winding up 54
Distribution of assets in specie 54
No obligation to accept liability 54
   
32 Amendment of Memorandum and Articles 55
Power to change name or amend Memorandum 55
Power to amend these Articles 55
 

 

Companies Law (Revised)

 

Company Limited by Shares

 

Amended and Restated
Articles of Association

 

of

 

Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd

 

普普文化集团有限公司

 

(Adopted by special resolution passed on April 28, 2020)

 

1 Definitions, interpretation and exclusion of Table A

 

Definitions

 

1.1 In these Articles, the following definitions apply:

 

ADS means an American depository share representing an Ordinary Share;

 

Articles means, as appropriate:

 

(a) these articles of association as amended from time to time: or

 

(b) two or more particular articles of these Articles;

 

and Article refers to a particular article of these Articles;

 

Auditors means the auditor or auditors for the time being of the Company;

 

Board means the board of Directors from time to time;

 

Business Day means a day when banks in Grand Cayman, the Cayman Islands are open for the transaction of normal banking business and for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday in the Cayman Islands;

 

Cayman Islands means the British Overseas Territory of the Cayman Islands;

 

Class A Ordinary Share means an Ordinary Share designated by the directors as a Class A Ordinary Share;

 

Class B Ordinary Share means an Ordinary Share designated by the directors as a Class B Ordinary Share;

 

1

 

Clear Days, in relation to a period of notice, means that period excluding:

 

(a) the day when the notice is given or deemed to be given; and

 

(b) the day for which it is given or on which it is to take effect;

 

Commission means Securities and Exchange Commission of the United States of America or other federal agency for the time being administering the U.S. Securities Act;

 

Company means the above-named company;

 

Default Rate means ten per cent per annum;

 

Designated Stock Exchanges means the NASDAQ Stock Market LLC in the United States of America for so long as the Company’s Shares or ADSs are there listed and any other stock exchange on which the Company’s Shares or ADSs are listed for trading;

 

Designated Stock Exchange Rules means the relevant code, rules and regulations, as amended, from time to time, applicable as a result of the original and continued listing of any Shares or ADSs on the Designated Stock Exchanges;

 

Directors means the directors for the time being of the Company and the expression Director shall be construed accordingly;

 

Electronic has the meaning given to that term in the Electronic Transactions Law (Revised) of the Cayman Islands;

 

Electronic Record has the meaning given to that term in the Electronic Transactions Law (Revised) of the Cayman Islands;

 

Electronic Signature has the meaning given to that term in the Electronic Transactions Law (Revised) of the Cayman Islands;

 

Fully Paid Up means:

 

(a) in relation to a Share with par value, means that the par value for that Share and any premium payable in respect of the issue of that Share, has been fully paid or credited as paid in money or money’s worth; and

 

(b) in relation to a Share without par value, means that the agreed issue price for that Share has been fully paid or credited as paid in money or money’s worth;

 

General Meeting means a general meeting of the Company duly constituted in accordance with the Articles;

 

Independent Director means a Director who is an independent director as defined in the Designated Stock Exchange Rules as determined by the Board;

 

2

 

Law means the Companies Law (Revised) of the Cayman Islands, including any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force;

 

Member means any person or persons entered on the register of Members from time to time as the holder of a Share;

 

Memorandum means the memorandum of association of the Company as amended from time to time;

 

month means a calendar month;

 

Officer means a person appointed to hold an office in the Company including a Director, alternate Director or liquidator and excluding the Secretary;

 

Ordinary Resolution means a resolution of a General Meeting passed by a simple majority of Members who (being entitled to do so) vote in person or by proxy at that meeting. The expression includes a unanimous written resolution;

 

Ordinary Share means an ordinary share in the capital of the Company having the rights set out in these Articles and issued as either a Class A Ordinary Share or as a Class B Ordinary Share. In these Articles the term Ordinary Share shall embrace all classes of Ordinary Share except where reference is made to a specific class;

 

Partly Paid Up means:

 

(a) in relation to a Share with par value, that the par value for that Share and any premium payable in respect of the issue of that Share, has not been fully paid or credited as paid in money or money’s worth; and

 

(b) in relation to a Share without par value, means that the agreed issue price for that Share has not been fully paid or credited as paid in money or money’s worth;

 

Secretary means a person appointed to perform the duties of the secretary of the Company, including a joint, assistant or deputy secretary;

 

Share means a share in the capital of the Company and the expression:

 

(a) includes stock (except where a distinction between shares and stock is expressed or implied); and

 

(b) where the context permits, also includes a fraction of a Share;

 

Special Resolution means a resolution of a General Meeting or a resolution of a meeting of the holders of any class of Shares in a class meeting duly constituted in accordance with the Articles in each case passed by a majority of not less than two-thirds of Members who (being entitled to do so) vote in person or by proxy at that meeting. The expression includes a unanimous written resolution;

 

3

 

Treasury Shares means Shares held in treasury pursuant to the Law and Article 2.13; and

 

U.S. Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933 of the United States of America, as amended, or any similar federal statute and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

 

Interpretation

 

1.2 In the interpretation of these Articles, the following provisions apply unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a) A reference in these Articles to a statute is a reference to a statute of the Cayman Islands as known by its short title, and includes:

 

(i) any statutory modification, amendment or re-enactment; and

 

(ii) any subordinate legislation or regulations issued under that statute.

 

Without limitation to the preceding sentence, a reference to a revised Law of the Cayman Islands is taken to be a reference to the revision of that Law in force from time to time as amended from time to time.

 

(b) Headings are inserted for convenience only and do not affect the interpretation of these Articles, unless there is ambiguity.

 

(c) If a day on which any act, matter or thing is to be done under these Articles is not a Business Day, the act, matter or thing must be done on the next Business Day.

 

(d) A word which denotes the singular also denotes the plural, a word which denotes the plural also denotes the singular, and a reference to any gender also denotes the other genders.

 

(e) A reference to a person includes, as appropriate, a company, trust, partnership, joint venture, association, body corporate or government agency.

 

(f) Where a word or phrase is given a defined meaning another part of speech or grammatical form in respect to that word or phrase has a corresponding meaning.

 

(g) All references to time are to be calculated by reference to time in the place where the Company’s registered office is located.

 

(h) The words written and in writing include all modes of representing or reproducing words in a visible form, but do not include an Electronic Record where the distinction between a document in writing and an Electronic Record is expressed or implied.

 

(i) The words including, include and in particular or any similar expression are to be construed without limitation.

 

4

 

1.3 The headings in these Articles are intended for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of these Articles.

 

Exclusion of Table A Articles

 

1.4 The regulations contained in Table A in the First Schedule of the Law and any other regulations contained in any statute or subordinate legislation are expressly excluded and do not apply to the Company.

 

2 Shares

 

Power to issue Shares and options, with or without special rights

 

2.1 Subject to the provisions of the Law and these Articles about the redemption and purchase of the Shares, the Directors have general and unconditional authority to allot (with or without confirming rights of renunciation), grant options over or otherwise deal with any unissued Shares to such persons, at such times and on such terms and conditions as they may decide. No Share may be issued at a discount except in accordance with the provisions of the Law.

 

2.2 Without limitation to the preceding Article, the Directors may so deal with the unissued Shares:

 

(a) either at a premium or at par; or

 

(b) with or without preferred, deferred or other special rights or restrictions, whether in regard to dividend, voting, return of capital or otherwise.

 

2.3 Without limitation to the two preceding Articles, the Directors may refuse to accept any application for Shares, and may accept any application in whole or in part, for any reason or for no reason.

 

Power to pay commissions and brokerage fees

 

2.4 The Company may pay a commission to any person in consideration of that person:

 

(a) subscribing or agreeing to subscribe, whether absolutely or conditionally; or

 

(b) procuring or agreeing to procure subscriptions, whether absolute or conditional,

 

for any Shares. That commission may be satisfied by the payment of cash or the allotment of Fully Paid Up or Partly Paid Up Shares or partly in one way and partly in another.

 

2.5 The Company may employ a broker in the issue of its capital and pay him any proper commission or brokerage.

 

5

 

Trusts not recognised

 

2.6 Except as required by Law:

 

(a) no person shall be recognised by the Company as holding any Share on any trust; and

 

(b) no person other than the Member shall be recognised by the Company as having any right in a Share.

 

Security interests

 

2.7 Notwithstanding the preceding Article, the Company may (but shall not be obliged to) recognise a security interest of which it has actual notice over shares. The Company shall not be treated as having recognised any such security interest unless it has so agreed in writing with the secured party.

 

Power to vary class rights

 

2.8 Unless the terms on which a class of Shares was issued state otherwise, the rights attaching to a class of Shares may only be varied if one of the following applies:

 

(a) the Members holding not less than two-thirds of the issued Shares of that class consent in writing to the variation; or

 

(b) the variation is made with the sanction of a Special Resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the Members holding the issued Shares of that class.

 

2.9 For the purpose of Article 2.8(b), all the provisions of these Articles relating to general meetings apply, mutatis mutandis, to every such separate meeting except that:

 

(a) the necessary quorum shall be one or more persons holding, or representing by proxy, not less than one third of the issued Shares of the class; and

 

(b) any Member holding issued Shares of the class, present in person or by proxy or, in the case of a corporate Member, by its duly authorised representative, may demand a poll.

 

2.10 For the purposes of a separate class meeting, the Directors may treat two or more or all the classes of Shares as forming one class of Shares if the Directors consider that such classes of Shares would be affected in the same way by the proposals under consideration, but in any other case shall treat them as separate classes of Shares.

 

6

 

Effect of new Share issue on existing class rights

 

2.11 Unless the terms on which a class of Shares was issued state otherwise, the rights conferred on the Member holding Shares of any class shall not be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further Shares ranking pari passu with the existing Shares of that class.

 

No bearer Shares or warrants

 

2.12 The Company shall not issue Shares or warrants to bearers.

 

Treasury Shares

 

2.13 Shares that the Company purchases, redeems or acquires by way of surrender in accordance with the Law shall be held as Treasury Shares and not treated as cancelled if:

 

(a) the Directors so determine prior to the purchase, redemption or surrender of those shares; and

 

(b) the relevant provisions of the Memorandum and Articles and the Law are otherwise complied with.

 

Rights attaching to Treasury Shares and related matters

 

2.14 No dividend may be declared or paid, and no other distribution (whether in cash or otherwise) of the Company’s assets (including any distribution of assets to Members on a winding up) may be made to the Company in respect of a Treasury Share.

 

2.15 The Company shall be entered in the register of Members as the holder of the Treasury Shares. However:

 

(a) the Company shall not be treated as a Member for any purpose and shall not exercise any right in respect of the Treasury Shares, and any purported exercise of such a right shall be void; and

 

(b) a Treasury Share shall not be voted, directly or indirectly, at any meeting of the Company and shall not be counted in determining the total number of issued shares at any given time, whether for the purposes of these Articles or the Law.

 

2.16 Nothing in Article 2.15 prevents an allotment of Shares as Fully Paid Up bonus shares in respect of a Treasury Share and Shares allotted as Fully Paid Up bonus shares in respect of a Treasury Share shall be treated as Treasury Shares.

 

2.17 Treasury Shares may be disposed of by the Company in accordance with the Law and otherwise on such terms and conditions as the Directors determine.

 

7

 

Register of Members

 

2.18 The Directors shall keep or cause to be kept a register of Members as required by the Law and may cause the Company to maintain one or more branch registers as contemplated by the Law, provided that where the Company is maintaining one or more branch registers, the Directors shall ensure that a duplicate of each branch register is kept with the Company’s principal register of Members and updated within such number of days of any amendment having been made to such branch register as may be required by the Law.

 

Annual Return

 

2.19 The Directors in each calendar year shall prepare or cause to be prepared an annual return and declaration setting forth the particulars required by the Law and shall deliver a copy thereof to the registrar of companies for the Cayman Islands.

 

3 Share certificates

 

Issue of share certificates

 

3.1 A Member shall only be entitled to a share certificate if the Directors resolve that share certificates shall be issued. Share certificates representing Shares, if any, shall be in such form as the Directors may determine. If the Directors resolve that share certificates shall be issued, upon being entered in the register of Members as the holder of a Share, the Directors may issue to any Member:

 

(a) without payment, one certificate for all the Shares of each class held by that Member (and, upon transferring a part of the Member’s holding of Shares of any class, to a certificate for the balance of that holding); and

 

(b) upon payment of such reasonable sum as the Directors may determine for every certificate after the first, several certificates each for one or more of that Member’s Shares.

 

3.2 Every certificate shall specify the number, class and distinguishing numbers (if any) of the Shares to which it relates and whether they are Fully Paid Up or Partly Paid Up. A certificate may be executed under seal or executed in such other manner as the Directors determine.

 

3.3 Every certificate shall bear legends required under the applicable laws, including the U.S. Securities Act.

 

3.4 The Company shall not be bound to issue more than one certificate for Shares held jointly by several persons and delivery of a certificate for a Share to one joint holder shall be a sufficient delivery to all of them.

 

8

 

Renewal of lost or damaged share certificates

 

3.5 If a share certificate is defaced, worn-out, lost or destroyed, it may be renewed on such terms (if any) as to:

 

(a) evidence;

 

(b) indemnity;

 

(c) payment of the expenses reasonably incurred by the Company in investigating the evidence; and

 

(d) payment of a reasonable fee, if any for issuing a replacement share certificate,

 

as the Directors may determine, and (in the case of defacement or wearing-out) on delivery to the Company of the old certificate.

 

4 Lien on Shares

 

Nature and scope of lien

 

4.1 The Company has a first and paramount lien on all Shares (whether Fully Paid Up or not) registered in the name of a Member (whether solely or jointly with others). The lien is for all monies payable to the Company by the Member or the Member’s estate:

 

(a) either alone or jointly with any other person, whether or not that other person is a Member; and

 

(b) whether or not those monies are presently payable.

 

4.2 At any time the Board may declare any Share to be wholly or partly exempt from the provisions of this Article.

 

Company may sell Shares to satisfy lien

 

4.3 The Company may sell any Shares over which it has a lien if all of the following conditions are met:

 

(a) the sum in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable;

 

(b) the Company gives notice to the Member holding the Share (or to the person entitled to it in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of that Member) demanding payment and stating that if the notice is not complied with the Shares may be sold; and

 

(c) that sum is not paid within fourteen Clear Days after that notice is deemed to be given under these Articles,

 

and Shares to which this Article 4.3 applies shall be referred to as Lien Default Shares. 

 

9

 

4.4 The Lien Default Shares may be sold in such manner as the Board determines.

 

4.5 To the maximum extent permitted by law, the Directors shall incur no personal liability to the Member concerned in respect of the sale.

 

Authority to execute instrument of transfer

 

4.6 To give effect to a sale, the Directors may authorise any person to execute an instrument of transfer of the Lien Default Shares sold to, or in accordance with the directions of, the purchaser.

 

4.7 The title of the transferee of the Lien Default Shares shall not be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in respect of the sale.

 

Consequences of sale of Shares to satisfy lien

 

4.8 On a sale pursuant to the preceding Articles:

 

(a) the name of the Member concerned shall be removed from the register of Members as the holder of those Lien Default Shares; and

 

(b) that person shall deliver to the Company for cancellation the certificate (if any) for those Lien Default Shares.

 

4.9 Notwithstanding the provisions of Article 4.8, such person shall remain liable to the Company for all monies which, at the date of sale, were presently payable by him to the Company in respect of those Lien Default Shares. That person shall also be liable to pay interest on those monies from the date of sale until payment at the rate at which interest was payable before that sale or, failing that, at the Default Rate. The Board may waive payment wholly or in part or enforce payment without any allowance for the value of the Lien Default Shares at the time of sale or for any consideration received on their disposal.

 

Application of proceeds of sale

 

4.10 The net proceeds of the sale, after payment of the costs, shall be applied in payment of so much of the sum for which the lien exists as is presently payable. Any residue shall be paid to the person whose Lien Default Shares have been sold:

 

(a) if no certificate for the Lien Default Shares was issued, at the date of the sale; or

 

(b) if a certificate for the Lien Default Shares was issued, upon surrender to the Company of that certificate for cancellation

 

but, in either case, subject to the Company retaining a like lien for all sums not presently payable as existed on the Lien Default Shares before the sale.

 

10

 

5 Calls on Shares and forfeiture

 

Power to make calls and effect of calls

 

5.1 Subject to the terms of allotment, the Board may make calls on the Members in respect of any monies unpaid on their Shares including any premium. The call may provide for payment to be by instalments. Subject to receiving at least 14 Clear Days’ notice specifying when and where payment is to be made, each Member shall pay to the Company the amount called on his Shares as required by the notice.

 

5.2 Before receipt by the Company of any sum due under a call, that call may be revoked in whole or in part and payment of a call may be postponed in whole or in part. Where a call is to be paid in instalments, the Company may revoke the call in respect of all or any remaining instalments in whole or in part and may postpone payment of all or any of the remaining instalments in whole or in part.

 

5.3 A Member on whom a call is made shall remain liable for that call notwithstanding the subsequent transfer of the Shares in respect of which the call was made. He shall not be liable for calls made after he is no longer registered as Member in respect of those Shares.

 

Time when call made

 

5.4 A call shall be deemed to have been made at the time when the resolution of the Directors authorising the call was passed.

 

Liability of joint holders

 

5.5 Members registered as the joint holders of a Share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls in respect of the Share.

 

Interest on unpaid calls

 

5.6 If a call remains unpaid after it has become due and payable the person from whom it is due and payable shall pay interest on the amount unpaid from the day it became due and payable until it is paid:

 

(a) at the rate fixed by the terms of allotment of the Share or in the notice of the call; or

 

(b) if no rate is fixed, at the Default Rate.

 

The Directors may waive payment of the interest wholly or in part.

 

Deemed calls

 

5.7 Any amount payable in respect of a Share, whether on allotment or on a fixed date or otherwise, shall be deemed to be payable as a call. If the amount is not paid when due the provisions of these Articles shall apply as if the amount had become due and payable by virtue of a call.

 

11

 

Power to accept early payment

 

5.8 The Company may accept from a Member the whole or a part of the amount remaining unpaid on Shares held by him although no part of that amount has been called up.

 

Power to make different arrangements at time of issue of Shares

 

5.9 Subject to the terms of allotment, the Directors may make arrangements on the issue of Shares to distinguish between Members in the amounts and times of payment of calls on their Shares.

 

Notice of default

 

5.10 If a call remains unpaid after it has become due and payable the Directors may give to the person from whom it is due not less than 14 Clear Days’ notice requiring payment of:

 

(a) the amount unpaid;

 

(b) any interest which may have accrued;

 

(c) any expenses which have been incurred by the Company due to that person’s default.

 

5.11 The notice shall state the following:

 

(a) the place where payment is to be made; and

 

(b) a warning that if the notice is not complied with the Shares in respect of which the call is made will be liable to be forfeited.

 

Forfeiture or surrender of Shares

 

5.12 If the notice given pursuant to Article 5.10 is not complied with, the Directors may, before the payment required by the notice has been received, resolve that any Share the subject of that notice be forfeited. The forfeiture shall include all dividends or other monies payable in respect of the forfeited Share and not paid before the forfeiture. Despite the foregoing, the Board may determine that any Share the subject of that notice be accepted by the Company as surrendered by the Member holding that Share in lieu of forfeiture.

 

Disposal of forfeited or surrendered Share and power to cancel forfeiture or surrender

 

5.13 A forfeited or surrendered Share may be sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of on such terms and in such manner as the Board determine either to the former Member who held that Share or to any other person. The forfeiture or surrender may be cancelled on such terms as the Directors think fit at any time before a sale, re-allotment or other disposition. Where, for the purposes of its disposal, a forfeited or surrendered Share is to be transferred to any person, the Directors may authorise some person to execute an instrument of transfer of the Share to the transferee.

 

12

 

Effect of forfeiture or surrender on former Member

 

5.14 On forfeiture or surrender:

 

(a) the name of the Member concerned shall be removed from the register of Members as the holder of those Shares and that person shall cease to be a Member in respect of those Shares; and

 

(b) that person shall surrender to the Company for cancellation the certificate (if any) for the forfeited or surrendered Shares.

 

5.15 Despite the forfeiture or surrender of his Shares, that person shall remain liable to the Company for all monies which at the date of forfeiture or surrender were presently payable by him to the Company in respect of those Shares together with:

 

(a) all expenses; and

 

(b) interest from the date of forfeiture or surrender until payment:

 

(i) at the rate of which interest was payable on those monies before forfeiture; or

 

(ii) if no interest was so payable, at the Default Rate.

 

The Directors, however, may waive payment wholly or in part.

 

Evidence of forfeiture or surrender

 

5.16 A declaration, whether statutory or under oath, made by a Director or the Secretary shall be conclusive evidence of the following matters stated in it as against all persons claiming to be entitled to forfeited Shares:

 

(a) that the person making the declaration is a Director or Secretary of the Company, and

 

(b) that the particular Shares have been forfeited or surrendered on a particular date.

 

Subject to the execution of an instrument of transfer, if necessary, the declaration shall constitute good title to the Shares.

 

Sale of forfeited or surrendered Shares

 

5.17 Any person to whom the forfeited or surrendered Shares are disposed of shall not be bound to see to the application of the consideration, if any, of those Shares nor shall his title to the Shares be affected by any irregularity in, or invalidity of the proceedings in respect of, the forfeiture, surrender or disposal of those Shares.

 

13

 

6 Transfer of Shares

 

Right to transfer

 

6.1 The instrument of transfer of any Share shall be in writing and in any usual or common form or such other form as the Directors may, in their absolute discretion, approve and be executed by or on behalf of the transferor and if in respect of a nil or Partly Paid Up Share, or if so required by the Directors, shall also be executed on behalf of the transferee and shall be accompanied by the certificate (if any) of the Shares to which it relates and such other evidence as the Directors may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer. The transferor shall be deemed to remain a Member until the name of the transferee is entered in the register of Members in respect of the relevant Shares.

 

6.2 The Directors may in their absolute discretion decline to register any transfer of Shares which is not Fully Paid Up or on which the Company has a lien.

 

6.3 The Directors may also, but are not required to, decline to register any transfer of any Share unless:

 

(a) the instrument of transfer is lodged with the Company, accompanied by the certificate (if any) for the Shares to which it relates and such other evidence as the Board may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer;

 

(b) the instrument of transfer is in respect of only one class of Shares;

 

(c) the instrument of transfer is properly stamped, if required;

 

(d) in the case of a transfer to joint holders, the number of joint holders to whom the Share is to be transferred does not exceed four;

 

(e) the Shares transferred are Fully Paid Up and free of any lien in favour of the Company; and

 

(f) any applicable fee of such maximum sum as the Designated Stock Exchanges may determine to be payable, or such lesser sum as the Board may from time to time require, related to the transfer is paid to the Company.

 

Suspension of transfers

 

6.4 The registration of transfers may, on 14 days’ notice being given by advertisement in such one or more newspapers or by electronic means, be suspended and the register of Members closed at such times and for such periods as the Directors may, in their absolute discretion, from time to time determine, provided always that such registration of transfer shall not be suspended nor the register of Members closed for more than 30 days in any year.

 

14

 

Company may retain instrument of transfer

 

6.5 All instruments of transfer that are registered shall be retained by the Company.

 

Notice of refusal to register

 

6.6 If the Directors refuse to register a transfer of any Shares, they shall within three months after the date on which the instrument of transfer was lodged with the Company send to each of the transferor and the transferee notice of the refusal.

 

7 Transmission of Shares

 

Persons entitled on death of a Member

 

7.1 If a Member dies, the only persons recognised by the Company as having any title to the deceased Members’ interest are the following:

 

(a) where the deceased Member was a joint holder, the survivor or survivors; and

 

(b) where the deceased Member was a sole holder, that Member’s personal representative or representatives.

 

7.2 Nothing in these Articles shall release the deceased Member’s estate from any liability in respect of any Share, whether the deceased was a sole holder or a joint holder.

 

Registration of transfer of a Share following death or bankruptcy

 

7.3 A person becoming entitled to a Share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Member may elect to do either of the following:

 

(a) to become the holder of the Share; or

 

(b) to transfer the Share to another person.

 

7.4 That person must produce such evidence of his entitlement as the Directors may properly require.

 

7.5 If the person elects to become the holder of the Share, he must give notice to the Company to that effect. For the purposes of these Articles, that notice shall be treated as though it were an executed instrument of transfer.

 

7.6 If the person elects to transfer the Share to another person then:

 

(a) if the Share is Fully Paid Up, the transferor must execute an instrument of transfer; and

 

(b) if the Share is nil or Partly Paid Up, the transferor and the transferee must execute an instrument of transfer.

 

15

 

7.7 All the Articles relating to the transfer of Shares shall apply to the notice or, as appropriate, the instrument of transfer.

 

Indemnity

 

7.8 A person registered as a Member by reason of the death or bankruptcy of another Member shall indemnify the Company and the Directors against any loss or damage suffered by the Company or the Directors as a result of that registration.

 

Rights of person entitled to a Share following death or bankruptcy

 

7.9 A person becoming entitled to a Share by reason of the death or bankruptcy of a Member shall have the rights to which he would be entitled if he were registered as the holder of the Share. But, until he is registered as Member in respect of the Share, he shall not be entitled to attend or vote at any meeting of the Company or at any separate meeting of the holders of that class of Shares.

 

8 Alteration of capital

 

Increasing, consolidating, converting, dividing and cancelling share capital

 

8.1 To the fullest extent permitted by the Law, the Company may by Ordinary Resolution do any of the following and amend its Memorandum for that purpose:

 

(a) increase its share capital by new Shares of the amount fixed by that Ordinary Resolution and with the attached rights, priorities and privileges set out in that Ordinary Resolution;

 

(b) consolidate and divide all or any of its share capital into Shares of larger amount than its existing Shares;

 

(c) convert all or any of its Paid Up Shares into stock, and reconvert that stock into Paid Up Shares of any denomination;

 

(d) sub-divide its Shares or any of them into Shares of an amount smaller than that fixed by the Memorandum, so, however, that in the sub-division, the proportion between the amount paid and the amount, if any, unpaid on each reduced Share shall be the same as it was in case of the Share from which the reduced Share is derived; and

 

(e) cancel Shares which, at the date of the passing of that Ordinary Resolution, have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person, and diminish the amount of its share capital by the amount of the Shares so cancelled or, in the case of Shares without nominal par value, diminish the number of Shares into which its capital is divided.

 

16

 

Dealing with fractions resulting from consolidation of Shares

 

8.2 Whenever, as a result of a consolidation of Shares, any Members would become entitled to fractions of a Share the Directors may on behalf of those Members deal with the fractions as it thinks fit, including (without limitation):

 

(a) sell the Shares representing the fractions for the best price reasonably obtainable to any person (including, subject to the provisions of the Law, the Company); and

 

(b) distribute the net proceeds in due proportion among those Members.

 

8.3 For the purposes of Article 8.2, the Directors may authorise some person to execute an instrument of transfer of the Shares to, in accordance with the directions of, the purchaser. The transferee shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money nor shall the transferee’s title to the Shares be affected by any irregularity in, or invalidity of, the proceedings in respect of the sale.

 

Reducing share capital

 

8.4 Subject to the Law and to any rights for the time being conferred on the Members holding a particular class of Shares, the Company may, by Special Resolution, reduce its share capital in any way.

 

9 Redemption and purchase of own Shares

 

Power to issue redeemable Shares and to purchase own Shares

 

9.1 Subject to the Law and to any rights for the time being conferred on the Members holding a particular class of Shares, the Company may by its Directors:

 

(a) issue Shares that are to be redeemed or liable to be redeemed, at the option of the Company or the Member holding those redeemable Shares, on the terms and in the manner its Directors determine before the issue of those Shares;

 

(b) with the consent by Special Resolution of the Members holding Shares of a particular class, vary the rights attaching to that class of Shares so as to provide that those Shares are to be redeemed or are liable to be redeemed at the option of the Company on the terms and in the manner which the Directors determine at the time of such variation; and

 

(c) purchase all or any of its own Shares of any class including any redeemable Shares on the terms and in the manner which the Directors determine at the time of such purchase.

 

The Company may make a payment in respect of the redemption or purchase of its own Shares in any manner authorised by the Law, including out of any combination of the following: capital, its profits and the proceeds of a fresh issue of Shares.

 

17

 

Power to pay for redemption or purchase in cash or in specie

 

9.2 When making a payment in respect of the redemption or purchase of Shares, the Directors may make the payment in cash or in specie (or partly in one and partly in the other) if so authorised by the terms of the allotment of those Shares or by the terms applying to those Shares in accordance with Article 9.1, or otherwise by agreement with the Member holding those Shares.

 

Effect of redemption or purchase of a Share

 

9.3 Upon the date of redemption or purchase of a Share:

 

(a) the Member holding that Share shall cease to be entitled to any rights in respect of the Share other than the right to receive:

 

(i) the price for the Share; and

 

(ii) any dividend declared in respect of the Share prior to the date of redemption or purchase;

 

(b) the Member’s name shall be removed from the register of Members with respect to the Share; and

 

(c) the Share shall be cancelled or held as a Treasury Share, as the Directors may determine.

 

For the purpose of this Article 9.3, the date of redemption or purchase is the date when the Member’s name is removed from the register of Members with respect to the Shares the subject of the redemption or purchase.

 

Conversion Rights

 

9.4 Each Class B Ordinary Share shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such Share, at the office of the Company or any transfer agent for such Shares, into one fully paid and non-assessable Class A Ordinary Share.

 

9.5 The Directors shall at all times reserve and keep available out of the Company’s authorised but unissued Class A Ordinary Shares, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Class B Ordinary Shares, such number of its Class A Ordinary Shares as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding Class B Ordinary Shares; and if at any time the number of authorised but unissued Class A Ordinary Shares shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding Class B Ordinary Shares, in addition to such other remedies as shall be available to the holders of such Class B Ordinary Shares, the Directors will take such action as may be necessary to increase its authorised but unissued Class A Ordinary Shares to such number of Shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes.

 

18

 

Share Conversions

 

9.6 All conversions of Class B Ordinary Shares to Class A Ordinary Shares shall be effected by way of redemption or repurchase by the Company of the relevant Class B Ordinary Shares and the simultaneous issue of Class A Ordinary Shares in consideration for such redemption or repurchase. The Members and the Company will procure that any and all necessary corporate actions are taken to effect such conversion.

 

10 Meetings of Members

 

Annual and extraordinary general meetings

 

10.1 The Company may, but shall not (unless required by the Designated Stock Exchange Rules) be obligated to, in each year hold a general meeting as an annual general meeting, which, if held, shall be convened by the Board, in accordance with these Articles.

 

10.2 All general meetings other than annual general meetings shall be called extraordinary general meetings.

 

Power to call meetings

 

10.3 The Directors may call a general meeting at any time.

 

10.4 If there are insufficient Directors to constitute a quorum and the remaining Directors are unable to agree on the appointment of additional Directors, the Directors must call a general meeting for the purpose of appointing additional Directors.

 

10.5 The Directors must also call a general meeting if requisitioned in the manner set out in the next two Articles.

 

10.6 The requisition must be in writing and given by one or more Members who together hold at least ten per cent of the rights to vote at such general meeting.

 

10.7 The requisition must also:

 

(a) specify the purpose of the meeting.

 

(b) be signed by or on behalf of each requisitioner (and for this purpose each joint holder shall be obliged to sign). The requisition may consist of several documents in like form signed by one or more of the requisitioners; and

 

(c) be delivered in accordance with the notice provisions.

 

10.8 Should the Directors fail to call a general meeting within 21 Clear Days’ from the date of receipt of a requisition, the requisitioners or any of them may call a general meeting within three months after the end of that period.

 

19

 

10.9 Without limitation to the foregoing, if there are insufficient Directors to constitute a quorum and the remaining Directors are unable to agree on the appointment of additional Directors, any one or more Members who together hold at least five per cent of the rights to vote at a general meeting may call a general meeting for the purpose of considering the business specified in the notice of meeting which shall include as an item of business the appointment of additional Directors.

 

10.10 If the Members call a meeting under the above provisions, the Company shall reimburse their reasonable expenses.

 

Content of notice

 

10.11 Notice of a general meeting shall specify each of the following:

 

(a) the place, the date and the hour of the meeting;

 

(b) if the meeting is to be held in two or more places, the technology that will be used to facilitate the meeting;

 

(c) subject to paragraph (d) and the requirements of (to the extent applicable) the Designated Stock Exchange Rules, the general nature of the business to be transacted; and

 

(d) if a resolution is proposed as a Special Resolution, the text of that resolution.

 

10.12 In each notice there shall appear with reasonable prominence the following statements:

 

(a) that a Member who is entitled to attend and vote is entitled to appoint one or more proxies to attend and vote instead of that Member; and

 

(b) that a proxyholder need not be a Member.

 

Period of notice

 

10.13 At least twenty-one Clear Days’ notice of an annual general meeting must be given to Members. For any other general meeting, at least fourteen Clear Days’ notice must be given to Members.

 

10.14 Subject to the Law, a meeting may be convened on shorter notice, subject to the Law with the consent of the Member or Members who, individually or collectively, hold at least ninety per cent of the voting rights of all those who have a right to vote at that meeting.

 

Persons entitled to receive notice

 

10.15 Subject to the provisions of these Articles and to any restrictions imposed on any Shares, the notice shall be given to the following people:

 

20

 

(a) the Members

 

(b) persons entitled to a Share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Member;

 

(c) the Directors; and

 

(d) the Auditors.

 

10.16 The Board may determine that the Members entitled to receive notice of a meeting are those persons entered on the register of Members at the close of business on a day determined by the Board.

 

Accidental omission to give notice or non-receipt of notice

 

10.17 Proceedings at a meeting shall not be invalidated by the following:

 

(a) an accidental failure to give notice of the meeting to any person entitled to notice; or

 

(b) non-receipt of notice of the meeting by any person entitled to notice.

 

10.18 In addition, where a notice of meeting is published on a website proceedings at the meeting shall not be invalidated merely because it is accidentally published:

 

(a) in a different place on the website; or

 

(b) for part only of the period from the date of the notification until the conclusion of the meeting to which the notice relates.

 

11 Proceedings at meetings of Members

 

Quorum

 

11.1 Save as provided in the following Article, no business shall be transacted at any meeting unless a quorum is present in person or by proxy. A quorum is as follows:

 

(a) if the Company has only one Member: that Member;

 

(b) if the Company has more than one Member: one or more Members holding Shares that represent not less than one-third of the outstanding Shares carrying the right to vote at such general meeting.

 

Lack of quorum

 

11.2 If a quorum is not present within fifteen minutes of the time appointed for the meeting, or if at any time during the meeting it becomes inquorate, then the following provisions apply:

 

(a) If the meeting was requisitioned by Members, it shall be cancelled.

 

21

 

(b) In any other case, the meeting shall stand adjourned to the same time and place seven days hence, or to such other time or place as is determined by the Directors. If a quorum is not present within fifteen minutes of the time appointed for the adjourned meeting, then the Members present in person or by proxy shall constitute a quorum.

 

Chairman

 

11.3 The chairman of a general meeting shall be the chairman of the Board or such other Director as the Directors have nominated to chair Board meetings in the absence of the chairman of the Board. Absent any such person being present within fifteen minutes of the time appointed for the meeting, the Directors present shall elect one of their number to chair the meeting.

 

11.4 If no Director is present within fifteen minutes of the time appointed for the meeting, or if no Director is willing to act as chairman, the Members present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote shall choose one of their number to chair the meeting.

 

Right of a Director to attend and speak

 

11.5 Even if a Director is not a Member, he shall be entitled to attend and speak at any general meeting and at any separate meeting of Members holding a particular class of Shares.

 

Accommodation of Members at meeting

 

11.6 lf it appears to the chairman of the meeting that the meeting place specified in the notice convening the meeting is inadequate to accommodate all Members entitled and wishing to attend, the meeting will be duly constituted and its proceedings valid if the chairman is satisfied that adequate facilities are available to ensure that a Member who is unable to be accommodated is able (whether at the meeting place or elsewhere):

 

(a) to participate in the business for which the meeting has been convened;

 

(b) to hear and see all persons present who speak (whether by the use of microphones, loud-speakers, audio-visual communications equipment or otherwise); and

 

(c) to be heard and seen by all other persons present in the same way.

 

Security

 

11.7 In addition to any measures which the Board may be required to take due to the location or venue of the meeting, the Board may make any arrangement and impose any restriction it considers appropriate and reasonable in the circumstances to ensure the security of a meeting including, without limitation, the searching of any person attending the meeting and the imposing of restrictions on the items of personal property that may be taken into the meeting place. The Board may refuse entry to, or eject from, a meeting a person who refuses to comply with any such arrangements or restrictions.

 

22

 

Adjournment

 

11.8 The chairman may at any time adjourn a meeting with the consent of the Members constituting a quorum. The chairman must adjourn the meeting if so directed by the meeting. No business, however, can be transacted at an adjourned meeting other than business which might properly have been transacted at the original meeting.

 

11.9 Should a meeting be adjourned for more than seven Clear Days, whether because of a lack of quorum or otherwise, Members shall be given at least seven Clear Days’ notice of the date, time and place of the adjourned meeting and the general nature of the business to be transacted. Otherwise it shall not be necessary to give any notice of the adjournment.

 

Method of voting

 

11.10 A resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be decided on a show of hands unless before, or on, the declaration of the result of the show of hands, a poll is duly demanded. Subject to the Law, a poll may be demanded:

 

(a) by the chairman of the meeting;

 

(b) by at least two Members having the right to vote on the resolutions;

 

(c) by any Member or Members present who, individually or collectively, hold at least ten per cent of the voting rights of all those who have a right to vote on the resolution.

 

Outcome of vote by show of hands

 

11.11 Unless a poll is duly demanded, a declaration by the chairman as to the result of a resolution and an entry to that effect in the minutes of the meeting shall be conclusive evidence of the outcome of a show of hands without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favour of or against the resolution.

 

Withdrawal of demand for a poll

 

11.12 The demand for a poll may be withdrawn before the poll is taken, but only with the consent of the chairman. The chairman shall announce any such withdrawal to the meeting and, unless another person forthwith demands a poll, any earlier show of hands on that resolution shall be treated as the vote on that resolution; if there has been no earlier show of hands, then the resolution shall be put to the vote of the meeting.

 

Taking of a poll

 

11.13 A poll demanded on the question of adjournment shall be taken immediately.

 

11.14 A poll demanded on any other question shall be taken either immediately or at an adjourned meeting at such time and place as the chairman directs, not being more than thirty Clear Days after the poll was demanded.

 

23

 

11.15 The demand for a poll shall not prevent the meeting continuing to transact any business other than the question on which the poll was demanded.

 

11.16 A poll shall be taken in such manner as the chairman directs. He may appoint scrutineers (who need not be Members) and fix a place and time for declaring the result of the poll. If, through the aid of technology, the meeting is held in more than place, the chairman may appoint scrutineers in more than place; but if he considers that the poll cannot be effectively monitored at that meeting, the chairman shall adjourn the holding of the poll to a date, place and time when that can occur.

 

Chairman’s casting vote

 

11.17 In the case of an equality of votes, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, the Chairman of the meeting at which the show of hands takes place or at which the poll is demanded shall not be entitled to a second or casting vote.

 

Written resolutions

 

11.18 Members may pass a resolution in writing without holding a meeting if the following conditions are met:

 

(a) all Members entitled to vote are given notice of the resolution as if the same were being proposed at a meeting of Members;

 

(b) all Members entitled so to vote;

 

(i) sign a document; or

 

(ii) sign several documents in the like form each signed by one or more of those Members; and

 

(c) the signed document or documents is or are delivered to the Company, including, if the Company so nominates, by delivery of an Electronic Record by Electronic means to the address specified for that purpose.

 

(d) Such written resolution shall be as effective as if it had been passed at a meeting of the Members entitled to vote duly convened and held.

 

11.19 If a written resolution is described as a Special Resolution or as an Ordinary Resolution, it has effect accordingly.

 

11.20 The Directors may determine the manner in which written resolutions shall be put to Members. In particular, they may provide, in the form of any written resolution, for each Member to indicate, out of the number of votes the Member would have been entitled to cast at a meeting to consider the resolution, how many votes he wishes to cast in favour of the resolution and how many against the resolution or to be treated as abstentions. The result of any such written resolution shall be determined on the same basis as on a poll.

 

24

 

Sole-Member Company

 

11.21 If the Company has only one Member, and the Member records in writing his decision on a question, that record shall constitute both the passing of a resolution and the minute of it.

 

12 Voting rights of Members

 

Right to vote

 

12.1 Subject to the following, unless their Shares carry no right to vote, or unless a call or other amount presently payable has not been paid, all Members are entitled to vote at a general meeting, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, and all Members holding Shares of a particular class of Shares are entitled to vote at a meeting of the holders of that class of Shares.

 

Voting Rights

 

12.2 The holder of an Ordinary Share shall (in respect of such Ordinary Share) have the right to receive notice of, attend at and vote as a Member at any general meeting of the Company.

 

12.3 Each holder of Ordinary Shares shall, on a poll, be entitled to one vote for each Share he or she holds save that each holder of Class B Ordinary Shares shall, on a poll, be entitled to exercise seven votes for each Class B Ordinary Share he or she holds on any and all matters.

 

12.4 Members may vote in person or by proxy.

 

12.5 On a show of hands, every Member shall have one vote. For the avoidance of doubt, an individual who represents two or more Members, including a Member in that individual’s own right, that individual shall be entitled to a separate vote for each Member.

 

12.6 No Member is bound to vote on his Shares or any of them; nor is he bound to vote each of his Shares in the same way.

 

Rights of joint holders

 

12.7 If Shares are held jointly, only one of the joint holders may vote. If more than one of the joint holders tenders a vote, the vote of the holder whose name in respect of those Shares appears first in the register of Members shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holder.

 

Representation of corporate Members

 

12.8 Save where otherwise provided, a corporate Member must act by a duly authorised representative.

 

25

 

12.9 A corporate Member wishing to act by a duly authorised representative must identify that person to the Company by notice in writing.

 

12.10 The authorisation may be for any period of time, and must be delivered to the Company before the commencement of the meeting at which it is first used.

 

12.11 The Directors of the Company may require the production of any evidence which they consider necessary to determine the validity of the notice.

 

12.12 Where a duly authorised representative is present at a meeting that Member is deemed to be present in person; and the acts of the duly authorised representative are personal acts of that Member.

 

12.13 A corporate Member may revoke the appointment of a duly authorised representative at any time by notice to the Company; but such revocation will not affect the validity of any acts carried out by the duly authorised representative before the Directors of the Company had actual notice of the revocation.

 

Member with mental disorder

 

12.14 A Member in respect of whom an order has been made by any court having jurisdiction (whether in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere) in matters concerning mental disorder may vote, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, by that Member’s receiver, curator bonis or other person authorised in that behalf appointed by that court.

 

12.15 For the purpose of the preceding Article, evidence to the satisfaction of the Directors of the authority of the person claiming to exercise the right to vote must be received not less than 24 hours before holding the relevant meeting or the adjourned meeting in any manner specified for the delivery of forms of appointment of a proxy, whether in writing or by Electronic means. In default, the right to vote shall not be exercisable.

 

Objections to admissibility of votes

 

12.16 An objection to the validity of a person’s vote may only be raised at the meeting or at the adjourned meeting at which the vote is sought to be tendered. Any objection duly made shall be referred to the chairman whose decision shall be final and conclusive.

 

Form of proxy

 

12.17 An instrument appointing a proxy shall be in any common form or in any other form approved by the Directors.

 

12.18 The instrument must be in writing and signed in one of the following ways:

 

(a) by the Member; or

 

(b) by the Member’s authorised attorney; or

 

26

 

(c) if the Member is a corporation or other body corporate, under seal or signed by an authorised officer, secretary or attorney.

 

If the Directors so resolve, the Company may accept an Electronic Record of that instrument delivered in the manner specified below and otherwise satisfying the Articles about authentication of Electronic Records.

 

12.19 The Directors may require the production of any evidence which they consider necessary to determine the validity of any appointment of a proxy.

 

12.20 A Member may revoke the appointment of a proxy at any time by notice to the Company duly signed in accordance with Article 12.18.

 

12.21 No revocation by a Member of the appointment of a proxy made in accordance with Article 12.20 will affect the validity of any acts carried out by the relevant proxy before the Directors of the Company had actual notice of the revocation.

 

How and when proxy is to be delivered

 

12.22 Subject to the following Articles, the Directors may, in the notice convening any meeting or adjourned meeting, or in an instrument of proxy sent out by the Company, specify the manner by which the instrument appointing a proxy shall be deposited and the place and the time (being not later than the time appointed for the commencement of the meeting or adjourned meeting to which the proxy relates) at which the instrument appointing a proxy shall be deposited. In the absence of any such direction from the Directors in the notice convening any meeting or adjourned meeting or in an instrument of proxy sent out by the Company, the form of appointment of a proxy and any authority under which it is signed (or a copy of the authority certified notarially or in any other way approved by the Directors) must be delivered so that it is received by the Company before the time for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the person named in the form of appointment of proxy proposes to vote. They must be delivered in either of the following ways:

 

(a) In the case of an instrument in writing, it must be left at or sent by post:

 

(i) to the registered office of the Company; or

 

(ii) to such other place within the Cayman Islands specified in the notice convening the meeting or in any form of appointment of proxy sent out by the Company in relation to the meeting.

 

27

 

(b) If, pursuant to the notice provisions, a notice may be given to the Company in an Electronic Record, an Electronic Record of an appointment of a proxy must be sent to the address specified pursuant to those provisions unless another address for that purpose is specified:

 

(i) in the notice convening the meeting; or

 

(ii) in any form of appointment of a proxy sent out by the Company in relation to the meeting; or

 

(iii) in any invitation to appoint a proxy issued by the Company in relation to the meeting.

 

(c) Notwithstanding Article 12.22(a) and Article 12.22(b), the chairman of the Company may, in any event at his discretion, direct that an instrument of proxy shall be deemed to have been duly deposited.

 

12.23 Where a poll is taken:

 

(a) if it is taken more than seven Clear Days after it is demanded, the form of appointment of a proxy and any accompanying authority (or an Electronic Record of the same) must be delivered in accordance with Article 12.22 before the time appointed for the taking of the poll;

 

(b) if it to be taken within seven Clear Days after it was demanded, the form of appointment of a proxy and any accompanying authority (or an Electronic Record of the same) must be delivered in accordance with Article 12.22 before the time appointed for the taking of the poll.

 

12.24 If the form of appointment of proxy is not delivered on time, it is invalid.

 

12.25 When two or more valid but differing appointments of proxy are delivered or received in respect of the same Share for use at the same meeting and in respect of the same matter, the one which is last validly delivered or received (regardless of its date or of the date of its execution) shall be treated as replacing and revoking the other or others as regards that Share. lf the Company is unable to determine which appointment was last validly delivered or received, none of them shall be treated as valid in respect of that Share.

 

12.26 The Board may at the expense of the Company send forms of appointment of proxy to the Members by post (that is to say, pre-paying and posting a letter), or by Electronic communication or otherwise (with or without provision for their return by pre-paid post) for use at any general meeting or at any separate meeting of the holders of any class of Shares, either blank or nominating as proxy in the alternative any one or more of the Directors or any other person. lf for the purpose of any meeting invitations to appoint as proxy a person or one of a number of persons specified in the invitations are issued at the Company’s expense, they shall be issued to all (and not to some only) of the Members entitled to be sent notice of the meeting and to vote at it. The accidental omission to send such a form of appointment or to give such an invitation to, or the non-receipt of such form of appointment by, any Member entitled to attend and vote at a meeting shall not invalidate the proceedings at that meeting

 

28

 

Voting by proxy

 

12.27 A proxy shall have the same voting rights at a meeting or adjourned meeting as the Member would have had except to the extent that the instrument appointing him limits those rights. Notwithstanding the appointment of a proxy, a Member may attend and vote at a meeting or adjourned meeting. If a Member votes on any resolution a vote by his proxy on the same resolution, unless in respect of different Shares, shall be invalid.

 

12.28 The instrument appointing a proxy to vote at a meeting shall be deemed also to confer authority to demand or join in demanding a poll and, for the purposes of Article 11.11, a demand by a person as proxy for a Member shall be the same as a demand by a Member. Such appointment shall not confer any further right to speak at the meeting, except with the permission of the chairman of the meeting.

 

13 Number of Directors

 

13.1 There shall be a Board consisting of not less than one person provided however that the Company may by Ordinary Resolution increase or reduce the limits in the number of Directors. Unless fixed by Ordinary Resolution, the maximum number of Directors shall be unlimited.

 

14 Appointment, disqualification and removal of Directors

 

First Directors

 

14.1 The first Directors shall be appointed in writing by the subscriber or subscribers to the Memorandum, or a majority of them.

 

No age limit

 

14.2 There is no age limit for Directors save that they must be at least eighteen years of age.

 

Corporate Directors

 

14.3 Unless prohibited by law, a body corporate may be a Director. If a body corporate is a Director, the Articles about representation of corporate Members at general meetings apply, mutatis mutandis, to the Articles about Directors’ meetings.

 

No shareholding qualification

 

14.4 Unless a shareholding qualification for Directors is fixed by Ordinary Resolution, no Director shall be required to own Shares as a condition of his appointment.

 

29

 

Appointment of Directors

 

14.5 A Director may be appointed by Ordinary Resolution or by the Directors. Any appointment may be to fill a vacancy or as an additional Director.

 

14.6 A remaining Director may appoint a Director even though there is not a quorum of Directors.

 

14.7 No appointment can cause the number of Directors to exceed the maximum (if one is set); and any such appointment shall be invalid.

 

14.8 For so long as Shares or ADSs are listed on a Designated Stock Exchange, the Directors shall include at least such number of Independent Directors as applicable law, rules or regulations or the Designated Stock Exchange Rules require as determined by the Board.

 

Board’s power to appoint Directors

 

14.9 Without prejudice to the Company’s power to appoint a person to be a Director pursuant to these Articles, the Board shall have power at any time to appoint any person who is willing to act as a Director, either to fill a vacancy or as an addition to the existing Board, subject to the total number of Directors not exceeding any maximum number fixed by or in accordance with these Articles.

 

14.10 Any Director so appointed shall, if still a Director, retire at the next annual general meeting after his appointment and be eligible to stand for election as a Director at such meeting.

 

Eligibility

 

14.11 No person (other than a Director retiring in accordance with these Articles) shall be appointed or re-appointed a Director at any general meeting unless:

 

(a) he is recommended by the Board; or

 

(b) not less than seven nor more than forty-two Clear Days before the date appointed for the meeting, a Member (other than the person to be proposed) entitled to vote at the meeting has given to the Company notice of his intention to propose a resolution for the appointment of that person, stating the particulars which would, if he were so appointed, be required to be included in the Company’s register of Directors and a notice executed by that person of his willingness to be appointed.

 

Appointment at annual general meeting

 

14.12 Unless re-appointed pursuant to the provisions of Article 14.5 or removed from office pursuant to the provisions of Article 14.13, each Director shall be appointed for a term expiring at the next-following annual general meeting of the Company. At any such annual general meeting, Directors will be elected by Ordinary Resolution. At each annual general meeting of the Company, each Director elected at such meeting shall be elected to hold office for a one-year term and until the election of their respective successors in office or removal pursuant to Articles 14.5 and 14.13.

 

30

 

Removal of Directors

 

14.13 A Director may be removed by Ordinary Resolution.

 

Resignation of Directors

 

14.14 A Director may at any time resign office by giving to the Company notice in writing or, if permitted pursuant to the notice provisions, in an Electronic Record delivered in either case in accordance with those provisions.

 

14.15 Unless the notice specifies a different date, the Director shall be deemed to have resigned on the date that the notice is delivered to the Company.

 

Termination of the office of Director

 

14.16 A Director may retire from office as a Director by giving notice in writing to that effect to the Company at the registered office, which notice shall be effective upon such date as may be specified in the notice, failing which upon delivery to the registered office.

 

14.17 Without prejudice to the provisions in these Articles for retirement (by rotation or otherwise), a Director’s office shall be terminated forthwith if:

 

(a) he is prohibited by the law of the Cayman Islands from acting as a Director; or

 

(b) he is made bankrupt or makes an arrangement or composition with his creditors generally; or

 

(c) he resigns his office by notice to the Company; or

 

(d) he only held office as a Director for a fixed term and such term expires; or

 

(e) in the opinion of a registered medical practitioner by whom he is being treated he becomes physically or mentally incapable of acting as a Director; or

 

(f) he is given notice by the majority of the other Directors (not being less than two in number) to vacate office (without prejudice to any claim for damages for breach of any agreement relating to the provision of the services of such Director); or

 

(g) he is made subject to any law relating to mental health or incompetence, whether by court order or otherwise; or

 

(h) without the consent of the other Directors, he is absent from meetings of Directors for a continuous period of six months.

 

31

 

15 Alternate Directors

 

Appointment and removal

 

15.1 Any Director may appoint any other person, including another Director, to act in his place as an alternate Director. No appointment shall take effect until the Director has given notice of the appointment to the Board.

 

15.2 A Director may revoke his appointment of an alternate at any time. No revocation shall take effect until the Director has given notice of the revocation to the Board.

 

15.3 A notice of appointment or removal of an alternate Director shall be effective only if given to the Company by one or more of the following methods:

 

(a) by notice in writing in accordance with the notice provisions contained in these Articles;

 

(b) if the Company has a facsimile address for the time being, by sending by facsimile transmission to that facsimile address a facsimile copy or, otherwise, by sending by facsimile transmission to the facsimile address of the Company’s registered office a facsimile copy (in either case, the facsimile copy being deemed to be the notice unless Article 29.7 applies), in which event notice shall be taken to be given on the date of an error-free transmission report from the sender’s fax machine;

 

(c) if the Company has an email address for the time being, by emailing to that email address a scanned copy of the notice as a PDF attachment or, otherwise, by emailing to the email address provided by the Company’s registered office a scanned copy of the notice as a PDF attachment (in either case, the PDF version being deemed to be the notice unless Article 29.7 applies), in which event notice shall be taken to be given on the date of receipt by the Company or the Company’s registered office (as appropriate) in readable form; or

 

(d) if permitted pursuant to the notice provisions, in some other form of approved Electronic Record delivered in accordance with those provisions in writing.

 

Notices

 

15.4 All notices of meetings of Directors shall continue to be given to the appointing Director and not to the alternate.

 

Rights of alternate Director

 

15.5 An alternate Director shall be entitled to attend and vote at any Board meeting or meeting of a committee of the Directors at which the appointing Director is not personally present, and generally to perform all the functions of the appointing Director in his absence. An alternate Director, however, is not entitled to receive any remuneration from the Company for services rendered as an alternate Director.

 

32

 

Appointment ceases when the appointor ceases to be a Director

 

15.6 An alternate Director shall cease to be an alternate Director if:

 

(a) the Director who appointed him ceases to be a Director; or

 

(b) the Director who appointed him revokes his appointment by notice delivered to the Board or to the registered office of the Company or in any other manner approved by the Board; or

 

(c) in any event happens in relation to him which, if he were a Director of the Company, would cause his office as Director to be vacated.

 

Status of alternate Director

 

15.7 An alternate Director shall carry out all functions of the Director who made the appointment.

 

15.8 Save where otherwise expressed, an alternate Director shall be treated as a Director under these Articles.

 

15.9 An alternate Director is not the agent of the Director appointing him.

 

15.10 An alternate Director is not entitled to any remuneration for acting as alternate Director.

 

Status of the Director making the appointment

 

15.11 A Director who has appointed an alternate is not thereby relieved from the duties which he owes the Company.

 

16 Powers of Directors

 

Powers of Directors

 

16.1 Subject to the provisions of the Law, the Memorandum and these Articles the business of the Company shall be managed by the Directors who may for that purpose exercise all the powers of the Company.

 

16.2 No prior act of the Directors shall be invalidated by any subsequent alteration of the Memorandum or these Articles. However, to the extent allowed by the Law, Members may, by Special Resolution, validate any prior or future act of the Directors which would otherwise be in breach of their duties.

 

Directors below the minimum number

 

16.3 lf the number of Directors is less than the minimum prescribed in accordance with these Articles, the remaining Director or Directors shall act only for the purposes of appointing an additional Director or Directors to make up such minimum or of convening a general meeting of the Company for the purpose of making such appointment. lf there are no Director or Directors able or willing to act, any two Members may summon a general meeting for the purpose of appointing Directors. Any additional Director so appointed shall hold office (subject to these Articles) only until the dissolution of the annual general meeting next following such appointment unless he is re-elected during such meeting.

 

33

 

Appointments to office

 

16.4 The Directors may appoint a Director:

 

(a) as chairman of the Board;

 

(b) as managing Director;

 

(c) to any other executive office,

 

for such period, and on such terms, including as to remuneration as they think fit.

 

16.5 The appointee must consent in writing to holding that office.

 

16.6 Where a chairman is appointed he shall, unless unable to do so, preside at every meeting of Directors.

 

16.7 If there is no chairman, or if the chairman is unable to preside at a meeting, that meeting may select its own chairman; or the Directors may nominate one of their number to act in place of the chairman should he ever not be available.

 

16.8 Subject to the provisions of the Law, the Directors may also appoint and remove any person, who need not be a Director:

 

(a) as Secretary; and

 

(b) to any office that may be required

 

for such period and on such terms, including as to remuneration, as they think fit. In the case of an Officer, that Officer may be given any title the Directors decide.

 

16.9 The Secretary or Officer must consent in writing to holding that office.

 

16.10 A Director, Secretary or other Officer of the Company may not the hold the office, or perform the services, of auditor.

 

Provisions for employees

 

16.11 The Board may make provision for the benefit of any persons employed or formerly employed by the Company or any of its subsidiary undertakings (or any member of his family or any person who is dependent on him) in connection with the cessation or the transfer to any person of the whole or part of the undertaking of the Company or any of its subsidiary undertakings.

 

Exercise of voting rights

 

16.12 The Board may exercise the voting power conferred by the Shares in any body corporate held or owned by the Company in such manner in all respects as it thinks fit (including, without limitation, the exercise of that power in favour of any resolution appointing any Director as a Director of such body corporate, or voting or providing for the payment of remuneration to the Directors of such body corporate).

 

34

 

Remuneration

 

16.13 Every Director may be remunerated by the Company for the services he provides for the benefit of the Company, whether as Director, employee or otherwise, and shall be entitled to be paid for the expenses incurred in the Company’s business including attendance at Directors’ meetings.

 

16.14 Until otherwise determined by the Company by Ordinary Resolution, the Directors (other than alternate Directors) shall be entitled to such remuneration by way of fees for their services in the office of Director as the Directors may determine.

 

16.15 Remuneration may take any form and may include arrangements to pay pensions, health insurance, death or sickness benefits, whether to the Director or to any other person connected to or related to him.

 

16.16 Unless his fellow Directors determine otherwise, a Director is not accountable to the Company for remuneration or other benefits received from any other company which is in the same group as the Company or which has common shareholdings.

 

Disclosure of information

 

16.17 The Directors may release or disclose to a third party any information regarding the affairs of the Company, including any information contained in the register of Members relating to a Member, (and they may authorise any Director, Officer or other authorised agent of the Company to release or disclose to a third party any such information in his possession) if:

 

(a) the Company or that person, as the case may be, is lawfully required to do so under the laws of any jurisdiction to which the Company is subject; or

 

(b) such disclosure is in compliance with the Designated Stock Exchange Rules; or

 

(c) such disclosure is in accordance with any contract entered into by the Company; or

 

(d) the Directors are of the opinion such disclosure would assist or facilitate the Company’s operations.

 

17 Delegation of powers

 

Power to delegate any of the Directors’ powers to a committee

 

17.1 The Directors may delegate any of their powers to any committee consisting of one or more persons who need not be Members. Persons on the committee may include non-Directors so long as the majority of those persons are Directors. Any such committee shall be made up of such number of Independent Directors as required from time to time by the Designated Stock Exchange Rules or otherwise required by applicable law.

 

35

 

17.2 The delegation may be collateral with, or to the exclusion of, the Directors’ own powers.

 

17.3 The delegation may be on such terms as the Directors think fit, including provision for the committee itself to delegate to a sub-committee; save that any delegation must be capable of being revoked or altered by the Directors at will.

 

17.4 Unless otherwise permitted by the Directors, a committee must follow the procedures prescribed for the taking of decisions by Directors.

 

17.5 The Board shall establish an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. Each of these committees shall be empowered to do all things necessary to exercise the rights of such committee set forth in these Articles. Each of the audit committee, compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee shall consist of at least three Directors (or such larger minimum number as may be required from time to time by the Designated Stock Exchange Rules). The majority of the committee members on each of the compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee shall be Independent Directors. The audit committee shall be made up of such number of Independent Directors as required from time to time by the Designated Stock Exchange Rules or otherwise required by applicable law.

 

Local boards

 

17.6 The Board may establish any local or divisional board or agency for managing any of the affairs of the Company whether in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere and may appoint any persons to be members of a local or divisional Board, or to be managers or agents, and may fix their remuneration.

 

17.7 The Board may delegate to any local or divisional board, manager or agent any of its powers and authorities (with power to sub-delegate) and may authorise the members of any local or divisional board or any of them to fill any vacancies and to act notwithstanding vacancies.

 

17.8 Any appointment or delegation under this Article 17.8 may be made on such terms and subject to such conditions as the Board thinks fit and the Board may remove any person so appointed, and may revoke or vary any delegation.

 

Power to appoint an agent of the Company

 

17.9 The Directors may appoint any person, either generally or in respect of any specific matter, to be the agent of the Company with or without authority for that person to delegate all or any of that person’s powers. The Directors may make that appointment:

 

(a) by causing the Company to enter into a power of attorney or agreement; or

 

(b) in any other manner they determine.

 

36

 

Power to appoint an attorney or authorised signatory of the Company

 

17.10 The Directors may appoint any person, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Directors, to be the attorney or the authorised signatory of the Company. The appointment may be:

 

(a) for any purpose;

 

(b) with the powers, authorities and discretions;

 

(c) for the period; and

 

(d) subject to such conditions

 

as they think fit. The powers, authorities and discretions, however, must not exceed those vested in, or exercisable, by the Directors under these Articles. The Directors may do so by power of attorney or any other manner they think fit.

 

17.11 Any power of attorney or other appointment may contain such provision for the protection and convenience for persons dealing with the attorney or authorised signatory as the Directors think fit. Any power of attorney or other appointment may also authorise the attorney or authorised signatory to delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in that person.

 

17.12 The Board may remove any person appointed under Article 17.10 and may revoke or vary the delegation.

 

Borrowing Powers

 

17.13 The Directors may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge its undertaking, property and assets both present and future and uncalled capital, or any part thereof, and to issue debentures and other securities, whether outright or as collateral security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or its parent undertaking (if any) or any subsidiary undertaking of the Company or of any third party.

 

Corporate Governance

 

17.14 The Board may, from time to time, and except as required by applicable law or the Designated Stock Exchange Rules, adopt, institute, amend, modify or revoke the corporate governance policies or initiatives of the Company, which shall be intended to set forth the guiding principles and policies of the Company and the Board on various corporate governance related matters as the Board shall determine by resolution from time to time.

 

37

 

18 Meetings of Directors

 

Regulation of Directors’ meetings

 

18.1 Subject to the provisions of these Articles, the Directors may regulate their proceedings as they think fit.

 

Calling meetings

 

18.2 Any Director may call a meeting of Directors at any time. The Secretary must call a meeting of the Directors if requested to do so by a Director.

 

Notice of meetings

 

18.3 Notice of a Board meeting may be given to a Director personally or by word of mouth or given in writing or by Electronic communications at such address as he may from time to time specify for this purpose (or, if he does not specify an address, at his last known address). A Director may waive his right to receive notice of any meeting either prospectively or retrospectively.

 

Use of technology

 

18.4 A Director may participate in a meeting of Directors through the medium of conference telephone, video or any other form of communications equipment providing all persons participating in the meeting are able to hear and speak to each other throughout the meeting.

 

18.5 A Director participating in this way is deemed to be present in person at the meeting.

 

Quorum

 

18.6 The quorum for the transaction of business at a meeting of Directors shall be two unless the Directors fix some other number or unless the Company has only one Director.

 

Chairman or deputy to preside

 

18.7 The Board may appoint a chairman and one or more deputy chairman or chairmen and may at any time revoke any such appointment.

 

18.8 The chairman, or failing him any deputy chairman (the longest in office taking precedence if more than one is present), shall preside at all Board meetings. If no chairman or deputy chairman has been appointed, or if he is not present within five minutes after the time fixed for holding the meeting, or is unwilling to act as chairman of the meeting, the Directors present shall choose one of their number to act as chairman of the meeting.

 

38

 

Voting

 

18.9 A question which arises at a Board meeting shall be decided by a majority of votes. If votes are equal the chairman may, if he wishes, exercise a casting vote.

 

Recording of dissent

 

18.10 A Director present at a meeting of Directors shall be presumed to have assented to any action taken at that meeting unless:

 

(a) his dissent is entered in the minutes of the meeting; or

 

(b) he has filed with the meeting before it is concluded signed dissent from that action; or

 

(c) he has forwarded to the Company as soon as practical following the conclusion of that meeting signed dissent.

 

A Director who votes in favour of an action is not entitled to record his dissent to it.

 

Written resolutions

 

18.11 The Directors may pass a resolution in writing without holding a meeting if all Directors sign a document or sign several documents in the like form each signed by one or more of those Directors.

 

18.12 A written resolution signed by a validly appointed alternate Director need not also be signed by the appointing Director.

 

18.13 A written resolution signed personally by the appointing Director need not also be signed by his alternate.

 

18.14 A resolution in writing passed pursuant to Article 18.11, Article 18.12 and/or Article 18.13 shall be as effective as if it had been passed at a meeting of the Directors duly convened and held; and it shall be treated as having been passed on the day and at the time that the last Director signs (and for the avoidance of doubt, such day may or may not be a Business Day).

 

Validity of acts of Directors in spite of formal defect

 

18.15 All acts done by a meeting of the Board, or of a committee of the Board, or by any person acting as a Director or an alternate Director, shall, notwithstanding that it is afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of any Director or alternate Director or member of the committee, or that any of them were disqualified or had vacated office or were not entitled to vote, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and qualified and had continued to be a Director or alternate Director and had been entitled to vote.

 

39

 

19 Permissible Directors’ interests and disclosure

 

19.1 A Director shall not, as a Director, vote in respect of any contract, transaction, arrangement or proposal in which he has an interest which (together with any interest of any person connected with him) is a material interest (otherwise then by virtue of his interests, direct or indirect, in Shares or debentures or other securities of, or otherwise in or through, the Company) and if he shall do so his vote shall not be counted, nor in relation thereto shall he be counted in the quorum present at the meeting, but (in the absence of some other material interest than is mentioned below) none of these prohibitions shall apply to:

 

(a) the giving of any security, guarantee or indemnity in respect of:

 

(i) money lent or obligations incurred by him or by any other person for the benefit of the Company or any of its subsidiaries; or

 

(ii) a debt or obligation of the Company or any of its subsidiaries for which the Director himself has assumed responsibility in whole or in part and whether alone or jointly with others under a guarantee or indemnity or by the giving of security;

 

(b) where the Company or any of its subsidiaries is offering securities in which offer the Director is or may be entitled to participate as a holder of securities or in the underwriting or sub-underwriting of which the Director is to or may participate;

 

(c) any contract, transaction, arrangement or proposal affecting any other body corporate in which he is interested, directly or indirectly and whether as an officer, shareholder, creditor or otherwise howsoever, provided that he (together with persons connected with him) does not to his knowledge hold an interest representing one per cent or more of any class of the equity share capital of such body corporate (or of any third body corporate through which his interest is derived) or of the voting rights available to members of the relevant body corporate (any such interest being deemed for the purposes of this Article 19.1 to be a material interest in all circumstances);

 

(d) any act or thing done or to be done in respect of any arrangement for the benefit of the employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries under which he is not accorded as a Director any privilege or advantage not generally accorded to the employees to whom such arrangement relates; or

 

(e) any matter connected with the purchase or maintenance for any Director of insurance against any liability or (to the extent permitted by the Law) indemnities in favour of Directors, the funding of expenditure by one or more Directors in defending proceedings against him or them or the doing of any thing to enable such Director or Directors to avoid incurring such expenditure.

 

19.2 A Director may, as a Director, vote (and be counted in the quorum) in respect of any contract, transaction, arrangement or proposal in which he has an interest which is not a material interest or which falls within Article 19.1.

 

40

 

20 Minutes

 

20.1 The Company shall cause minutes to be made in books of:

 

(a) all appointments of Officers and committees made by the Board and of any such Officer’s remuneration; and

 

(b) the names of Directors present at every meeting of the Directors, a committee of the Board, the Company or the holders of any class of shares or debentures, and all orders, resolutions and proceedings of such meetings.

 

20.2 Any such minutes, if purporting to be signed by the chairman of the meeting at which the proceedings were held or by the chairman of the next succeeding meeting or the Secretary, shall be prima facie evidence of the matters stated in them.

 

21 Accounts and audit

 

21.1 The Directors must ensure that proper accounting and other records are kept, and that accounts and associated reports are distributed in accordance with the requirements of the Law.

 

21.2 The books of account shall be kept at the registered office of the Company and shall always be open to inspection by the Directors. No Member (other than a Director) shall have any right of inspecting any account or book or document of the Company except as conferred by the Law or as authorised by the Directors or by Ordinary Resolution.

 

21.3 Unless the Directors otherwise prescribe, the financial year of the Company shall end on 30 June in each year and begin on 1 July in each year.

 

Auditors

 

21.4 The Directors may appoint an Auditor of the Company who shall hold office on such terms as the Directors determine.

 

21.5 At any general meeting convened and held at any time in accordance with these Articles, the Members may, by Ordinary Resolution, remove the Auditor before the expiration of his term of office. If they do so, the Members shall, by Ordinary Resolution, at that meeting appoint another Auditor in his stead for the remainder of his term.

 

21.6 The Auditors shall examine such books, accounts and vouchers; as may be necessary for the performance of their duties.

 

21.7 The Auditors shall, if so requested by the Directors, make a report on the accounts of the Company during their tenure of office at the next annual general meeting following their appointment, and at any time during their term of office, upon request of the Directors or any general meeting of the Company.

 

41

 

22 Record dates

 

22.1 Except to the extent of any conflicting rights attached to Shares, the resolution declaring a dividend on Shares of any class, whether it be an Ordinary Resolution of the Members or a Director’s resolution, may specify that the dividend is payable or distributable to the persons registered as the holders of those Shares at the close of business on a particular date, notwithstanding that the date may be a date prior to that on which the resolution is passed.

 

22.2 If the resolution does so specify, the dividend shall be payable or distributable to the persons registered as the holders of those Shares at the close of business on the specified date in accordance with their respective holdings so registered, but without prejudice to the rights inter se in respect of the dividend of transferors and transferees of any of those Shares.

 

22.3 The provisions of this Article apply, mutatis mutandis, to bonuses, capitalisation issues, distributions of realised capital profits or offers or grants made by the Company to the Members.

 

23 Dividends

 

Source of dividends

 

23.1 Dividends may be declared and paid out of any funds of the Company lawfully available for distribution.

 

23.2 Subject to the requirements of the Law regarding the application of a company’s Share premium account and with the sanction of an Ordinary Resolution, dividends may also be declared and paid out of any share premium account.

 

Declaration of dividends by Members

 

23.3 Subject to the provisions of the Law, the Company may by Ordinary Resolution declare dividends in accordance with the respective rights of the Members but no dividend shall exceed the amount recommended by the Directors.

 

Payment of interim dividends and declaration of final dividends by Directors

 

23.4 The Directors may declare and pay interim dividends or recommend final dividends in accordance with the respective rights of the Members if it appears to them that they are justified by the financial position of the Company and that such dividends may lawfully be paid.

 

42

 

23.5 Subject to the provisions of the Law, in relation to the distinction between interim dividends and final dividends, the following applies:

 

(a) Upon determination to pay a dividend or dividends described as interim by the Directors in the dividend resolution, no debt shall be created by the declaration until such time as payment is made.

 

(b) Upon declaration of a dividend or dividends described as final by the Directors in the dividend resolution, a debt shall be created immediately following the declaration, the due date to be the date the dividend is stated to be payable in the resolution.

 

If the resolution fails to specify whether a dividend is final or interim, it shall be assumed to be interim.

 

23.6 In relation to Shares carrying differing rights to dividends or rights to dividends at a fixed rate, the following applies:

 

(a) If the share capital is divided into different classes, the Directors may pay dividends on Shares which confer deferred or non-preferred rights with regard to dividends as well as on Shares which confer preferential rights with regard to dividends but no dividend shall be paid on Shares carrying deferred or non-preferred rights if, at the time of payment, any preferential dividend is in arrears.

 

(b) The Directors may also pay, at intervals settled by them, any dividend payable at a fixed rate if it appears to them that there are sufficient funds of the Company lawfully available for distribution to justify the payment.

 

(c) If the Directors act in good faith, they shall not incur any liability to the Members holding Shares conferring preferred rights for any loss those Members may suffer by the lawful payment of the dividend on any Shares having deferred or non-preferred rights.

 

Apportionment of dividends

 

23.7 Except as otherwise provided by the rights attached to Shares all dividends shall be declared and paid according to the amounts Paid Up on the Shares on which the dividend is paid. All dividends shall be apportioned and paid proportionately to the amount Paid Up on the Shares during the time or part of the time in respect of which the dividend is paid. But if a Share is issued on terms providing that it shall rank for dividend as from a particular date, that Share shall rank for dividend accordingly.

 

Right of set off

 

23.8 The Directors may deduct from a dividend or any other amount payable to a person in respect of a Share any amount due by that person to the Company on a call or otherwise in relation to a Share.

 

43

 

Power to pay other than in cash

 

23.9 If the Directors so determine, any resolution declaring a dividend may direct that it shall be satisfied wholly or partly by the distribution of assets. If a difficulty arises in relation to the distribution, the Directors may settle that difficulty in any way they consider appropriate. For example, they may do any one or more of the following:

 

(a) issue fractional Shares;

 

(b) fix the value of assets for distribution and make cash payments to some Members on the footing of the value so fixed in order to adjust the rights of Members; and

 

(c) vest some assets in trustees.

 

How payments may be made

 

23.10 A dividend or other monies payable on or in respect of a Share may be paid in any of the following ways:

 

(a) if the Member holding that Share or other person entitled to that Share nominates a bank account for that purpose - by wire transfer to that bank account; or

 

(b) by cheque or warrant sent by post to the registered address of the Member holding that Share or other person entitled to that Share.

 

23.11 For the purposes of Article 23.10(a), the nomination may be in writing or in an Electronic Record and the bank account nominated may be the bank account of another person. For the purposes of Article 23.10(b), subject to any applicable law or regulation, the cheque or warrant shall be made to the order of the Member holding that Share or other person entitled to the Share or to his nominee, whether nominated in writing or in an Electronic Record, and payment of the cheque or warrant shall be a good discharge to the Company.

 

23.12 If two or more persons are registered as the holders of the Share or are jointly entitled to it by reason of the death or bankruptcy of the registered holder (Joint Holders), a dividend (or other amount) payable on or in respect of that Share may be paid as follows:

 

(a) to the registered address of the Joint Holder of the Share who is named first on the register of Members or to the registered address of the deceased or bankrupt holder, as the case may be; or

 

(b) to the address or bank account of another person nominated by the Joint Holders, whether that nomination is in writing or in an Electronic Record.

 

23.13 Any Joint Holder of a Share may give a valid receipt for a dividend (or other amount) payable in respect of that Share.

 

44

 

Dividends or other monies not to bear interest in absence of special rights

 

23.14 Unless provided for by the rights attached to a Share, no dividend or other monies payable by the Company in respect of a Share shall bear interest.

 

Dividends unable to be paid or unclaimed

 

23.15 If a dividend cannot be paid to a Member or remains unclaimed within six weeks after it was declared or both, the Directors may pay it into a separate account in the Company’s name. If a dividend is paid into a separate account, the Company shall not be constituted trustee in respect of that account and the dividend shall remain a debt due to the Member.

 

23.16 A dividend that remains unclaimed for a period of six years after it became due for payment shall be forfeited to, and shall cease to remain owing by, the Company.

 

24 Capitalisation of profits

 

Capitalisation of profits or of any share premium account or capital redemption reserve;

 

24.1 The Directors may resolve to capitalise:

 

(a) any part of the Company’s profits not required for paying any preferential dividend (whether or not those profits are available for distribution); or

 

(b) any sum standing to the credit of the Company’s share premium account or capital redemption reserve, if any.

 

24.2 The amount resolved to be capitalised must be appropriated to the Members who would have been entitled to it had it been distributed by way of dividend and in the same proportions. The benefit to each Member so entitled must be given in either or both of the following ways::

 

(a) by paying up the amounts unpaid on that Member’s Shares;

 

(b) by issuing Fully Paid Up Shares, debentures or other securities of the Company to that Member or as that Member directs. The Directors may resolve that any Shares issued to the Member in respect of Partly Paid Up Shares (Original Shares) rank for dividend only to the extent that the Original Shares rank for dividend while those Original Shares remain Partly Paid Up.

 

Applying an amount for the benefit of Members

 

24.3 The amount capitalised must be applied to the benefit of Members in the proportions to which the Members would have been entitled to dividends if the amount capitalised had been distributed as a dividend.

 

24.4 Subject to the Law, if a fraction of a Share, a debenture or other security is allocated to a Member, the Directors may issue a fractional certificate to that Member or pay him the cash equivalent of the fraction.

 

45

 

25 Share Premium Account

 

Directors to maintain share premium account

 

25.1 The Directors shall establish a share premium account in accordance with the Law. They shall carry to the credit of that account from time to time an amount equal to the amount or value of the premium paid on the issue of any Share or capital contributed or such other amounts required by the Law.

 

Debits to share premium account

 

25.2 The following amounts shall be debited to any share premium account:

 

(a) on the redemption or purchase of a Share, the difference between the nominal value of that Share and the redemption or purchase price; and

 

(b) any other amount paid out of a share premium account as permitted by the Law.

 

25.3 Notwithstanding the preceding Article, on the redemption or purchase of a Share, the Directors may pay the difference between the nominal value of that Share and the redemption purchase price out of the profits of the Company or, as permitted by the Law, out of capital.

 

26 Seal

 

Company seal

 

26.1 The Company may have a seal if the Directors so determine.

 

Duplicate seal

 

26.2 Subject to the provisions of the Law, the Company may also have a duplicate seal or seals for use in any place or places outside the Cayman Islands. Each duplicate seal shall be a facsimile of the original seal of the Company. However, if the Directors so determine, a duplicate seal shall have added on its face the name of the place where it is to be used.

 

When and how seal is to be used

 

26.3 A seal may only be used by the authority of the Directors. Unless the Directors otherwise determine, a document to which a seal is affixed must be signed in one of the following ways:

 

(a) by a Director (or his alternate) and the Secretary; or

 

(b) by a single Director (or his alternate).

 

46

 

If no seal is adopted or used

 

26.4 If the Directors do not adopt a seal, or a seal is not used, a document may be executed in the following manner:

 

(a) by a Director (or his alternate) and the Secretary; or

 

(b) by a single Director (or his alternate); or

 

(c) in any other manner permitted by the Law.

 

Power to allow non-manual signatures and facsimile printing of seal

 

26.5 The Directors may determine that either or both of the following applies:

 

(a) that the seal or a duplicate seal need not be affixed manually but may be affixed by some other method or system of reproduction;

 

(b) that a signature required by these Articles need not be manual but may be a mechanical or Electronic Signature.

 

Validity of execution

 

26.6 If a document is duly executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Company, it shall not be regarded as invalid merely because, at the date of the delivery, the Secretary, or the Director, or other Officer or person who signed the document or affixed the seal for and on behalf of the Company ceased to be the Secretary or hold that office and authority on behalf of the Company.

 

27 Indemnity

 

27.1 To the extent permitted by law, the Company shall indemnify each existing or former Director (including alternate Director), Secretary and other Officer of the Company (including an investment adviser or an administrator or liquidator) and their personal representatives against:

 

(a) all actions, proceedings, costs, charges, expenses, losses, damages or liabilities incurred or sustained by the existing or former Director (including alternate Director), Secretary or Officer in or about the conduct of the Company’s business or affairs or in the execution or discharge of the existing or former Director’s (including alternate Director’s), Secretary’s or Officer’s duties, powers, authorities or discretions; and

 

47

 

(b) without limitation to paragraph (a), all costs, expenses, losses or liabilities incurred by the existing or former Director (including alternate Director), Secretary or Officer in defending (whether successfully or otherwise) any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative proceedings (whether threatened, pending or completed) concerning the Company or its affairs in any court or tribunal, whether in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere.

 

No such existing or former Director (including alternate Director), Secretary or Officer, however, shall be indemnified in respect of any matter arising out of his own dishonesty.

 

27.2 To the extent permitted by Law, the Company may make a payment, or agree to make a payment, whether by way of advance, loan or otherwise, for any legal costs incurred by an existing or former Director (including alternate Director), Secretary or Officer of the Company in respect of any matter identified in Article 27.1 on condition that the Director (including alternate Director), Secretary or Officer must repay the amount paid by the Company to the extent that it is ultimately found not liable to indemnify the Director (including alternate Director), Secretary or that Officer for those legal costs.

 

Release

 

27.3 To the extent permitted by Law, the Company may by Special Resolution release any existing or former Director (including alternate Director), Secretary or other Officer of the Company from liability for any loss or damage or right to compensation which may arise out of or in connection with the execution or discharge of the duties, powers, authorities or discretions of his office; but there may be no release from liability arising out of or in connection with that person’s own dishonesty.

 

Insurance

 

27.4 To the extent permitted by Law, the Company may pay, or agree to pay, a premium in respect of a contract insuring each of the following persons against risks determined by the Directors, other than liability arising out of that person’s own dishonesty:

 

(a) an existing or former Director (including alternate Director), Secretary or Officer or auditor of:

 

(i) the Company;

 

(ii) a company which is or was a subsidiary of the Company;

 

(iii) a company in which the Company has or had an interest (whether direct or indirect); and

 

(b) a trustee of an employee or retirement benefits scheme or other trust in which any of the persons referred to in paragraph (a) is or was interested.

 

48

 

28 Notices

 

Form of notices

 

28.1 Save where these Articles provide otherwise, and subject to the Designated Stock Exchange Rules, any notice to be given to or by any person pursuant to these Articles shall be:

 

(a) in writing signed by or on behalf of the giver in the manner set out below for written notices; or

 

(b) subject to the next Article, in an Electronic Record signed by or on behalf of the giver by Electronic Signature and authenticated in accordance with Articles about authentication of Electronic Records; or

 

(c) where these Articles expressly permit, by the Company by means of a website.

 

Electronic communications

 

28.2 A notice may only be given to the Company in an Electronic Record if:

 

(a) the Directors so resolve;

 

(b) the resolution states how an Electronic Record may be given and, if applicable, specifies an email address for the Company; and

 

(c) the terms of that resolution are notified to the Members for the time being and, if applicable, to those Directors who were absent from the meeting at which the resolution was passed.

 

If the resolution is revoked or varied, the revocation or variation shall only become effective when its terms have been similarly notified.

 

28.3 A notice may not be given by Electronic Record to a person other than the Company unless the recipient has notified the giver of an Electronic address to which notice may be sent.

 

28.4 Subject to the Law, the Designated Stock Exchange Rules and to any other rules which the Company is bound to follow, the Company may also send any notice or other document pursuant to these Articles to a Member by publishing that notice or other document on a website where:

 

(a) the Company and the Member have agreed to his having access to the notice or document on a website (instead of it being sent to him);

 

(b) the notice or document is one to which that agreement applies;

 

49

 

(c) the Member is notified (in accordance with any requirements laid down by the Law and, in a manner for the time being agreed between him and the Company for the purpose) of:

 

(i) the publication of the notice or document on a website;

 

(ii) the address of that website; and

 

(iii) the place on that website where the notice or document may be accessed, and how it may be accessed; and

 

(d) the notice or document is published on that website throughout the publication period, provided that, if the notice or document is published on that website for a part, but not all of, the publication period, the notice or document shall be treated as being published throughout that period if the failure to publish that notice of document throughout that period is wholly attributable to circumstances which it would not be reasonable to have expected the Company to prevent or avoid. For the purposes of this Article 28.4 “publication period” means a period of not less than twenty-one days, beginning on the day on which the notification referred to in Article 28.4(c) is deemed sent.

 

Persons entitled to notices

 

28.5 Any notice or other document to be given to a Member may be given by reference to the register of Members as it stands at any time within the period of twenty-one days before the day that the notice is given or (where and as applicable) within any other period permitted by, or in accordance with the requirements of, (to the extent applicable) the Designated Stock Exchange Rules and/or the Designated Stock Exchanges. No change in the register of Members after that time shall invalidate the giving of such notice or document or require the Company to give such item to any other person.

 

Persons authorised to give notices

 

28.6 A notice by either the Company or a Member pursuant to these Articles may be given on behalf of the Company or a Member by a Director or company secretary of the Company or a Member.

 

Delivery of written notices

 

28.7 Save where these Articles provide otherwise, a notice in writing may be given personally to the recipient, or left at (as appropriate) the Member’s or Director’s registered address or the Company’s registered office, or posted to that registered address or registered office.

 

Joint holders

 

28.8 Where Members are joint holders of a Share, all notices shall be given to the Member whose name first appears in the register of Members.

 

50

 

Signatures

 

28.9 A written notice shall be signed when it is autographed by or on behalf of the giver, or is marked in such a way as to indicate its execution or adoption by the giver.

 

28.10 An Electronic Record may be signed by an Electronic Signature.

 

Evidence of transmission

 

28.11 A notice given by Electronic Record shall be deemed sent if an Electronic Record is kept demonstrating the time, date and content of the transmission, and if no notification of failure to transmit is received by the giver.

 

28.12 A notice given in writing shall be deemed sent if the giver can provide proof that the envelope containing the notice was properly addressed, pre-paid and posted, or that the written notice was otherwise properly transmitted to the recipient.

 

28.13 A Member present, either in person or by proxy, at any meeting of the Company or of the holders of any class of Shares shall be deemed to have received due notice of the meeting and, where requisite, of the purposes for which it was called.

 

Giving notice to a deceased or bankrupt Member

 

28.14 A notice may be given by the Company to the persons entitled to a Share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Member by sending or delivering it, in any manner authorised by these Articles for the giving of notice to a Member, addressed to them by name, or by the title of representatives of the deceased, or trustee of the bankrupt or by any like description, at the address, if any, supplied for that purpose by the persons claiming to be so entitled.

 

28.15 Until such an address has been supplied, a notice may be given in any manner in which it might have been given if the death or bankruptcy had not occurred.

 

Date of giving notices

 

28.16 A notice is given on the date identified in the following table

 

Method for giving notices   When taken to be given
(A) Personally   At the time and date of delivery
(B) By leaving it at the Member’s registered address   At the time and date it was left
(C) By posting it by prepaid post to the street or postal address of that recipient   48 hours after the date it was posted
(D) By Electronic Record (other than publication on a website), to recipient’s Electronic address   48 hours after the date it was sent
(E) By publication on a website   24 hours after the date on which the Member is deemed to have been notified of the publication of the notice or document on the website
51

 

Saving provision

 

28.17 None of the preceding notice provisions shall derogate from the Articles about the delivery of written resolutions of Directors and written resolutions of Members.

 

29 Authentication of Electronic Records

 

Application of Articles

 

29.1 Without limitation to any other provision of these Articles, any notice, written resolution or other document under these Articles that is sent by Electronic means by a Member, or by the Secretary, or by a Director or other Officer of the Company, shall be deemed to be authentic if either Article 29.2 or Article 29.4 applies.

 

Authentication of documents sent by Members by Electronic means

 

29.2 An Electronic Record of a notice, written resolution or other document sent by Electronic means by or on behalf of one or more Members shall be deemed to be authentic if the following conditions are satisfied:

 

(a) the Member or each Member, as the case may be, signed the original document, and for this purpose Original Document includes several documents in like form signed by one or more of those Members; and

 

(b) the Electronic Record of the Original Document was sent by Electronic means by, or at the direction of, that Member to an address specified in accordance with these Articles for the purpose for which it was sent; and

 

(c) Article 29.7 does not apply.

 

29.3 For example, where a sole Member signs a resolution and sends the Electronic Record of the original resolution, or causes it to be sent, by facsimile transmission to the address in these Articles specified for that purpose, the facsimile copy shall be deemed to be the written resolution of that Member unless Article 28.7 applies.

 

Authentication of document sent by the Secretary or Officers of the Company by Electronic means

 

29.4 An Electronic Record of a notice, written resolution or other document sent by or on behalf of the Secretary or an Officer or Officers of the Company shall be deemed to be authentic if the following conditions are satisfied:

 

(a) the Secretary or the Officer or each Officer, as the case may be, signed the original document, and for this purpose Original Document includes several documents in like form signed by the Secretary or one or more of those Officers; and

 

(b) the Electronic Record of the Original Document was sent by Electronic means by, or at the direction of, the Secretary or that Officer to an address specified in accordance with these Articles for the purpose for which it was sent; and

 

52

 

(c) Article 29.7 does not apply.

 

This Article 29.4 applies whether the document is sent by or on behalf of the Secretary or Officer in his own right or as a representative of the Company.

 

29.5 For example, where a sole Director signs a resolution and scans the resolution, or causes it to be scanned, as a PDF version which is attached to an email sent to the address in these Articles specified for that purpose, the PDF version shall be deemed to be the written resolution of that Director unless Article 29.7 applies.

 

Manner of signing

 

29.6 For the purposes of these Articles about the authentication of Electronic Records, a document will be taken to be signed if it is signed manually or in any other manner permitted by these Articles.

 

Saving provision

 

29.7 A notice, written resolution or other document under these Articles will not be deemed to be authentic if the recipient, acting reasonably:

 

(a) believes that the signature of the signatory has been altered after the signatory had signed the original document; or

 

(b) believes that the original document, or the Electronic Record of it, was altered, without the approval of the signatory, after the signatory signed the original document; or

 

(c) otherwise doubts the authenticity of the Electronic Record of the document

 

and the recipient promptly gives notice to the sender setting the grounds of its objection. If the recipient invokes this Article, the sender may seek to establish the authenticity of the Electronic Record in any way the sender thinks fit.

 

30 Transfer by way of continuation

 

30.1 The Company may, by Special Resolution, resolve to be registered by way of continuation in a jurisdiction outside:

 

(a) the Cayman Islands; or

 

(b) such other jurisdiction in which it is, for the time being, incorporated, registered or existing.

 

53

 

30.2 To give effect to any resolution made pursuant to the preceding Article, the Directors may cause the following:

 

(a) an application be made to the Registrar of Companies of the Cayman Islands to deregister the Company in the Cayman Islands or in the other jurisdiction in which it is for the time being incorporated, registered or existing; and

 

(b) all such further steps as they consider appropriate to be taken to effect the transfer by way of continuation of the Company.

 

31 Winding up

 

Distribution of assets in specie

 

31.1 If the Company is wound up the Members may, subject to these Articles and any other sanction required by the Law, pass a Special Resolution allowing the liquidator to do either or both of the following:

 

(a) to divide in specie among the Members the whole or any part of the assets of the Company and, for that purpose, to value any assets and to determine how the division shall be carried out as between the Members or different classes of Members; and/or

 

(b) to vest the whole or any part of the assets in trustees for the benefit of Members and those liable to contribute to the winding up.

 

No obligation to accept liability

 

31.2 No Member shall be compelled to accept any assets if an obligation attaches to them.

 

31.3 The Directors are authorised to present a winding up petition

 

31.4 The Directors have the authority to present a petition for the winding up of the Company to the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands on behalf of the Company without the sanction of a resolution passed at a general meeting.

 

32 Amendment of Memorandum and Articles

 

Power to change name or amend Memorandum

 

32.1 Subject to the Law, the Company may, by Special Resolution:

 

(a) change its name; or

 

(b) change the provisions of its Memorandum with respect to its objects, powers or any other matter specified in the Memorandum.

 

Power to amend these Articles

 

32.2 Subject to the Law and as provided in these Articles, the Company may, by Special Resolution, amend these Articles in whole or in part.

 

54

Exhibit 4.1

 

SHARE CERTIFICATE

 

Number   Shares
     
     

 

POP CULTURE GROUP CO., LTD

普普文化集团有限公司

 

THIS SHARE CERTIFICATE CERTIFIES THAT as of [Transfer date], [Name] of [Address] is the registered holder of [Number] fully paid Class A Ordinary Share(s) of USD0.001 par value per share in the above named Company which are held subject to, and transferable in accordance with, the Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company (as Revised).

 

In Witness Whereof the Company has authorised this certificate to be issued on [Transfer date].

 

 

 

 

 

 

By    
    Director

Exhibit 5.1

 

Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd

Harney Fiduciary (Cayman) Limited

4th Floor, Harbour Place

103 South Church Street

P.O. Box 10240

Grand Cayman KY1-1002

Cayman Islands

 

D +1 345 815 1877

E bradley.kruger@ogier.com

 

Reference: 427082.00001/BKR/TTU

     
    2 March 2021

 

Dear Sirs

 

Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd (Company)

 

We have acted as Cayman Islands legal advisers to the Company in connection with the Company’s registration statement on Form F-1, including all amendments or supplements thereto (the Registration Statement), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the Commission) under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Act) to date relating to the offering by the Company of up to 6,900,000 Class A ordinary shares (including the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option) of the Company of par value US$0.001 each (the Shares) and the offering of up to 600,000 Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the Underwriter Warrants (as defined in the Registration Statement). This opinion is given in accordance with the terms of the legal matters section of the Registration Statement.

 

Unless a contrary intention appears, all capitalised terms used in this opinion have the respective meanings set forth in the Registration Statement. A reference to a Schedule is a reference to a schedule to this opinion and the headings herein are for convenience only and do not affect the construction of this opinion.

 

Ogier

89 Nexus Way

Camana Bay

Grand Cayman, KY1-9009

Cayman Islands

 

T +1 345 949 9876

F +1 345 949 9877

ogier.com

  A list of Partners may be inspected on our website

 

1

 

Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd

2 March 2021

 

1 Documents examined

 

For the purposes of giving this opinion, we have examined a copy of the Registration Statement. In addition, we have examined the corporate and other documents. We have not made any searches or enquiries concerning, and have not examined any documents entered into by or affecting the Company.

 

2 Assumptions

 

In giving this opinion we have relied upon the assumptions set forth in Schedule 2 without having carried out any independent investigation or verification in respect of those assumptions.

 

3 Opinions

 

On the basis of the examinations and assumptions referred to above and subject to the qualifications set forth in Schedule 3 and the limitations set forth below, we are of the opinion that:

 

Corporate status

 

(a) The Company has been duly incorporated as an exempted company and is validly existing and in good standing with the Registrar of Companies of the Cayman Islands (the Registrar).

 

Issue of Shares

 

(b) The issue and allotment of the Shares has been authorised by all requisite corporate action of the Company and when allotted, issued and paid for as contemplated in the Registration Statement, the Shares will be validly issued and allotted, fully paid and non-assessable. As a matter of Cayman Islands law, the Shares are only issued when they have been entered into the register of members of the Company.

 

Shares underlying the Underwriter Warrants

 

(c) The Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the Underwriter Warrants will, when issued and paid for as contemplated in the Registration Statement, be validly issued as fully paid and non-assessable. As a matter of Cayman Islands law, such Class A ordinary shares are only issued when they have been entered into the register of members of the Company.

 

Registration Statement – “Cayman Islands Taxation”

 

(d) Insofar as the statements set forth in the Registration Statement under the caption “Cayman Islands Taxation” purport to summarise certain tax laws of the Cayman Islands, such statements are accurate in all material respects and such statements constitute our opinion.

 

2

 

Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd

2 March 2021

 

4 Matters not covered

 

We offer no opinion as to any laws other than the laws of the Cayman Islands, and we have not, for the purposes of this opinion, made any investigation of the laws of any other jurisdiction, and we express no opinion as to the meaning, validity, or effect of references in the M&A (as defined below) or the Registration Statement to statutes, rules, regulations, codes or judicial authority of any jurisdiction other than the Cayman Islands.

 

5 Governing law of this opinion

 

5.1 This opinion is:

 

(a) governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with, the laws of the Cayman Islands;

 

(b) limited to the matters expressly stated in it; and

 

(c) confined to, and given on the basis of, the laws and practice in the Cayman Islands at the date of this opinion.

 

5.2 Unless otherwise indicated, a reference to any specific Cayman Islands legislation is a reference to that legislation as amended to, and as in force at, the date of this opinion.

 

6 Consent

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the references to our firm in the Registration Statement. In the giving of our consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the Rules and Regulations of the Commission thereunder.

 

Yours faithfully

 

/s/ Ogier  
Ogier  

 

3

 

Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd

2 March 2021

 

Schedule 1

 

Documents examined

 

1 The Certificate of Incorporation of the Company dated 3 January 2020 issued by the Registrar.
   
2 The amended and restated memorandum and articles of association of the Company adopted by special resolution passed on 28 April 2020 (the M&A).
   
3 A Certificate of Good Standing dated 24 February 2021 (Good Standing Certificate) issued by the Registrar in respect of the Company.
   
4 A certificate dated 2 March 2021 as to certain matters of fact signed by a director of the Company in the form annexed hereto (the Director’s Certificate), having attached to it the written resolutions of the sole director of the Company passed on 26 February 2021 (the Board Resolutions).

 

4

 

Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd

2 March 2021

 

Schedule 2

 

Assumptions

 

1 All original documents examined by us are authentic and complete.
   
2 All copy documents examined by us (whether in facsimile, electronic or other form) conform to the originals and those originals are authentic and complete.
   
3 All signatures, seals, dates, stamps and markings (whether on original or copy documents) are genuine.
   
4 Each of the Certificate of Incorporation, the M&A, the Good Standing Certificate, the Director’s Certificate and the Board Resolutions is accurate and complete as at the date of this opinion.
   
5 The M&A is in full force and effect and has not been amended, varied, supplemented or revoked in any respect.

 

Status and Authorisation

 

6 In authorising the issue and allotment of Shares, the sole director of the Company has acted in good faith with a view to the best interests of the Company and has exercised the standard of care, diligence and skill that is required of him or her.
   
7 Any individuals who sign or have signed documents or give information on which we rely, have the legal capacity under all relevant laws (including the laws of the Cayman Islands) to sign such documents and give such information.
   
8 None of the opinions expressed herein will be adversely affected by the laws or public policies of any jurisdiction other than the Cayman Islands. In particular, but without limitation to the previous sentence, the laws or public policies of any jurisdiction other than the Cayman Islands will not adversely affect the capacity or authority of the Company.
   
9 There are no agreements, documents or arrangements (other than the documents expressly referred to in this opinion as having been examined by us) that materially affect or modify the Registration Statement or the transactions contemplated by it or restrict the powers and authority of the Company in any way.

 

5

 

Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd

2 March 2021

 

Schedule 3

 

Qualifications

 

Good Standing

 

1 Under the Companies Act (Revised) (Companies Act) of the Cayman Islands annual returns in respect of the Company must be filed with the Registrar, together with payment of annual filing fees. A failure to file annual returns and pay annual filing fees may result in the Company being struck off the Register of Companies, following which its assets will vest in the Financial Secretary of the Cayman Islands and will be subject to disposition or retention for the benefit of the public of the Cayman Islands.
   
2 In good standing means only that as of the date of the Good Standing Certificate the Company is up-to-date with the filing of its annual returns and payment of annual fees with the Registrar. We have made no enquiries into the Company’s good standing with respect to any filings or payment of fees, or both, that it may be required to make under the laws of the Cayman Islands other than the Companies Act.
   
3 In this opinion the phrase “non-assessable” means, with respect to Shares, that a member of the Company shall not, by virtue of its status as a member of the Company, be liable for additional assessments or calls on the Shares by the Company or its creditors (except in exceptional circumstances, such as involving fraud, the establishment of an agency relationship or an illegal or improper use or other circumstance in which a court may be prepared to pierce or lift the corporate veil).

 

6

Exhibit 10.1

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), is entered into as of [ ], by and between Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd, a company incorporated and existing under the laws of Cayman Islands (the “Company”), and [ ], an individual (the “Executive”). The term “Company” as used herein with respect to all obligations of the Executive hereunder shall be deemed to include the Company and all of its direct or indirect parent companies, subsidiaries, affiliates, or subsidiaries or affiliates of its parent companies (collectively, the “Group”).

 

RECITALS

 

The Company desires to employ the Executive and to assure itself of the services of the Executive during the term of Employment (as defined below).

 

The Executive desires to be employed by the Company during the term of Employment and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

AGREEMENT

The parties hereto agree as follows:

 

  1. POSITION

 

The Executive hereby accepts a position of [ ] of the Company (the “Employment”).

 

  2. TERM

 

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the initial term of the Employment shall be [ ] years, commencing on [ ] (the “Effective Date”), unless terminated earlier pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. Upon expiration of the [ ]-year term, the Employment shall be automatically extended for successive [ ]-year terms unless either party gives the other party hereto a [ ]-month prior written notice to terminate the Employment prior to the expiration of such [ ]-year term or unless terminated earlier pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

 

  3. PROBATION

 

No probationary period.

 

  4. DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES

 

The Executive’s duties at the Company will include all jobs assigned by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”).

 

The Executive shall devote all of his/her working time, attention and skills to the performance of his/her duties at the Company and shall faithfully and diligently serve the Company in accordance with this Agreement, the Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company (the “Articles of Association”), and the guidelines, policies and procedures of the Company approved from time to time by the Board.

 

 

  5. NO BREACH OF CONTRACT

 

The Executive shall use his/her best efforts to perform his/her duties hereunder. The Executive shall not, without prior consent of the Board, become an employee of any entity other than the Company and any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company, and shall not be concerned or interested in any business or entity that directly or indirectly competes with the Group (any such business or entity, a “Competitor”), provided that nothing in this clause shall preclude the Executive from holding shares or other securities of any Competitor that is listed on any securities exchange or recognized securities market anywhere, provided however, that the Executive shall notify the Company in writing prior to his/her obtaining a proposed interest in such shares or securities in a timely manner and with such details and particulars as the Company may reasonably require. The Company shall have the right to require the Executive to resign from any board or similar body which he/she may then serve if the Board reasonably determines in writing that the Executive’s service on such board or body interferes with the effective discharge of the Executive’s duties and responsibilities to the Company or that any business related to such service is then in competition with any business of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.

 

The Executive hereby represents to the Company that: (i) the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Executive and the performance by the Executive of the Executive’s duties hereunder shall not constitute a breach of, or otherwise contravene, the terms of any other agreement or policy to which the Executive is a party or otherwise bound, except for agreements that are required to be entered into by and between the Executive and any member of the Group pursuant to applicable law of the jurisdiction where the Executive is based, if any; (ii) the Executive has no information (including, without limitation, confidential information and trade secrets) relating to any other person or entity which would prevent, or be violated by, the Executive entering into this Agreement or carrying out his/her duties hereunder; and (iii) the Executive is not bound by any confidentiality, trade secret or similar agreement (other than this) with any other person or entity except for other member(s) of the Group, as the case may be.

 

  6. LOCATION

 

The Executive will be based in Xiamen, the People’s Republic of China, until both parties hereto agree to change otherwise. The Executive acknowledges that he/she may be required to travel from time to time in the course of performing his/her duties for the Company.

 

  7. COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS

 

  (a) Compensation. The Executive’s cash compensation (inclusive of the statutory welfare reserves that the Company is required to set aside for the Executive under applicable law) shall be provided by the Company in a separate schedule A attached herein (“Schedule A”) or as specified in a separate agreement between the executive and the company’s designated subsidiary or affiliated entity, subject to annual review and adjustment by the Company or the compensation committee of the Board. The cash compensation may be paid by the Company, a subsidiary or affiliated entity or a combination thereof, as designated by the Company from time to time.
     
  (b) Equity Incentives. To the extent the Company adopts and maintains a share incentive plan, the Executive will be eligible to participate in such plan pursuant to the terms thereof.
     
  (c) Benefits. The Executive is eligible for participation in any standard employee benefit plan of the Company that currently exists or may be adopted by the Company in the future, including, but not limited to, any retirement plan, life insurance plan, health insurance plan and travel/holiday plan.

 

  8. TERMINATION OF THE AGREEMENT

 

  (a) By the Company. The Company may terminate the Employment for cause, at any time, without notice or remuneration, if the Executive (1) commits any serious or persistent breach or non-observance of the terms and conditions of your employment; (2) is convicted of a criminal offence other than one which in the opinion of the Board does not affect the executive’s position as an employee of the Company, bearing in mind the nature of your duties and the capacity in which the executive is employed; (3) willfully disobeys a lawful and reasonable order; (4) misconducts himself/herself and such conduct being inconsistent with the due and faithful discharge of the Executive’s material duties; (5) is guilty of fraud or dishonesty; or (6) is habitually neglectful in his/her duties. The Company may terminate the Employment without cause at any time with a [ ]-month prior written notice to the Executive or by payment of [ ] months’ salary in lieu of notice.
     
  (b) By the Executive. The Executive may terminate the Employment at any time with a [ ]-month prior written notice to the Company or by payment of [ ] months’ salary in lieu of notice. In addition, the Executive may resign prior to the expiration of the Agreement if such resignation or an alternative arrangement with respect to the Employment is approved by the Board.
     
  (c) Notice of Termination. Any termination of the Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall be communicated by written notice of termination from the terminating party to the other party. The notice of termination shall indicate the specific provision(s) of this Agreement relied upon in effecting the termination.

 

 

  9. CONFIDENTIALITY AND NONDISCLOSURE

 

  (a) Confidentiality and Non-disclosure. The Executive hereby agrees at all times during the term of his/her employment and after termination, to hold in the strictest confidence, and not to use, except for the benefit of the Group, or to disclose to any person, corporation or other entity without written consent of the Company, any Confidential Information. The Executive understands that “Confidential Information” means any proprietary or confidential information of the Group, its affiliates, their clients, customers or partners, and the Group’s licensors, including, without limitation, technical data, trade secrets, research and development information, product plans, services, customer lists and customers (including, but not limited to, customers of the Group on whom the Executive called or with whom the Executive became acquainted during the term of his/her employment), supplier lists and suppliers, software, developments, inventions, processes, formulas, technology, designs, drawings, engineering, hardware configuration information, personnel information, marketing, finances, information about the suppliers, joint ventures, licensors, licensees, distributors, and other persons with whom the Group does business, information regarding the skills and compensation of other employees of the Group or other business information disclosed to the Executive by or obtained by the Executive from the Group, its affiliates, or their clients, customers, or partners either directly or indirectly in writing, orally or by drawings or observation of parts or equipment, if specifically indicated to be confidential or reasonably expected to be confidential. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information shall not include information that is generally available and known to the public through no fault of the Executive.
     
  (b) Company Property. The Executive understands that all documents (including computer records, facsimile and e-mail) and materials created, received or transmitted in connection with his/her work or using the facilities of the Group are property of the Group and subject to inspection by the Group, at any time. Upon termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company (or at any other time when requested by the Company), the Executive will promptly deliver to the Company all documents and materials of any nature pertaining to his/her work with the Company and will provide written certification of his compliance with this Agreement. Under no circumstances will the Executive have, following his/her termination, in his/her possession any property of the Group, or any documents or materials or copies thereof containing any Confidential Information.
     
  (c) Former Employer Information. The Executive agrees that he/she has not and will not, during the term of his/her employment, (i) improperly use or disclose any proprietary information or trade secrets of any former employer or other person or entity with which the Executive has an agreement or duty to keep in confidence information acquired by Executive, if any, or (ii) bring into the premises of the Group any document or confidential or proprietary information belonging to such former employer, person or entity unless consented to in writing by such former employer, person or entity. The Executive will indemnify the Group and hold it harmless from and against all claims, liabilities, damages and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs of suit, arising out of or in connection with any violation of the foregoing.
     
  (d) Third Party Information. The Executive recognizes that the Group may have received, and in the future may receive, from third parties their confidential or proprietary information subject to a duty on the Group’s part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use it only for certain limited purposes. The Executive agrees that the Executive owes the Group and such third parties, during the Executive’s employment by the Company and thereafter, a duty to hold all such confidential or proprietary information in the strictest confidence and not to disclose it to any person or firm and to use it in a manner consistent with, and for the limited purposes permitted by, the Group’s agreement with such third party.
     
    This Section 9 shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason. In the event the Executive breaches this Section 9, the Company shall have right to seek remedies permissible under applicable law.

 

 

  10. WITHHOLDING TAXES

 

Notwithstanding anything else herein to the contrary, the Company may withhold (or cause there to be withheld, as the case may be) from any amounts otherwise due or payable under or pursuant to this Agreement such national, provincial, local or any other income, employment, or other taxes as may be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

 

  11. NOTIFICATION OF NEW EMPLOYER

 

In the event that the Executive leaves the employ of the Company, the Executive hereby grants consent to notification by the Company to his/her new employer about his/her rights and obligations under this Agreement.

 

  12. ASSIGNMENT

 

This Agreement is personal in its nature and neither of the parties hereto shall, without the consent of the other, assign or transfer this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder; provided, however, that (i) the Company may assign or transfer this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder to any member of the Group without such consent, and (ii) in the event of a merger, consolidation, or transfer or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company with or to any other individual(s) or entity, this Agreement shall, subject to the provisions hereof, be binding upon and inure to the benefit of such successor and such successor shall discharge and perform all the promises, covenants, duties, and obligations of the Company hereunder.

 

  13. SEVERABILITY

 

If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof is held invalid, the invalidity shall not affect other provisions or applications of this Agreement which can be given effect without the invalid provisions or applications and to this end the provisions of this Agreement are declared to be severable.

 

  14. ENTIRE AGREEMENT

 

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between the Executive and the Company regarding the terms of the Employment and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous oral or written agreements concerning such subject matter, other than any such agreement under any employment agreement entered into with a subsidiary of the Company at the request of the Company to the extent such agreement does not conflict with any of the provisions herein. The Executive acknowledges that he/she has not entered into this Agreement in reliance upon any representation, warranty or undertaking which is not set forth in this Agreement. Any amendment to this Agreement must be in writing and signed by the Executive and the Company.

 

  15. REPRESENTATIONS

 

The Executive hereby agrees to execute any proper oath or verify any proper document required to carry out the terms of this Agreement. The Executive hereby represents that the Executive’s performance of all the terms of this Agreement will not breach any agreement to keep in confidence proprietary information acquired by the Executive in confidence or in trust prior to his/her employment by the Company. The Executive has not entered into, and hereby agrees that he/she will not enter into, any oral or written agreement in conflict with this Section 15. The Executive represents that the Executive will consult his/her own consultants for tax advice and is not relying on the Company for any tax advice with respect to this Agreement or any provisions hereunder.

 

 

  16. GOVERNING LAW

 

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

 

  17. ARBITRATION

 

Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by arbitration, conducted before a panel of three arbitrators in New York, New York, in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s award in any court having jurisdiction. No party to this agreement will challenge the jurisdiction or venue provisions as provided in this Section 17.

 

  18. AMENDMENT

 

This Agreement may not be amended, modified or changed (in whole or in part), except by a formal, definitive written agreement expressly referring to this Agreement, which agreement is executed by both of the parties hereto.

 

  19. WAIVER

 

Neither the failure nor any delay on the part of a party to exercise any right, remedy, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege preclude any other or further exercise of the same or of any right, remedy, power or privilege, nor shall any waiver of any right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any occurrence be construed as a waiver of such right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any other occurrence. No waiver shall be effective unless it is in writing and is signed by the party asserted to have granted such waiver.

 

  20. NOTICES

 

All notices, requests, demands and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given and made if (i) delivered by hand, (ii) otherwise delivered against receipt therefor, or (iii) sent by a recognized courier with next-day or second-day delivery to the last known address of the other party.

 

  21. COUNTERPARTS

 

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original as against any party whose signature appears thereon, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement shall become binding when one or more counterparts hereof, individually or taken together, shall bear the signatures of all of the parties reflected hereon as the signatories. Photographic copies of such signed counterparts may be used in lieu of the originals for any purpose.

 

  22. NO INTERPRETATION AGAINST DRAFTER

 

Each party recognizes that this Agreement is a legally binding contract and acknowledges that such party has had the opportunity to consult with legal counsel of choice. In any construction of the terms of this Agreement, the same shall not be construed against either party on the basis of that party being the drafter of such terms. The Executive agrees and acknowledges that he/she has read and understands this Agreement, is entering into it freely and voluntarily, and has been advised to seek counsel prior to entering into this Agreement and has ample opportunity to do so.

 

[Remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank.]

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed as of the date first written above.

 

Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd

 

By:      
Name:      
Title:      

 

Executive

 

Signature:      
Name:      

 

[Signature Page to Employment Agreement]

 

Schedule A

 

Annual compensation is $[ ].

 

Exhibit 10.2

 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

This Indemnification Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of                 by and between Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd, a Cayman Islands company (the “Company”), and the undersigned, a director and/or an officer of the Company (“Indemnitee”), as applicable.

 

RECITALS

 

The Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board of Directors”) has determined that the inability to attract and retain highly competent persons to serve the Company is detrimental to the best interests of the Company and its shareholders and that it is reasonable and necessary for the Company to provide adequate protection to such persons against risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their services to the corporation.

 

AGREEMENT

 

In consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

 

A. DEFINITIONS

 

The following terms shall have the meanings defined below:

 

Expenses shall include, without limitation, damages, judgments, fines, penalties, settlements and costs, attorneys’ fees and disbursements and costs of attachment or similar bond, investigations, and any other expenses paid or incurred in connection with investigating, defending, being a witness in, participating in (including on appeal), or preparing for any of the foregoing in, any Proceeding.

 

Indemnifiable Event means any event or occurrence that takes place either before or after the execution of this Agreement, related to the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or an officer of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture or other entity, or related to anything done or not done by Indemnitee in any such capacity, including, but not limited to neglect, breach of duty, error, misstatement, misleading statement or omission.

 

Participant means a person who is a party to, or witness or participant (including on appeal) in, a Proceeding.

 

Proceeding means any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, arbitration or proceeding, or any inquiry, hearing or investigation, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other, including appeal, in which Indemnitee may be or may have been involved as a party or otherwise by reason of an Indemnifiable Event.

 

B. AGREEMENT TO INDEMNIFY

 

1. General Agreement. In the event Indemnitee was, is, or becomes a Participant in, or is threatened to be made a Participant in, a Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee from and against any and all Expenses which Indemnitee incurs or becomes obligated to incur in connection with such Proceeding, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

 

2. Indemnification of Expenses of Successful Party. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits in defense of any Proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses incurred in connection with such Proceeding or such claim, issue or matter, as the case may be.

 

3. Partial Indemnification. If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for a portion of Expenses, but not for the total amount of Expenses, the Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee for the portion of such Expenses to which Indemnitee is entitled.

 

4. No Employment Rights. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to create in Indemnitee any right to continued employment with the Company.

 

 

5. Contribution. If the indemnification provided in this Agreement is unavailable and may not be paid to Indemnitee for any reason other than those set forth in Section B.4, then the Company shall contribute to the amount of Expenses paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred and paid or payable by Indemnitee in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and by the Indemnitee on the other hand from the transaction or events from which such Proceeding arose, and (ii) the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of the Indemnitee on the other hand in connection with the events which resulted in such Expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of the Indemnitee on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent the circumstances resulting in such Expenses, judgments, fines or settlement amounts. The Company agrees that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section B.5 were determined by pro rata allocation or any other method of allocation which does not take account of the foregoing equitable considerations.

 

C. INDEMNIFICATION PROCESS

 

1. Notice and Cooperation by Indemnitee. Indemnitee shall, as a condition precedent to his/her right to be indemnified under this Agreement, give the Company notice in writing as soon as practicable of any claim made against Indemnitee for which indemnification will or could be sought under this Agreement, provided that the delay of Indemnitee to give notice hereunder shall not prejudice any of Indemnitee’s rights hereunder, unless such delay results in the Company’s forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses. Notice to the Company shall be given in accordance with Section F.7 below. If, at the time of receipt of such notice, the Company has directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice to its insurers of the Proceeding relating to the notice. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary and desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all Expenses payable as a result of such Proceeding. In addition, Indemnitee shall give the Company such information and cooperation as the Company may reasonably request.

 

2. Indemnification Payment.

 

(a) Advancement of Expenses. Indemnitee may submit a written request with reasonable particulars to the Company requesting that the Company advance to Indemnitee all Expenses that may be reasonably incurred in advance by Indemnitee in connection with a Proceeding. The Company shall, within 10 business days of receiving such a written request by Indemnitee, advance all requested Expenses to Indemnitee. Any excess of the advanced Expenses over the actual Expenses will be repaid to the Company.

 

(b) Reimbursement of Expenses. To the extent Indemnitee has not requested any advanced payment of Expenses from the Company, Indemnitee shall be entitled to receive reimbursement for the Expenses incurred in connection with a Proceeding from the Company immediately after Indemnitee makes a written request to the Company for reimbursement unless the Company refers the indemnification request to the Reviewing Party in compliance with Section C.2(c) below.

 

(c) Determination by the Reviewing Party. If the Company reasonably believes that it is not obligated under this Agreement to indemnify the Indemnitee, the Company shall, within 10 days after the Indemnitee’s written request for an advancement or reimbursement of Expenses, notify the Indemnitee that the request for advancement of Expenses or reimbursement of Expenses will be submitted to the Reviewing Party (as hereinafter defined). The Reviewing Party shall make a determination on the request within 30 days after the Indemnitee’s written request for an advancement or reimbursement of Expenses. Notwithstanding anything foregoing to the contrary, in the event the Reviewing Party informs the Company that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification in connection with a Proceeding under this Agreement or applicable law, the Company shall be entitled to be reimbursed by Indemnitee for all the Expenses previously advanced or otherwise paid to Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding; provided, however, that Indemnitee may bring a suit to enforce his/her indemnification right in accordance with Section C.3 below.

 

3. Suit to Enforce Rights. Regardless of any action by the Reviewing Party, if Indemnitee has not received full indemnification within 30 days after making a written demand in accordance with Section C.2 above or 50 days if the Company submits a request for advancement or reimbursement to the Reviewing Party under Section C.2(c) above, Indemnitee shall have the right to enforce its indemnification rights under this Agreement by commencing litigation in any court of competent jurisdiction seeking a determination by the court or challenging any determination by the Reviewing Party or any aspect of this Agreement. Any determination by the Reviewing Party not challenged by Indemnitee and any judgment entered by the court shall be binding on the Company and Indemnitee.

 

4. Assumption of Defense. In the event the Company is obligated under this Agreement to advance or bear any Expenses for any Proceeding against Indemnitee, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding, with counsel approved by Indemnitee, upon delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of its election to do so. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding, unless (i) the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been previously authorized by the Company, (ii) Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded, based on written advice of counsel, that there may be a conflict of interest of such counsel retained by the Company between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense, or (iii) the Company ceases or terminates the employment of such counsel with respect to the defense of such Proceeding, in any of which events the fees and expenses of Indemnitee’s counsel shall be at the expense of the Company. At all times, Indemnitee shall have the right to employ counsel in any Proceeding at Indemnitee’s expense.

 

 

5. Defense to Indemnification, Burden of Proof and Presumptions. It shall be a defense to any action brought by Indemnitee against the Company to enforce this Agreement that it is not permissible under this Agreement or applicable law for the Company to indemnify the Indemnitee for the amount claimed. In connection with any such action or any determination by the Reviewing Party or otherwise as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified under this Agreement, the burden of proving such a defense or determination shall be on the Company.

 

6. No Settlement without Consent. Neither party to this Agreement shall settle any Proceeding in any manner that would impose any damage, loss, penalty or limitation on Indemnitee without the other party’s written consent. Neither the Company nor Indemnitee shall unreasonably withhold its consent to any proposed settlement.

 

7. Company Participation. Subject to Section B.5, the Company shall not be liable to indemnify the Indemnitee under this Agreement with regard to any judicial action if the Company was not given a reasonable and timely opportunity, at its expense, to participate in the defense, conduct and/or settlement of such action.

 

8. Reviewing Party.

 

(a) For purposes of this Agreement, the Reviewing Party with respect to each indemnification request of Indemnitee that is referred by the Company pursuant to Section C.2(c) above shall be (A) the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of Disinterested Directors (as hereinafter defined), or (B) if a quorum of the Board of Directors consisting of Disinterested Directors is not obtainable or, even if obtainable, said Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee. If the Reviewing Party determines that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within 10 days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any Independent Counsel or member of the Board of Directors shall act reasonably and in good faith in making a determination under this Agreement of the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification. Any reasonable costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom. “Disinterested Director” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

 

(b) If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section C.8(b). The Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Board of Directors, in which event the proceeding sentence shall apply), and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either event, Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within 10 days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section C.8(d) of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If a written objection is made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within 20 days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel. The Company shall pay any and all reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel incurred by such Independent Counsel in connection with acting under this Agreement, and the Company shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses incident to the procedures of this Section C.8(b), regardless of the manner in which such Independent Counsel was selected or appointed.

 

 

(c) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the Reviewing Party shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with this Agreement, and the Company shall have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making by any person, persons or entity of any determination contrary to that presumption. The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement (with or without court approval), conviction, or upon a plea of nolocontendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he/she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his/her conduct was unlawful. For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Company and any other corporation, partnership, joint venture or other entity of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the written request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers and directors of the Company or such other corporation, partnership, joint venture or other entity in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Company or such other corporation, partnership, joint venture or other entity or on information or records given or reports made to the Company or such other corporation, partnership, joint venture or other entity by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Company or such other corporation, partnership, joint venture or other entity. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Company or such other corporation, partnership, joint venture or other entity shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement. The provisions of this Section C.8(c) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which the Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.

 

(d) “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning the Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

 

D. DIRECTOR AND OFFICER LIABILITY INSURANCE

 

1. Good Faith Determination. The Company shall from time to time make the good faith determination whether or not it is practicable for the Company to obtain and maintain a policy or policies of insurance with reputable insurance companies providing the officers and directors of the Company with coverage for losses incurred in connection with their services to the Company or to ensure the Company’s performance of its indemnification obligations under this Agreement.

 

2. Coverage of Indemnitee. To the extent the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies, in accordance with its or their terms, to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any of the Company’s directors or officers.

 

3. No Obligation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no obligation to obtain or maintain any director and officer insurance policy if the Company determines in good faith that such insurance is not reasonably available in the case that (i) premium costs for such insurance are disproportionate to the amount of coverage provided, or (ii) the coverage provided by such insurance is limited by exclusions so as to provide an insufficient benefit.

 

E. NON-EXCLUSIVITY; U.S. FEDERAL PREEMPTION; TERM

 

1. Non-Exclusivity. The indemnification provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any rights to which Indemnitee may be entitled under the Company’s current memorandum and articles of association, as may be amended from time to time, applicable law or any written agreement between Indemnitee and the Company (including its subsidiaries and affiliates). The indemnification provided under this Agreement shall continue to be available to Indemnitee for any action taken or not taken while serving in an indemnified capacity even though he/she may have ceased to serve in any such capacity at the time of any Proceeding.

 

2. U.S. Federal Preemption. Notwithstanding the foregoing, both the Company and Indemnitee acknowledge that in certain instances, U.S. federal law or public policy may override applicable law and prohibit the Company from indemnifying its directors and officers under this Agreement or otherwise. Such instances include, but are not limited to, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”)’s prohibition on indemnification for liabilities arising under certain U.S. federal securities laws. Indemnitee understands and acknowledges that the Company has undertaken or may be required in the future to undertake with the SEC to submit the question of indemnification to a court in certain circumstances for a determination of the Company’s right under public policy to indemnify Indemnitee.

 

 

3. Duration of Agreement. All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue during the period Indemnitee is an officer and/or a director of the Company (or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) and shall continue thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any Proceeding by reason of his/her former or current capacity at the Company, whether or not he/she is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any Expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement. This Agreement shall continue in effect regardless of whether Indemnitee continues to serve as an officer and/or a director of the Company or any other enterprise at the Company’s request.

 

F. MISCELLANEOUS

 

1. Amendment of this Agreement. No supplement, modification, or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall operate as a waiver of any other provisions (whether or not similar), nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver. Except as specifically provided in this Agreement, no failure to exercise or any delay in exercising any right or remedy shall constitute a waiver.

 

2. Subrogation. In the event of payment to Indemnitee by the Company under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and shall do everything that may be necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

3. Assignment; Binding Effect. Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights or obligations hereunder may be assigned by either party hereto without the prior written consent of the other party; except that the Company may, without such consent, assign all such rights and obligations to a successor in interest to the Company which assumes all obligations of the Company under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by and against the parties hereto and the Company’s successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company) and assigns, as well as Indemnitee’s spouses, heirs, and personal and legal representatives.

 

4. Severability and Construction. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to require or shall be construed as requiring the Company to do or fail to do any act in violation of applicable law. The Company’s inability, pursuant to a court order, to perform its obligations under this Agreement shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement. In addition, if any portion of this Agreement shall be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void, or otherwise unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. The parties hereto acknowledge that they each have opportunities to have their respective counsels review this Agreement. Accordingly, this Agreement shall be deemed to be the product of both of the parties hereto, and no ambiguity shall be construed in favor of or against either of the parties hereto.

 

5. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two counterparts, both of which taken together shall constitute one instrument.

 

6. Governing Law. This agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to conflicts of law provisions thereof.

 

7. Notices. All notices, demands, and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be made in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand, against receipt, or mailed via postage prepaid, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, and addressed to the Company at:

 

Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd

 

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

 

and to Indemnitee at his/her address last known to the Company.

 

8. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

(Signature page follows)

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto execute this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd

 

By:

Name:

Title:

 

Indemnitee

 

Signature:

Name:

 

[Signature Page to Indemnification Agreement]

 

Exhibit 10.3

 

Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd

Room 102, 23-1 Wanghai Road, Xiamen Software Park Phase 2

Siming District, Xiamen City, Fujian Province

The People’s Republic of China

+86-0592-5968189

 

[DATE]

 

Mr./Ms. [NAME]

[ADDRESS]

 

Re: Director Offer Letter for An Independent Director

 

Dear Mr./Ms. [NAME],

 

Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd, a Cayman Islands company (the “Company”), is pleased to offer you a position as member of its board of directors (the “Board”). We believe your background and experience will be a significant asset to the Company and we look forward to your participation on the Board. Should you choose to accept this position as a member of the Board, this letter agreement (this “Agreement”) shall constitute an agreement between you and the Company and contains all the terms and conditions relating to the services you agree to provide to the Company.

 

1. Term. This Agreement is effective upon your acceptance and signature below. Your term as a director shall commence upon you being elected to the Board. Subject to the Company’s memorandum and articles of association, as amended, and the provisions in Section 8 below, your term shall continue until your successor is duly elected and qualified. The position shall be up for re-election each year at the annual shareholder’s meeting, and upon re-election, the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

2. Services. You shall render services as a member of the Board and the Board committees set forth on Schedule A attached hereto (hereinafter your “Duties”). During the term of this Agreement, you shall attend and participate in such number of meetings of the Board and of the Board committee(s) of which you are a member as regularly or specially called. You may attend and participate at each such meeting via teleconference, video conference, or in person. You shall consult with the other members of the Board and Board committee(s) as necessary via telephone, electronic mail, or other forms of correspondence.

 

3. Compensation. As compensation for your services to the Company, you will receive compensation as set forth on Schedule B attached hereto (hereinafter, the “Compensation”) for serving on the Board during your term as a director. You shall be reimbursed for reasonable and approved expenses incurred by you in connection with the performance of your Duties.

 

4. No Assignment. Because of the personal nature of the services to be rendered by you, this Agreement may not be assigned by you without the prior written consent of the Company.

 

5. Confidential Information; Non-Disclosure. In consideration of your access to certain Confidential Information (as defined below) of the Company, in connection with your business relationship with the Company, you hereby represent and agree as follows:

 

a. Definition. For purposes of this Agreement the term “Confidential Information” means:

 

i. Any information which the Company possesses that has been created, discovered, or developed by or for the Company, and which has or could have commercial value or utility in the business in which the Company is engaged; or

 

ii. Any information which is related to the business of the Company and is generally not known by non-Company personnel. 

 

iii. Confidential Information includes, without limitation, trade secrets and any information concerning services provided by the Company, concepts, ideas, improvements, techniques, methods, research, data, know-how, software, formats, marketing plans, and analyses, business plans and analyses, strategies, forecasts, customer and supplier identities, characteristics and agreements.

 

b. Exclusions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Confidential Information” shall not include:

 

i. Any information which becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a breach of the confidentiality portions of this Agreement, or any other agreement requiring confidentiality between the Company and you;

 

ii. Information received from a third party in rightful possession of such information who is not restricted from disclosing such information; and

 

iii. Information known by you prior to receipt of such information from the Company, which prior knowledge can be documented.

 

1

 

Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd

Room 102, 23-1 Wanghai Road, Xiamen Software Park Phase 2

Siming District, Xiamen City, Fujian Province

The People’s Republic of China

+86-0592-5968189

 

c. Documents. You agree that, without the express written consent of the Company, you will not remove from the Company’s premises, any notes, formulas, programs, data, records, machines, or any other documents or items which in any manner contain or constitute Confidential Information, nor will you make reproductions or copies of same. You shall promptly return any such documents or items, along with any reproductions or copies, to the Company upon the earliest of Company’s demand, termination of this Agreement, or your termination or Resignation, as defined in Section 8 herein.

 

d. Confidentiality. You agree that you will hold in trust and confidence all Confidential Information and will not disclose to others, directly or indirectly, any Confidential Information or anything relating to such information without the prior written consent of the Company, except as maybe necessary in the course of your business relationship with the Company. You further agree that you will not use any Confidential Information without the prior written consent of the Company, except as may be necessary in the course of your business relationship with the Company, and that the provisions of this paragraph (d) shall survive termination of this Agreement.

 

e. Ownership. You agree that Company shall own all right, title, and interest (including patent rights, copyrights, trade secret rights, mask work rights, trademark rights, and all other intellectual and industrial property rights of any sort throughout the world) relating to any and all inventions (whether or not patentable), works of authorship, mask works, designations, designs, know-how, ideas, and information made or conceived or reduced to practice, in whole or in part, by you during the term of this Agreement and that arise out of your Duties (collectively, “Inventions”) and you will promptly disclose and provide all Inventions to the Company. You agree to assist the Company, at its expense, to further evidence, record and perfect such assignments, and to perfect, obtain, maintain, enforce, and defend any rights assigned.

 

6. Non-Competition. You agree and undertake that you will not, so long as you are a member of the Board and for a period of 12 months following termination of this Agreement for whatever reason, directly or indirectly as owner, partner, joint venture, shareholder, employee, broker, agent principal, corporate officer, director, licensor, or in any other capacity whatsoever, engage in, become financially interested in, be employed by, or have any connection with any business or venture that is engaged in any activities involving services or products which compete, directly or indirectly, with the services or products provided or proposed to be provided by the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates in the People’s Republic of China; provided, however, that you may own securities of any public corporation which is engaged in such business but in an amount not to exceed at any one time, one percent of any class of stock or securities of such company, so long as you has no active role in the publicly owned company as director, employee, consultant, or otherwise. 

 

7. Non-Solicitation. So long as you are a member of the Board and for a period of 12 months thereafter, you shall not directly or indirectly solicit for employment any individual who was an employee of the Company during your tenure.

 

8. Termination and Resignation. Your membership on the Board may be terminated for any or no reason by an Ordinary Resolution, as defined in the Company’s Articles of Association, as amended. Your membership on the Board or on any Board committee shall be terminated if you become of unsound mind or are prohibited by law from being so. Your membership on any Board committee will be terminated on the same effective date when your membership on the Board is terminated. You may also terminate your membership on the Board or on any Board committee for any or no reason by delivering your written notice of resignation to the Company (“Resignation”), and such Resignation shall be effective upon the time specified therein or, if no time is specified, upon receipt of the notice of Resignation by the Company. Upon the effective date of the termination or Resignation, your right to compensation hereunder will be subject to the Company’s obligations to pay you any compensation (including the vested portion of the Shares) that you have already earned and to reimburse you for approved expenses already incurred in connection with your performance of your Duties as of the effective date of such termination or Resignation. Any Shares that have not vested as of the effective date of such termination or Resignation shall be forfeited and cancelled.

 

2

 

Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd

Room 102, 23-1 Wanghai Road, Xiamen Software Park Phase 2

Siming District, Xiamen City, Fujian Province

The People’s Republic of China

+86-0592-5968189

 

9. Governing Law. All questions with respect to the construction and/or enforcement of this Agreement, and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder, shall be determined in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York without regard to conflict of laws provisions therein.

 

10. Entire Agreement; Amendment; Waiver; Counterparts. This Agreement expresses the entire understanding with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and terminates any prior oral or written agreements with respect to the subject matter hereof. Any term of this Agreement may be amended and observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived only with the written consent of the parties hereto. Waiver of any term or condition of this Agreement by any party shall not be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach or failure of the same term or condition or waiver of any other term or condition of this Agreement. The failure of any party at any time to require performance by any other party of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the right of any such party to require future performance of such provision or any other provision of this Agreement. This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts each of which will be an original and all of which taken together will constitute one and the same agreement, and may be executed using facsimiles of signatures, and a facsimile of a signature shall be deemed to be the same, and equally enforceable, as an original of such signature.

 

11. Indemnification. The Company shall, to the maximum extent provided under applicable law, indemnify and hold you harmless from and against any expenses, including reasonable attorney’s fees, judgments, fines, settlements, and other legally permissible amounts (“Losses”), incurred in connection with any proceeding arising out of, or related to, your performance of your Duties, other than any such Losses incurred as a result of your negligence, fraud, or willful misconduct. The Company shall advance to you any expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs of settlement, incurred in defending any such proceeding to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law. Such costs and expenses incurred by you in defense of any such proceeding shall be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such proceeding promptly upon receipt by the Company of (a) written request for payment; (b) appropriate documentation evidencing the incurrence, amount, and nature of the costs and expenses for which payment is being sought; and (c) an undertaking adequate under applicable law made by or on your behalf to repay the amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined pursuant to any non-appealable judgment or settlement that you are not entitled to be indemnified by the Company.

 

12. Not an Employment Agreement. This Agreement is not an employment agreement, and shall not be construed or interpreted to create any right for you to continue employment with the Company.

 

13. Acknowledgement. You accept this Agreement subject to all the terms and provisions of this Agreement. You agree to accept as binding, conclusive, and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board of the Company of any questions arising under this Agreement.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

3

 

Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd

Room 102, 23-1 Wanghai Road, Xiamen Software Park Phase 2

Siming District, Xiamen City, Fujian Province

The People’s Republic of China

+86-0592-5968189

 

This Agreement has been executed and delivered by the undersigned and is made effective as of the date set first set forth above.

 

  Sincerely,
     
    Pop Culture Group, Co., Ltd
     
     
    By: Zhuoqin Huang
    Title: Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

 

AGREED AND ACCEPTED:

 

By: [NAME]  

 

4

 

Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd

Room 102, 23-1 Wanghai Road, Xiamen Software Park Phase 2

Siming District, Xiamen City, Fujian Province

The People’s Republic of China

+86-0592-5968189

 

Schedule A

 

The Director is offered to serve on the following Board committee(s):

 

Committee   Title
Audit Committee    
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee    
Compensation Committee    

 

5

 

Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd

Room 102, 23-1 Wanghai Road, Xiamen Software Park Phase 2

Siming District, Xiamen City, Fujian Province

The People’s Republic of China

+86-0592-5968189

 

Schedule B

Compensation

 

During your term as a member of the Board, you will receive cash compensation in the amount of US$[●] per year, which shall be paid to you quarterly at the end of each quarter.

 

6

Exhibit 10.4

 

 

修订和重述的独家服务协议

Amended and Restated Exclusive Services Agreement

 

本修订和重述的独家服务协议(下称“本协议”)由以下双方于2021年2月19日在中华人民共和国(下称“中国”) 厦门签署:

This Amended and Restated Exclusive Services Agreement (“this Agreement”) is made and entered into by and between the following Parties on February 19, 2021 in Xiamen, the People’s Republic of China (“China” or “PRC”):

  

甲方:合利恒文化有限公司

Party A: Heliheng Culture Co., Ltd.

地址:中国(福建)自由贸易试验区厦门片区象屿路93号厦门国际航运中心C栋4层431单元B之五

Address: Room 5, 431B, Building C, Xiamen International Shipping Center, No.93 Xiangyu Road, China (Fujian) Pilot Free Trade Zone, Xiamen

 

乙方:厦门普普文化股份有限公司

Party B: Xiamen Pop Culture Co., Ltd.

地址: 厦门市湖里区穆厝路5号836单元

Address: Unit 836, No.5 Mucuo Road, Huli District, Xiamen

 

甲方和乙方以下各称为“一方”,统称为“双方”。

Each of Party A and Party B shall be hereinafter referred to as a “Party” respectively, and as the “Parties” collectively.

 

鉴于:

Whereas,

 

1. 甲方和乙方于2020年3月30日签订了《独家服务协议》(“原独家服务协议”)。双方同意签署本协议以修改原独家服务协议的某些条款,且本协议自其生效之日即取代和代替原独家服务协议;

Party A and party B entered into an Exclusive Service Agreement (the “Original Exclusive Services Agreement”) on March 30, 2020. The Parties agree to amend certain provisions of the Original Exclusive Services Agreement by executing this Agreement, which shall supersede and replace the Original Exclusive Services Agreement upon the effective date of this Agreement;

 

2. 甲方是一家依据中国法律设立和存续的外商独资企业,其经营范围为文化、艺术活动策划;其他未列明文化艺术业;电子出版物批发;电子出版物零售;其他出版业;广告的设计、制作、代理、发布;其他文化艺术经纪代理(不含须经许可审批的项目);电子出版物出租;图书出租;会议及展览服务;其他未列明商务服务业(不含需经许可审批的项目);提供企业营销策划服务;包装服务;软件开发;企业管理咨询;专业化设计服务;其他未列明专业技术服务业(不含需经许可审批的事项);

Party A is a wholly foreign owned enterprise organized and existing under the laws of the PRC, of which business scope includes cultural, artistic event planning; other unlisted cultural and artistic industries; electronic publications wholesale; electronic publications retail; other publication industries; design, production, agency, release of advertisements; other cultural and artistic brokerage agency (excluding projects subject to approval); electronic publications rental; books rental; conference and exhibition service; other unlisted business service industries (excluding projects subject to approval); providing enterprise marketing and planning service; packaging service; software development; enterprise management consultation; professional design service; other professional technical service industries (excluding matters subject to approval);

 

1 / 13

 

独家服务协议

Exclusive Services Agreement

 

3. 甲方拥有提供本协议项下活动策划、营销、咨询和其他管理服务的必要许可及资源;

Party A has the necessary permits and resources to provide event planning, marketing, and other management services as set forth hereunder;

 

4. 乙方是一家依据中国法律设立和存续的公司,根据中国法律法规规定从事广告、营销、公关以及经营性演出及经纪业务(“主营业务”);

Party B is a company organized and existing under the laws of the PRC, and is permitted to engage in advertising, marketing, public relations, and commercial performance and brokerage (“Principal Business”);

 

5. 甲方同意利用其人力、技术和信息优势,在本协议期间向乙方(包括其子公司)提供主营业务的独家全面业务支持服务,乙方(包括其子公司)同意接受甲方或其指定方按本协议条款的规定提供咨询和服务。

Party A agrees to provide Party B (including its subsidiaries) with exclusive technical, consulting and other services in relation to the Principal Business during the term of this Agreement, utilizing its own advantages in human resources, technology and information, and Party B (including its subsidiaries) agrees to accept such services provided by Party A or Party A’s designee(s), each on the terms set forth herein.

 

据此,甲方和乙方经协商一致,达成如下协议:

Now, therefore, through mutual discussion, the Parties have reached the following agreements:

 

1. 服务提供

Services Provided

 

1.1 按照本协议条款和条件并在中国现行法律允许的范围内,乙方在此委任甲方在本协议期间作为乙方的独家服务提供者向乙方提供全面的管理支持服务、技术服务、咨询服务,具体内容包括所有在乙方营业范围内由甲方不时决定的服务,包括但不限于以下内容:营销服务、管理咨询服务、技术服务和其他服务等(合称“营销及咨询服务”)。

Party B hereby appoints Party A as Party B’s exclusive services provider to provide Party B with complete business support and technical and consulting services during the term of this Agreement, in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and to the extent permitted by the currently effective laws of China, which may include all services within the business scope of Party B as may be determined from time to time by Party A, such as but not limited to marketing services, management consultation services, technical support and other services, (together, “Marketing and Consulting Services”).

 

2 / 13

 

独家服务协议

Exclusive Services Agreement

 

1.2 乙方接受甲方的营销及咨询服务。乙方进一步同意,除非经甲方或普普文化集团有限公司(“甲方母公司”)事先书面同意,在本协议期间,就本协议约定事宜,乙方不得接受任何第三方提供的任何类似营销及咨询服务,不得与任何第三方建立任何类似合作。甲方可不时调整其为乙方提供的营销及咨询服务的范围,并且乙方无条件同意该等调整。在甲方提供的服务范围及类型以外,乙方根据其实际经营需要,可接受第三方提供的服务或支持,或与第三方建立合作关系。双方同意,甲方可以指定其他方(该被指定方可以与乙方签署本协议第1.3 和1.4条描述的某些协议)为乙方提供本协议约定营销及咨询服务。

Party B agrees to accept all the Marketing and Consulting Services provided by Party A. Party B further agrees that, except with prior written consent of Party A or Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd (“Party’s Parent Company”), during the term of this Agreement, Party B shall not accept any similar Marketing and Consulting Services provided by any third party and shall not establish similar business relationship with any third party regarding the matters contemplated by this Agreement. Party A may, from time to time, adjust the scope of the services provided, and, Party B shall accept such adjustments unconditionally. Party B may, based on its operational needs, accept services and/or supports provided by any third party, or establish business relationship with any third party, presuming such services and/or supports, or business relationships will not be provided by Party A. Party A may appoint other parties, who may enter into certain agreements described in Sections 1.3 and 1.4 with Party B, to provide Party B with the Marketing and Consulting Services under this Agreement.

 

1.3 甲、乙双方同意在本协议有效期内,乙方可以与甲方或甲方指定的其他方进一步签订营销及咨询服务协议,对各项咨询服务的具体内容、方式、人员、收费等进行约定。

Party A and Party B agree that during the term of this Agreement, Party B may enter into agreements with Party A or any other party designated by Party A further specifying the Marketing and Consulting Services provided, which shall provide the specific contents, manner, personnel, and fees.

 

1.4 为更好地履行本协议,甲乙双方同意,乙方在本协议有效期内将与甲方或甲方指定的其他方根据业务进展需要随时签署设备、资产的销售、租用协议,由甲方将有关的设备、资产提供或转让给乙方。

To further fulfill the rights and obligations under this Agreement, Party A and Party B agree that during the term of this Agreement, Party B may enter into equipment or property sale agreements or leases with Party A or any other party designated by Party A which shall permit Party B to use, or transfer, Party A’s relevant equipment or property based on the needs of the business of Party B.

 

1.5 为更好地履行本协议,维持甲乙双方的长期合作关系,甲乙双方同意,如任何一方的行为会对本协议或其项下权利及义务的履行产生任何影响,该等行为的进行应当事先经过甲方母公司董事会的决议通过;同时,甲乙双方董事会也应就该等行为通过与甲方母公司董事会决议内容一致的决议。

To further fulfill the rights and obligations under this Agreement and to maintain the long-term business relationship of the Parties, Party A and Party B agreed that if there is any action by either Party may affect, in any way, this Agreement or the rights and obligations under this Agreement, such action shall only be taken with prior approval of the Board of Directors of Party A’s Parent Company. Further, such action shall also be resolved by the Board of Directors of Party A and Party B in line with the resolution of the Board of Directors of Party A’s Parent Company.

 

3 / 13

 

独家服务协议

Exclusive Services Agreement

 

2. 服务费用和支付方式

Service Fees and Payment

 

2.1 双方同意,在本协议有效期内,就本协议项下甲方向乙方提供的营销及咨询服务,乙方应每月将相当于其净收入100 %的款项(即扣除当月成本、费用和相应税费(企业所得税除外)后的收入款项)支付给甲方作为服务费(“服务费”),但经双方协商并经甲方或甲方母公司事先同意,服务费的金额可以根据甲方当月的服务内容和乙方的经营需要进行调整。

Both Parties agree that, during the terms of this Agreement, in consideration of the Marketing and Consulting Services provided by Party A, Party B shall pay to Party A the fees (the “Service Fees”) equal to 100 % of the net income of Party B, which is Party B’s earnings before corporate income tax, being the monthly revenues after deduction of operating costs, expenses and other taxes; provided that upon mutual discussion between the Parties and the prior consent by Party A or Party A’s Parent Company, the rate of Service Fees may be adjusted based on the services rendered by Party A in that month and the operation needs of Party B.

 

2.2 服务费应当按月支付;乙方应于每月最后一天的30日内,(a) 向甲方提供乙方当月的管理报表和经营数据,包括乙方在当月的净收入额(“每月净收入”);(b) 将每月净收入的100%或甲方同意的其他金额支付给甲方(“月付款”)。如乙方当月取得的收入在扣除当月成本、费用和相应税费(企业所得税除外)后为零或负数,则乙方无需支付服务费;若乙方持续亏损,则所有的亏损可递延至以后月份的服务费中扣除。乙方应于每个财政年度末的90日内,(a) 向甲方提供乙方在本财政年度的经审计的财务报表,该财务报表应当经由甲方批准的独立注册会计师审计并认证;(b) 如果按照经审计的财务报表显示,本财政年度内乙方向甲方支付的月付款的总额有任何不足,乙方应向甲方支付差额。

The Service Fees shall be due and payable on a monthly basis; within 30 days after the end of each month, Party B shall (a) deliver to Party A the management accounts and operating statistics of Party B for such month, including the net income of Party B during such month (the “Monthly Net Income”), and (b) pay 100% of such Monthly Net Income, or other amount agreed by Party A, to Party A (each such payment, a “Monthly Payment”). If such earnings after deduction of operating costs, expenses and other legal taxes are zero or negative, Party B is not required to pay the Service Fees; if Party B sustains losses, all such losses will be carried over to the following month(s) and deducted from the following month(s)’ Service Fees. Within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year, Party B shall (a) deliver to Party A audited financial statements of Party B for such fiscal year, which shall be audited and certified by an independent certified public accountant approved by Party A, and (b) pay an amount to Party A equal to the shortfall, if any, of the net income of Party B for such fiscal year, as shown in such audited financial statements, as compared to the aggregate amount of the Monthly Payments paid by Party B to Party A in such fiscal year.

 

2.3 甲方同意承担乙方的全部经营风险。如果乙方经营发生亏损的,由甲方负责提供经济支持;乙方现金不足以支付债务的,由甲方负责偿还债务;亏损导致净资产低于注册资本的,由甲方负责补足。如果乙方遭遇重大经营困难,甲方有权要求乙方停止经营,乙方应无条件遵循甲方的要求。

Party A agrees that, during the term of this Agreement, Party A shall bear all risk arising from or in connection with Party B’s Principle Business, including providing financial support to Party B in the event that Party B is having operating losses, paying off its debts if Party B has no sufficient funds to repay, and funding the deficit if Party B’s net assets are lower than its registered capital. In the event that Party B encounters severe difficulties in operation, Party A shall have the right to request Party B to cease operation and Party B shall comply with Party A’s request unconditionally.

 

4 / 13

 

独家服务协议

Exclusive Services Agreement

 

2.4 乙方基于本协议而支付甲方服务费的义务,应由乙方股东用其持有的全部乙方股份以质押形式做担保。甲方应与乙方及乙方股东就此签订《修订和重述的股份质押协议》(附件1)。

The obligation of Party B to pay to Party A the Service Fees under this Agreement shall be secured by the shares provided by the shareholders of Party B over the shares held by them. Party A shall enter into Amended and Restated Share Pledge Agreement (Attachment 1) with Party B and shareholders of Party B.

 

3. 知识产权和保密条款

Intellectual Property Rights and Confidentiality Clauses

 

3.1 甲方对履行本协议而产生或创造的任何权利、所有权、权益和所有知识产权包括但不限于著作权、专利权、专利申请权、软件、技术秘密、商业机密及其他均享有独占的和排他的权利和利益。

Party A shall have exclusive and proprietary rights and interests in all rights, ownership, interests and intellectual properties arising out of or created during the performance of this Agreement, including but not limited to copyrights, patents, patent applications, software, technical secrets, trade secrets and others.

 

3.2 双方承认及确定有关本协议、本协议内容,以及彼此就准备或履行本协议而交换的任何口头或书面资料均被视为保密信息。双方应当对所有该等保密信息予以保密,而在未得到另一方书面同意前,不得向任何第三方披露任何保密信息,但下列信息除外:(a) 公众人士知悉或将会知悉的任何信息(并非由接受保密信息之一方擅自向公众披露);(b)根据适用法律法规、股票交易规则、或政府部门或法院的命令而所需披露之任何信息;或(c)由任何一方就本协议所述交易而需向其股东、投资者、法律或财务顾问披露之信息,而该股东、法律或财务顾问亦需遵守与本条款相类似之保密责任。如任何一方工作人员或聘请机构的泄密均视为该方的泄密,需依本协议承担违约责任。无论本协议以任何理由终止,本条款仍然生效。

The Parties acknowledge that the existence and the terms of this Agreement and any oral or written information exchanged between the Parties in connection with the preparation and performance this Agreement are regarded as confidential information. Each Party shall maintain confidentiality of all such confidential information, and without obtaining the written consent of the other Party, it shall not disclose any relevant confidential information to any third parties, except for the information that: (a) is or will be in the public domain (other than through the receiving Party’s unauthorized disclosure); (b) is under the obligation to be disclosed pursuant to the applicable laws or regulations, rules of any stock exchange, or orders of the court or other government authorities; or (c) is required to be disclosed by any Party to its shareholders, investors, legal counsels or financial advisors regarding the transaction contemplated hereunder, provided that such shareholders, investors, legal counsels or financial advisors shall be bound by the confidentiality obligations similar to those set forth in this Section. Disclosure of any confidential information by the staff members or agencies hired by any Party shall be deemed disclosure of such confidential information by such Party, which Party shall be held liable for breach of this Agreement. This Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason.

 

5 / 13

 

独家服务协议

Exclusive Services Agreement

 

3.3 双方同意,不论本协议是否变更、解除或终止,本条款将持续有效。

The Parties agree that this Section shall survive changes to, and rescission or termination of, this Agreement.

 

4. 陈述和保证

Representations and Warranties

 

4.1 甲方陈述和保证如下:

Party A hereby represents and warrants as follows:

 

4.1.1 甲方是按照中国法律合法注册并有效存续的一家外商独资企业。

Party A is a wholly foreign owned enterprise legally registered and validly existing in accordance with the laws of China.

 

4.1.2 甲方签署并履行本协议在其公司权力和营业范围中;已采取必要的公司行为和适当授权并取得第三方和政府部门的同意及批准(如需);并不违反对其有约束力或影响的法律和其他的限制。

Party A’s execution and performance of this Agreement is within its corporate capacity and the scope of its business operations; Party A has taken necessary corporate actions and given appropriate authorization and has obtained the consent and approval from third parties and government agencies, and will not violate any restrictions in law or otherwise binding or having an impact on Party A.

 

4.1.3 本协议构成对其合法、有效、有约束力并依本协议之条款对其强制执行的义务。

This Agreement constitutes Party A’s legal, valid and binding obligations, enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

4.2 乙方陈述和保证如下:

Party B hereby represents and warrants as follows:

 

4.2.1 乙方是按照中国法律合法注册且有效存续的公司。

Party B is a company legally registered and validly existing in accordance with the laws of China.

 

4.2.2 乙方签署并履行本协议在其公司权力和营业范围中;已采取必要的公司行为和适当授权并取得第三方或政府的同意和批准;并不违反对有约束力影响的法律和其他的限制。

Party B’s execution and performance of this Agreement is within its corporate capacity and the scope of its business operations; Party B has taken necessary corporate actions and given appropriate authorization and has obtained the consent and approval from third parties and government agencies, and will not violate any restrictions in law or otherwise binding or having an impact on Party B.

 

6 / 13

 

独家服务协议

Exclusive Services Agreement

 

4.2.3 本协议构成对其合法、有效、有约束力并依本协议之条款对其强制执行的义务。

This Agreement constitutes Party B’s legal, valid and binding obligations, and shall be enforceable against it.

 

5. 生效和有效期

Effectiveness and Term

 

本协议于文首标明的协议日期签署并同时生效。本协议永久有效,在协议履行过程中,根据本协议适用的法律针对可变利益实体(“VIE”)要求的变化,甲方有权每6个月对本协议的内容做一次审查,以决定是否需要根据当时VIE对实际控制的要求对本协议作出相应修改和补充。

This Agreement is executed on the date first above written and shall take effect as of such date. The term of this Agreement shall be permanent. During the performance of this Agreement, due to any change of requirement for variable interest entity (“VIE”) in accordance with governing law of this Agreement, Party A is entitled to review this Agreement every six (6) months to determine whether to amend or supplement the provisions in this Agreement based on the actual control as required by the VIE at that time.

 

6. 终止

Termination

 

6.1 本协议有效期内,除非适用的法律法规或相关政府监管部门要求,乙方在任何情况下都无权终止本协议。尽管如此,本协议应在乙方股东所拥有的全部乙方股份和/或乙方的所有资产均已根据甲方与乙方及乙方股东签订的《修订和重述的独家购买权协议》(附件2)合法转让至甲方或其指定人之时终止。乙方股份和/或乙方资产的转让应当事先得到甲方母公司董事会的决议通过。

During the term of this Agreement, Party B shall not have any right to terminate this Agreement in any event unless otherwise required by laws or regulations, or by relevant governmental or regulatory authorities. Nevertheless, this Agreement shall be terminated after all the shares in Party B held by its shareholders and/or all the assets of Party B have been legally transferred to Party A and/or its designee in accordance with the Amended and Restated Exclusive Option Agreement (Attachment 2) executed by Party A, Party B and its shareholders; provided, the transfer of the shares in Party B and/or the assets of Party B shall be approved by the Board of Directors of Party A’s Parent Company.

 

6.2 在本协议终止之后,双方在第3、7 和8 条项下的权利和义务将继续有效。

The rights and obligations of the Parties under Sections 3, 7 and 8 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

7. 适用法律和争议解决

Governing Law and Resolution of Disputes

 

7.1 本协议的订立、效力、解释、履行、修改和终止以及争议的解决适用中国的法律。

The execution, effectiveness, construction, performance, amendment and termination of this Agreement and the resolution of disputes hereunder shall be governed by the laws of China.

 

7 / 13

 

独家服务协议

Exclusive Services Agreement

 

7.2 因解释和履行本协议而发生的任何争议,本协议双方应首先通过友好协商的方式加以解决。如果在一方向另一方发出要求协商解决的书面通知后30 天之内争议仍然得不到解决,则任何一方均可将有关争议提交给位于厦门的厦门仲裁委员会,由该中心按照其届时有效的仲裁规则仲裁解决。仲裁应在厦门进行,使用之语言为中文。仲裁裁决是终局性的,对双方均有约束力。

In the event of any dispute with respect to the construction and performance of the provisions of this Agreement, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to resolve the dispute. In the event the Parties fail to reach an agreement on the resolution of such a dispute within 30 days after any Party’s request for resolution of the dispute through negotiations, any Party may submit the relevant dispute to the Xiamen Arbitration Commission for arbitration, in accordance with its then-effective arbitration rules. The arbitration shall be conducted in Xiamen, China, and the language used during arbitration shall be Chinese. The arbitration ruling shall be final and binding on both Parties.

 

7.3 因解释和履行本协议而发生任何争议或任何争议正在进行仲裁时,除争议的事项外,本协议双方仍应继续行使各自在本协议项下的其他权利并履行各自在本协议项下的其他义务。

Upon the occurrence of any disputes arising from the construction and performance of this Agreement or during the pending arbitration of any dispute, except for the matters under dispute, the Parties to this Agreement shall continue to exercise their respective rights under this Agreement and perform their respective obligations under this Agreement.

 

8. 违约与赔偿

Breach of Agreement and Indemnification

 

8.1 如乙方实施任何实质性违反本协议的任何条款的行为,甲方有权终止本协议和/或要求乙方赔偿所有损失。本条款不影响甲方于本协议项下的享有其他权利。

If Party B conducts any material breach of any term of this Agreement, Party A shall have right to terminate this Agreement and/or require Party B to indemnify all damages; this Section 8.1 shall not prejudice any rights of Party A herein.

 

8.2 就甲方根据本协议向乙方提供的咨询和服务内容所产生或引起的针对甲方的诉讼、请求或其他要求而招致的任何损失、损害、责任或费用都应由乙方赔偿给甲方,以使甲方不受损害,除非该损失、损害、责任或费用是因甲方的重大过失或故意而产生的。

Party B shall indemnify and hold harmless Party A from any losses, injuries, obligations or expenses caused by any lawsuit, claims or other demands against Party A arising from or caused by the consultations and services provided by Party A to Party B pursuant this Agreement, except where such losses, injuries, obligations or expenses arise from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Party A.

 

9. 通知

Notices

 

8 / 13

 

独家服务协议

Exclusive Services Agreement

 

9.1 本协议项下要求或发出的所有通知和其他通信应通过专人递送、挂号邮寄、邮资预付或商业快递服务或传真的方式发到该方下列地址。每一通知还应再以电子邮件送达。该等通知视为有效送达的日期按如下方式确定:

All notices and other communications required or permitted to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be delivered personally or sent by registered mail, postage prepaid, by a commercial courier service or by facsimile transmission to the address of such Party set forth below. A confirmation copy of each notice shall also be sent by email. The dates on which notices shall be deemed to have been effectively given shall be determined as follows:

 

9.1.1 通知如果是以专人递送、快递服务或挂号邮寄、邮资预付发出的,则以于设定为通知的地址在发送或拒收之日为有效送达日。

Notices given by personal delivery, by courier service or by registered mail, postage prepaid, shall be deemed effectively given on the date of delivery or refusal at the address specified for notices.

 

9.1.2 通知如果是以传真发出的,则以成功传送之日为有效送达日(应以自动生成的传送确认信息为证)。

Notices given by facsimile transmission shall be deemed effectively given on the date of successful transmission (as evidenced by an automatically generated confirmation of transmission).

 

9.2 为通知的目的,双方地址如下:

For the purpose of notices, the addresses of the Parties are as follows:

 

甲方:合利恒文化有限公司

地址:中国(福建)自由贸易试验区厦门片区象屿路93号厦门国际航运中心C栋4层431单元B之五

联系人:黄卓勤

电话:[*]

Party A: Heliheng Culture Co., Ltd.

Address: Room 5, 431B, Building C, Xiamen International Shipping Center, No.93 Xiangyu Road, China (Fujian) Pilot Free Trade Zone, Xiamen

Attn: Zhuoqin Huang

Phone: [*]

 

乙方:厦门普普文化股份有限公司

地址: 厦门市湖里区穆厝路5号836单元

联系人:黄卓勤

电话: [*]

Party B: Xiamen Pop Culture Co., Ltd.

Address: Unit 836, No.5 Mucuo Road, Huli District, Xiamen

Attn: Zhuoqin Huang

Phone: [*]

 

9.3 任何一方可按本条规定随时给另一方发出通知来改变其接收通知的地址。

Any Party may at any time change its address for notices by a notice delivered to the other Party in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

9 / 13

 

独家服务协议

Exclusive Services Agreement

 

10. 协议的转让

Assignment

 

10.1 乙方不得将其在本协议项下的权利与义务转让给第三方,除非事先征得甲方或甲方母公司的书面同意。

Without prior written consent of Party A or Party A’s Parent Company, Party B shall not assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any third party.

 

10.2 乙方在此同意,甲方可以在其需要时向其他第三方转让其在本协议项下的权利和义务,并在该等转让发生时甲方仅需向乙方发出书面通知,并且无需再就该等转让征得乙方的同意。

Party B agrees that Party A may assign its obligations and rights under this Agreement to any third party upon a prior written notice to Party B but without the consent of Party B.

 

11. 税费

Taxes and Fees

 

双方应自行支付因执行和履行本协议而产生的所有税费。

All taxes and fees incurred by each Party as a result of the execution and performance of this Agreement shall be borne by each Party respectively.

 

12. 协议的分割性

Severability

 

如果本协议有任何一条或多条规定根据任何法律或法规在任何方面被裁定为无效、不合法或不可执行,本协议其余规定的有效性、合法性或可执行性不应因此在任何方面受到影响或损害。双方应通过诚意磋商,争取以法律许可以及双方期望的最大限度内有效的规定取代那些无效、不合法或不可执行的规定,而该等有效的规定所产生的经济效果应尽可能与那些无效、不合法或不能强制执行的规定所产生的经济效果相似。

In the event that one or several of the provisions of this Agreement are found to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any aspect in accordance with any laws or regulations, the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected or compromised in any aspect. The Parties shall strive in good faith to replace such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with effective provisions that accomplish to the greatest extent permitted by law and the intentions of the Parties, and the economic effect of such effective provisions shall be as close as possible to the economic effect of those invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

 

13. 协议的修改、补充

Amendments and Supplements

 

双方可以书面协议方式对本协议做出修改和补充。经过双方签署的有关本协议的修改协议和补充协议是本协议组成部分,具有与本协议同等的法律效力。

Any amendments and supplements to this Agreement shall be in writing. The amendment agreements and supplementary agreements that have been signed by the Parties and that relate to this Agreement shall be an integral part of this Agreement and shall have the same legal validity as this Agreement.

 

10 / 13

 

独家服务协议

Exclusive Services Agreement

 

14. 完整合同

Entire agreement

 

除了在本协议签署后所作的书面修订、补充或修改以外,本协议构成本协议各方达成的完整合同,取代在此之前就本协议标的物所达成的所有口头或书面的协商、陈述和合同。本协议应取代双方此前订立的原独家服务协议,原独家服务权协议应自本协议生效日起立即终止。

Except for the amendments, supplements or changes in writing executed after the execution of this Agreement, this Agreement shall constitute the entire agreement reached by and among the Parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and shall supersede all prior oral and written consultations, representations and contracts reached with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement. This Agreement supersedes, in its entirety, the Original Exclusive Services Agreement relating to the matters set forth herein, which shall be terminated as of the effective date of this Agreement.

 

15. 语言和副本

Language and Counterparts

 

本协议以中文和英文书就,一式肆份,甲乙双方各持贰份,具有同等效力;中英文版本如有冲突,应以中文版为准。

This Agreement is written in both Chinese and English language in four copies, each Party having two copies with equal legal validity; in case there is any conflict between the Chinese version and the English version, the Chinese version shall prevail.

 

 

[以下无正文]

[THIS SPACE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

11 / 13

 

独家服务协议

Exclusive Services Agreement

 

有鉴于此,双方已自行或使得其各自授权代表于文首所载日期签署本《修订和重述的独家服务协议》。

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed, or caused their respectively duly authorized representatives to execute, this Amended and Restated Exclusive Services Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

甲方:合利恒文化有限公司 (盖章)

Party A:Heliheng Culture Co., Ltd. (Seal)

 

 

签署: 黄卓勤  
By: /s/Zhuoqin Huang    
职位: 法定代表人  
Title: Legal Representative  

 

乙方: 厦门普普文化股份有限公司(盖章)

Party B: Xiamen Pop Culture Co., Ltd. (Seal)

 

签署: 黄卓勤  
By: /s/Zhuoqin Huang  
职位: 法定代表人  
Title: Legal Representative  

 

12 / 13

 

独家服务协议

Exclusive Services Agreement

 

附件

Attachments

 

1. 合利恒文化有限公司、黄卓勤、林伟毅、张荣娣、崔夏宇、崔春晓、黄裕、林阿真、何俊龙、陈武杨与厦门普普文化股份有限公司于2021年2月19日签署的《修订和重述的股份质押协议》

The Amended and Restated Share Pledge Agreement entered into among Heliheng Culture Co., Ltd., Zhuoqin Huang, Weiyi Lin, Rongdi Zhang, Xiayu Cui, Chunxiao Cui, Yu Huang, Azhen Lin, Junlong He, Wuyang Chen, and Xiamen Pop Culture Co., Ltd. on February 19, 2021.

 

2. 合利恒文化有限公司、黄卓勤、林伟毅、张荣娣、崔夏宇、崔春晓、黄裕、林阿真、何俊龙、陈武杨与厦门普普文化股份有限公司于2021年2月19日签署的《修订和重述的独家购买权协议》

The Amended and Restated Exclusive Option Agreement entered into among Heliheng Culture Co., Ltd., Zhuoqin Huang, Weiyi Lin, Rongdi Zhang, Xiayu Cui, Chunxiao Cui, Yu Huang, Azhen Lin, Junlong He, Wuyang Chen, and Xiamen Pop Culture Co., Ltd. on February 19, 2021.

 

13 / 13

Exhibit 10.5

 

 

修订和重述的授权委托书

 

Amended and Restated Power
of Attorney

 

本人,[Name],中国公民,身份证号码为[ID Card No.],截止《修订和重述的授权委托书》(“本授权委托书”)出具之日,为持有厦门普普文化股份有限公司公司 [Percentage]%的股份(股份)的股东(“股东”)。本人特此不可撤销地授权合利恒文化有限公司(“WFOE”)在本授权委托书的有效期内行使如下权利:

The undersigned, [Name], a Chinese citizen with Chinese Identification Card No.: [ID Card No.], which is the registered shareholder (the “Shareholder”) of [Percentage]% shares (the “Shareholding)” in Xiamen Pop Culture Co., Ltd., (the “Company”) as of the date this Amended and Restated Power of Attorney (“this Power of Attorney”) is issued. The undersigned hereby irrevocably authorize Heliheng Culture Co., Ltd. (the “WFOE”) to exercise the following rights relating to the Shareholding during the term of this Power of Attorney:

 

1.  

授权WFOE 作为股东唯一的排他的代理人就有关股权的事宜全权代表股东行使包括但不限于如下的权利:(1)参加公司股东会; (2)行使按照法律和公司章程规定的股东所享有的全部股东权利和股东表决权,包括但不限于出售或转让或质押或处置股份的全部或任何一部分;以及 (3)代表股东指定和任命公司的法定代表人、董事长、执行董事和/或董事、监事、总经理以及其他高级管理人员等。

WFOE is hereby authorized to act on behalf of the Shareholder as its exclusive agent and attorney with respect to all matters concerning the Shareholding, including without limitation to: (1) attend shareholders’ meetings of the Company; (2) exercise all the shareholder’s rights and shareholder’s voting rights the Shareholder is entitled to under the laws of the People’s Republic of China and the Company’s Articles of Association, including but not limited to the sale, transfer, pledge or disposition of the Shareholding in part or in whole; and (3) designate and appoint, on behalf of the Shareholder, the legal representative, the chairman, the executive director(s) and/or director(s), the supervisor(s), the general manger and other senior management members of the Company.

 

2. 不限制 WFOE 根据本授权委托书享有的权力的一般性的前提下,WFOE有权代表股东签署公司、WFOE与股东于2021219日签署的修订和重述的独家购买权协议(包括其修订、补充或转让协议,合称“独家购买权协议”)中约定的股权转让协议,并履行WFOE与股东于2021219日签署的修订和重述的独家购买权协议和修订和重述的股份质押协议中的条款。

Without limiting the generality of the powers granted to WFOE hereunder, WFOE shall have the power and authority hereunder, on behalf of the Shareholder, to execute the Transfer Contracts stipulated in Amended and Restated Exclusive Option Agreement dated February 19, 2021 among the Company, WFOE and the Shareholder (as amended, supplemented and assigned, the “Exclusive Option Agreement”), and effect the terms of the Amended and Restated Exclusive Option Agreement and Amended and Restated Share Pledge Agreement dated February 19, 2021 between WFOE and the Shareholder.

 

3. WFOE 就股东股份的一切行为均视为股东的行为,签署的一切文件均视为股东签署,股东特此予以承认。

All the actions in connection with the Shareholding conducted by WFOE shall be deemed as the actions of the Shareholder, and all the documents related to the Shareholding executed by WFOE shall be deemed to be executed by the Shareholder. The Shareholder hereby acknowledges and ratifies those actions and/or documents executed by WFOE.

 

     

 

授权委托书

Power of Attorney

 

4. WFOE有转委托权,可以就上述事项的办理自行再委托其他人或单位而不必事先通知股东或获得股东的同意。

WFOE is entitled to re-authorize or assign its rights related to the aforesaid matters to any other person or entity at its own discretion and without giving prior notice to, or obtaining the consent from, the Shareholder.

 

本人于2020年3月30日出具了《授权委托书》(“原授权委托书”)。本人同意签署本授权委托书以修改原授权委托书,且本授权委托书自生效之日即取代和代替原授权委托书。原授权委托书应自本授权委托书生效日起立即终止。

The undersigned issued a Power of Attorney (the “Original Power of Attorney”) on March 30, 2020. The undersigned agrees to execute this Power of Attorney to amend the Original Power of Attorney and this Power of Attorney shall supersede and replace the Original Power of Attorney upon the effective date of this Power of Attorney. The Original Power of Attorney shall be terminated as of the effective date of this Power of Attorney.

 

在股东作为公司股东期间,本授权委托书不可撤销并持续有效,自本授权委托书签署之日起生效。

This Power of Attorney shall be irrevocable and continuously valid from the date of execution of this Power of Attorney through the period during which the Shareholder remains a shareholder of the Company.

 

本授权委托书期间,股东特此放弃与股权有关的所有权利,并说明和确认该等权利已通过本授权委托书授予WFOE,股东不再行使该等权利。

During the term of this Power of Attorney, the Shareholder hereby waives all the rights associated with the Shareholding, and acknowledges and confirms that such rights have been authorized to WFOE through this Power of Attorney and shall not be exercised by the Shareholder.

 

本授权委托书以中文和英文书就,中英文版本如有冲突,应以中文版为准。

This Power of Attorney is executed in Chinese and English; in case there is any conflict between the Chinese version and the English version, the Chinese version shall prevail.

 

[Signature Page Follows/以下为签字页]

 

2 / 4

 

授权委托书

Power of Attorney

 

本页为授权委托书的签字页。

This Page is the signature page to Power of Attorney.

 

签署人:[Name]

 

Signatory: [Name]

 

/s/ [Name]

 

日期:2021219

Date: February 19, 2021

 

3 / 4

 

授权委托书

Power of Attorney

 

Schedule of Material Differences

 

One or more person signed a power of attorney under this form. Pursuant to Instruction ii to Item 601 of Regulation S-K, the Registrant may only file this form as an exhibit with a schedule setting forth the material details in which the executed agreements differ from this form:

 

No.   Name   ID Card No.   Percentage  
1.   Zhuoqin Huang   [*]   61.5827  
2.   Weiyi Lin   [*]   10.0198  
3.   Rongdi Zhang   [*]   9.0995  
4.   Chunxiao Cui   [*]   6.1049  
5.   Xiayu Cui   [*]   6.1049  
6.   Yu Huang   [*]   2.4233  
7.   Azhen Lin   [*]   0.1212  
8.   Wuyang Chen   [*]   0.1212  

 

4 / 4

Exhibit 10.6

 

 

授权委托书

 

Power of Attorney

 

本人,何俊龙,中国公民,身份证号码为*,截止本授权委托书出具之日,为持有厦门普普文化股份有限公司公司 4.4225%的股份(股份)的股东(“股东”)。本人特此不可撤销地授权合利恒文化有限公司(“WFOE”)在本授权委托书的有效期内行使如下权利:

The undersigned, Junlong He, a Chinese citizen with Chinese Identification Card No.: [*], which is the registered shareholder (the “Shareholder”) of 4.4225% shares (the “Shareholding)” in Xiamen Pop Culture Co., Ltd., (the “Company”) as of the date this Power of Attorney is issued. The undersigned hereby irrevocably authorize Heliheng Culture Co., Ltd. (the “WFOE”) to exercise the following rights relating to the Shareholding during the term of this Power of Attorney:

 

1. 授权WFOE 作为股东唯一的排他的代理人就有关股权的事宜全权代表股东行使包括但不限于如下的权利:(1)参加公司股东会;(2)行使按照法律和公司章程规定的股东所享有的全部股东权利和股东表决权,包括但不限于出售或转让或质押或处置股份的全部或任何一部分;以及 (3)代表股东指定和任命公司的法定代表人、董事长、执行董事和/或董事、监事、总经理以及其他高级管理人员等。

WFOE is hereby authorized to act on behalf of the Shareholder as its exclusive agent and attorney with respect to all matters concerning the Shareholding, including without limitation to: (1) attend shareholders’ meetings of the Company; (2) exercise all the shareholder’s rights and shareholder’s voting rights the Shareholder is entitled to under the laws of the People’s Republic of China and the Company’s Articles of Association, including but not limited to the sale, transfer, pledge or disposition of the Shareholding in part or in whole; and (3) designate and appoint, on behalf of the Shareholder, the legal representative, the chairman, the executive director(s) and/or director(s), the supervisor(s), the general manger and other senior management members of the Company.

 

2. 在不限制WFOE根据本授权委托书享有的权力的一般性的前提下,WFOE有权代表股东签署公司、WFOE与股东于2021219日签署的修订和重述的独家购买权协议(包括其修订、补充或转让协议,合称“独家购买权协议”)中约定的股权转让协议,并履行WFOE与股东于2021219日签署的修订和重述的独家购买权协议和修订和重述的股份质押协议中的条款。

Without limiting the generality of the powers granted to WFOE hereunder, WFOE shall have the power and authority hereunder, on behalf of the Shareholder, to execute the Transfer Contracts stipulated in Amended and Restated Exclusive Option Agreement dated February 19, 2021 among the Company, WFOE and the Shareholder (as amended, supplemented and assigned, the “Exclusive Option Agreement”), and effect the terms of the Amended and Restated Exclusive Option Agreement and Amended and Restated Share Pledge Agreement dated February 19, 2021 between WFOE and the Shareholder.

 

3. WFOE 就股东股份的一切行为均视为股东的行为,签署的一切文件均视为股东签署,股东特此予以承认。

All the actions in connection with the Shareholding conducted by WFOE shall be deemed as the actions of the Shareholder, and all the documents related to the Shareholding executed by WFOE shall be deemed to be executed by the Shareholder. The Shareholder hereby acknowledges and ratifies those actions and/or documents executed by WFOE.

 

4. WFOE有转委托权,可以就上述事项的办理自行再委托其他人或单位而不必事先通知股东或获得股东的同意。

WFOE is entitled to re-authorize or assign its rights related to the aforesaid matters to any other person or entity at its own discretion and without giving prior notice to, or obtaining the consent from, the Shareholder.

 

     

 

授权委托书

Power of Attorney

 

在股东作为公司股东期间,本授权委托书不可撤销并持续有效,自授权委托书签署之日起生效。

This Power of Attorney shall be irrevocable and continuously valid from the date of execution of this Power of Attorney through the period during which the Shareholder remains a shareholder of the Company.

 

本授权委托书期间,股东特此放弃与股权有关的所有权利,并说明和确认该等权利已通过本授权委托书授予WFOE,股东不再行使该等权利。

During the term of this Power of Attorney, the Shareholder hereby waives all the rights associated with the Shareholding, and acknowledges and confirms that such rights have been authorized to WFOE through this Power of Attorney and shall not be exercised by the Shareholder.

 

本授权委托书以中文和英文书就,中英文版本如有冲突,应以中文版为准。

This Power of Attorney is executed in Chinese and English; in case there is any conflict between the Chinese version and the English version, the Chinese version shall prevail.

 

[Signature Page Follows/以下为签字页]

 

2 / 3

 

授权委托书

Power of Attorney

 

本页为授权委托书的签字页。

This Page is the signature page to Power of Attorney.

 

签署人:何俊龙

 

Signatory: Junlong He

 

/s/ Junlong He

 

日期:2021219

Date: February 19, 2021

 

3 / 3

Exhibit 10.7

 

 

修订和重述的股份质押协议

 

Amended and Restated Share Pledge Agreement

 

本修订和重述的股份质押协议(下称本协议)由以下各方于2021219日在中华人民共和国(下称中国 厦门签订:

 

This Amended and Restated Share Pledge Agreement (“this Agreement”) is executed by and among the Parties below as of February 19, 2021, in Xiamen, the People’s Republic of China (“China” or “PRC”):

 

(1) 合利恒文化有限公司,一家依据中国法律设立并存续的外商独资企业,注册地址为中国(福建)自由贸易试验区厦门片区象屿路93号厦门国际航运中心C4431单元B之五(质权人)。

 

Heliheng Culture Co., Ltd., a wholly foreign-owned enterprise organized and existing under the laws of the PRC, with its legal address at Room 5, 431B, Building C, Xiamen International Shipping Center, No.93 Xiangyu Road, China (Fujian) Pilot Free Trade Zone, Xiamen (“Pledgee”);

 

(2) 黄卓勤,一位中国公民,其身份证号码:[*],为目标公司的股东,持有目标公司61.5827%的股份;

 

Zhuoqin Huang, a PRC citizen with Identification No.: [*], shareholder of Target Company, holding 61.5827% of shares in Target Company;

 

(3) 林伟毅,一位中国公民,其身份证号码:[*],为目标公司的股东,持有目标公司10.0198%的股份;

 

Weiyi Lin, a PRC citizen with Identification No.: [*], shareholder of Target Company, holding 10.0198 % of shares in Target Company;

 

(4) 张荣娣,一位中国公民,其身份证号码:[*],为目标公司的股东,持有目标公司9.0995 %的股份;

 

Rongdi Zhang, a PRC citizen with Identification No.: [*]; shareholder of Target Company, holding 9.0995 % of shares in Target Company;

 

(5) 崔夏宇,一位中国公民,其身份证号码:[*],为目标公司的股东,持有目标公司6.1049 %的股份;

 

Xiayu Cui, a PRC citizen with Identification No.: [*]; shareholder of Target Company, holding 6.1049 % of shares in Target Company;

 

 

股份质押协议

Share Pledge Agreement

 

(6) 崔春晓,一位中国公民,其身份证号码:[*],为目标公司的股东,持有目标公司6.1049 %的股份;

 

Chunxiao Cui, a PRC citizen with Identification No.: [*], shareholder of Target Company, holding 6.1049 % of shares in Target Company;

 

(7) 黄裕,一位中国公民,其身份证号码:[*],为目标公司的股东,持有目标公司2.4233%的股份;

 

Yu Huang, a PRC citizen with Identification No.: [*], shareholder of Target Company, holding 2.4233 % of shares in Target Company;

 

(8) 林阿真,一位中国公民,其身份证号码:[*],为目标公司的股东,持有目标公司0.1212 %的股份;

 

Azhen Lin, a PRC citizen with Identification No.: [*], shareholder of Target Company, holding 0.1212 % of shares in Target Company;

 

(9) 陈武杨,一位中国公民,其身份证号码:[*],为目标公司的股东,持有目标公司0.1212 %的股份;

 

Wuyang Chen, a PRC citizen with Identification No.: [*], shareholder of Target Company, holding 0.1212 % of shares in Target Company;

 

(10) 何俊龙,一位中国公民,其身份证号码:[*], 为目标公司的股东,持有目标公司4.4225 %的股份;

 

Junlong He, a PRC citizen with Identification No.: [*], shareholder of Target Company, holding 4.4225 % of shares in Target Company;

 

黄卓勤、林伟毅、张荣娣、崔夏宇、崔春晓、黄裕、林阿真、陈武杨和何俊龙合称或各称为出质人

 

Zhuoqin Huang, Weiyi Lin, Rongdi Zhang, Xiayu Cui, Chunxiao Cui, Yu Huang, Azhen Lin Wuyang Chen, Junlong He, together, as “Pledgors,” or individually, as a “Pledgor”;

 

(11) 厦门普普文化股份有限公司,一家依据中国法律设立并存续的公司,注册地址为厦门市湖里区穆厝路5836单元目标公司)。

 

Xiamen Pop Culture Co., Ltd., a company organized and existing under the laws of the PRC, with its legal address at Unit 836, No.5 Mucuo Road, Huli District, Xiamen (“Target Company”).

 

2 / 23

 

股份质押协议

Share Pledge Agreement

 

在本协议中,质权人、出质人和目标公司以下各称一方,合称各方

 

In this Agreement, each of Pledgee, Pledgors and Target Company shall be referred to as a “Party” respectively, and they shall be collectively referred to as the “Parties”.

 

鉴于:

 

Whereas,

 

1. 质权人、黄卓勤、林伟毅、张荣娣、崔夏宇、崔春晓、黄裕、林阿真、陈武杨和目标公司于2020330日签订了《股份质押协议》(原股份质押协议)。根据该协议,上述八人将合计持有目标公司93.5475%的股份质押给质权人。各方同意签署本协议以修改原股份质押协议的某些条款,且本协议自其规定的生效日期即取代和替代原股份质押协议;

 

Pledgee, Zhuoqin Huang, Weiyi Lin, Rongdi Zhang, Xiayu Cui, Chunxiao Cui, Yu Huang, Azhen Lin, Wuyang Chen and Target Company entered into a Share Pledge Agreement (the “Original Share Pledge Agreement”) on March 30, 2020, pursuant to which the said persons pledge a total of 93.5475% of the shares in Target Company to Pledgee. The Parties agree to amend certain provisions of the Original Share Pledge Agreement by executing this Agreement, which shall supersede and replace the Original Share Pledge Agreement upon the effective date of this Agreement.

 

2. 质权人是一家在中国注册的外商独资企业。质权人与目标公司签订了一份《修订和重述的独家服务协议》(附件1);

 

Pledgee is a wholly foreign owned enterprise registered in China. Pledgee and Target Company have executed an Amended and Restated Exclusive Services Agreement (Attachment 1);

 

3. 出质人为中国公民,合计拥有目标公司100%的股份。

 

Pledgors are citizens of China, and together, hold 100% of the shares in Target Company.

 

4. 目标公司是一家依据中国法律注册并存续的公司。目标公司在此确认出质人和质权人在本协议下的权利和义务,并提供必要的协助向有关政府部门和/或其他股权登记托管机关登记该质权;

 

Target Company is a company organized and existing under the laws of the PRC. Target Company acknowledges the respective rights and obligations of Pledgors and Pledgee under this Agreement, and intends to provide any necessary assistance in registering the Pledge with the competent governmental authorities and any other equity registration and custody center;

 

3 / 23

 

股份质押协议

Share Pledge Agreement

 

5. 为了保证目标公司履行《修订和重述的独家服务协议》项下的义务,按照约定向质权人支付咨询和服务费等到期款项,出质人以其现在和将来在目标公司中拥有的全部股份(无论将来股份比例是否发生变化)向质权人就《修订和重述的独家服务协议》协议项下目标公司的付款义务做出质押担保。

 

To ensure that Target Company fully performs its obligations under the Amended and Restated Exclusive Services Agreement and pay the service fees thereunder to Pledgee when the same becomes due, Pledgors hereby pledge to the Pledgee all of the shares they now and in the future hold in Target Company (whether the percentage of the shares is changed or not in the future) as security for payment of the service fees by Target Company under the Amended and Restated Exclusive Services Agreement.

 

为了履行《修订和重述的独家服务协议》的条款,各方商定按照以下条款签订本协议。

 

To perform the provisions of the Amended and Restated Exclusive Services Agreement, the Parties have mutually agreed to execute this Agreement upon the following terms.

 

1. 定义

 

Definitions

 

除非本协议另有规定,下列词语含义为:

 

Unless otherwise provided herein, the terms below shall have the following meanings:

 

1.1 质权:指出质人根据本协议第2条给予质权人的担保物权,即指质权人所享有的,以出质人质押给质权人的股份折价或拍卖、变卖该股份的价款优先受偿的权利。

 

Pledge shall refer to the shares granted by Pledgors to Pledgee pursuant to Section 2 of this Agreement, i.e., the right of Pledgee to be compensated on a preferential basis with the conversion, auction or sales price of the Shares.

 

1.2 股份:指出质人现在和将来合法持有的其在目标公司的全部股份权益(无论 将来每位股东的股份比例是否发生变化)。

 

Shares shall refer to all of the shares lawfully now held and hereafter acquired by Pledgors in Target Company (whether the percentage of the shares of each Pledgor is changed or not in the future).

 

4 / 23

 

股份质押协议

Share Pledge Agreement

 

1.3 质押期限:指本协议第3条规定的期间。

 

Term of Pledge shall refer to the term set forth in Section 3 of this Agreement.

 

1.4 修订和重述的独家服务协议:指目标公司与质权人于2021219日签订的《修订和重述的独家服务协议》。

 

The Exclusive Services Agreement shall refer to the Amended and Restated Exclusive Services Agreement executed by and between Target Company and Pledgee on February 19, 2021.

 

1.5 违约事件:指本协议第7条所列任何情况。

 

Event of Default shall refer to any of the circumstances set forth in Section 7 of this Agreement.

 

1.6 违约通知:指质权人根据本协议发出的宣布违约事件的通知。

 

Notice of Default shall refer to the notice issued by Pledgee in accordance with this Agreement declaring an Event of Default.

 

2. 质权

 

The Pledge

 

作为目标公司按时和全额支付服务协议项下质权人应得的任何或全部的款项的抵押担保,包括但不限于服务协议中规定的服务费的担保(无论该等费用的到期应付是由于到期日的到来、提前收款的要求或其它原因),出质人特此将其现有或将拥有的目标公司的全部股份权益质押给质权人。

 

As collateral security for the timely and complete payment and performance when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of any or all of the payments due by Target Company, including and without limitation, the services fees payable to the Pledgee under the Services Agreement, Pledgors hereby pledge to Pledgee a first security interest in all of Pledgors’ right, title and interest, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by Pledgors, in the Shares of Target Company.

 

5 / 23

 

股份质押协议

Share Pledge Agreement

 

3. 质押期限

 

Term of Pledge

 

3.1 本质权自本协议项下的股份出质在相应的市场监督管理机关登记之日起生效,质权有效期持续到独家服务协议下目标公司欠付质权人的所有款项结清为止。出质人和目标公司应(一)自本协议签署之日起3个工作日内,请求股权登记托管机构将本协议的质权登记在目标公司股东名册上,并(二)自本协议签署之日起10个工作日内向相应的市场监督管理机关申请登记本协议项下的质权。各方共同确认,为办理股份质押工商登记手续(包括任何一位股东持有的目标公司股份比例变更时,办理质押变更登记),各方应将本协议按照目标公司所在地市场监督管理部门要求的形式签署、真实反映本协议项下质权信息的股份质押合同(以下简称登记质押合同)提交给市场监督管理机关,登记质押合同中未约定事项,仍以本协议约定为准。出质人和目标公司应当按照中国法律法规和有关市场监督管理机关的各项要求,提交所有必要的文件并办理所有必要手续,保证质权在递交申请后尽快获得登记。

 

The Pledge shall become effective on such date when the pledge of the Shares contemplated herein has been registered with relevant administration for market regulation (“AMR”). The Pledge shall be continuously valid until all payments due under the Exclusive Services Agreement have been fulfilled by Target Company. Pledgors and Target Company shall (1) request equity registration and custody center to register the Pledge in the shareholders’ register of Target Company within 3 business days following the execution of this Agreement, and (2) submit an application to the AMR for the registration of the Pledge of the Shares contemplated herein within ten (10) business days following the execution of this Agreement. The Parties covenant that for the purpose of registration of the Pledge (including re-registration of the Pledge when the percentage of Shares a Pledgor holds in Target Company changes), the Parties hereto shall submit to the AMR the share pledge contract as in the form required by the AMR at the location of Target Company which shall truly reflect the information of the Pledge hereunder (the “AMR Pledge Contract”). For matters not specified in the AMR Pledge Contract, the Parties shall be bound by the provisions of this Agreement. Pledgors and Target Company shall submit all necessary documents and complete all necessary procedures, as required by the PRC laws and regulations and the relevant AMR, to ensure that the Pledge of the Shares shall be registered with the AMR as soon as possible after filing.

 

3.2 质押期限内,如目标公司未按独家服务协议交付服务费等费用,质权人有权但无义务按本协议的规定处分质权。

 

During the Term of Pledge, in the event Target Company fails to pay the exclusive service fees in accordance with the Exclusive Services Agreement, Pledgee shall have the right, but not the obligation, to dispose of the Pledge in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

6 / 23

 

股份质押协议

Share Pledge Agreement

 

4. 质权凭证的保管

 

Custody of Records for Shares subject to Pledge

 

4.1 在本协议规定的质押期限内,出质人应将其在目标公司的股份出资证明书及记载质权的股东名册原件交付质权人或质权人指定的股权登记托管中心保管(包括股份变更时提供新的证明书和名册)。出质人应在本协议签订之日起或股份变更登记完成之日起(将来股份变更的情况下)5个工作日内将上述股份出资证明书及股东名册原件交付给质权人。质权人或其指定的股权登记托管机构将在本协议规定的全部质押期间一直保管这些文件。

 

During the Term of Pledge set forth in this Agreement, Pledgors shall deliver the original capital contribution certificate for the Shares and the original shareholders’ register containing the Pledge to Pledgee or the equity registration and custody center designated by Pledgee within five (5) working days from the execution of this Agreement or from completion of the re-registration of shareholding when percentage of shares changed (in that case, Pledgors shall deliver to Pledgee’s custody the updated original capital contribution certificate for the Shares and the updated original shareholders’ register containing the Pledge). Pledgee or the equity registration and custody center designated by Pledgee shall have custody of such original documents during the entire Term of Pledge set forth in this Agreement.

 

4.2 在质押期限内,质权人有权收取股份所产生的红利。

 

Pledgee shall have the right to collect dividends generated by the Shares during the Term of Pledge.

 

5. 出质人的声明和保证

 

Representations and Warranties of Pledgors

 

5.1 出质人是股份唯一的合法所有人。

 

Pledgors are the sole legal and beneficial owners of the Shares.

 

5.2 出质人有权以本协议规定的方式处分并转让股份。

 

Pledgors have the right to dispose of and transfer the Shares in accordance with the provisions set forth in this Agreement.

 

5.3 本合同一经签署即构成对出质人合法有效并具约束力的义务。

 

Upon execution, this Agreement constitutes the Pledgors’ legal, valid and binding obligations in accordance with the provisions herein.

 

5.4 除本质权之外,出质人未在股份上设置任何其他质押权利或其他担保权益。

 

Except for the Pledge, Pledgors have not placed any security interest or other encumbrance on the Shares.

 

5.5 不存在与股份相关的未决的争议或诉讼。

 

There is no pending disputation or litigation proceeding related to the Shares.

 

7 / 23

 

股份质押协议

Share Pledge Agreement

 

6. 出质人的承诺和确认

 

Covenants and Further Agreements of Pledgors

 

6.1 在本协议存续期间,出质人向质权人承诺,出质人将:

 

Pledgors hereby covenant to the Pledgee, that during the term of this Agreement, Pledgors shall:

 

6.1.1. 除履行由出质人与质权人、目标公司于本协议签署日签订的《修订和重述的独家购买权协议》外,未经质权人事先书面同意,不得转让股份,不得在股份上设立或允许存在任何担保或其他债务负担或以任何其他方式处置股份;

 

not transfer the Shares, place or permit the existence of any security interest or other encumbrance on the Shares, or disposal of the Shares in any other means, without the prior written consent of Pledgee, except for the performance of the Amended and Restated Exclusive Option Agreement executed by Pledgors, the Pledgee and Target Company on the execution date of this Agreement;

 

6.1.2. 遵守并执行所有有关权利质押的法律、法规的规定,在收到有关主管机关就质权发出或制定的通知、指令或建议时,于5个工作日内向质权人出示上述通知、指令或建议,同时遵守上述通知、指令或建议,或按照质权人的合理要求或经质权人同意就上述事宜提出反对意见和陈述;

 

comply with the provisions of all laws and regulations applicable to the pledge of rights, and within five (5) working days of receipt of any notice, order or recommendation issued or prepared by relevant competent authorities regarding the Pledge, shall present the aforementioned notice, order or recommendation to Pledgee, and shall comply with the aforementioned notice, order or recommendation or submit objections and representations with respect to the aforementioned matters upon Pledgee’s reasonable request or upon consent of Pledgee;

 

6.1.3. 将任何可能导致对出质人股份或其任何部分的权利产生影响的事件或收到的通知,以及可能改变出质人在本协议中的任何保证、义务或对出质人履行其在本协议中义务可能产生影响的任何事件或收到的通知及时通知质权人。

 

promptly notify Pledgee of any event or notice received by Pledgors that may have an impact on Pledgee’s rights to the Shares or any portion thereof, as well as any event or notice received by Pledgors that may have an impact on any guarantees and other obligations of Pledgors arising out of this Agreement;

 

8 / 23

 

股份质押协议

Share Pledge Agreement

 

6.2 出质人同意,质权人按本协议条款取得的对质权享有的权利,不应受到出质人或出质人的继承人或出质人之委托人或任何其他人通过法律程序的中断或妨害。

 

Pledgors agree that the rights acquired by Pledgee in accordance with this Agreement with respect to the Pledge shall not be interrupted or harmed by Pledgors or any heirs or representatives of Pledgors or any other persons through any legal proceedings.

 

6.3 出质人向质权人保证,为保护或完善本协议对偿付独家服务协议项下咨询服务费等费用的担保,出质人将诚实签署、并促使其他与质权有利害关系的当事人签署质权人所要求的所有的权利证书、契约和/或履行并促使其他有利害关系的当事人履行质权人所要求的行为,并为本协议赋予质权人之权利、授权的行使提供便利,与质权人或其指定的人(自然人/法人)签署所有的有关股份所有权的文件,并在合理期间内向质权人提供其认为需要的所有的有关质权的通知、命令及决定。

 

To protect or perfect the security interest granted by this Agreement for payment of the service fees under the Exclusive Services Agreement, Pledgors hereby undertake to execute in good faith and to cause others who have an interest in the Pledge to execute all certificates, agreements, deeds and/or covenants required by Pledgee. Pledgors also undertake to perform and to cause others who have an interest in the Pledge to perform actions required by Pledgee, to facilitate the exercise by Pledgee of its rights and authority granted thereto by this Agreement, and to enter into all relevant documents regarding ownership of Shares with Pledgee or designee(s) of Pledgee (natural persons/legal persons). Pledgors undertake to provide Pledgee within a reasonable time with all notices, orders and decisions regarding the Pledge that are required by Pledgee.

 

6.4 出质人向质权人保证,出质人将遵守、履行本协议项下所有的保证、承诺、协议、陈述及条件。如出质人不履行或不完全履行其保证、承诺、协议、陈述及条件,出质人应赔偿质权人由此遭受的一切损失。

 

Pledgors hereby undertake to comply with and perform all guarantees, promises, agreements, representations and conditions under this Agreement. In the event of failure or partial performance of its guarantees, promises, agreements, representations and conditions, Pledgors shall indemnify Pledgee for all losses resulting therefrom.

 

9 / 23

 

股份质押协议

Share Pledge Agreement

 

7. 违约事件

 

Event of Breach

 

7.1 下列事项均被视为违约事件:

 

The following circumstances shall be deemed Event of Default:

 

7.1.1. 目标公司未能按期、完整履行任何独家服务协议项下责任,包括但不限于目标公司未能按期足额支付服务协议项下的应付的咨询服务费等费用或有违反该协议其他义务的行为;

 

Target Company fails to fully and timely fulfill any liabilities under the Services Agreement, including without limitation failure to pay in full any of the service fees payable under the Exclusive Services Agreement or breaches any other obligations of Target Company thereunder;

 

7.1.2. 出质人或目标公司实质违反本协议的任何条款;

 

Pledgors or Target Company have committed a material breach of any provisions of this Agreement;

 

7.1.3. 出质人和目标公司没有按第3.1条将本质权登记在目标公司股东名册上或未办理质押登记手续;

 

Pledgors and Target Company fail to register the Pledge in the shareholders’ register of Target Company, or fail to complete the Registration of Pledge stipulated in Section 3.1;

 

7.1.4. 除本协议第6.1.1条的约定外,出质人舍弃出质的股份或未获得质权人书面同意而擅自转让或意图转让出质的股份;和

 

Except as expressly stipulated in Section 6.1.1, Pledgors transfer or purport to transfer or abandons the Shares pledged, or assign the Shares pledged without the written consent of Pledgee; and

 

7.1.5. 目标公司的继承人或代管人只能履行部分或拒绝履行独家服务协议项下的支付责任。

 

The successor or custodian of Target Company is capable of only partially perform or refuses to perform the payment obligations under the Exclusive Services Agreement.

 

7.2 如知道或发现本第7.1条所述的任何事项或可能导致上述事项的事件已经发生,出质人应立即以书面形式通知质权人。

 

Upon notice or discovery of the occurrence of any circumstances or event that may lead to the aforementioned circumstances described in Section 7.1, Pledgors shall immediately notify Pledgee in writing accordingly.

 

10 / 23

 

股份质押协议

Share Pledge Agreement

 

7.3 除非第 7.1部分下的违约事件在质权人向出质人发出要求其修补此违约行为通知后的20个工作日之内已经按质权人要求获得救济,质权人在其后的任何时间,可向出质人发出书面违约通知,要求依据第 8 部分履行其处理股份的权利。

 

Unless an Event of Default set forth in this Section 7.1 has been successfully resolved to Pledgee’s satisfaction within twenty (20) working days after the Pledgee delivers a notice to Pledgors requesting ratification of such Event of Default, Pledgee may issue a Notice of Default to Pledgors in writing at any time thereafter, demanding Pledgors to immediately dispose of the Pledge in accordance with the provisions of Article 8 of this Agreement.

 

8. 质权的行使

 

Exercise of Pledge

 

8.1 在修订和重述的独家服务协议所述的服务费等费用未全部偿还前,未经质权人或质权人的海外母公司普普文化集团有限公司(质权人母公司)的书面同意,出质人不得转让本质权和其拥有的目标公司股份,除非该等转让为根据出资人与质权人及目标公司签订的《修订和重述的独家购买权协议》(附件2)而产生的转让。

 

Prior to the full payment of the service fees described in the Amended and Restated Exclusive Services Agreement, without the written consent of Pledgee or Pledgee’s offshore parent company Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd (“Pledgee’s Parent Company” ), Pledgors shall not transfer the Pledge or the Shares in Target Company, unless such transfer arises from the rights and obligations under the Amended and Restated Exclusive Option Agreement (Attachment 2) entered into by Pledgors, Pledgee, and Target Company.

 

8.2 在质权人行使其质押权利时,质权人可以向出质人发出书面违约通知。

 

Pledgee may issue a Notice of Default to Pledgors when exercising the Pledge.

 

8.3 受限于第7.3条的规定,质权人可在按第8.2条发出违约通知的同时或在发出违约通知之后的任何时间里对质权行使处分的权利。质权人决定行使处分质权的权利时,出质人即不再拥有任何与股份有关的权利和利益。

 

Subject to the provisions of Section 7.3, Pledgee may exercise the right to enforce the Pledge at the time when, or at any time after, the issuance of the Notice of Default in accordance with Section 8.2. Once Pledgee elects to enforce the Pledge, Pledgors shall cease to be entitled to any rights or interests associated with the Shares.

 

11 / 23

 

股份质押协议

Share Pledge Agreement

 

8.4 在违约时,根据中国有关法律的规定,质权人有权按照法定程序处置质押股份。仅在中国法律允许的范围内,对于处置的所得,质权人无需给付出质人;出质人特此放弃其可能有的能向质权人要求任何质押股份处置所得的权利;同样,出质人对质权人在该质押股份处置后的亏空也不承担任何义务。

 

In the event of default, Pledgee is entitled to dispose of the Shares pledged in accordance with applicable PRC laws. Only to the extent permitted under applicable PRC laws, Pledgee has no obligation to account to Pledgors for proceeds of disposition of the Shares, and Pledgors hereby waive any rights it may have to demand any such accounting from Pledgee; Likewise, in such circumstance Pledgors shall have no obligation to Pledgee for any deficiency remaining after such disposition of the Shares pledged.

 

8.5 质权人依照本协议处分质权时,出质人和目标公司应予以必要的协助,以使质权人实现其质权。

 

When Pledgee disposes of the Pledge in accordance with this Agreement, Pledgors and Target Company shall provide necessary assistance to enable Pledgee to enforce the Pledge in accordance with this Agreement.

 

9. 转让

 

Assignment

 

9.1 除非经质权人事先书面同意,出质人无权赠予或转让其在本协议项下的权利义务。

 

Without Pledgee’s prior written consent, Pledgors shall not have the right to assign or delegate their rights and obligations under this Agreement.

 

9.2 本协议对出质人及其继任人和经许可的受让人均有约束力,并且对质权人及每一继任人和受让人有效。

 

This Agreement shall be binding on Pledgors and their successors and permitted assigns, and shall be valid with respect to Pledgee and each of its successors and assigns.

 

9.3 质权人可以在任何时候将其在修订和重述的独家服务协议项下的所有或任何权利和义务转让给其指定的人(自然人/法人),在这种情况下,受让人应享有和承担本协议项下质权人享有和承担的权利和义务,如同其作为原协议方应享有和承担的一样。质权人转让服务协议项下的权利和义务时,应质权人要求,出质人应就此转让签署有关协议和/或文件。

 

At any time, Pledgee may assign any and all of its rights and obligations under the Amended and Restated Exclusive Services Agreement to its designee(s) (natural/legal persons), in which case the assigns shall have the rights and obligations of Pledgee under this Agreement, as if it were the original party to this Agreement. When the Pledgee assigns the rights and obligations under the Services Agreement, upon Pledgee’s request, Pledgors shall execute relevant agreements or other documents relating to such assignment.

 

12 / 23

 

股份质押协议

Share Pledge Agreement

 

9.4 因转让所导致的质权人变更后,应质权人要求,出质人应与新的质权人签订一份内容与本协议一致的新质押协议,并在相应的市场监督管理机关办理变更登记。

 

In the event of a change in Pledgee due to an assignment, Pledgors shall, at the request of Pledgee, execute a new pledge agreement with the new pledgee on the same terms and conditions as this Agreement, and register for change of the same with the competent AMR.

 

9.5 出质人应严格遵守本协议和各方单独或共同签署的其他有关协议的规定,包括《修订和重述的独家购买权协议》(附件2)和对质权人的《修订和重述的授权委托书》(附件3至附件10)以及《授权委托书》(附件11),履行各协议项下的义务,并不进行任何足以影响协议的有效性和可强制执行性的作为/不作为。除非根据质权人的书面指示,出质人不得行使其对质押股份还留存的权利。

 

Pledgors shall strictly abide by the provisions of this Agreement and other agreements jointly or separately executed by the Parties hereto or any of them, including the Amended and Restated Exclusive Option Agreement (Attachment 2) and the Amended and Restated Power of Attorney of each Pledgor (Attachment 3 to Attachment 10) and Power of Attorney of each Pledgor (Attachment 11) granted to Pledgee, perform the obligations hereunder and thereunder, and refrain from any action/omission that may affect the effectiveness and enforceability thereof. Any remaining rights of Pledgors with respect to the Shares pledged hereunder shall not be exercised by Pledgors except in accordance with the written instructions of Pledgee.

 

9.6 如任何一方的行为会对本协议的履行或其项下的权利及义务产生任何影响,该等行为的进行应当事先经过质权人母公司董事会的决议通过;在质权人母公司董事会通过该等决议后,质权人及目标公司董事会也应就通过与质权人母公司董事会决议内容一致的决议。

 

If there is any action by either Party may affect, in any way, the performance of this Agreement or the rights and obligations under this Agreement, such action shall only be taken with prior approval of the Board of Directors of Pledgee’s Parent Company. Upon the resolution of the Board of Directors of Pledgee’s Parent Company, such action shall be also approved by the Board of Directors of Pledgee and Target Company in line with the resolution of the Board of Directors of Pledgee’s Company.

 

13 / 23

 

股份质押协议

Share Pledge Agreement

 

10. 终止

 

Termination

 

在修订和重述的独家服务协议项下的服务费等费用偿还完毕且目标公司不再承担服务协议项下的任何义务之后,或本协议各方根据其签署的《修订和重述的独家购买权协议》(附件2)进行股份转让时,本协议自动终止,并且在尽早合理可行的时间内,质权人应取消或解除本协议项下的股份质押。

 

Upon the full payment of the service fees under the Amended and Restated Exclusive Services Agreement and upon termination of Target Company’s obligations under the Amended and Restated Exclusive Services Agreement, or upon the transfer of shares under the Amended and Restated Exclusive Option Agreement (Attachment 2), this Agreement shall be terminated automatically and Pledgee shall then cancel or terminate the shares pledge pursuant to this Agreement as soon as reasonably practicable.

 

11. 手续费及其他费用

 

Handling Fees and Other Expenses

 

一切与本协议有关的费用及实际开支,其中包括但不限于法律费用、工本费、 印花税以及任何其他税收、费用等全部由目标公司承担。

 

All fees and out of pocket expenses relating to this Agreement, including but not limited to legal costs, costs of production, stamp tax and any other taxes and fees, shall be borne by Target Company.

 

12. 保密责任

 

Confidentiality

 

各方承认及确定有关本协议、本协议内容,以及彼此就准备或履行本协议而交换的任何口头或书面资料均被视为保密信息。各方应当对所有该等保密信息予以保密,而在未得到另一方书面同意前,不得向任何第三者披露任何保密信息,惟下列信息除外:(a)公众人士知悉或将会知悉的任何信息(惟并非由接受保密信息之一方擅自向公众披露);(b)根据适用法律法规、股票交易规则、或政府部门或法院的命令而所需披露之任何信息;或(c)由任何一方就本协议所述交易而需向其股东、投资者、法律或财务顾问披露之信息,而该股东、法律或财务顾问亦需遵守与本条款相类似之保密责任。如任何一方工作人员或聘请机构的泄密均视为该方的泄密,需依本协议承担违约责任。无论本协议以任何理由终止,本条款仍然生效。

 

The Parties acknowledge that the existence and the terms of this Agreement and any oral or written information exchanged between the Parties in connection with the preparation and performance this Agreement are regarded as confidential information. Each Party shall maintain confidentiality of all such confidential information, and without obtaining the written consent of the other Party, it shall not disclose any relevant confidential information to any third parties, except for the information that: (a) is or will be in the public domain (other than through the receiving Party’s unauthorized disclosure); (b) is under the obligation to be disclosed pursuant to the applicable laws or regulations, rules of any stock exchange, or orders of the court or other government authorities; or (c) is required to be disclosed by any Party to its shareholders, investors, legal counsels or financial advisors regarding the transaction contemplated hereunder, provided that such shareholders, investors, legal counsels or financial advisors shall be bound by the confidentiality obligations similar to those set forth in this Section. Disclosure of any confidential information by the staff members or agencies hired by any Party shall be deemed disclosure of such confidential information by such Party, which Party shall be held liable for breach of this Agreement. This Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason.

 

14 / 23

 

股份质押协议

Share Pledge Agreement

 

13. 适用法律和争议的解决

 

Governing Law and Resolution of Disputes

 

13.1 本协议的订立、效力、解释、履行、修改和终止以及争议的解决均适用中国法律。

 

The execution, effectiveness, construction, performance, amendment and termination of this Agreement and the resolution of disputes hereunder shall be governed by the laws of China.

 

13.2 因解释和履行本协议而发生的任何争议,本协议各方应首先通过友好协商的方式加以解决。如果在一方向其他方发出要求协商解决的书面通知后30天之内争议仍然得不到解决,则任何一方均可将有关争议提交给位于厦门的厦门仲裁委员会,由该中心按照其仲裁规则仲裁解决。仲裁应在厦门进行,使用之语言为中文。仲裁裁决是终局性的,对各方均有约束力。

 

In the event of any dispute with respect to the construction and performance of this Agreement, the Parties shall first resolve the dispute through friendly negotiations. In the event the Parties fail to reach an agreement on the dispute within 30 days after either Party’s request to the other Parties for resolution of the dispute through negotiations, either Party may submit the relevant dispute to the Xiamen Arbitration Commission for arbitration, in accordance with its Arbitration Rules. The arbitration shall be conducted in Xiamen, China, and the language used in arbitration shall be Chinese. The arbitration award shall be final and binding on all Parties.

 

15 / 23

 

股份质押协议

Share Pledge Agreement

 

13.3 因解释和履行本协议而发生任何争议或任何争议正在进行仲裁时,除争议的事项外,本协议各方仍应继续行使各自在本协议项下的其他权利并履行各自在本协议项下的其他义务。

 

Upon the occurrence of any disputes arising from the construction and performance of this Agreement or during the pending arbitration of any dispute, except for the matters under dispute, the Parties to this Agreement shall continue to exercise their respective rights under this Agreement and perform their respective obligations under this Agreement.

 

14. 通知

 

Notices

 

14.1 本协议项下要求或发出的所有通知和其他通信应通过专人递送、挂号邮寄、邮资预付或商业快递服务或传真的方式发到该方下列地址。每一通知还应再以电子邮件送达。该等通知视为有效送达的日期按如下方式确定:

 

All notices and other communications required or permitted to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be delivered personally or sent by registered mail, postage prepaid, by a commercial courier service or by facsimile transmission to the address of such party set forth below. A confirmation copy of each notice shall also be sent by E-mail. The dates on which notices shall be deemed to have been effectively given shall be determined as follows:

 

14.2 通知如果是以专人递送、快递服务或挂号邮寄、邮资预付发出的,则以 于设定为通知的地址在发送或拒收之日为有效送达日。

 

Notices given by personal delivery, by courier service or by registered mail, postage prepaid, shall be deemed effectively given on the date of delivery or refusal at the address specified for notices.

 

14.3 通知如果是以传真发出的,则以成功传送之日为有效送达日(应以自动生成的传送确认信息为证)。

 

Notices given by facsimile transmission shall be deemed effectively given on the date of successful transmission (as evidenced by an automatically generated confirmation of transmission).

 

16 / 23

 

股份质押协议

Share Pledge Agreement

 

14.4 为通知的目的,各方地址如下:

 

  质权人: 合利恒文化有限公司
     
  地址:  中国(福建)自由贸易试验区厦门片区象屿路93号厦门国际航运中心C4431单元B之五                          
     
  联系人: 黄卓勤
     
  电话: [*]
     
  Pledgee Heliheng Culture Co., Ltd
     
  Address: Room 5, 431B, Building C, Xiamen International Shipping Center, No.93 Xiangyu Road, China (Fujian) Pilot Free Trade Zone, Xiamen                                     
     
  Attn: Zhuoqin Huang
     
  Phone: [*]

 

  出质人: 黄卓勤  
  地址:    
  电话: [*]  
  Pledgor Zhuoqin Huang  
  Address:    
  Phone: [*]  
       
  出质人: 林伟毅  
  地址:    
  电话: [*]  
  Pledgor Weiyi Lin  
  Address:    
  Phone: [*]  
       
  出质人: 张荣娣  
  地址:    
  电话: [*]  
  Pledgor Rongdi Zhang  
  Address:    
  Phone: [*]  

 

17 / 23

 

股份质押协议

Share Pledge Agreement

 

  出质人: 崔夏宇  
  地址:    
  电话: [*]  
  Pledgor Xiayu Cui  
  Address:    
  Phone: [*]  
       
  出质人: 崔春晓  
  地址:    
  电话: [*]  
  Pledgor Chunxiao Cui  
  Address:    
  Phone: [*]  
       
  出质人: 黄裕  
  地址:    
  电话: [*]  
  Pledgor Yu Huang  
  Address:    
  Phone: [*]  
       
  出质人: 林阿真  
  地址:    
  电话: [*]  
  Pledgor Azhen Lin  
  Address:    
  Phone: [*]  
       
  出质人: 陈武杨  
  地址:    
  电话: [*]  
  Pledgor Wuyang Chen  
  Address:    
  Phone: [*]  
       
  出质人: 何俊龙  
  地址:    
  电话: [*]  
  Pledgor Junlong He  
  Address:    
  Phone: [*]  

 

18 / 23

 

股份质押协议

Share Pledge Agreement

 

  目标公司: 厦门普普文化股份有限公司
  地址: 厦门市湖里区穆厝路5836单元                                   
  联系人: 黄卓勤
  电话: [*]
     
  Target Company Xiamen Pop Culture Co., Ltd.
     
  Address: Unit 836, No.5 Mucuo Road, Huli District, Xiamen                                    
     
  Attn: Zhuoqin Huang
     
  Phone: [*]

 

14.5 任何一方可按本条规定随时给其他各方发出通知来改变其接收通知的地址。

 

Any Party may at any time change its address for notices by a notice delivered to the other Parties in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

15. 分割性

 

Severability

 

如果本协议有任何一条或多条规定根据任何法律或法规在任何方面被裁定为无效、不合法或不可执行,本协议其余规定的有效性、合法性或可执行性不应因此在任何方面受到影响或损害。各方应通过诚意磋商,争取以法律许可以及各方期望的最大限度内有效的规定取代那些无效、不合法或不可执行的规定,而该等有效的规定所产生的经济效果应尽可能与那些无效、不合法 或不能强制执行的规定所产生的经济效果相似。

 

In the event that one or several of the provisions of this Agreement are found to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any aspect in accordance with any laws or regulations, the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected or compromised in any respect. The Parties shall strive in good faith to replace such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with effective provisions that accomplish to the greatest extent permitted by law and the intentions of the Parties, and the economic effect of such effective provisions shall be as close as possible to the economic effect of those invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

 

19 / 23

 

股份质押协议

Share Pledge Agreement

 

16. 其他

 

Miscellaneous

 

16.1 本协议的任何修改、补充或变更,均须采用书面形式,经各方签字或盖章并按规定办理政府登记(如需)后生效。

 

Any amendments, changes and supplements to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall become effective upon completion of the governmental filing procedures (if applicable) after the affixation of the signatures or seals of the Parties.

 

16.2 本协议应取代各方此前订立的原股份质押协议,原股份质押协议应自本协议生效日起立即终止。

 

This Agreement supersedes, in its entirety, the Original Share Pledge Agreement relating to the matters set forth herein, which shall be terminated as of the effective date of this Agreement.

 

16.3 本协议以中文和英文书就,一式14份,质权人和每位出质人各持1份,目标公司持3份,具有同等效力;中英文版本如有冲突,应以中文版为准。

 

This Agreement is written in Chinese and English in fourteen copies. Each of Pledgors and Pledgee shall hold one copy, Target Company shall hold three copies respectively. Each copy of this Agreement shall have equal validity. In case there is any conflict between the Chinese version and the English version, the Chinese version shall prevail.

 

[以下无正文]

 

[THIS SPACE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

20 / 23

 

股份质押协议

Share Pledge Agreement

 

有鉴于此,各方已自行或使得其各自授权代表于文首所载日期签署本《修订和重述的股份质押协议》。

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed, or caused their respectively duly authorized representatives to execute, this Amended and restated Share Pledge Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

质权人:合利恒文化有限公司(盖章)

Pledgee: Heliheng Culture Co., Ltd. (Seal)

 

签署:黄卓勤

By/s/Zhuoqin Huang

职位:法定代表人

Title: Legal Representative

 

出质人:黄卓勤

Pledgor: Zhuoxin Huang

 

签署:黄卓勤

By/s/Zhuoqin Huang

 

出质人:林伟毅

Pledgor: Weiyi Lin

 

签署:林伟毅

By/s/Weiyi Lin

 

出质人:张荣娣

Pledgor: Rongdi Zhang

 

签署:张荣娣

By/s/Rongdi Zhang

 

出质人:崔夏宇

Pledgor: Xiayu Cui

 

签署:崔夏宇

By/s/Xiayu Cui

 

21 / 23

 

股份质押协议

Share Pledge Agreement

 

出质人:崔春晓

Pledgor: Chunxiao Cui

 

签署:崔春晓

By/s/Chunxiao Cui

 

出质人:黄裕

Pledgor: Yu Huang

 

签署:黄裕

By/s/Yu Huang

 

出质人:林阿真

Pledgor: Azhen Lin

 

签署:林阿真

By/s/Azhen Lin

 

出质人:陈武杨

Pledgor: Wuyang Chen

 

签署:陈武杨

By/s/Wuyang Chen

 

出质人:何俊龙

Pledgor: Junlong He

 

签署:何俊龙

By/s/Junlong He

 

目标公司:厦门普普文化股份有限公司(盖章)

Target Company: Xiamen Pop Culture Co., Ltd. (Seal)

 

签署:黄卓勤

By/s/Zhuoqin Huang

 

职位:法定代表人

Title: Legal Representative

 

22 / 23

 

股份质押协议

Share Pledge Agreement

 

附件

 

Attachments

 

1. 合利恒文化有限公司与厦门普普文化股份有限公司于2021219日签署的《修订和重述的独家服务协议》

 

The Amended and Restated Exclusive Services Agreement entered into between Heliheng Culture Co., Ltd. and Xiamen Pop Culture Co., Ltd. on February 19, 2021.

 

2. 合利恒文化有限公司、黄卓勤、林伟毅、张荣娣、崔夏宇、崔春晓、黄裕、林阿真、何俊龙、陈武杨与厦门普普文化股份有限公司于2021219日签署的《修订和重述的独家购买权协议》

 

The Amended and Restated Exclusive Option Agreement entered into among Heliheng Culture Co., Ltd., Zhuoqin Huang, Weiyi Lin, Rongdi Zhang, Xiayu Cui, Chunxiao Cui, Yu Huang, Azhen Lin, Junlong He, Wuyang Chen, and Xiamen Pop Culture Co., Ltd. on February 19, 2021

 

3. 黄卓勤于2021219日签署的《修订和重述的授权委托书》

 

The Amended and Restated Power of Attorney executed by Zhuoqin Huang on February 19, 2021

 

4. 林伟毅于2021219日签署的《修订和重述的授权委托书》

 

The Amended and Restated Power of Attorney executed by Weiyi Lin on February 19, 2021

 

5. 张荣娣于2021219日签署的《修订和重述的授权委托书》

 

The Amended and Restated Power of Attorney executed by Rongdi Zhang on February 19, 2021

 

6. 崔夏宇于20210231930日签署的《修订和重述的授权委托书》

 

The Amended and Restated Power of Attorney executed by Xiayu Cui on February 19, 2021

 

7. 崔春晓于2021219日签署的《修订和重述的授权委托书》

 

The Amended and Restated Power of Attorney executed by Chunxiao Cui on February 19, 2021

 

8. 黄裕于2021219日签署的《修订和重述的授权委托书》

 

The Amended and Restated Power of Attorney executed by Yu Huang on February 19, 2021

 

9. 林阿真于2021219日签署的《修订和重述的授权委托书》

 

The Amended and Restated Power of Attorney executed by Azhen Lin on February 19, 2021

 

10. 陈武杨于2021219日签署的《修订和重述的授权委托书》

 

The Amended and Restated Power of Attorney executed by Wuyang Chen on February 19, 2021

 

11. 何俊龙于2021219日签署的《授权委托书》

 

The Power of Attorney executed by Junlong He on February 19, 2021

 

23 / 23

Exhibit 10.8

 

修订和重述的独家购买权协议

 

Amended and Restated Exclusive Option Agreement

 

本修订和重述的独家购买权协议(下称“本协议”)由以下各方于2021219日在中华人民共和国(下称“中国”) 厦门签订:

 

This Amended and Restated Exclusive Option Agreement (“this Agreement”) is executed by and among the Parties below as of February 19, 2021, in Xiamen, the People’s Republic of China (“China” or “PRC”):

 

(1) 合利恒文化有限公司,一家依据中国法律设立并存续的外商独资企业,注册地址为中国(福建)自由贸易试验区厦门片区象屿路93号厦门国际航运中心C栋4层431单元B之五 (“股份购买权人”)。

 

Heliheng Culture Co., Ltd., a wholly foreign-owned enterprise organized and existing under the laws of the PRC, with its legal address at Room 5, 431B, Building C, Xiamen International Shipping Center, No.93 Xiangyu Road, China (Fujian) Pilot Free Trade Zone, Xiamen (“Optionee”);

 

(2) 黄卓勤,一位中国公民,其身份证号码:[*];

 

Zhuoqin Huang, a PRC citizen with Identification No.: [*];

 

(3) 林伟毅,一位中国公民,其身份证号码:[*];

 

Weiyi Lin, a PRC citizen with Identification No.: [*];

 

(4) 张荣娣,一位中国公民,其身份证号码:[*];

 

Rongdi Zhang, a PRC citizen with Identification No.: [*];

 

(5) 崔夏宇,一位中国公民,其身份证号码:[*];

 

Xiayu Cui, a PRC citizen with Identification No.: [*];

 

(6) 崔春晓,一位中国公民,其身份证号码:[*];

 

Chunxiao Cui, a PRC citizen with Identification No.: [*];

 

(7) 黄裕,一位中国公民,其身份证号码:[*];

 

Yu Huang, a PRC citizen with Identification No.: [*];

 

1/28

 

独家购买权协议

Exclusive Option Agreement

 

(8) 林阿真,一位中国公民,其身份证号码:[*];

 

Azhen Lin, a PRC citizen with Identification No.: [*];

 

(9) 何俊龙,一位中国公民,其身份证号码:[*];

 

Junlong He, a PRC citizen with Identification No.: [*];

 

(10) 陈武杨,一位中国公民,其身份证号码:[*](黄卓勤、林伟毅、张荣娣、崔夏宇、崔春晓、黄裕、林阿真、何俊龙、陈武杨合称为“股东”);

 

Wuyang Chen, a PRC citizen with Identification No.: [*] (Zhuoqin Huang, Weiyi Lin, Rongdi Zhang, Xiayu Cui, Chunxiao Cui, Yu Huang, Azhen Lin, Junlong He together with Wuyang Chen, the “Shareholders”);

 

(11) 厦门普普文化股份有限公司,一家依据中国法律设立并存续的公司,注册地址为厦门市湖里区穆厝路5号836单元(“目标公司”)。

 

Xiamen Pop Culture Co., Ltd., a company organized and existing under the laws of the PRC, with its legal address at Unit 836, No.5 Mucuo Road, Huli District, Xiamen (“Target Company”).

 

在本协议中,股份购买权人、股东和目标公司各称为“一方”,合称为“各方”。

 

In this Agreement, the Optionee, the Shareholders and the Target Company are herein referred to individually as a “Party” and collectively as the “Parties”.

 

鉴于:

 

Whereas:

 

1. 截至本协议签署之日,黄卓勤、林伟毅、张荣娣、崔夏宇、崔春晓、黄裕、林阿真、何俊龙、陈武杨系目标公司股东,合计持有目标公司100%的股份(“股份”);

 

As of execution date of this Agreement, Zhuoqin Huang, Weiyi Lin, Rongdi Zhang, Xiayu Cui, Chunxiao Cui, Yu Huang, Azhen Lin, Junlong He together with Wuyang Chen are the Shareholders of Target Company and hold 100% of the shares in Target Company (the “Shares”);

 

2. 股东同意通过本协议不可撤销地授予股份购买权人一项独家购买权,股份购买权人同意接受该独家购买权用以购买股东在目标公司所持有的全部或部分股份。

 

The Shareholders agree to irrevocably grant the Optionee an exclusive option right through this Agreement, and the Optionee agrees to accept such exclusive option right to purchase all or any Shares held by a Shareholder in Target Company.

 

2/28

 

独家购买权协议

Exclusive Option Agreement

 

3. 股份购买权人、黄卓勤、林伟毅、张荣娣、崔夏宇、崔春晓、黄裕、林阿真、陈武杨和目标公司于2020年3月30日签订了《独家购买权协议》(“原独家购买权协议”)。
各方同意签署本协议以修改原独家购买权协议的某些条款,且本协议自其规定的生效日期即取代和替代原独家购买权协议。

 

The Optionee, Zhuoqin Huang, Weiyi Lin, Rongdi Zhang, Xiayu Cui, Chunxiao Cui, Yu Huang, Azhen Lin together with Wuyang Chen and Target Company executed an Exclusive Option Agreement (the “Original Exclusive Option Agreement”) on March 30, 2020. The Parties agree to amend certain provisions of the original Exlusive Option Agreement by executing this Agreement upon the effective date of this Agreement.

 

现各方协商一致,达成如下协议:

 

Now therefore, upon mutual discussion and negotiation, the Parties have reached the following agreement:

 

1. 股份买卖

Sale and Purchase of Shares

 

1.1 授予权利

 

Option Granted

 

1.1.1 股东同意在此不可撤销且无条件地授予股份购买权人一项不可撤销的专有购买权,股份购买权人以该等购买权在中国法律允许的前提下,按照股份购买权人自行决定的行使步骤,并按照本协议第1.2 条所述的价格,随时一次或多次从股东购买,或指定一人或多人(“被指定人”)从股东处购买其现在和将来所持有的目标公司的全部和/或部分股份(无论股东持有的股份数额或持股比例将来是否发生变化)(“股份购买权”)。

 

The Shareholders hereby irrevocably and unconditionally grant the Optionee an irrevocable and exclusive right to purchase, or designate one or more persons (each, a “Designee”) to purchase their Shares in Target Company now or then held by the Shareholders (regardless whether the Shareholders’ number of shares held and/or percentage of shareholding is changed or not in the future) once or at multiple times at any time in part or in whole at the Optionee’s sole and absolute discretion to the extent permitted by PRC laws and regulations, and at the price described in Section 1.2 herein (such right being the “Option”).

 

3/28

 

独家购买权协议

Exclusive Option Agreement

 

1.1.2 除股份购买权人和被指定人外,任何第三人均不得享有股份购买权或其他与股东股权有关的权利。目标公司特此同意股东向股份购买权人授予股份购买权。本款及本协议所规定的“人”指个人、公司、合营企业、合伙、企业、信托或任何其他经济组织。

 

Except for the Optionee and the Designee(s), no other person shall be entitled to the Option or other rights with respect to the Shares of the Shareholders. Target Company hereby agrees to the grant by the Shareholders of the Option to the Optionee. The term “person” as used herein shall refer to individuals, corporations, partnerships, partners, enterprises, trusts or any other type of economic entity.

 

1.2 行使股份购买权

 

Exercise of Option

 

1.2.1 股份购买权人行使其股份购买权以符合中国法律和法规的规定为前提。股份购买权人行使股份购买权时,应向股东发出书面通知(“股份购买通知”),股份购买通知应载明以下事项:(a) 股份购买权人关于行使股份购买权的决定;(b) 股份购买权人拟从股东购买的股份份额(“被购买的股份” );和(c)被购买的股份的买入日期。

 

Subject to the provisions of the PRC laws and regulations, the Optionee may exercise the Option by issuing a written notice to a Shareholder (the “Option Notice”), specifying: (a) the Optionee’s decision to exercise the Option; (b) the portion of the shares to be purchased from a Shareholder (the “Optioned Shares”); and (c) the date for purchasing the Optioned Shares.

 

1.2.2 被购买股份的买价(“基准买价”)应为人民币 10 元或中国法律下允许的最低价格,如该最低价格高于人民币10元。如果股份购买权人在行权时中国法律要求评估股份,各方通过诚信原则另行商定,并在评估基础上对该股份买价进行必要调整,以符合当时适用之任何中国法律之要求(统称“股份买价”)。

 

The purchase price of the Optioned Shares (the “Base Price”) shall be RMB10, or the minimum price then permitted by the PRC laws and regulations if such lowest price is higher than RMB10. If appraisal is required by the PRC laws and regulations at the time when the Optionee exercises the Option, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith and based on the appraisal result make necessary adjustment to the Shares Purchase Price so that it complies with any and all then applicable PRC laws and regulations (collectively, the ” Shares Purchase Price “).

 

1.2.3 股东同意,在收到股份购买权人支付的股份买价后,将该等股份买价还给股份购买权人的海外母公司普普文化集团有限公司(“股份购买权人母公司”)。

 

Shareholders agree, upon receiving the Shares Purchase Price, to return the Shares Purchase Price to the Optionee’s offshore parent company Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd (“the Optionee’s Parent Company”).

 

4/28

 

独家购买权协议

Exclusive Option Agreement

 

1.3 转让被购买股份

 

Transfer of Optioned Shares

 

股份购买权人每次行使股份购买权时:

 

For each exercise of the Option:

 

1.3.1 股东应责成目标公司及时召开股东大会会议,在该会议上,应通过批准股东向股份购买权人和/或被指定人转让被购买的股份的决议;

 

A Shareholder shall cause Target Company to promptly convene a shareholders meeting, at which a resolution shall be adopted approving the Shareholder’s transfer of the Optioned Shares to the Optionee and/or the Designee(s);

 

1.3.2 股东应就其向股份购买权人和/或被指定人转让被购买的股份取得目标公司其他股东同意该转让并放弃优先购买权的书面声明(如适用);

 

A Shareholder shall obtain written statements from the other shareholder of Target Company giving consent to the transfer of the Shares to the Optionee and/or the Designee(s) and waiving any right of first refusal related thereto (as appropriate);

 

1.3.3 股东应与股份购买权人和/或(在适用的情况下)被指定人按照本协议及股份购买通知的规定,为每次转让签订股份转让合同;

 

A Shareholder shall execute a share transfer contract with respect to each transfer with the Optionee and/or each Designee (whichever is applicable), in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Option Notice regarding the Optioned Shares;

 

1.3.4 有关方应签署所有其他所需合同、协议或文件,取得全部所需的政府批准和同意,并采取所有所需行动,在不附带任何担保权益的情况下,将被购买的股份的有效所有权转移给股份购买权人和/或被指定人并使股份购买权人和/或被指定人成为被购买的股份的登记在册所有人;

 

The relevant Parties shall execute all other necessary contracts, agreements or documents, obtain all necessary government licenses and permits and take all necessary actions to transfer valid ownership of the Optioned Shares to the Optionee and/or the Designee(s), unencumbered by any security interests, and cause the Optionee and/or the Designee(s) to become the registered owner(s) of the Optioned Shares;

 

5/28

 

独家购买权协议

Exclusive Option Agreement

 

1.3.5 为本款及本协议的目的,“担保权益”包括担保、抵押、第三方权利或权益,任何购股权、收购权、优先购买权、抵销权、所有权扣留或其他担保安排等;但为了明确起见,不包括在本协议、股东的股份质押协议项下产生的任何担保权益。本款及本协议所规定的“股东股份质押协议”指股份购买权人、股东和目标公司于本协议签署之日签订的《修订和重述的股份质押协议》(附件1)。根据《修订和重述的股份质押协议》,股东为担保目标公司能履行目标公司与股份购买权人签订的《修订和重述的独家服务协议》(附件2)项下的义务,而向股份购买权人质押其在目标公司的全部股东股份。

 

For the purpose of this Section and this Agreement, “security interests” shall include securities, mortgages, third party’s rights or interests, any stock options, acquisition right, right of first refusal, right to offset, ownership retention or other security arrangements, but shall be deemed to exclude any security interest created by this Agreement and the Amended and Restated Share Pledge Agreement. “Shareholders’ Share Pledge Agreement” as used in this Section and this Agreement shall refer to the Amended and Restated Share Pledge Agreement (Attachment 1) executed by and among the Optionee, Shareholders, and Target Company on the date of this Agreement, whereby the Shareholders pledge all of their shares in Target Company to the Optionee, in order to guarantee Target Company’s performance of its obligations under the Amended and Restated Exclusive Services Agreement executed by and between Target Company and the Optionee (Attachment 2).

 

2. 承诺

 

Covenants

 

2.1 有关目标公司的承诺

 

Covenants regarding Target Company

 

目标公司在此承诺:

 

Target Company hereby covenant as follows:

 

2.1.1 未经股份购买权人或股份购买权人母公司的事先书面同意,不以任何形式补充、更改或修改目标公司章程文件,增加或减少其注册资本,或以其他方式改变其注册资本结构;

 

Without the prior written consent of the Optionee or the Optionee’ s Parent Company, it shall not in any manner supplement, change or amend the articles of association and bylaws of Target Company, increase or decrease its registered capital, or change its structure of registered capital in other manners;

 

6/28

 

独家购买权协议

Exclusive Option Agreement

 

2.1.2 按照良好的财务和商业标准及惯例,保持其公司的存续,审慎地及有效地经营其业务和处理事务;

 

It shall maintain Target Company’s corporate existence in accordance with good financial and business standards and practices by prudently and effectively operating its business and handling its affairs;

 

2.1.3 未经股份购买权人或股份购买权人母公司的事先书面同意,不在本协议签署之日起的任何时间出售、转让、抵押或以其他方式处置目标公司的任何资产、业务或收入的合法或受益权益,或允许在其上设置任何其他担保权益;

 

Without the prior written consent of the Optionee or the Optionee’s Parent Company, it shall not at any time following the date hereof, sell, transfer, mortgage or dispose of in any manner any assets of Target Company or legal or beneficial interest in the business or revenues of Target Company, or allow the encumbrance thereon of any security interest;

 

2.1.4 未经股份购买权人或股份购买权人母公司的事先书面同意,不发生、继承、保证或容许存在任何债务,但(i)正常或日常业务过程中产生而不是通过借款方式产生的债务;和(ii)已向股份购买权人披露和得到股份购买权人书面同意的债务除外;

 

Without the prior written consent of the Optionee or the Optionee’s Parent Company, it shall not incur, inherit, guarantee or suffer the existence of any debt, except for (i) debts incurred in the ordinary course of business other than through loans; and (ii) debts disclosed to the Optionee for which the Optionee’s written consent has been obtained;

 

2.1.5 一直在正常业务过程中经营所有业务,以保持目标公司的资产价值,不进行任何足以影响其经营状况和资产价值的作为/不作为;

 

It shall always operate all of Target Company’s businesses during the ordinary course of business to maintain the asset value of Target Company and refrain from any action/omission that may affect Target Company’s operating status and asset value;

 

2.1.6 未经股份购买权人或股份购买权人母公司的事先书面同意,不得让目标公司签订任何重大合同,但在正常业务过程中签订的合同除外(就本段而言,如果一份合同的价值超过人民币100万元,即被视为重大合同);

 

Without the prior written consent of the Optionee or the Optionee’s Parent Company, it shall not cause Target Company to execute any major contract, except the contracts in the ordinary course of business (for purpose of this subsection, a contract with a value exceeding RMB One million shall be deemed a major contract);

 

7/28

 

独家购买权协议

Exclusive Option Agreement

 

2.1.7 未经股份购买权人或股份购买权人母公司的事先书面同意,目标公司不得向任何人提供贷款或信贷;

 

Without the prior written consent of the Optionee or the Optionee’s Parent Company, it shall not cause Target Company to provide any person with any loan or credit;

 

2.1.8 应股份购买权人要求,向其提供所有关于目标公司的营运和财务状况的资料;

 

It shall provide the Optionee with information on Target Company’s business operations and financial condition at the Optionee’s request;

 

2.1.9 如股份购买权人提出要求,目标公司应从股份购买权人接受的保险公司处购买和持有的有关其资产和业务的保险,该保险的金额和险种应与经营类似业务的公司一致;

 

If requested by the Optionee, it shall procure and maintain insurance in respect of Target Company’s assets and business from an insurance carrier acceptable to the Optionee, at an amount and type of coverage typical for companies that operate similar businesses;

 

2.1.10 未经股份购买权人或股份购买权人母公司的事先书面同意,目标公司不得与任何人合并或联合,或对任何人进行收购或投资;

 

Without the prior written consent of the Optionee or the Optionee’s Parent Company, it shall not cause or permit Target Company to merge, consolidate with, acquire or invest in any person;

 

2.1.11 将发生的或可能发生的与目标公司资产、业务或收入有关的诉讼、仲裁或行政程序立即通知股份购买权人;

 

It shall immediately notify the Optionee of the occurrence or possible occurrence of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings relating to Target Company’s assets, business or revenue;

 

2.1.12 为保持目标公司对其全部资产的所有权,签署所有必要或适当的文件,采取所有必要或适当的行动和提出所有必要或适当的控告或对所有索偿进行必要和适当的抗辩;

 

To maintain the ownership by Target Company of all of its assets, it shall execute all necessary or appropriate documents, take all necessary or appropriate actions and file all necessary or appropriate complaints or raise necessary and appropriate defenses against all claims;

 

2.1.13 未经股份购买权人或股份购买权人母公司的事先书面同意,不得以任何形式派发股息予各股东,但一经股份购买权人要求,目标公司应立即将其所有可分配利润全部立即分配给其各股东;

 

Without the prior written consent of the Optionee or the Optionee’s Parent Company, it shall ensure that Target Company shall not in any manner distribute dividends to its shareholders, provided that upon the Optionee’s written request, Target Company shall immediately distribute all distributable profits to its Shareholders;

 

2.1.14 根据股份购买权人的要求,委任由其指定的任何人士出任目标公司的董事和/或执行董事;及

 

At the request of the Optionee, it shall appoint any persons designated by the Optionee as the director and/or executive director of Target Company; and

 

8/28

 

独家购买权协议

Exclusive Option Agreement

 

2.1.15 除中国法律另有规定,未经股份购买权人书面同意,目标公司不得进行解散或清算。

 

Unless otherwise required by PRC law, Target Company shall not be dissolved or liquated without prior written consent by the Optionee.

 

2.2 股东的承诺

 

Covenants of the Shareholders

 

股东承诺:

Shareholders hereby covenant as follows:

 

2.2.1 未经股份购买权人或股份购买权人母公司的事先书面同意,不出售、转让、抵押或以其他方式处置其拥有的目标公司的股份的合法或受益权益,或允许在其上设置任何其他担保权益,但根据《修订和重述的股份质押协议》(附件1)在该股份上设置的质押则除外;

 

Without the prior written consent of the Optionee or the Optionee’s Parent Company, they shall not sell, transfer, mortgage or dispose of in any other manner any legal or beneficial interest in the shares in Target Company held by the Shareholders, or allow the encumbrance thereon of any security interest, except for the pledge placed on these shares in accordance with the Amended and Restated Share Pledge Agreement (Attachment 1);

 

2.2.2 促使目标公司股东会和/或董事会和/或执行董事不批准在未经股份购买权人的事先书面同意的情况下,出售、转让、抵押或以其他方式处置任何股东持有之目标公司的股份的合法权益或受益权,或允许在其上设置任何其他担保权益,但批准根据股东与股份购买权人及目标公司签署的《修订和重述的股份质押协议》(附件1)在股东股份上设置的质押则除外;

 

The Shareholders shall cause the shareholders’ meeting and/or the board of directors and/or executive director of Target Company not to approve the sale, transfer, mortgage or disposition in any other manner of any legal or beneficial interest in the shares in Target Company held by a Shareholder, or allow the encumbrance thereon of any security interest, without the prior written consent of the Optionee, except for the pledge placed on these shares in accordance with the Amended and Restated Share Pledge Agreement (Attachment 1) entered into with the Optionee and Target Company;

 

9/28

 

独家购买权协议

Exclusive Option Agreement

 

2.2.3 未经股份购买权人或股份购买权人母公司的事先书面同意的情况下,对于目标公司与任何人合并或联合,或对任何人进行收购或投资,股东将促成目标公司股东会和/或董事会和/或执行董事不予批准;

 

The Shareholders shall cause the shareholders’ meeting or the board of directors and/or executive director of Target Company not to approve the merger or consolidation with any person, or the acquisition of or investment in any person, without the prior written consent of the Optionee or the Optionee’s Parent Company;

 

2.2.4 将发生的或可能发生的任何关于其所拥有的股份的诉讼、仲裁 或行政程序立即通知股份购买权人;

 

The Shareholders shall immediately notify the Optionee of the occurrence or possible occurrence of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings relating to the shares in Target Company held by a Shareholder;

 

2.2.5 促使目标公司股东大会和/或董事会和/或执行董事表决赞成本协议规定的被购买的股份的转让并应股份购买权人之要求采取其他任何行动;

 

They shall cause the shareholders’ meeting or the board of directors and/or executive director of Target Company to vote their approval of the transfer of the Optioned Shares as set forth in this Agreement and to take any and all other actions that may be requested by the Optionee;

 

2.2.6 为保持其对股份的所有权,签署所有必要或适当的文件,采取所有必要或适当的行动和提出所有必要或适当的控告或对所有索偿进行必要和适当的抗辩;

 

To the extent necessary to maintain the Shareholders’ ownership in Target Company, they shall execute all necessary or appropriate documents, take all necessary or appropriate actions and file all necessary or appropriate complaints or raise necessary and appropriate defenses against all claims;

 

10/28

 

独家购买权协议

Exclusive Option Agreement

 

2.2.7 应股份购买权人的要求,委任由其指定的任何人士出任目标公司的董事和/或执行董事;

 

They shall appoint any designee of the Optionee as the director and/or executive director of Target Company, at the request of the Optionee;

 

2.2.8 经股份购买权人随时要求,应向其指定的代表在任何时间无条件地根据本协议的股份购买权立即转让其股份,并放弃其对另一现有股东进行上述股份转让所享有的优先购买权(如有的话);

 

At the request of the Optionee at any time, a Shareholder shall promptly and unconditionally transfer its shares in Target Company to the Optionee’s Designee(s) in accordance with the Option under this Agreement, and the Shareholder hereby waives its right of first refusal (if any) to the share transfer by the other existing shareholder of Target Company (if any);

 

2.2.9 股东向股份购买权人转让其持有目标公司所有股份后,当目标公司由股份有限公司变更为有限责任公司时,股东应协助目标公司完成上述变更法律法规要求的全部文件(以相关政府部门要求的文件清单为准)及相关流程办理。就前述变更事宜,股东均应提供必要的协助,并且不得阻挠或消极对待上述事宜的办理及完成。

 

Upon transfer of the Shares held by the Shareholders to the Optionee, in case of Target Company changing from company limited by shares to limited liability company, Shareholders shall assist Target Company to prepare all application documents as required by laws and regulations in connection with the aforementioned change (subject to the application documents list required by relevant government authorities) and relevant procedures. In respect of the matters in connection with the aforesaid changes, Shareholders shall render the necessary assistance and shall not hinder or treat negatively the processing and completion of the abovementioned matters.

 

2.2.10 在适用的中国法律所允许的范围内,股东应及时将其获得的利润、权益、股息或清算所得捐赠给股份购买权人或股份购买权人指定的其他方; 和

 

Shareholders shall promptly donate any profits, interests, dividends, or proceeds of liquidation to the Optionee or any other person designated by the Optionee to the extent permitted under the applicable PRC laws; and

 

2.2.11 严格遵守本协议及股东、目标公司与股份购买权人共同或分别签订的其他合同的各项规定,切实履行该等合同项下的各项义务,并不进行任何足以影响该等合同的有效性和可执行性的作为/不作为。如果股东对于本合同项下或股东的《修订和重述的股份质押协议》(附件1)下或对股份购买权人的《修订和重述的授权委托书》(附件3至附件10)或《授权委托书》(附件11)中的股份,还留存有任何权利,除非股份购买权人书面指示,否则股东仍不得行使该权利。

 

The Shareholders shall strictly abide by the provisions of this Agreement and other contracts jointly or separately executed by and among the Shareholders, Target Company and the Optionee, perform the obligations hereunder and thereunder, and refrain from any action/omission that may affect the effectiveness and enforceability thereof. To the extent that a Shareholder has any remaining rights with respect to the shares subject to this Agreement hereunder or under the Amended and Restated Share Pledge Agreement (Attachment 1) or under the Amended and Restated Power of Attorney (Attachment 3 to Attachment 10) or Power of Attorney (Attachment 11) granted in favor of Party A, the Shareholder shall not exercise such rights except in accordance with the written instructions of the Optionee.

 

11/28

 

独家购买权协议

Exclusive Option Agreement

 

3. 陈述与保证

 

Representations and Warranties

 

股东和目标公司特此在本协议签署之日和每一个转让日向股份购买权人共同及分别陈述和保证如下:

 

The Shareholders and Target Company hereby represent and warrant to the Optionee, jointly and severally, as of the date of this Agreement and each date of transfer of the Optioned Shares, that:

 

3.1 其具有签订和交付本协议和其为一方的、根据本协议为每一次转让被购买的股份而签订的任何股份转让合同(各称为“转让合同”),并履行其在本协议和任何转让合同项下的义务的权力和能力。股东和目标公司同意在股份购买权人行使购买权时,他们将签署与本协议条款一致的转让合同。本协议和股东和目标公司是一方的各转让合同一旦签署后,构成或将对股东和目标公司构成合法、有效及具有约束力的义务并可按照其条款对股东和/或目标公司强制执行;

 

They have the power, capacity, and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and any share transfer contracts to which they are a Party concerning the Optioned Shares to be transferred thereunder (each, a “Transfer Agreement”), and to perform their obligations under this Agreement and any Transfer Agreement. The Shareholders and Target Company agree to enter into Transfer Agreement consistent with the terms of this Agreement upon the Optionee’s exercise of the Option. This Agreement and the Transfer Agreement to which a Shareholder and Target Company are the parties constitute or will constitute their legal, valid and binding obligations and shall be enforceable against them in accordance with the provisions thereof;

 

3.2 无论是本协议或任何转让合同的签署和交付还是其在本协议或任何转让合同项下的义务的履行均不会:(i)导致违反任何有关的中国法律; (ii)与目标公司章程或其他组织文件相抵触;(iii)导致违反其是一方或对其有约束力的任何合同或文件,或构成其是一方或对其有约束力的任何合同或文件项下的违约;(iv)导致违反有关向任何一方颁发的任何许可或批准的授予和(或)继续有效的任何条件;或(v)导致向任何一方颁发的任何许可或批准中止或被撤销或附加条件;

 

The execution and delivery of this Agreement or any Transfer Agreement and the obligations under this Agreement or any Transfer Agreement shall not: (i) cause any violation of any applicable laws of China; (ii) be inconsistent with the articles of association, bylaws or other organizational documents of Target Company; (iii) cause the violation of any contracts or instruments to which they are a party or which are binding on them, or constitute any breach under any contracts or instruments to which they are a party or which are binding on them; (iv) cause any violation of any condition for the grant and/or continued effectiveness of any licenses or permits issued to either of them; or (v) cause the suspension or revocation of or imposition of additional conditions to any licenses or permits issued to either of them;

 

12/28

 

独家购买权协议

Exclusive Option Agreement

 

3.3 股东对其在目标公司拥有的股份拥有良好和可出售的所有权,除股东与股份购买权人及目标公司签署的《修订和重述的股份质押协议》(附件1)外,股东在上述股份上没有设置任何担保权益;

 

A Shareholder has a good and merchantable title to the shares in Target Company he or she holds. Except for the Amended and Restated Share Pledge Agreement (Attachment 1) entered into with the Optionee and Target Company, the Shareholder has not placed any security interest on such shares;

 

3.4 目标公司对所有资产拥有良好和可出售的所有权,目标公司在上述资产上没有设置任何担保权益;

 

Target Company has a good and merchantable title to all of its assets, and has not placed any security interest on the aforementioned assets;

 

3.5 目标公司没有任何未偿还债务,除(i)在其正常的业务过程中发生的债务,及(ii)已向股份购买权人披露及经股份购买权人书面同意债务除外;

 

Target Company does not have any outstanding debts, except for (i) debt incurred in the ordinary course of business; and (ii) debts disclosed to the Optionee for which the Optionee’s written consent has been obtained;

 

3.6 目标公司遵守适用于资产的收购的所有法律和法规;和

 

Target Company has complied with all the PRC laws and regulations applicable to asset acquisitions; and

 

3.7 目前没有悬而未决的或构成威胁的与股份、目标公司资产有关的或与目标公司有关的诉讼、仲裁或行政程序。

 

There is no pending or threatened litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings relating to the shares in Target Company, assets of Target Company or Target Company.

  

13/28

 

独家购买权协议

Exclusive Option Agreement

 

4. 协议生效及终止

 

Effectiveness and Termination of This Agreement

 

4.1 本协议于各方或其法定代表人签署本协议之日生效。

 

This Agreement shall become effective upon the date hereof, after being executed or sealed by the Parties or executed by their legal representatives.

 

4.2 本协议应在股东所拥有的全部目标公司股份和/或目标公司的所有资产均已根据本协议合法转让至股份购买权人或其指定人之时终止。尽管如此,在任何情况下,股份购买权人有权提前三十(30)天向股东及目标公司书面通知终止本协议,而股份购买权人不应就其单方面终止本协议而负违约责任。

 

This Agreement shall be terminated after all the shares in Target Company held by the Shareholders and/or all the assets of Target Company have been legally transferred to the Optionee and/or its designee in accordance with this Agreement. Notwithstanding the above provision, the Optionee shall in any event be entitled to terminate this Agreement by prior written notice to the Shareholders and Target Company thirty (30) days in advance, and the Optionee shall not be held liable for default in respect of the unilateral termination of this Agreement.

 

5. 适用法律及争议解决

 

Governing Law and Resolution of Disputes

 

5.1 适用法律

 

Governing law

 

本协议的订立、效力、解释、履行、修改和终止以及争议解决均适用中国正式公布并可公开得到的法律。对中国正式公布并可公开得到的法律没有规定的事项,将适用国际法律原则和惯例。

 

The execution, effectiveness, construction, performance, amendment and termination of this Agreement and the resolution of disputes hereunder shall be governed by the formally published and publicly available laws of China. Matters not covered by formally published and publicly available laws of China shall be governed by international legal principles and practices.

 

5.2 争议的解决方法

 

Dispute Resolution

 

因解释和履行本协议而发生的任何争议,本协议各方应首先通过友好协商的方式加以解决。如果在一方向其他方发出要求协商解决的书面通知后30天之内争议仍然得不到解决,则任何一方均可将有关争议提交给位于厦门的厦门仲裁委员会,由该中心按照其届时有效的仲裁规则仲裁解决。仲裁应在中国厦门进行,使用之语言为中文。仲裁裁决是终局性的,对各方均有约束力。

 

In the event of any dispute with respect to the construction and performance of this Agreement, the Parties shall first resolve the dispute through friendly negotiations. In the event the Parties fail to reach an agreement on the dispute within 30 days after either Party’s request to the other Parties for resolution of the dispute through negotiations, either Party may submit the relevant dispute to the Xiamen Arbitration Commission for arbitration, in accordance with its then effective arbitration rules. The arbitration shall be conducted in Xiamen, China, and the language used in arbitration shall be Chinese. The arbitration award shall be final and binding on all Parties.

 

6. 税费

 

Taxes and Fees

 

每一方应承担根据中国法律因准备和签署本协议和各转让合同以及完成本协议和各转让合同拟定的交易而由该方发生的或对其征收的任何和全部的转让和注册的税、花费和费用。

 

Each Party shall pay any and all transfer and registration tax, expenses and fees incurred thereby or levied thereon in accordance with the PRC laws and regulations in connection with the preparation and execution of this Agreement and the Transfer Contracts, as well as the consummation of the transactions contemplated under this Agreement and the Transfer Contracts.

 

14/28

 

独家购买权协议

Exclusive Option Agreement

 

7. 通知

 

Notice

 

7.1 本协议项下要求或发出的所有通知和其他通信应通过专人递送、挂号邮寄、邮资预付或商业快递服务或传真的方式发到该方下列地址。每一通知还应再以电子邮件送达。该等通知视为有效送达的日期按如下方式确定:

 

All notices and other communications required or permitted to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be delivered personally or sent by registered mail, postage prepaid, by a commercial courier service or by facsimile transmission to the address of such Party set forth below. A confirmation copy of each notice shall also be sent by email. The dates on which notices shall be deemed to have been effectively given shall be determined as follows:

 

7.1.1 通知如果是以专人递送、快递服务或挂号邮寄、邮资预付发出的,则以于设定为通知的地址在发送或拒收之日为有效送达日。

 

Notices given by personal delivery, by courier service or by registered mail, postage prepaid, shall be deemed effectively given on the date of delivery or refusal at the address specified for notices.

 

7.1.2 通知如果是以传真发出的,则以成功传送之日为有效送达日(应 以自动生成的传送确认信息为证)。

 

Notices given by facsimile transmission shall be deemed effectively given on the date of successful transmission (as evidenced by an automatically generated confirmation of transmission).

 

7.2 为通知的目的,各方地址如下:

 

For the purpose of notices, the addresses of the Parties are as follows:

 

股份购买权人: 合利恒文化有限公司
地址: 中国(福建)自由贸易试验区厦门片区象屿路93号厦门国际航运中心C栋4层431单元B之五
联系人: 黄卓勤
电话: [*]
Optionee: Heliheng Culture Co., Ltd.
Address: Room 5, 431B, Building C, Xiamen International Shipping Center, No.93 Xiangyu Road, China (Fujian) Pilot Free Trade Zone, Xiamen
Attn: Zhuoqin Huang
Phone: [*]

 

股东: 黄卓勤
地址:                                 
电话: [*]
Shareholder: Zhuoqin Huang
Address:                                 
Phone: [*]

 

股东: 林伟毅
地址:                                 
电话: [*]
Shareholder: Weiyi Lin
Address:                                 
Phone: [*]

 

15/28

 

独家购买权协议

Exclusive Option Agreement

 

股东: 张荣娣
地址:                                 
电话: [*]
Shareholder: Rongdi Zhang
Address:                                 
Phone: [*]

 

股东: 崔夏宇
地址:                                 
电话: [*]
Shareholder: Xiayu Cui
Address:                                 
Phone: [*]

 

 

股东: 崔春晓
地址:                                 
电话: [*]
Shareholder: Chunxiao Cui
Address:                                 
Phone: [*]

 

股东: 黄裕
地址:                                 
电话: [*]
Shareholder: Yu Huang
Address:                                 
Phone: [*]

 

股东: 林阿真
地址:                                 
电话: [*]
Shareholder: Azhen Lin
Address:                                 
Phone: [*]

 

股东:

 

何俊龙

地址:                                 
电话: [*]
Shareholder: Junlong He
Address:                                 
Phone: [*]
   

 

股东: 陈武杨
地址:                                 
电话: [*]
Shareholder: Wuyang Chen
Address:                                 
Phone: [*]

 

目标公司: 厦门普普文化股份有限公司
地址: 厦门市湖里区穆厝路5号836单元                                   
联系人: 黄卓勤
电话: [*]
Target Company: Xiamen Pop Culture Co., Ltd.
Address: Unit 836, No.5 Mucuo Road, Huli District, Xiamen                                    
Attn: Zhuoqin Huang
Phone: [*]

 

16/28

 

独家购买权协议

Exclusive Option Agreement

 

7.3 任何一方可按本条规定随时给其他方发出通知来改变其接收通知的地址。

 

Any Party may at any time change its address for notices by a notice delivered to the other Parties in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

8. 保密责任

 

Confidentiality

 

各方承认及确定彼此就有关本协议而交换的任何口头或书面资料均属机密资料。各方应当对所有该等资料予以保密,而在未得其他方书面同意前,不得向任何第三者披露任何有关资料,惟下列情况除外:(a)公众人士知悉或将会知悉该等资料(并非由接受资料之一方擅自向公众披露);(b)适用法律法规或股票交易的规则或规例所需披露之资料;或(c)由任何一方就本协议所述交易而需向其法律或财务顾问披露之资料而该法律或财务顾问亦需遵守与本条款相类似之保密责任。如任何一方工作人员或聘请机构的泄密均视为该方的泄密,需依本协议承担违约责任。无论本协议以任何理由终止,本条款仍然生效。

 

The Parties acknowledge that any oral or written information exchanged among them with respect to this Agreement is confidential information. Each Party shall maintain the confidentiality of all such information, and without obtaining the written consent of other Parties, it shall not disclose any relevant information to any third parties, except in the following circumstances: (a) such information is or will be in the public domain (provided that this is not the result of a public disclosure by the receiving party); (b) information disclosed as required by applicable laws or rules or regulations of any stock exchange; or (c) information required to be disclosed by any Party to its legal counsel or financial advisor regarding the transaction contemplated hereunder, and such legal counsel or financial advisor are also bound by confidentiality duties similar to the duties in this section. Disclosure of any confidential information by the staff members or agency hired by any Party shall be deemed disclosure of such confidential information by such Party, which Party shall be held liable for breach of this Agreement. This Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason.

 

9. 进一步保证

 

Further Warranties

 

各方同意迅速签署为执行本协议的各项规定和目的而合理需要的或对其有利的文件,以及为执行本协议的各项规定和目的而采取合理需要的或对其有利的进一步行动。

 

The Parties agree to promptly execute documents that are reasonably required for or are conducive to the implementation of the provisions and purposes of this Agreement and take further actions that are reasonably required for or are conducive to the implementation of the provisions and purposes of this Agreement.

 

17/28

 

独家购买权协议

Exclusive Option Agreement

 

10. 违约

 

Breach of Agreement

 

10.1 如股东和目标公司实施了实质性违反本协议任一条款的行为,股份购买权人有权终止本协议和/或要求股东或目标公司赔偿所有的损失;本条的规定不影响股份购买权人根据本协议享有的其他权利。

 

If a Shareholders or Target Company conducts any material breach of any term of this Agreement, the Optionee shall have right to terminate this Agreement and/or require Shareholders or Target Company to compensate all damages; this Section 10 shall not prejudice any other rights of the Optionee herein;

 

10.2 除适用的法律另有规定,股东或目标公司在任何情况下都无权终止本协议。

 

Shareholders or Target Company shall not have any right to terminate this Agreement in any event unless otherwise required by the applicable laws.

 

11. 其他

 

Miscellaneous

 

11.1 修订、修改与补充

 

Amendment, change and supplement

 

对本协议作出修订、修改与补充,必须经每一方签署书面协议。

 

Any amendment, change and supplement to this Agreement shall require the execution of a written agreement by all of the Parties.

 

11.2 完整合同

 

Entire agreement

 

除了在本协议签署后所作出的书面修订、补充或修改以外,本协议构成本协议各方达成的完整合同,取代在此之前 就本协议标的物所达成的所有口头或书面的协商、陈述和合同。本协议应取代各方此前订立的原独家购买权协议,原独家购买权协议应自本协议生效日起立即终止。

 

Except for the amendments, supplements or changes in writing executed after the execution of this Agreement, this Agreement shall constitute the entire agreement reached by and among the Parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and shall supersede all prior oral and written consultations, representations and contracts reached with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement. This Agreement supersedes, in its entirety, the Original Exclusive Option Agreement relating to the matters set forth herein, which shall be terminated as of the effective date of this Agreement.

 

11.3 标题

 

Headings

 

本协议的标题仅为方便阅读而设,不应被用来解释、说明或在其他方面影响本协议各项规定的含义。

 

The headings of this Agreement are for convenience only, and shall not be used to interpret, explain or otherwise affect the meanings of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

18/28

 

独家购买权协议

Exclusive Option Agreement

 

11.4 语言

 

Language

 

本协议以中文和英文书就,一式14份,质权人和每位出质人各持1份,目标公司持3份,具有同等效力;中英文版本如有冲突,应以中文版为准。

 

This Agreement is written in both Chinese and English language in ten 14 copies, Each of Pledgors and Pledgee shall hold one copy, Target Company shall hold three copies respectively. Each copy of this Agreement shall have equal validity,, in case there is any conflict between the Chinese version and the English version, the Chinese version shall prevail.

 

11.5 可分割性

 

Severability

 

如果本协议有任何一条或多条规定根据任何法律或法规在任何方面被裁定为无效、不合法或不可执行,本协议其余规定的有效性、合法性或可执行性不应因此在任何方面受到影响或损害。各方应通过诚意磋商,争取以法律许可以及各方期望的最大限度内有效的规定取代那些无效、不合法或不可执行的规定,而该等有效的规定所产生的经济效果应尽可能与那些无效、不合法或不能强制执行的规定所产生的经济效果相似。

 

In the event that one or several of the provisions of this Agreement are found to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any aspect in accordance with any laws or regulations, the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected or compromised in any respect. The Parties shall strive in good faith to replace such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with effective provisions that accomplish to the greatest extent permitted by law and the intentions of the Parties, and the economic effect of such effective provisions shall be as close as possible to the economic effect of those invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

 

11.6 继任者

 

Successors

 

本协议对各方各自的继任者和各方所允许的受让方应具有约束力并对其有利。

 

This Agreement shall be binding on and shall inure to the interest of the respective successors of the Parties and the permitted assigns of such Parties.

 

11.7 继续有效

 

Survival

 

11.7.1 合同期满或提前终止前因本协议而发生的或到期的任何义务在本协议期满或提前终止后继续有效。

 

Any obligations that occur or that are due as a result of this Agreement upon the expiration or early termination of this Agreement shall survive the expiration or early termination thereof.

 

11.7.2 本协议第 5、8、10 条和本第 11.7 条的规定在本协议终止后继续有效。

 

The provisions of Sections 5, 8, 10 and this Section 11.7 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

11.8 弃权

 

Waivers

 

任何一方可以对本协议的条款和条件作出弃权,但必须经书面作出并经各方签字。一方在某种情况下就其他方的违约所作的弃权不应被视为该方在其他情况下就类似的违约已经对其他方作出弃权。

 

Any Party may waive the terms and conditions of this Agreement, provided that such a waiver must be provided in writing and shall require the signatures of the Parties. No waiver by any Party in certain circumstances with respect to a breach by other Parties shall operate as a waiver by such a Party with respect to any similar breach in other circumstances.

 

[以下无正文]

[THIS SPACE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

19/28

 

独家购买权协议

Exclusive Option Agreement

 

有鉴于此,各方已自行或使得其各自授权代表于文首所载日期签署本《修订和重述的独家购买权协议》。

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed, or caused their respectively duly authorized representatives to execute, this Amended and Restated Exclusive Option Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

股份购买权人:合利恒文化有限公司(盖章)

Optionee: Heliheng Culture Co., Ltd. (Seal)

 

签署:黄卓勤

By:/s/Zhuoqin Huang

职位:法定代表人

 

Title: Legal Representative

 

股东:黄卓勤

Shareholder: Zhuoxin Huang

 

签署:黄卓勤

By:/s/Zhuoqin Huang

 

股东:林伟毅

Shareholder: Weiyi Lin

 

签署:林伟毅

By:/s/Weiyi Lin

 

股东:张荣娣

Shareholder: Rongdi Zhang

 

签署:张荣娣

By:/s/Rongdi Zhang

 

股东:崔夏宇

Shareholder: Xiayu Cui

 

签署:崔夏宇

By:/s/Xiayu Cui

 

20/28

 

独家购买权协议

Exclusive Option Agreement

 

股东:崔春晓

Shareholder: Chunxiao Cui

 

签署:崔春晓

By:/s/Chunxiao Cui

 

股东:黄裕

Shareholder: Yu Huang

 

签署:黄裕

By:/s/Yu Huang

 

股东:林阿真

Shareholder: Azhen Lin

 

签署:林阿真

By:/s/Azhen Lin

 

股东:何俊龙

Shareholder: Junlong He

 

签署:何俊龙

By:/s/Junlong He

 

股东:陈武杨

Shareholder: Wuyang Chen

 

签署:陈武杨

By:/s/Wuyang Chen

 

目标公司:厦门普普文化股份有限公司(盖章)

Target Company: Xiamen Pop Culture Co., Ltd. (Seal)

 

签署:黄卓勤

By:/s/Zhuoqin Huang

 

职位:法定代表人

Title: Legal Representative

 

21/28

 

独家购买权协议

Exclusive Option Agreement

 

附件

Attachments

 

1. 合利恒文化有限公司、黄卓勤、林伟毅、张荣娣、崔夏宇、崔春晓、黄裕、林阿真、何俊龙、陈武杨与厦门普普文化股份有限公司于2021年2月19日签署的《修订和重述的股份质押协议》

 

The Amended and Restated Share Pledge Agreement entered into among Heliheng Culture Co., Ltd., Zhuoqin Huang, Weiyi Lin, Rongdi Zhang, Xiayu Cui, Chunxiao Cui, Yu Huang, Azhen Lin, Junlong He, Wuyang Chen, and Xiamen Pop Culture Co., Ltd. on February 19, 2021

 

2. 合利恒文化有限公司与厦门普普文化股份有限公司于2021年2月19日签署的《修订和重述的独家服务协议》

 

The Amended and Restated Exclusive Services Agreement entered into between Heliheng Culture Co., Ltd. and Xiamen Pop Culture Co., Ltd. on February 19, 2021

 

3. 黄卓勤于2021年2月19日签署的《修订和重述的授权委托书》

 

The Amended and Restated Power of Attorney executed by Zhuoqin Huang on February 19, 2021

 

4. 林伟毅于2021年2月19日签署的《修订和重述的授权委托书》

 

The Amended and Restated Power of Attorney executed by Weiyi Lin on February 19, 2021

 

5. 张荣娣于2021年2月19日签署的《修订和重述的授权委托书》

 

The Amended and Restated Power of Attorney executed by Rongdi Zhang on February 19, 2021

 

6. 崔夏宇于2021年2月19日签署的《修订和重述的授权委托书》

 

The Amended and Restated Power of Attorney executed by Xiayu Cui on February 19, 2021

 

7. 崔春晓于2021年2月19日签署的《修订和重述的授权委托书》

 

The Amended and Restated Power of Attorney executed by Chunxiao Cui on February 19, 2021

 

8. 黄裕于2021年2月19日签署的《修订和重述的授权委托书》

 

The Amended and Restated Power of Attorney executed by Yu Huang on February 19, 2021

 

9. 林阿真于2021年2月19日签署的《修订和重述的授权委托书》

 

The Amended and Restated Power of Attorney executed by Azhen Lin on February 19, 2021

 

10. 陈武杨于2021年2月19日签署的《修订和重述的授权委托书》

 

The Amended and Restated Power of Attorney executed by Wuyang Chen on February 19, 2021

 

11. 何俊龙于2021年2月19日签署的《授权委托书》

 

The Power of Attorney executed by Junlong He on February 19, 2021

 

22/28

Exhibit 10.9

 

修订和重述的配偶同意函

Amended and Restated Spousal Consent

 

本人,[Name of Spouse](身份证件号码:[ID Card No. of Spouse]),系[Name of Shareholder](身份证件号码:[ID Card No. of Shareholder])(“本人配偶”)的合法配偶。本人在此无条件且不可撤销地同意本人配偶于2021年2月19日签署下列交易文件(“交易文件”),并同意其根据交易文件的相关条款,处置登记于本人配偶名下并为其所拥有的厦门普普文化股份有限公司(“公司”)的股份:

The undersigned, [Name of Spouse] (Identification No: [ID Card No. of Spouse]), is the legal spouse of [Name of Shareholder] (Identification No: [ID Card No. of Shareholder]) (“My Spouse”). I hereby unconditionally and irrevocably agree My Spouse to sign the following documents (the “Transaction Documents”) on February 19, 2021, and agree to dispose of the shares in Xiamen Pop Culture Co., Ltd. (the “Company”) held by and registered under the name of My Spouse in accordance with the provisions of the following documents:

 

(1) 由本人配偶与合利恒文化有限公司(“WFOE”)、公司及其他合同相对方签订的《修订和重述的股份质押协议》;

The Amended and Restated Share Pledge Agreement entered into by My Spouse, Heliheng Culture Co., Ltd. (“WFOE”), the Company, and other parties;

(2) 由本人配偶与WFOE、公司及其他合同相对方签订的《修订和重述的独家购买权协议》;以及

The Amended and Restated Exclusive Option Agreement entered into by My Spouse, WFOE, the Company, and other parties; and

(3) 由本人配偶签署的《修订和重述的授权委托书》,以授权WFOE享有及行使就其于公司所持有的股份而产生的权利与义务。

The Amended and Restated Power of Attorney executed by My Spouse authorizing WFOE to enjoy and exercise his rights and obligations raising from the shares in the Company.

 

1. 本人在此确认,本人无权享有与公司股份的有关的任何权利,并承诺不会就公司股份提出任何要求。本人进一步确认,本人配偶履行交易文件的权利和义务以及在将来修订或终止交易文件的行为,无需取得本人的授权或同意。

I hereby confirm that I am not entitled to any right with respect to the shares in the Company, and undertake not to raise any claim on the shares in the Company. I further confirm that My Spouse’s performance of the Transaction Documents and further modification or termination of the Transaction Documents will not require my separate authorization or consent.

 

2. 本人在此承诺签署任何必要文件并采取任何必要行动,以保证交易文件(可不时修订)的适当履行。

I hereby undertake to execute all necessary documents, and take all necessary actions, to ensure the Transaction Documents (as amended from time to time) to be properly performed.

 

1 / 3

 

配偶同意函
Spousal Consent

 

3. 本人在此同意并承诺,如本人基于任何原因而取得公司股份,本人将受到交易文件(可不时修订)的约束,并将遵循交易文件(可不时修订)项下的公司股东义务;为此,如WFOE或其指定的第三方要求,本人将签署与交易文件(可不时修订)形式内容相同的一系列书面文件。

I hereby agree and undertake that if I obtain any shares in the Company for any reason, I shall be bound by the Transaction Documents (as amended from time to time) and abide by the obligations of the shareholders of the Company under the Transaction Documents (as amended from time to time). For this purpose, upon WFOE’s or its designate third party request, I shall execute a series of written documents with substantially the same form and content as the Transaction Documents (as amended from time to time).

 

签署人(正楷):[Name of Spouse]
 
Signatory (PRINT): [Name of Spouse]
 
/s/ [Name of Spouse]
 
日期:[Date]
Date: [Date]

 

2 / 3

 

配偶同意函
Spousal Consent

 

Schedule of Material Differences

 

One or more person signed a spousal consent under this form. Pursuant to Instruction ii to Item 601 of Regulation S-K, the Registrant may only file this form as an exhibit with a schedule setting forth the material details in which the executed agreements differ from this form:

 

No.   Name of
Spouse
  ID Card No. of
Spouse
  Name of
Shareholder
  ID Card No. of
Shareholder
  Date
1.   Liya Wei   [*]   Zhuoqin Huang   [*]   February 19, 2021
2.   Yuefang Chen   [*]   Weiyi Lin   [*]   February 19, 2021
3.   Kaihua Qiu   [*]   Rongdi Zhang   [*]   February 2, 2021
4.   Gong Zhang   [*]   Chunxiao Cui   [*]   February 19, 2021
5.   Yan Yan   [*]   Xiayu Cui   [*]   February 19, 2021
6.   Jianping Xie   [*]   Azhen Lin   [*]   February 3, 2021
7.   Chunlan Chen   [*]   Wuyang Chen   [*]   February 19, 2021

 

3 / 3

Exhibit 10.10

 

配偶同意函

Spousal Consent

 

本人,温晓英(身份证件号码:[*]),系何俊龙(身份证件号码:[*])(“本人配偶”)的合法配偶。本人在此无条件且不可撤销地同意本人配偶于2021年2月19日签署下列交易文件(“交易文件”),并同意其根据交易文件的相关条款,处置登记于本人配偶名下并为其所拥有的厦门普普文化股份有限公司(“公司”)的股份:

The undersigned, Xiaoying Wen (Identification No: [*]), is the legal spouse of Junlong He (Identification No: [*]) (“My Spouse”). I hereby unconditionally and irrevocably agree My Spouse to sign the following documents (the “Transaction Documents”) on February 19, 2021, and agree to dispose of the shares in Xiamen Pop Culture Co., Ltd. (the “Company”) held by and registered under the name of My Spouse in accordance with the provisions of the following documents:

 

(1) 由本人配偶与合利恒文化有限公司(“WFOE”)、公司及其他合同相对方签订的《修订和重述的股份质押协议》;

The Amended and Restated Share Pledge Agreement entered into by My Spouse, Heliheng Culture Co., Ltd. (“WFOE”), the Company, and other parties;

(2) 由本人配偶与WFOE、公司及其他合同相对方签订的《修订和重述的独家购买权协议》;以及

The Amended and Restated Exclusive Option Agreement entered into by My Spouse, WFOE, the Company, and other parties; and

(3) 由本人配偶签署的《修订和重述的授权委托书》,以授权WFOE享有及行使就其于公司所持有的股份而产生的权利与义务。

The Amended and Restated Power of Attorney executed by My Spouse authorizing WFOE to enjoy and exercise his rights and obligations raising from the shares in the Company.

 

1. 本人在此确认,本人无权享有与公司股份的有关的任何权利,并承诺不会就公司股份提出任何要求。本人进一步确认,本人配偶履行交易文件的权利和义务以及在将来修订或终止交易文件的行为,无需取得本人的授权或同意。

I hereby confirm that I am not entitled to any right with respect to the shares in the Company, and undertake not to raise any claim on the shares in the Company. I further confirm that My Spouse’s performance of the Transaction Documents and further modification or termination of the Transaction Documents will not require my separate authorization or consent.

 

2. 本人在此承诺签署任何必要文件并采取任何必要行动,以保证交易文件(可不时修订)的适当履行。

I hereby undertake to execute all necessary documents, and take all necessary actions, to ensure the Transaction Documents (as amended from time to time) to be properly performed.

 

1/2

 

配偶同意函

Spousal Consent

 

3. 本人在此同意并承诺,如本人基于任何原因而取得公司股份,本人将受到交易文件(可不时修订)的约束,并将遵循交易文件(可不时修订)项下的公司股东义务;为此,如WFOE或其指定的第三方要求,本人将签署与交易文件(可不时修订)形式内容相同的一系列书面文件。

I hereby agree and undertake that if I obtain any shares in the Company for any reason, I shall be bound by the Transaction Documents (as amended from time to time) and abide by the obligations of the shareholders of the Company under the Transaction Documents (as amended from time to time). For this purpose, upon WFOE’s or its designate third party request, I shall execute a series of written documents with substantially the same form and content as the Transaction Documents (as amended from time to time).

 

签署人(正楷):温晓英  
   
Signatory (PRINT): Xiaoying Wen  
   
/s/ Xiaoying Wen  
   
日期:2021年2月19日  
Date: February 19, 2021  

 

2/2

Exhibit 10.11

 

 

Comprehensive Line of Credit Contract

 

No.0304201810290087

 

Debtor (Party A): Xiamen Pop Culture Co., Ltd.

 

Residence: Unit 836, No.5 Mucuo Road, Huli District, Xiamen

 

Creditor (Party B): Xiamen Branch, Xiamen International Bank Co., Ltd.

 

Residence: Units 1A, 1B, 2A, 2B, Xin'gang Square, No.10 Hu Bin Road North, Siming District, Xiamen

 

Important Note: this contract is made, in accordance with relevant laws and regulations, by and between the borrower and the lender on an equal and voluntary basis. All contract terms are true representations of both parties. In order to fully protect the legitimate rights of the debtor, the creditor specially asks the debtor to carefully read contract terms and conditions, especially those in bold type, and to pay full attention to contents of the terms and conditions. If there are any doubts or ambiguities, please consult Party B and professionals or professional institutions in a timely manner.

 

Upon negotiation, Party B agrees to provide the following comprehensive line of credit for Party B. In order to clarify economic duties of each party, the parties hereto hereby covenant and agree as follows:

 

1. Total Credit Amount: (currency, in words and in figures) RMB Ten Million Five Hundred Thousand Only (RMB10,500,000.00).

 

2. Credit Validity Period: the term of line of credit hereunder is from October 30, 2018 to October 30, 2021. When the term of validity expires, unutilized credit amount will automatically expire.

 

1

 

 

3. Interest Rate of Loans and Interest Calculation:

 

3.1 The interest rate of loans hereunder shall be referred to Clause 3.1.1 below, the value of which includes VAT.

 

3.1.1 The interest rate of loans hereunder shall be divided into sections as follows:

 

(1) From the date of each loan issuance to December 31, 2018 (included), the interest rate of loans shall be determined at 154.62% on RMB loan base interest rate (per annum) of term of one to five years published on the date of loan issuance by the People’s Bank of China. Within the validity period of this contract, in the event that the People’s Bank of China adjusts the base interest rate in relation to RMB loans, then from the effective date of such adjustment, the interest rate of outstanding loans hereunder shall be calculated in accordance with such adjusted base interest rate (per annum) of corresponding grade and floating range stipulated in this contract. In any case, the interest rate of loans hereunder shall not be less than 12.09445% (per annum).

 

(2) From January 1, 2019 to expiration date on the contract (included), the interest rate of loans shall be determined at 48.35% on RMB loan base interest rate (per annum) of term of one to five years published on the date of loan issuance by the People’s Bank of China. Within the validity period of this contract, in the event that the People’s Bank of China adjusts the base interest rate in relation to RMB loans, then from the effective date of such adjustment, the interest rate of outstanding loans hereunder shall be calculated in accordance with such adjusted base interest rate (per annum) of corresponding grade and floating range stipulated in this contract. In any case, the interest rate of loans hereunder shall not be less than 7.0465% (per annum).

 

3.1.15 (applicable to overdraft), Overdraft interest rate (daily interest rate) shall be: /.

 

3.1.16 (applicable to loans used for paying letter of credit, letter of guarantee and acceptance bill) Advance rate: shall be determined in accordance with the loan interest rate as stipulated in Clause      /      hereof.

 

2

 

 

3.1.17 Others:     /     

 

3.2 Interest Calculation and Payment

 

3.2.1 The interest shall accrue from the Party A’s actual drawdown date and shall be determined in the following manner (1):

 

(1) (applicable to RMB, U.S dollar, Euro, and Yen loans) Interest payable shall be calculated based on the following formula: actual drawdown amount x loans interest rate (per annum) x number of days elapsed/360

 

(2) (applicable to Hong Kong dollar and Singapore dollar loans) Interest payable shall be calculated based on the following formula: actual drawdown amount x loans interest rate (per annum) x number of days elapsed/365

 

(3) (applicable to RMB discounting) Discount interest shall be calculated based on the following formula: face value of bill of exchange x number of days discounted x discount rate (per annum) /360

 

(4) (applicable to overdraft) Overdraft interest shall be calculated based on the following formula: overdraft amount x daily interest rate. (the overdraft amount shall be calculated based on balance at every day’s close time; during the period of interest accrual, if there is change on interest rate, it shall be calculated separately)

 

(5) Others:     /     

 

3.2.2 Interest payment shall be determined in the following manner (2):

 

(1) (applicable to foreign currency loans, not applicable to discounting and overdraft) Within the period of this contract, Party B shall calculate and settle interest rate of loans on a quarterly basis, and interest payment day shall be the last day of the last month of every quarter. Where a single loan under a loan receipt shall be fully and completed repaid by Party A, it shall simultaneously settle all loan interest hereunder.

 

3

 

 

(2) (applicable to RMB loans, not applicable to discounting and overdraft) Within the period of this contract, Party B shall calculate and settle interest rate of loans on a quarterly basis, and interest payment day shall be twentieth-first day of the last month of each quarter. Where a single loan under a loan receipt shall be fully and completed repaid by Party A, it shall simultaneously settle all loan interest hereunder.

 

(3) (applicable to overdraft) Party B shall calculate and settle overdraft interest on a monthly basis, and interest payment day shall be the last day of each month.

 

(4) (applicable to discounting) calculated and settled when Party B pays discount amount to Party A.

 

(5) Others:     /     

 

4. Purpose of Line of Credit:

 

The line of credit hereunder can be used for Item (1) below. Without written consent of the creditor, the debtor is not allowed to use the loan for any other purpose.

 

(1) Capital operation

 

(2) Issuance of letter of credit, and payment under letter of credit

 

(3) Packing finance under letter of credit

 

(4) Issuance of letter of guarantee, and payment under letter of guarantee

 

(5) Issuance of bank acceptance bill, and payment under bank acceptance bill

 

(6) Outward bill

 

(7) Overdraft

 

(8) Bill discounting

 

(9) Foreign exchange trading

 

(10) Others:       /.

 

4

 

 

5. Utilization of Line of Credit:

 

5.1 Party A shall open a current account at Party B. Each loan made by Party A shall be handled through its current account at Party B.

 

5.2 Within the term of line of credit, Party A shall, two bank business days prior to each drawdown, submit a written application to Party B. Party B has rights to make a unilateral decision whether granting line of credit hereunder to Party A. Upon check and approval by Party B, Party A is entitled to utilize the credit. Whatever any reason, if Party B disapproves of utilization of credit hereunder or issuance of loans, Party A has no right to request for utilizing the credit or issuing the loan.

 

5.3 Within the validity term of line of credit, every single credit amount, period, and purpose shall be in accordance with corresponding business vouchers (including but not limited to loan receipts, relevant business vouchers unilaterally issued by Party B).

 

5.4 The balance of each sub-line hereunder shall not exceed the total credit amount.

 

5.5 Within the term of validity, Party A may recycle the line of credit.

 

5.6 (only applicable to working capital loans) Where loan funds are paid externally, it shall be referred to the following Clause 5.6.1:

 

5.6.1 Entrusted payment by the lender. Party A entrusts Party B to pay the loan funds at Party A’s account to its commercial counterparty who meets the purpose stipulated in this contract. Party A shall be liable for all legal and economic losses arising from entrustment.

 

5.6.2 Independent payment by the debtor. After the loan funds have been issued to Party A’s account by Party B, Party A independently pays to its commercial counterparty who meets the purpose stipulated in this contract. Party A shall summarize and provide records of the use of the loan funds for Party B on schedule.

 

5

 

 

5.7 (only applicable to working capital loans) During the loan’s payment, if Party A’s decline in credit situation, or low profitability in its principal business, or the abnormal use of loan funds, then external payment of loan funds shall be adjusted to the manner listed in Clause 5.6.1, and Party B has right to terminate the issuance and payment of the loan funds.

 

5.8 (only applicable to issuance of letter of credit, and payment under letter of credit) If Party A utilizes line of credit hereunder to file an application to Party B for opening the letter of credit, prior to application date, it shall provide guaranty equivalent to       /  % of the letter of credit amount as pledge security for external payment under the letter of credit for Party B and Party B shall be given first- priority of compensation. In case that Party A fails to make the letter of credit payment on schedule, Party B has the right to deduct the abovementioned guaranty, and to take the initiative in utilizing the loans hereunder to make the letter of credit payment. Where Party B at its discretion utilizes the loans hereunder, specific loans amount and term shall be unilaterally determined by Party B. Under the circumstance, Party A does not need to file loan receipts. Party A shall be liable for all obligations arising from this contract.

 

5.9 (only applicable to issuance of letter of guarantee, and payment under letter of guarantee) If Party A utilizes line of credit hereunder to file an application to Party B for opening the letter of guarantee, prior to application date, it shall provide guaranty equivalent to      /   % of the letter of guarantee amount as pledge security for external payment under the letter of guarantee for Party B and Party B shall be given first-priority of compensation. Where a beneficiary requires Party B to perform its guarantee liability, Party B has the right to deduct the abovementioned guaranty, and to take the initiative in utilizing the loans hereunder to directly pay claim amount under letter of guarantee. Where Party B at its discretion utilizes the loans hereunder, specific loans amount and term shall be unilaterally determined by Party B. Under the circumstance, Party A does not need to file loan receipts. Party A shall be liable for all obligations arising from this contract. Payment made by Party B shall not be affected by basic contract dispute between Party A and the beneficiary. Party A shall be liable for all reimbursement liability arising from payment under performance guarantee, foreign bank expenditure (if applicable), incidentals (if applicable), and litigation fees (if applicable) and others in connection with payment under performance guarantee and claims.

 

6

 

 

5.10 (only applicable to packing finance) Within the validity period of line of credit hereunder, where Party A goes through each single packing finance, it shall provide the foreign letter of credit (hereinafter referred to as “pledged letter of credit”) which is acknowledged and acceptable to Party B as pledge. Each packing finance shall not exceed 70% of the amount of pledged letter of credit. Each packing finance shall not exceed three months, and not exceed validity period of credit hereunder.

 

5.11 (only applicable to issuance of bank acceptance bill, and payment under bank acceptance bill) If Party A utilizes line of credit hereunder to file an application to Party B for opening the bank acceptance bill, prior to application date, it shall provide guaranty equivalent to      /  % of the face value of acceptance bill as pledge security for external payment under the acceptance bill for Party B and Party B shall be given first-priority of compensation. Where Party A utilizes credit hereunder to open the bank acceptance bill, the maturity date of the opened bank acceptance bill shall not later than ten days prior to the maturity date of the credit hereunder. In case that Party A fails to make the bill payment on schedule, Party B has right to deduct the abovementioned guaranty, and to take the initiative in utilizing the loans hereunder to directly make acceptance bill payment. Where Party B at its discretion utilizes the loans hereunder, specific loans amount and term shall be unilaterally determined by Party B. Under the circumstance, Party A does not need to file loan receipts. Party A shall be liable for all obligations arising from this contract.

 

5.12 (only applicable to those passes annual review while having balance of “non-loans” under original line of credit) Party A has utilized line of credit under      /  contract (No.     /  ) made by Party A and Party B, and Party A files an application to Party B for      /  (please filled in purpose of balance of sub-limit under the original credit, except “loans”, e.g. externally opening the letter of guarantee, opening the letter of credit, the bank acceptance bill, foreign exchange trading, etc.), if the balance under the original credit has not yet settled at the effective date of this contract, then it will directly transfer to the credit hereunder.

 

7

 

 

5.13 (only applicable to circumstance of summing up and controlling credit under multiple contracts) The balance of credit hereunder and the balance of credit under     /   contract (No.   /     ) made by Party A and Party B shall not exceed   /       (filled in amount in words and in figures) (exchange rate converted based on       / ).

 

5.14 (only applicable to overdraft) The term of each overdraft shall not longer than      /   days, and shall not exceed the validity term of credit stipulated in this contract. The overdraft amount shall not less than (currency) /       (amount in words and in figures) /       , and the overdraft amount shall be (currency) /      , an integral multiple of  /        (amount in words and in figures).

 

5.15 Others: /      .

 

6. Principal and Interest Repayment

 

6.1 Party A shall repay the principal and interest in accordance with the amount and schedule as required under this contract. Party A authorizes Party B to deduct loans principal, interest, penalty interest, compound interest, liquidated damages and other costs stipulated in this contract (if applicable) from the accounts opened by Party A in sub-branches and branches of Xiamen International Bank Co., Ltd. without further instruction. Such amount may be original currency, or may be any converted currencies equivalent to the original currency.

 

6.2 If the balance of Party A’s repayment account is not sufficient to pay principal payable, interest and other costs (if applicable) hereunder, Party B may decide the priority sequence of each item to be deducted.

 

8

 

 

6.3 Advance Payment:

 

(1) When Party A repays all or part of the loans in advance, it shall obtain Party B’s prior written consent.

 

(2) When repaying in advance, Party A shall fully pay on the prepayment date all principal, interest and other amounts due and payable as of such prepayment date hereunder (if applicable).

 

6.4 (only applicable to working capital loans) Party A shall designate a special collection account and shall provide its cash flow information of such account for Party B in a timely manner.

 

6.5 (only applicable to packing finance) Party A shall repay each loan on schedule in accordance with the maturity date stipulated in each application form. The packing interest shall be paid together with its principal. Party B has the right to directly deduct collection or outward bill under each pledged letter of credit to repay corresponding packing finance.

 

6.6 (only applicable to outward bills) Party A shall repay each loan on schedule in accordance with the maturity date stipulated in each outward bill receipt. Party B has the right to directly deduct collection under each outward bill receipt to repay corresponding outward bills, whether its maturity or not. Outward bill interest shall be paid together with its principal.

 

6.7 (only applicable to discounting) Repayment of discounting principal and interest: discounting interest will be directly deducted by Party B at discount date. Upon discounting by Party B hereunder, Party B has obtained all bills right. When the bills of exchange are due, Party B will collect payment from acceptors. Whatever reason caused return of bills of exchange or Party B failing to collect payment due in accordance with amount and schedule, Party B may directly deduct the outstanding bill amount and accrual of interest and other amount during the delayed period (if applicable) from Party A’s accounts. Party A has right to recourse against Party A and its prior party. In case that the acceptor refuses to make payment as a result of fake, clone discount bills of exchange, or any other reasons, Party A shall unconditionally refund the face value of discounted bills of exchange to Party B.

 

9

 

 

7. Security

 

To guarantee performance of its obligations under this contract, Party A shall provide legal and effective security for Party B in accordance with the following Clause 7.1.

 

7.1 Liya Wei and Zhuoqin Huang (hereinafter referred to as “Guarantors”) undertake joint and several guaranty liability to Party B for Party A’s loan hereunder (a security contract will be separately attached).

 

7.2 /      (hereinafter referred to as “Mortgagor”) mortgages its ownership located at /       to undertakes the responsibility of mortgage guarantee to Party B for Party A’s loan hereunder, giving Party B the first-priority of compensation (a mortgage contract will be separately attached).

 

7.3 /       (hereinafter referred to as “Pledgor A”) pledges its deposit (currency) /         /       (amount in words and in figures) and fructus at Party B for Party A’s loan, giving Party B the first-priority of compensation (a pledge contract will be separately attached).

 

7.4 /         (hereinafter referred to as “Pledgor B”) pledges its guaranty (currency) /         /       (amount in words and in figures) and fructus at Party B for Party A’s loan, giving Party B the first-priority of compensation (a pledge contract will be separately attached).

 

7.5 /        (hereinafter referred to as “Pledgor C”) pledges its  /        (filled in shareholding or equity percent) shares/equity and fructus in  /      (filled in company name) to Party B for Party A’s loan, giving Party B the first- priority of compensation (a pledge contract will be separately attached).

 

10

 

 

7.6 The irrevocable standby letter of credit issued by /         Bank (hereinafter referred to as “Issuing Bank”) with total amount (currency)   /            /           (amount in words and in figures) and Party B as beneficiary, provides joint and several guaranty to Party B for Party A’s loan hereunder. If Party A fails to repay the debt in full on time as agreed in this contract, we have the right to recover the debt owed by Party A from the Issuing Bank according to the agreed terms of the letter of credit.

 

7.7 Party A shall provide pledge guarantee for the repayment of all debts owed by Party A to Party B under this contract with  /          (filled in the company's name) receivables and corresponding collection amount not less than (currency)   /            /          (amount in words and in figures). After the receivables are collected, they shall first be used to repay the loan principal and interest, default interest, compound interest and other expenses (if applicable) owed by Party A to Party B, or directly deposited in Party B' account at Party A and transferred to pledge deposit to guarantee the repayment of the debt owed by Party A to Party B under this contract. Party A guarantees that its deposit account at Party B shall be the only account for receivables.

 

7.8 Other security conditions:   /        

 

8. Other Conditions:

 

8.1 Upon occurrence of any of the following circumstance, Party A shall promptly notify Party B and arrange for repayment and security in accordance with requirements imposed by Party B.

 

(1) Any change to its articles of association, business scope, registered capital, residence, legal representative (person in charge) and its equity;

 

(2) Serious difficulties in production and operation, deterioration of financial condition, stopping operation, winding-up, dissolution, liquidation, suspension of business, revocation or cancellation of its business license, or application (or be applied for) for bankruptcy;

 

11

 

 

(3) It is or may be involved in any material economic dispute, litigation or arbitration, or its property is subject to seizure, freeze, attachment or supervision in accordance with applicable law;

 

(4) Any of its member of board of directors and current senior management being suspected of major crime or involved in any material economic dispute or being imposed administrative punishment by any relevant authority;

 

(5) There being any liability accident caused by Party A’s violation of applicable laws and regulations, regulatory rules or industry standard in relation to food safety, production safety, environmental protection and others, which has affected or may affect performance of its obligations hereunder;

 

(5) Other material events that may cause adverse impact on its repayment.

 

8.2 Within the term of this contract, Where Party A occurs any circumstance in relation to decrease of capital , contracting, leasing, joint stock system reform, joint venture, merger, merger and acquisition, division, joint venture, transfer of equity, external investment, material increase in debt financing, application for suspension of business, for dissolution, for bankruptcy and others that may affect realization of Party B’s claims hereunder, Party A shall give a written notice and obtain consent of Party B 30 days prior to the events above, and arrange for repayment and security in accordance with requirements imposed by Party B.

 

8.3 Party A shall provide financial and accounting material, production and operation material, and relevant instruction for Party B on a quarterly basis; Party A shall actively cooperate with and accept Party B’s check and supervision in connection with its production, operation, financial activities, and the use of loans hereunder.

 

8.4 Where Party A provides guarantee, mortgage, pledge or any security for the debts of any others that may affect Party B’s creditor’s rights, it shall obtain written consent of Party B.

 

12

 

 

8.5 Party A shall truthfully declare purpose of each loan to Party B, undertaking that loans borrowed from Party B shall not be invested in securities, futures market, or any other purpose restricted or prohibited by applicable laws and regulations.

 

8.6 Party B may investigate and understand in Party A’s loans payment management, capital operation, capital collection and others and Party A shall cooperate with Party B in monitoring Party A’s accounts; Party A shall assist and cooperate with Party B in such investigation, understanding and supervision;

 

8.7 (only applicable to packing finance) Within validity term of line of credit hereunder, Party A applying for packing finance shall also obey:

 

(1) import documents and letter of credit delivered by Party A shall be consistent with terms and conditions as stipulated in pledged letter of credit, and Party A undertakes the documents comply with the terms and conditions of the letter of credit and documents are consistent with one another.

 

(2) if issuing party of the pledged letter of credit requests Party A to amend or revoke the letter of credit, upon written approval by Party B, Party A may amend or revoke such letter of credit. Such amendment or revocation shall not affect Party B’s rights and interests.

 

(3) if Party A fails to perform the pledged letter of credit, it shall repay the packing finance by other sources of funds, or provide other mortgage or security acceptable to Party B.

 

(4) if Party A fails to repay the packing loan with the export loan under the pledged letter of credit, Party A shall pay Party B the non-negotiation service fee in the original currency of the loan at 1.25‰ of the repayment amount.

 

(5) during the period of packing finance, in accordance with requirements by Party B, Party A shall provide storage, productions and operations conditions for Party B. Party B has right to monitor raw material purchase, production, storage, shipping, settlement and others under the pledged letter of credit.

 

13

 

 

8.8 (only applicable to unsecured credit) Party A shall also comply with items below:

 

(1) Party A shall comply with the financial constraint index created by Party B.

 

(2) Party A shall report external security conditions to Party A on schedule and undertake that information provided and external guarantee amount is complete, true and accurate.

 

(3) without written approval by Party B, Party A shall not pledge its effective operation assets as external guarantee.

 

(4) where loans guaranteed by Party A’s deposit accounts or its cash flow, to ensure implementation of the abovementioned guarantee, it shall open an escrow account at Party B, so that Party B controls income and expenditure of such account. If an escrow agreement, separately made between Party B and Party A, agrees that Party B may supervise relevant Party A’s accounts and there is no conflict or discrepancy between such agreement and this clause, the agreement shall prevail.

 

8.9 (only applicable to group customers) Party A shall timely report to Party A the related transactions of more than 10% net assets, including: relationship between parties involved in the transaction; transaction project and its nature; amount or proportion of the transaction; pricing policy (including transactions with no or only symbolic amount).

 

8.10 (only applicable to acceptance bill discounting) All receipts, documents, material, certificates provided by Party A under bill of exchange discount stipulated in this contract shall be authentic, complete, accurate and effective. Party A undertakes that the bill of exchange to be applied for discount is authentic, lawful, effective and legally acquired, and that there is an authentic commodity trading relationship between Party A and drawer or the prior party.

 

8.11 (applicable to onshore security for offshore credit business where applying to the creditor for issuance of standby letter of credit) Party A shall deposit the pledged deposits listed in Clause       /       hereunder in the account at Party B prior to       /        and Party A shall make full drawdown hereunder within five working days after Party B completes procedures with respect of effectiveness of the credit hereunder; otherwise, Party B may cancel the line of credit.

 

14

 

 

8.12 (only applicable to guarantee credit) Where the guarantors hereunder occur circumstances of stopping operation, winding-up, cancellation of registration, revocation of business license, revocation, bankruptcy and operating loss and others, and partially or totally lose its guarantor’s ability corresponding to loans hereunder, Party A shall timely provide other security acceptable to Party B.

 

8.13 (only applicable to mortgage/ pledge security credit) Where the mortgaged property, pledged property decrease in its value, is accidentally damaged or lost, or the mortgaged/pledged property hereunder is sealed up, frozen, seized, expropriated, within the scope of demolition or such property is involved in ownership disputes and others, Party A shall timely notify Party B and provide other security accepted by Party B.

 

9. Representation and Warranties

 

Party A makes the following representations and warranties to Party B, and these representations and warranties will remain valid and effective within the terms of this contract:

 

9.1 It is a legal person or organization which is duly incorporated in accordance with laws of incorporation. It is eligible to conduct business which stipulates in its business license, documents or articles of association in the place of incorporation or the place of principal business, and it is eligible to act as a debtor hereunder.

 

9.2 It has obtained all necessary authorizations or approvals to enter into this contract. Its execution and performance of this contract does not violate its article of association or any applicable laws or regulations, or conflict with any of its obligations under executed or performing contracts.

 

9.3 It operates its business in accordance with laws and regulations. It has good credit with no bad records of credit default, debts evasion and others.

 

15

 

 

9.4 It has a well-established organizational structure and financial management system. It has not committed any material violation of regulations or disciplines during its production and operation in the past one year. Its current senior management has no material negative record.

 

9.5 It guarantees that purpose of credit hereunder is legitimate.

 

9.6 Documents, material, reports, certificates and others hereunder provided by Party A to Party B are true, complete, accurate, and effective, and do not contain any false record, gross omission or misleading statement. The financial reports provided to Party B are prepared in accordance with applicable laws, regulations and financial reporting standards; such reports are true, accurate, complete and effective in major aspects and give fair presentation of financial conditions at the end of accounting period and operation achievements within such accounting period. The financial conditions of Party A have no material adverse change since the end date of its latest financial reports.

 

9.7 It has not concealed from Party A any matters that have occurred or are occurring that may affect its financial condition and solvency, including mediation, arbitration, litigation, compulsory enforcement and matters of violation of discipline and laws that may affect Party B’s rights and interests.

 

9.8 There is no occurring litigation, arbitration, other administrative procedures or claim that may affect Party A’s execution, performance of this contract and its solvency under this contract.

 

9.9 Party A has carefully read this contract and fully understand and accept this contract. The execution and performance of this contract is based on Party A’s free will and true representations.

 

10. Events of Default:

 

Upon occurrence of any of the following events, Party A will be in default and Party B may take steps stipulated in this contract:

 

16

 

 

10.1 Party A breaches terms and conditions under this contract, or breaches any of its representations, warranties or undertaking hereunder;

 

10.2 Party A occurs any of the following events, which has affected or may affect performance of its obligations hereunder;

 

(1) it fails to settle any other debt when it becomes due (including due to accelerated maturity declared by the creditor), or is in default or breach of any of its obligations under other agreements;

 

(2) its ability to make profit, repay debts, operate its business, and its financial indicators such as cash flow suffer deterioration, which has caused or may cause adverse impact on performance of its obligations hereunder, among them, asset-liability ratio higher than  /       ; other indicator:    /         ;

 

(3) brand, clients, market channel and others suffers material adverse change, or equity structure, production, operation or external investment suffers any material adverse change;

 

(4) its property is subject to attachment, frozen, seizure or enforcement;

 

(5) it is or may be involved in any material economic dispute, litigation and arbitration;

 

(6) it is investigated or punished by any competent judicial or administrative authority such as tax authority, and industrial and commercial authority in accordance with laws;

 

(7) occurrence of abnormal change of its legal representative, actual controller, major individual investor and key management personnel, or such persons involved in major case, or their major property subject to property preservation, or such persons suspected of crime so any competent judicial authority has launched investigation on or restricted right of freedom of such persons in accordance with laws or occurrence of other event that causes such persons fail to perform their duties;

 

(8) it is under winding-up, dissolution, liquidation, suspension of business, or its business license has been or may be revoked or cancelled, or it has been applied for bankruptcy;

 

17

 

 

(9) there is any liability accident caused by violation of applicable laws and regulations, regulatory rules or industry standard in relation to food safety, production safety, environmental protection and others;

 

(10) other events that may cause adverse impact on realization of Party B’s claim hereunder.

 

10.3 When occurrence of the following events by the guarantor hereunder (namely guarantor, mortgagor, pledgor), Party A failing to provide other security acceptable to Party B, Party A will be in default:

 

(1) the guarantor breaches the guarantee document, or deterioration in its credit, or occurrence of any events that weaken its ability to guarantee;

 

(2) the mortgagor breaches the mortgage contract, or deliberately damages the mortgage, or value of the mortgage has decreased considerably or may decrease, or insurance of mortgage is suspended or revoked, or occurrence of any events that prejudice Party B’s mortgage;

 

(3) the pledgor breaches the pledge document, or value of pledge has decreased considerably or may decrease, or occurrence of any events that prejudice Party B’s pledge;

 

(4) failing to go through guarantee registration and record formalities with relevant authorities in accordance with laws and regulations;

 

(5) when the guarantee has adverse change on Party B’s creditor’ right (including but not limited to Party A failing to timely go through guarantee registration formalities in respect of those transferred target company equity/target property as security), Party A fails to provide other security acceptable by Party B.

 

10.4 (applicable to group customer credit) Upon occurrence of any of the following events, Party A will be in default and Party B may take steps stipulated in this contract.

 

(1) Party A provides false material or conceals major operation and financial truth;

 

18

 

 

(2) Without the consent of Party B, Party A unilaterally changes the original purpose of the credit, misappropriation of the loans, or uses the loans for engagement in illegal transaction;

 

(3) Party A obtains funds or credit facility by using false contracts between Party A and its related party or discounting or pledging notes receivable, accounts receivable and others that do not actually exist;

 

(4) Party A refuses to accept Party B’s supervision and investigation in connection with its use of credit and relevant operation and financial activities.

 

(5) Party A occurs major merger and acquisition, takeover, reconstruction and others, and Party B deems that such occurrence may affect facility.

 

(6) Party A intentionally uses related transactions to evade from or invalidate Party B’s claim.

 

10.5 (applicable to unsecured credit) Party A’s credit rating, profitability, asset liability ratio, net cash flow in operation activities and others do not comply with Party B’s requirement on grant of unsecured loans, or its production, operation and financial conditions have material change, which causes material adverse effect on the loans hereunder.

 

10.6 (only applicable to overdraft business) If Party A occurs cumulative two times overdue overdraft within period of line of credit hereunder, or production, operation and capital structure deteriorates into financial crisis, or its overdraft settlement account at Party B is seized and frozen by an external institution; in any one of the circumstances above, Party A will be in default and Party B may take steps stipulated in this contract.

 

19

 

 

11. Treatment of Default

 

Upon the occurrence of any event of default under this contract, Party B may take one or several actions listed below and Party A has no objection:

 

11.1 It may reduce, suspend or cease credit hereunder, or shorten the validity period of credit.

 

11.2 It may stop providing loans under this contract.

 

11.3 It may collect loans that not due, declare immediate maturity of all outstanding loans regardless of whether or not due, request Party A to repay all debts owed to Party B under this contract.

 

11.4 For overdue interest (including all or part of loan interest due in advance, penalty interest, compound interest and other interest paid to Party B), Party B shall not only continue to pay such interest, it also shall pay for a compound interest from the due date for that interest payment pursuant to the overdue penalty interest rate stipulated in Clause 11.5 of this contract.

 

11.5 For overdue loan principal (including all or part of loan principal due in advance), the overdue interest shall be charged from the date of such loans principal due pursuant to overdue penalty interest rate stipulated in this clause. Overdue penalty interest rate shall be the sum of (1) the loan interest rate stipulated in Clause 3.1 under this contract; and (2)50% of the loan interest rate stipulated in Clause 3.1 hereunder.

 

11.6 Party A failing to use the loans in accordance with the purpose stipulated in this contract, it shall pay liquidated damages in respect of misappropriated amounts to Party B from the date of misappropriation to the date when all the principal and interest hereof are fully repaid. The liquidated damages rate shall be 100% of the loan interest rate stipulated in Clause 3.1 hereunder.

 

11.7 It has right to exercise its security rights.

 

11.8 It has right to request Party A to provide security acceptable to Party B.

 

20

 

 

11.9 Where occurrence of any event of default under this contract causes Party B realize its creditor’s right by means of judicial recourse, Party A shall be obliged to bear all expenses incurred (including but not limited to litigation fees, lawyer’s fees, property preservation fees, travel expenses, execution fees, appraisal fees, auction fees and others).

 

11.10 In the event that Party A is in default on the due loan principal, interest, penalty interest, compound interest and other amounts (including the unpaid amount being declared to be immediate due), Party B has the right to deduct money from Party A’s domestic or foreign currency account opened at Party B or at sub-branches and branches of Xiamen International Bank Co., Ltd. to repay the due debt until the amount is fully repaid. In case of discrepancy between deducted currency and the currency under this contract, it shall pay the converted funds at the rate published by Party B.

 

11.11 (only applicable to Issuance of letter of credit, acceptance, and letter of guarantee) For those accepted bills of exchange, or issuance of letters of credit, letters of guarantee, shipping guarantee and others, Party B has the right to call for extra guarantee, or to transfer amount at the other account opened at Party B by Party A to the guarantee account as payment guarantee under this contract.

 

12. Transfer of Rights and Obligations

 

12.1 Party B may transfer part or all of its rights hereunder to a third party without consent of Party A. Upon transfer of the creditor’s right, an assignee assumes incidental rights in connection with the creditor’s right.

 

12.2 Without written consent of Party B, Party A shall not assign all or part of its rights and obligations under this contract.

 

21

 

 

13. Effectiveness, Amendment and Termination

 

13.1 This contract shall become effective and in full force after it has been duly signed (or sealed) by the authorized person(s) of Party A and Party B and sealed with related common chops, and shall remain effective until Party A pays off all loan principal, interest, penalty interest, compound interest, liquated damages and other expenses (if applicable) under this contract.

 

13.2 Any amendment to this contract shall be agreed by the parties and made in writing. Amended clauses or amendment agreement shall constitute an integral part of this contract and have equal legal effect as this contract. The original terms of this contract which are to be amended shall remain effective until the relevant amendments take effect.

 

13.3 Amendments to or termination of this contract shall not prejudice each party’s right to claim compensation for loss. The dispute resolution clause hereof shall survive termination of this contract.

 

14. Governing Law and Dispute Resolution

 

The execution, validity, interpretation, performance and dispute resolution of this contact shall be governed by the PRC law (excluding the laws of Hong Kong, Macau Special Administrative Region and Taiwan Area). All disputes and controversies arising from or in connection with this contract shall be solved by parties through consultations, failing which, such disputes and controversies shall be resorted to jurisdiction of the court where Party B is located.

 

During the lawsuit, except for the dispute part, other clauses under this contract shall continue to perform.

 

15. Miscellaneous

 

15.1 Guarantee documents, specific business vouchers (including but not limited to loan receipts, relevant business vouchers unilaterally issued by Party B and others) and other legal documents in connection with this contract shall be an integral part of this contract.

 

22

 

 

15.2 Failure to exercise, partial exercise or delay in exercise by Party B of any of its rights hereunder will not constitute waiver of or amendment to such right or any other right, nor will it affect Party B’s further exercise of such right or any other right.

 

15.3 Invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof will not affect validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof or validity of the whole contract.

 

15.4 All or partial invalidity of this contract will not affect validity of the security clauses.

 

15.5 The terms used in this contract including “related party”, “related party relationship”, “related transaction”, “major individual investor” and “key management personnel” shall have the meaning given to them in the Accounting Standard for Business Enterprises No.36-Disclosure of Related Parties (Cai Kuai [2006] No.3) issued by Ministry of Finance.

 

15.6 In this contract, the headlines are for reference only, and do not constitute any interpretation of this contract, or restriction on contents or scope of provisions under such headings.

 

16. Other Matters Agreed by the Parties:

 

16.1 Within the term of line of credit hereunder, when Party A makes each drawdown hereunder to pay advertising fees and venue rentals, it shall provide corresponding purchase and sale contracts, transfer receipts and other documents required by Party B. Party B has right to check the aforesaid documents and decide whether issuing loans or not and specific loan amounts and period, and to directionally pay the loan funds to the payee’s account stipulated in the abovementioned contracts.

 

16.2 Within the term of line of credit hereunder, Party A is allowed to make more than one drawdown, and each drawdown period shall not exceed one year.

 

16.3 Within the term of line of credit hereunder, Party A shall guarantee that its downstream clients make payment to its accounts opened at Party B or at sub-branches and branches of Party B. Party B may supervise on such payment every twelve months. Such payment shall not be lower than RMB Twenty-five Million Only (RMB25,000,000); otherwise Party B has right to take measures stipulated in Clause 11 under this contract.

 

23

 

 

17. This contract is made in THREE copies, with Party A holding ONE copy and Party B holding TWO copies, all of which shall have equal legal effect.

 

18. Statement

 

The signatories has read all terms and conditions of this contract, and paid special attention to those clauses in bold hereof. At the request of the debtor, the creditor has made explanation on relevant terms under this contract. The debtor has thoroughly and fully understand the meaning and corresponding legal effect of terms and conditions hereof, and voluntarily executes this contract.

 

Party A: Xiamen Pop Culture Co., Ltd. (seal)
  Zhuoqin Huang (stamp)
   
Party B: Xiamen branch, Xiamen International Bank Co., Ltd. (seal)
  Zirun Guo (stamp)

 

Execution date: October 30, 2018

 

Place of execution: Siming District, Xiamen

 

Witnesses: /s/                        

 

24

Exhibit 10.12

 

Factoring Agreement

 

Client: Xiamen Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd.

 

Main Business Address: Unit 102, 35 Wanghai Road, Software Park, Siming District, Xiamen City

 

Contact: Huang Zhuoqin Tel: [*]
Fax: [*] E-mail: [*]

 

Factoring Bank: Shanghai Pudong Development Bank Co., Ltd. Xiamen Branch

 

Main Business Address: 4th Floor, A Haiyi Building, 666 Xiahe Road, Siming District, Xiamen City

 

Contact: Tang Jiyang Tel: [*]

 

In view of:

 

1. The customer and the buyer (as defined below) have signed or are about to sign a transaction contract (as defined below) whereby the customer provides goods or services to the buyer and thus has or is about to form its accounts receivable against the buyer under the transaction contract; the customer agrees to transfer the said accounts receivable to the factoring bank in the manner agreed in this agreement, and the factoring bank agrees to assign the relevant accounts receivable and provide relevant factoring services in accordance with the conditions and manner stipulated in this agreement.

 

2. Customer and factoring Bank confirm that this Agreement is:

 

Q Subsidiary business documents under the financing line agreement No. [/]. After the agreement comes into effect, all its terms shall be incorporated into the financing Line Agreement and shall be part of it (if the customer has previously signed the financing line agreement with the factoring bank, this item shall be selected and the number of the financing limit agreement shall be indicated);

 

R Independent business documents signed between the customer and the factoring Bank (if the customer and the factoring bank do not sign the financing line agreement, this item should be selected)

 

After friendly consultation, the two sides reached the following agreement.

 

Article 1 Definition

 

1. In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise provides, the following terms will have the following meanings:

 

(1) Buyer: refers to the buyer listed in the Application for Assignment of Receivables (see Annex II for format) submitted by the customer;

 

(2) Buyer factor / import factor: a factor that accepts the transfer of accounts receivable by a factoring bank according to the relevant agreement, which is called the buyer factor in domestic factoring and the import factor in international factoring;

 

(3) Transaction contract: refers to the purchase and sale contract and / or service contract signed between the buyer and the customer;

 

Page 1

 

(4) Accounts receivable (or accounts receivable claims): refers to the creditor’s rights to the buyer under the transaction contract referred to in Article 2, paragraph 1, of this Agreement, which are the subject of the assignment;

 

(5) Invoice: refers to the value-added tax invoice, commercial invoice, business tax invoice or other proof of creditor’s rights that the customer has issued for the goods or services provided to the buyer;

 

(6) Invoice date: the date of issue of the invoice indicated on the invoice;

 

(7) Due date of accounts receivable: refers to the expiration date of accounts receivable as stipulated in the transaction contract or invoice;

 

(8) Grace period: refers to a specified period from the maturity date of accounts receivable, except for accelerated maturity, the expiration date of that period is the maturity date of financing;

 

(9) Factoring business: refers to the creditor transfers its legally owned accounts receivable to factoring bank as the premise, factoring bank provides creditors with accounts receivable collection, management, bad debt guarantee and financing in one of the comprehensive financial services. the creditor/seller (i.e. the customer under this agreement) transfers its legally owned accounts receivable to the factoring bank, which provides at least one service in the collection, management, bad debt guarantee and financing of accounts receivable. Among them, factoring business which only provides accounts receivable management and / or accounts receivable collection service to customers in factoring bank is also called service factoring. Factoring business can be divided into repurchase factoring business and buyout factoring business;

 

(10) Repurchase factoring business: when accounts receivable can not be recovered from the buyer at maturity, factoring bank can transfer accounts receivable to customers, or require customers to unconditionally buy back accounts receivable or return financing principal and interest factoring services;

 

(11) Buyout factoring business: when accounts receivable can not be paid off without commercial disputes, the factoring bank shall bear the risk of bad debts of the approved assigned accounts receivable and approve the payment of factoring services to the customer;

 

(12) Factoring and forward letter of credit combination business: refers to the customer intends to transfer the relevant accounts receivable under this agreement to factoring bank, and limited to the available balance of the seller’s financing quota set by factoring bank for the customer, Factoring business provided by factoring bank for customers and opening forward letter of credit business combination business;

 

(13) Factoring and bank acceptance bill combination business: the customer intends to transfer the relevant accounts receivable under this agreement to the factoring bank and limit the available balance of the seller’s financing quota set by the factoring bank for the customer. Factoring business provided by factoring bank for customers and the combination of bank acceptance business;

 

Page 2

 

(14) Buyer’s credit risk: refers to the buyer’s risk of bankruptcy or unreasonable refusal to pay, but does not include the buyer’s risk of rejection due to commercial disputes or force majeure;

 

(15) Underwriting: refers to the factoring bank in accordance with the terms agreed with the customer to bear the buyer’s credit risk;

 

(16) Factoring amount: refers to the amount of factoring bank to bear the buyer’s credit risk;

 

(17) Financing quota: refers to the amount of financing provided by factoring bank to customers according to the assigned accounts receivable;

 

(18) Invoice financing ratio: refers to the factoring bank for single invoice financing must not exceed the maximum proportion of the invoice amount limit;

 

(19) Approval of payment: under the buy-out factoring business, the factoring bank shall pay the customer the corresponding transfer price of accounts receivable on the date of approval of payment in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement;

 

(20) Approval of payment date :90(90) days from the due date of accounts payable;

 

(21) Commercial disputes: any objection by the buyer to its payment obligations constitutes a commercial dispute, including, but not limited to, the buyer’s payment to the customer, the customer’s performance defects, etc;

 

(22) Termination: any event referred to in Article 10, paragraph 2, of this Agreement;

 

(23) Bankruptcy: in domestic factoring, it shall be defined in accordance with the relevant laws and regulations of China (for the purposes of this Agreement, excluding the laws and regulations of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, the Macao Special Administrative Region and the Taiwan region); in international factoring, the factoring bank shall jointly determine with the relevant import factor (if any) of the buyer’s country;

 

(24) Force Majeure: Force Majeure refers to objective circumstances that can not be foreseen and can not be avoided and can not be overcome, including but not limited to natural disasters, earthquakes, typhoons, floods, fires, wars, riots, epidemics, plagues, government actions, strikes, lockouts, power outages, communication failures, network system failures or failures, system failures, equipment failures, etc. The party in the event of force majeure shall notify the other party as soon as possible after learning of the situation, and the two parties shall jointly settle the problem through consultation, but the party who encounters the above matter shall not be liable for breach of contract;

 

(25) Day: unless otherwise agreed, the date in this Agreement refers only to the actual number of days, not to the business day. Business day refers to the normal open business day of Shanghai Pudong Development Bank for public business, excluding Saturday, Sunday (except for foreign business due to holiday adjustment) or other statutory holidays.

 

Page 3

 

Article 2 Transfer of accounts receivable

 

1. Before transferring the accounts receivable to the buyer to the factoring bank, the customer shall sign with the factoring bank the return form of the factoring quota and transaction conditions notice (see annex I) for the factoring bank. For service factoring customers, the factoring notice (applicable to service factoring) (see annex VI) should be signed with the factoring bank to clarify the transaction conditions of the buyer’s accounts receivable factoring. Unless otherwise agreed by the parties, the customer shall transfer to the factoring bank all accounts receivable to the buyer under its confirmed Factoring amount and terms notice and / or Factoring terms notice (applicable to Service factoring). All accounts receivable to the buyer shall be transferred to the factoring bank. Customer hereby confirms that in any case, factoring bank has the right to require the customer to sign the notice of assignment of accounts receivable to the relevant buyer (see Annex III for format) or the Introductory Letter (format is shown in Annex IV). The factoring bank has the right to require the customer or to notify the buyer of the transfer of the relevant accounts, and the factoring bank has the right to require the customer to provide the buyer with a written confirmation of the relevant transfer.

 

2. For the transfer of accounts receivable, the customer shall submit the Application for the transfer of accounts receivable claims to the factoring Bank (see Annex II for the format). At the same time, the customer shall, in accordance with the requirements of the factoring bank, submit the original invoice or a copy of the original check, the shipping documents of the relevant goods and other documents or documents that the factoring bank deems necessary for the customer to submit. Customer’s application for assignment of accounts receivable is regarded as the transfer offer of specific accounts, and factoring bank does not refuse to accept the offer within five (5) days.

 

3. By transferring the relevant accounts receivable, the factoring bank simultaneously assigns the following rights to the related accounts receivable:

 

(1) Take all measures permitted by law as a creditor’s right to demand payment of accounts receivable from the buyer;

 

(2) The right to compromise, extend or settle with the buyer:

 

(3) The right to transfer accounts receivable again;

 

(4) Endorsement of the right to transfer negotiable instruments under accounts receivable;

 

(5) The right to enforce any security, insurance and other contractual arrangements of a security nature or effect relating to accounts receivable; and

 

(6) All other rights and remedies related to the accounts receivable as stipulated by law or transaction contract.

 

4. All transfers under this Agreement are transfers of rights and interests under the transaction contract, and any obligations under the transaction contract shall not be transferred with the transfer of accounts receivable claims, but shall still be borne by the customer.

 

Page 4

 

Article 3 Factoring services

 

1. After the signing of this Agreement, after the Client has transferred its legally owned accounts receivable to the Factoring Bank as agreed in this Agreement, the Factoring Bank shall provide to the Client at least one of the following services, including collection of accounts receivable, management of accounts receivable, guarantee of bad debts, factoring financing, as specified in the Factoring Limit and Conditions Notice and/or Factoring Conditions Notice (applicable to Service Factoring) signed by the Client and the Factoring Bank:

 

(1) Collection of accounts receivable: refers to the factoring bank according to the accounts receivable period, active or at the request of customers, by telephone, correspondence, door-to-door or the use of legal means to collect the buyer;

 

(2) Accounts receivable management: refers to factoring banks according to customer requirements, regular or irregular to provide them with accounts receivable recovery, overdue accounts, statements and other financial and statistical statements, to assist them in the management of accounts receivable;

 

(3) Bad debt guarantee: after the signing of this agreement, the factoring bank approves the credit line for the customer, and within the approved amount, provides the agreed approved payment to the buyer’s accounts receivable without commercial disputes;

 

(4) Factoring financing: refers to the bank financing services provided by factoring banks to customers on the premise of legal and effective transfer of accounts receivable.

 

2. Under service factoring, the specific contents of accounts receivable collection and accounts receivable management service provided by factoring bank to customers are based on the opinion on accounts receivable management and collection service issued by factoring bank to customers.

 

3. When the factoring bank provides ①-③services under the above factoring services to the customer in accordance with paragraph 1 of this article, the customer shall pay the factoring bank related expenses, including accounts receivable management fees.

 

Article 4 Statements,guarantees and commitments

 

1. the customer to make the following statement and guarantee to factoring Bank, which shall be made at the time of signing this Agreement and shall remain in force for the duration of this Agreement:

 

(1) The Client is an enterprise (business) legal person or other economic organization established in accordance with its applicable law, with independent legal personality, complete financial system and repayment ability, and has the right to conclude and perform this Agreement according to law.

 

Page 5

 

(2) The customer has no bad financing record within three years, no bad record in customs, tax, etc., there is no relationship between the customer and the buyer, and there is no overdue payment between the customer and the buyer. The goods exported / bought and sold by the customer are not prohibited by the state.

 

(3) Customer has the right to sign this Agreement and has completed all authorizations and approvals required by the shareholders’ meeting, the board of directors or other competent bodies to sign this Agreement and perform their obligations under this Agreement. The terms of this Agreement are the true intention of the customer and are legally binding on the customer.

 

(4) The signing and performance of this Agreement shall not violate the laws to be observed by the customer (the laws under this Agreement include the laws, regulations, local regulations, judicial interpretations, etc.), the relevant documents, judgments, awards of the competent authority, and shall not conflict with the articles of association of the customer or any contract, agreement or any other obligation it has signed.

 

(5) In the process of signing and performing this Agreement, the customer shall abide by the principle of honesty and trustworthiness, and all information, documents, information (including but not limited to business licenses, transaction contracts, financial statements, etc.) provided to the factoring bank including itself, the guarantor shall be true, valid, accurate, complete and without any concealment or omission, and shall ensure that all financial statements (if any) issued by the customer comply with the provisions of the applicable law. The statements reflect the financial situation of the customer in a true, complete and fair manner.

 

(6) guarantee the completion of the required filing, registration or other formalities for the validity and lawful performance of this Agreement.

 

(7) Since the issuance of the most recent audited financial statements, there have been no significant adverse changes in the operating and financial position of the clients.

 

(8) In business activities, strictly abide by the provisions of the law, strictly in accordance with the provisions of the customer’s business license or the scope of business approved in accordance with the law to carry out all kinds of business, on time to go through the registration and annual inspection procedures, production and operation legal, compliance, with the ability to continue to operate, have a legal source of repayment.

 

(9) Do not give up any due claims, nor dispose of existing major property free of charge or otherwise inappropriate.

 

(10) The Factoring Bank has been disclosed to the Factoring Bank what it knows or should know about the Factoring Bank’s decision whether to provide factoring business under this Agreement.

 

(11) Good credit condition, no major bad record, no suspected money laundering risk, terrorist financing and other illegal activities.

 

(12) There are no other circumstances or events that have or may have a significant adverse impact on the performance capacity of the customer.

 

(13) For repurchase factoring business, related accounts receivable will be paid unconditionally and in full by the buyer on the due date.

 

Page 6

 

(14) All transferred receivables shall:

 

  (1) Legal, true, valid, clear and flawless ownership may be enforced against the relevant buyer in accordance with the law or contract;
     
  (2) There are no commercial disputes that have occurred or are potential:
     
  (3) There are no transfer restrictions;
     
(4) There is no pledge or other priority right for any third party, and the buyer or any third party can not claim any right in respect of the receivable, including but not limited to claims, security rights, rights of set-off and other rights;

 

  (5) There is no other debt burden not known to factoring banks;

 

  (6) Does not belong to the overdue account or the reorganization account;

 

  (7) There are no prior assignment arrangements for receivables;

 

  (8) There is no violation of China’s relevant foreign exchange regulations;

 

  (9) Counterparty countries / regions are not international or other countries sanction countries / regions.

 

2. The client promised the factoring bank:

 

(1) Account opening: factoring Bank will open factoring account for customers to receive buyer’s payment under related accounts receivable. The customer shall ensure that the account has been informed to the relevant buyer.

 

(2) Information commitment: at the request of factoring bank from time to time, the customer shall provide the financial statements required by factoring bank, including annual, quarterly or monthly reports.

 

(3) Authorization: The Customer shall process, obtain and comply with all approvals, authorizations, registrations, permits required by its applicable law and maintain their validity to enable it to legally sign and perform its obligations under this Agreement.

 

(4) Transaction contract change: the customer shall not enter into any agreement with the buyer to change the transaction contract or payment terms without the prior written consent of the factoring bank after the transfer of the relevant accounts receivable to the factoring bank and before it is transferred back to the customer in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement; No discount, rebate, or other similar concession or deduction arrangements shall be accepted by the buyer for the related accounts receivable.

 

(5) Refactoring or transfer or creation of other rights: no factoring agreement or any other right in respect of accounts receivable already transferred to factoring banks under this Agreement shall be signed with any third party.

 

(6) Customer confirmation, service factoring for repurchase factoring. Under service factoring, if the buyer fails to perform its payment obligations on the 31st day after the due date of the accounts receivable, All the receivables are counter-transferred to the customer (see Annex VII for the form of the counter-transfer notice). The factoring Bank’s obligation to provide accounts receivable management and collection services under this Agreement terminates.

 

Page 7

 

(7) During the term of factoring financing under this Agreement, the customer shall not terminate the unexpired transaction contract with the buyer without the written consent of the factoring Bank.

 

(8) If the customer of this Agreement is a group customer, the customer shall report in time the actual fiduciary net assets of more than 10% related party transactions, including the related relationship between the parties to the transaction :2 transaction items and the nature of the transaction .4 pricing policy (including transactions with no or only symbolic amount).

 

(9) With regard to the agreement on anti-money laundering, customers confirm and agree that factoring banks shall have the right to carry out money laundering risk assessments of transactions covered under this Agreement in accordance with applicable anti-money laundering laws and regulations and internal management requirements, and that factoring banks have reasonable grounds to suspect that customers and/or transactions under this Agreement are suspected of participating in illegal activities such as money laundering, terrorist financing or (weapons of mass destruction) financing, or tax evasion, as recognized by the United Nations Security Council, the Financial Action Task Force on Money Laundering, China, the United States, the European Union and other international organizations or countries, Factoring Bank has the right to take necessary control measures in accordance with the regulations of the people’s Bank of China on anti-money laundering. At the same time, factoring Bank has the right to directly restrict or suspend all or part of its business under this Agreement without notice to its customers, to declare that factoring financing expires in advance, to terminate this Agreement, and to require customers to bear all losses caused to factoring Bank as a result.

 

(10) Customer consent and irrevocable authorization: factoring Bank, subject to the prohibition of the regulations on the Administration of Credit Information Industry and the relevant laws and regulations, shall have the right to provide the basic database of financial credit information established by the State with information on all contracts / agreements / commitments signed by the customer and factoring Bank, including the performance information related to all contracts / agreements / commitments mentioned above, as well as the basic enterprise information and other information provided by the customer, to the financial credit information base database established by the State for the inspection and use of units with qualifications; At the same time, factoring banks have the right to inquire and use any information about customers that has been entered into the basic database of financial credit information set up by the state. This authorization covers all aspects of the necessary business management of the factoring bank under this Agreement before and after the signing of this Agreement, and the validity period shall expire with the actual termination of this Agreement.

 

(11) The customer guarantees that it has disclosed to the factoring bank all facts and information related to the transaction contract, accounts receivable or which may affect the transfer of accounts receivable by the factoring bank, and that there is no malicious collusion or falsehood, otherwise, the customer shall be liable for any loss (including direct and indirect losses) and adverse effects caused to the factoring bank.

 

(12) Customers hereby confirm that they are fully aware of and aware of the position of factoring bank against its employees seeking any form of benefit by taking advantage of their position, and undertake to avoid such circumstances on the basis of the principle of integrity and fairness, and not to provide any form of rebates, gifts, securities, valuables, various rewards, private expense compensation, private travel, high consumption entertainment and other improper benefits to employees of factoring bank.

 

Page 8

 

Article 5 Quota and Exchange

 

1. Factoring quota: factoring quota is divided into circular and non-circular quota. For the circulating factoring amount, without affecting the other risk bearing restrictions stipulated in this Agreement, the factoring bank shall underwrite the accounts transferred by the factoring bank in accordance with the limits of the factoring amount (including the limitation of proportion or amount). Accounts receivable beyond the scope of insurance are automatically converted to accounts receivable within the scope of insurance after payment by the buyer. factoring bank may cancel, freeze or adjust the factoring amount at any time. from the date the factoring bank notifies the customer, for the accounts receivable subsequently transferred by the customer, the factoring bank shall bear the buyer’s risk according to the adjusted amount, but for the previously assigned accounts receivable, the factoring bank will still bear the risk according to the original amount.

 

2. Financing quota: financing quota is divided into circular and non-circular quota. For the amount of circular financing, the customer can use the usable amount once or in instalments, and the factoring bank’s own financing amount occupies the amount of financing, which is restored after the repayment of the financing amount and is included in the amount of financing that can be used. Factoring banks may cancel, freeze or adjust the amount of financing at any time. If the financing balance of the relevant invoice exceeds the usable amount due to the cancellation, freezing or adjustment of the financing amount, the customer shall immediately repay the principal and interest of the excess part of the financing balance.

 

3. Exchange rate conversion. If the balance of financing under this Agreement exceeds the amount available at any time due to exchange rate changes, factoring Bank shall have the right to require the customer to immediately repay the excess. If the customer’s repayment (including authorized repayment) currency is inconsistent with the financing currency, factoring bank has the right to purchase and repay foreign exchange at the relevant exchange rate determined by itself, and the exchange rate risk shall be borne by the customer himself.

 

Page 9

 

Article 6 Risk Assumption

 

1. For repurchase factoring business, factoring bank does not bear any risks such as any credit risk, commercial dispute risk and force majeure risk of the buyer. For factoring bank to provide financing to customers, the customer shall unconditionally bear the due repayment obligations of related financing principal and interest and expenses. The customer hereby confirms that whether or not the factoring bank transfers the accounts receivable again in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, and in the case of the factoring bank having the accounts receivable, It does not affect the factoring bank’s counter-transfer of accounts receivable to the customer in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

2. For buyout factoring business, factoring bank shall bear the buyer’s credit risk in accordance with the following provisions:

 

(1) Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, the factoring bank shall pay to the customer the transfer price of the relevant accounts receivable within ninetieth (90) days from the date of the buyer’s bankruptcy, and the factoring bank shall have the right to deduct the amount of the non-risk portion of the relevant accounts receivable, the factoring fee (if not collected) charged by the factoring bank for the relevant accounts receivable, the principal and interest of the financing provided and not paid by the factoring bank in accordance with Article 7 of this Agreement, and other deductions and offsets that all factoring banks are entitled to make.

 

(2) Subject to other restrictive provisions of this agreement regarding factoring banks’ risk-taking, if the buyer fails to pay all or part of the accounts receivable that the factoring bank has assumed risks before the end of the approved payment date, the factoring bank shall approve On the payment date, pay the customer the transferable price of the relevant accounts receivable, and the factoring bank has the right to first deduct the amount of the relevant accounts receivable that the factoring bank does not bear the risk, and the factoring bank should collect the relevant accounts receivable Factoring fees (if not yet collected), the financing principal and interest that the factoring bank has provided and has not been repaid in accordance with Article 7 of this agreement, and other deductions and offsets that all factoring banks are entitled to make.

 

(3) After the factoring bank cancels the factoring amount of the equivalent amount of accounts receivable, the payment to all buyers of the customers received by the factoring bank shall be preferentially offset against the balance of the risk borne by the factoring bank and used to repay the financing of the factoring bank.

 

3. For accounts receivable that the customer has transferred to the factoring bank, but the factoring bank does not bear the risk under this Agreement, the payment received by the buyer shall be credited to the customer settlement account as the transfer price within three (3) days.

 

4. Factoring Bank may transfer its assigned accounts receivable to a third party transferee, including, but not limited to, the buyer’s factor or import factor, on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, and shall be insured or collected by that third party. The third party underwriting or collection shall not affect the liability of the factoring bank to the customer under this Agreement, and any payment made by the buyer to the third party transferee shall not be deemed to have been paid by the factoring bank unless it has been duly recorded by the factoring bank. In this context:

 

Page 10

 

(1) Customer shall comply with and enforce some additional requirements, obligations and procedures as required by the third-party accounts transferee and notified from time to time by the factoring bank, including, but not limited to, the Notice of Assignment of Receivables or Introductory Letter, signed to the Buyer in accordance with the requirements of the factoring bank for the transfer of the relevant accounts to the transferee and the endorsement of the terms and events of the transfer on the surface of the invoice as required by the factoring bank;

 

(2) The factoring bank has the right to decide whether to make all or part of the same deductions and offsets in the accounts receivable between the third party and the customer, whether the offsets or deductions are made against the customer, the buyer or the factoring bank.

 

5. In the case of a buyer’s factor or import factor, if the buyer’s factor or import factor approved the underwriting of the accounts receivable, if the account receivable is not within ninety (90) days after the due date After receiving the notice of dispute, but not receiving the notice of payment from the buyer, the customer can choose:

 

(1) On the expiration date of ninety(90) days after the expiration date of accounts receivable (this paragraph is referred to as “expiry date”), the corresponding financing amount shall be repaid to factoring bank. If the customer fails to repay the above financing amount in full, the outstanding part shall be regarded as overdue loan from the expiration date. If the factoring bank receives the payment approved by the buyer’s factor or import factor after the expiry date, the payment shall first be used to pay off the overdue principal and interest of the financing;

 

(2) The factoring bank shall not return the financing amount of the factoring bank and continue to bear interest in accordance with the factoring financing Agreement; if the factoring bank is liable for payment in accordance with the agreement, the principal and interest of the financing shall be deducted from the price paid to the customer on the date of approval of payment.

 

Article 7 Financing

 

1. Under this Agreement, the customer may, on the basis of repurchase factoring (except service factoring) or buyout factoring, Apply to factoring bank for the issuance of financing funds or finance by factoring bank opening a forward letter of credit (i.e. factoring and forward letter of credit combination) or bank acceptance bill (i.e. factoring and bank acceptance bill combination) and comply with Article 8 of this Agreement.

 

2. Issuance of financing: before the due date of the relevant accounts receivable, the customer may apply to the factoring bank for issuance of financing in accordance with the signed notice of factoring quota and transaction conditions and the factoring financing Agreement.

 

Page 11

 

3. Financing ratio: factoring bank has invoice financing ratio requirements, for single invoice financing can not exceed invoice financing ratio.

 

4. Factoring and forward letter of credit combination business: before the expiration date of the relevant accounts receivable that the customer has transferred to factoring bank, the customer may, in accordance with the “seller’s financing quota” approved by factoring bank’s notice of factoring quota and transaction conditions, require factoring bank to provide financing in the form of a forward letter of credit. The customer shall submit a portfolio business application form to factoring bank, which shall open a forward letter of credit for the customer in accordance with the relevant provisions of the opening of a forward letter of credit business.

 

5. Factoring and bank acceptance bill combination business: before the expiration date of the relevant accounts receivable transferred by the customer to the factoring bank, for the accounts receivable that has not yet been paid by the buyer, The customer may require the factoring bank to finance the account in the form of a bank acceptance bill in accordance with the relevant provisions of the bank acceptance bill.

 

6. Portfolio business application: after the application form submitted by the customer has been examined and confirmed by the factoring bank, the customer shall, in accordance with the relevant requirements of the factoring bank for the opening of a forward letter of credit or acceptance of a bill of exchange, apply for the opening of a forward letter of credit or a bank acceptance of a bill of exchange.

 

7. Portfolio business exposure ratio: under this Agreement, Factoring Bank’s exposure to forward letters of credit or bank acceptance drafts for customers shall not exceed the proportion of outstanding amounts of relevant qualified accounts receivable transferred by customers to factoring banks as agreed by both parties in the Factoring quota and terms of Exchange Notification. In case of exchange rate conversion, factoring Bank shall have the right to convert at its own rate, where the customer confirms that it bears the corresponding exchange rate risk.

 

At the same time, both parties confirm that the total amount of the factoring bank’s open letter of credit or bank acceptance for the customer in accordance with this agreement does not exceed the “seller’s financing limit” approved by the factoring bank in this agreement minus the amount that the factoring bank has paid The maximum balance after the factoring financing amount issued by the customer. The factoring bank has the right to independently determine the amount of issuance or invoicing and the specific exposure ratio.

 

8. Portfolio business transfer notice: the customer shall send the account receivable transfer notice to the buyer or Introductory Letter, notify the buyer to transfer the due accounts receivable funds into the factoring account designated by the factoring bank according to the payment path provided by the account receivable transfer notice or Introductory Letter when the accounts receivable is due.

 

Page 12

 

Article 8. Buyer’s payment

 

1. Factoring banks have the independent and exclusive right to collect and execute the accounts receivable of their assigned customers against the buyer, unless the factoring bank requests, the customer shall not intervene or attempt to collect the relevant accounts receivable.

 

2. Under the term letter of credit or bank acceptance bill combination business, the buyer’s payment and related payment received by factoring bank for its assigned accounts receivable will be directly used for external payment when the letter of credit or bank acceptance bill expires. Customers will actively cooperate with factoring Bank to sign relevant agreements and implement relevant procedures according to factoring Bank requirements.

 

3. The customer shall immediately notify the factoring bank in writing and return the payment to the factoring bank and assist the factoring bank in contacting the buyer to avoid the recurrence of such payments. The customer shall not endorse or otherwise handle the related payment without authorization, but shall not include the endorsement of the bill to the factoring bank or the person designated by the factoring bank. Before the customer returns the relevant payment to the factoring bank ,(1) for the related payment, the customer is only entrusted by the factoring bank to hold the trust and will endorse the relevant bill in accordance with the instructions of the factoring bank ,(2) the factoring bank has the right to take measures as appropriate, including but not limited to requiring the customer to pay off the relevant factoring charges, return the principal and interest of the factoring bank financing, make up the margin under the forward letter of credit / bank acceptance bill, suspend the subsequent financing issuance, cancel the financing quota, etc.

 

4. The Client and Factoring Bank hereby agree that the Buyer’s payment shall be made in accordance with the following rules:

 

(1) Factoring bank may use the relevant amount in accordance with the remittance instructions for the buyer’s payment under the assigned accounts receivable received by the factoring bank, but if the buyer does not have clear instructions on its payment, Factoring bank has the right to decide on its own to repay the accounts receivable in accordance with the principle of first due and first repay, or to use the related payment first to pay the accounts receivable at its risk.

 

(2) If the factoring bank has handled factoring financing for the customer, the factoring bank shall have the right to repay the outstanding balance of financing principal and interest of the customer immediately before the transfer price as accounts receivable is credited to the customer’s account. The remaining factoring bank has the right to choose to repay outstanding expenses and financing principal and interest under other accounts receivable.

 

Page 13

 

Article 9. Proof of debt

 

Factoring Bank maintains a set of accounting accounts and vouchers and data related to the business activities covered by this Agreement on its accounting books and its factoring systems in accordance with its consistent business operating standards to prove the financing payments and interest of Factoring Bank, record buyer’s payments, etc. The valid certificate of the customer’s recognition of the financing creditor’s rights under this Agreement shall be the accounting certificate or other valid proof material issued and recorded by the factoring bank in accordance with its own business regulations.

 

Article 10 Obligation to pay and default

 

1. Transaction contract disputes under factoring (except service factoring): during the period between the transfer of the relevant accounts receivable to the factoring bank and 180(180) days after the expiration of the accounts receivable, The customer and the buyer may dispute the transaction contract through the factoring bank or the buyer’s factor or the import factor (if any) and deal with it in accordance with the following rules:

 

(1) If the factoring bank receives notice of dispute from the buyer’s factor or import factor, it shall issue and serve the notice of factoring dispute to the customer, which shall be stamped and signed by the customer;

 

(2) The customer shall, within five (5) business days after the receipt of the Factoring Dispute Notice, return to the factoring bank all outstanding financing principal and interest and related factoring fees;

 

(3) If the customer fails to pay off in full within five (5) business days after receipt of the Factoring Dispute Notice, the Factoring Bank shall, from the sixth (6) business day onwards, have the right to withhold the above amount directly from the account opened by the customer at the Factoring Bank (the date of deduction is referred to as the “withholding date”); if the balance of the customer account is not sufficient to pay off in full, the Factoring Bank shall notify the customer in writing and require him to pay the above amount and pay the penalty interest at the specified date;

 

(4) If the customer receives the notice of dispute within 180(180) days after the due date of the accounts receivable, the customer shall return the approved payment to the factoring bank in advance upon the request of the factoring bank; if the customer fails to refund the account to the factoring bank on time, the factoring bank shall have the right to claim and calculate the penalty interest from the customer at the expense of the customer;

 

(5) In the buy-out factoring business, if the transaction contract dispute occurs before the approved payment date of the factoring bank and can not be resolved, the customer shall repurchase the relevant accounts receivable from the factoring bank before the approved payment date.

 

2. Termination:

 

(1) Under factoring (except for service factoring), the factoring bank has the right to declare the financing due in advance and the customer shall immediately repay the principal and interest of the financing; if the factoring bank has opened a forward letter of credit and / or a bank acceptance draft for the customer, the factoring bank has the right to require the customer to immediately make up the margin under the forward letter of credit / bank acceptance bill:

 

Page 14

 

(1) Customer’s failure to comply with all statements, undertakings or commitments made in this Agreement;

 

(2) Customer’s failure to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement, there is any breach of contract under the transaction contract; for any applicable legal reasons, the customer’s transfer to factoring bank is invalid or not established;

 

(3) Customer has any overdue payments under this Agreement or the Factoring Financing Agreement;

 

(4) Any breach by the customer of any obligations to the buyer arising from the transaction contract;

 

(5) Before the due date of the accounts receivable, the buyer pays the related accounts directly to the customer, and the customer fails to inform the factoring bank or return the relevant money to the factoring bank in time;

 

(6) The discount offered by the buyer in accordance with the agreement of the transaction contract, including but not limited to the grace period, is accepted by the customer because the price difference discount proposed by the buyer after the price is determined, in which case the customer shall obtain the prior written consent of the factoring bank and pay the agreed price difference to the factoring bank first and use it to repay the principal and interest of the financing in advance;

 

(7) Changes in the applicable law of this Agreement make the transfer under this Agreement illegal, or due to the policies and orders of regulatory bodies such as China or the people’s Bank of China, Factoring Bank is unable to exercise or perform any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement;

 

(8) (a) Factoring Bank has failed to obtain payment as a result of a court suspension, suspension, freezing or other judicial order of the same or similar function;

 

(9) Customer fraud, or transfer to factoring bank accounts receivable is not due to legitimate transactions of qualified accounts receivable, or transfer to factoring bank accounts receivable invalid or false;

 

(10) For any reason, including but not limited to foreign policy, factoring bank failed to receive the relevant payment from the buyer;

 

(11) Other circumstances that are determined by factoring banks to cause or may cause losses to factoring banks.

 

(2) Under service factoring, if the buyer fails to meet its payment obligations on the 31st day after the due date of the accounts receivable, the factoring bank’s obligation to provide accounts receivable management and/or collection services under this Agreement terminates.

 

Factoring Bank may terminate this Agreement at any time after any of the above termination events. The customer shall compensate the factoring bank for all losses caused by the termination.

 

3. Customer’s obligation to pay: if the termination occurs, the customer should pay the relevant amount immediately. If the customer fails to pay the relevant amount and interest on time, the relevant factoring financing balance will expire in advance.

 

Page 15

 

4. Overdue penalty interest: the customer shall pay the overdue penalty interest to the factoring bank in accordance with the overdue penalty rate stipulated in the factoring financing Agreement for any outstanding payments under this Agreement, including, but not limited to, the principal and interest of financing, the administrative expenses of accounts receivable, etc.

 

5. Return of creditor’s rights: after the customer has fully fulfilled its repayment obligations (including advance payment) as agreed in this Agreement, Factoring Bank may, at the request of the customer, transfer its rights to the buyer in respect of the relevant accounts receivable back to the customer, including notifying the buyer.

 

6. If, for any reason, factoring bank fails to receive full payment on the due date of accounts receivable, for the forward letter of credit and / or bank acceptance bill already opened by factoring bank, The customer shall make up the deposit under the forward letter of credit / bank acceptance bill to 100% or pay the relevant amount unconditionally ten (10) days before the due date of the forward letter of credit / bank acceptance bill. The customer undertakes to waive all defences.

 

7. The customer hereby authorizes the factoring bank to use the money (regardless of currency) opened by the customer in any account of any branch of Shanghai Pudong Development Bank on behalf of the customer in order to pay the debt. This authorization is irrevocable. In case of exchange rate conversion, the factoring bank shall convert the exchange rate at its own rate and the exchange rate risk shall be borne by the customer.

 

8. If the customer of this Agreement is a group customer, the actual recipient shall be deemed to be in breach of contract under this Agreement, and the factoring bank shall have the right to unilaterally decide to cancel the unused credit of the customer and withdraw part or all of the used credit or require the customer to add 100% margin :(1) providing false materials or concealing important operating financial facts ;(2) changing the original purpose of credit without the consent of the factoring bank, misappropriating credit or using bank credit to engage in illegal or illegal transactions; Taking advantage of a false contract with a related party to obtain bank funds or credit by discounting or pledge of debt receivable, such as notes receivable and accounts receivable without actual trade background; refusing to accept the supervision and inspection of the use of credit funds and related financial activities by factoring banks; major mergers, acquisitions and reorganization, etc., which factoring banks consider may affect the security of credit granting; and intentionally evading bank claims through related transactions.

 

Page 16

 

Article 11 Law Application and Dispute Resolution

 

1. Applicable law

 

This Agreement shall apply and be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the People’s Republic of China (excluding the laws of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, the Macao Special Administrative Region and the Taiwan Region) for the purposes of this Agreement.

 

The outstanding matters of factoring business under this Agreement may be governed by the existing rules of the General Principles of International factoring (GENERAL RULES FOR INTERNATIONAL FACTORING), edifactoring, com Rules, etc. FCI and their revision from time to time, as well as the rules relating to factoring business in the interim measures for the Management of factoring Business of Commercial Banks (including valid changes made from time to time) promulgated by the CBRC.

 

2. Dispute resolution

 

All disputes concerning this Agreement shall be settled through friendly negotiation; if not, a lawsuit shall be brought to the people’s Court of the place where the factoring Bank is domiciled. During the dispute, the parties shall continue to perform the outstanding terms.

 

Article 12 Entry into force and other

 

1. This Agreement shall enter into force with the signature (or seal) of the legal representative of the customer or his authorized agent and with the official seal, and the signature (or seal) of the legal representative (person in charge) or his authorized agent of the factoring bank and the official seal (or special seal of the contract) of the customer.

 

This Agreement shall remain in force after its entry into force unless it is cancelled or terminated in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. Either party may terminate this Agreement by notifying the other party in writing at least 60(60) days in advance, provided that the customer unilaterally proposes to terminate this Agreement only with the written consent of the factoring Bank. After the termination of the Agreement, the responsibilities or obligations of either party under this Agreement shall continue to be bound by this Agreement; the termination of the Agreement shall not affect the rights and obligations of either party under this Agreement before the date of termination.

 

2. The invalidity of one provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity of other provisions of this Agreement. For any reason, the customer shall be liable for the repayment of all debts owed to the factoring bank under this Agreement. In the event of the above, factoring Bank shall have the right to terminate the execution of this Agreement immediately and may immediately recover from the customer all debts owed by the borrower’s customer under this Agreement.

 

3. During the validity of this Agreement, any breach or other act by the factoring Bank shall not prejudice, affect or restrict all rights or interests of the factoring Bank as a creditor under the law or this Agreement, nor shall it be regarded as a recognition by the factoring Bank of the breach of this Agreement by the customer, nor shall it be regarded as a waiver by the factoring Bank of the right to take action against the customer’s existing or future breach.

 

Page 17

 

4. Factoring Bank may assign all or part of its rights and / or obligations under this Agreement, and in this case, the transferee shall have and / or undertake the same rights and / or obligations as it should have as a party to this Agreement. The customer shall be liable to the transferee as agreed in this Agreement after receiving the notice of the factoring Bank on the transfer of the creditor’s rights.

 

5. The customer confirms that the address listed on the front page of this Agreement and the delivery information such as fax and e-mail are valid mailing or e-mail addresses. Legal documents, such as notices and other documents under this Agreement, as well as letters, summonses, notices and other legal documents issued in the course of any proceedings arising under this Agreement (including any proceedings and enforcement proceedings, such as first instance, second instance and retrial), shall be deemed to be served as long as they are sent by mail or by electronic service, such as fax, e-mail, to the mailing or e-service address specified on the signing page of this Agreement, and the specific date of service shall be governed by the provisions of the Civil Procedure Law on the date of service. The change of the above mailing or electronic service address shall not have legal effect without prior notice to the factoring bank, and the service address confirmed in this Agreement shall still be regarded as a valid service address.

 

6. All Factoring Quota and Conditions Notice or Factoring Conditions Notice (Applicable to Service Factoring), Factoring Financing Agreement, Application Documents, etc., confirmed or signed by Customer and Factoring Bank in accordance with the Form of Factoring Bank, shall be an integral part of this Agreement and shall take effect on the date of its issuance.

 

7. Unless otherwise specified in this Agreement, the terms and expressions in the annex to this Agreement have the same meaning as this Agreement.

 

8. The title under this Agreement is for convenience only and does not serve as the basis for the content under this heading.

 

9. This agreement is made in two originals, of which the factoring bank holds one copy, the customer holds one copy, and each copy has the same legal effect.

 

Article 13 Other agreed terms

 

None

 

(Signature page follows)

 

Page 18

 

Factoring Agreement

 

(This page is a signature page, no text)

 

This Agreement is signed by the following parties on June 24, 2020. Customer confirms that at the time of signing this Agreement, both parties.

 

All the terms have been explained and discussed in detail, and both parties have no doubt about all the terms of the agreement and have regard to the parties.

 

Customer   Shanghai Pudong Development Bank Co., Ltd.
    Xiamen Branch
     
(Seal)     /s/ Xiamen Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd   (Seal)     /s/ Shanghai Pudong Development Bank Co., Ltd.
    Xiamen Branch
     
     
Legal representative or authorized agent (signature or seal)   Legal representative / person in charge or authorized agent (signature or seal)
     
     
/s/ Zhuoqin Huang   /s/ Zhong Fu

 

Page 19

 

No .36052020280063-2

 

Annex II:

 

  Notice of assignment of receivables
  (for double factoring)

 

To: Xiamen Many Idea Interactive Co., Ltd. [ Buyer’s Name]

 

To Whom It May Concern:

 

1. We hereby inform you that we have signed a Factoring Agreement (hereinafter referred to as “factoring Agreement”) with Xiamen Branch of Shanghai Pudong Development Bank Co., Ltd .(hereinafter referred to as” seller Pudong Development Bank”). The accounts receivable claims mentioned in item 2 below and all rights arising from the accounts receivable claims have been transferred to the seller factoring bank. At the same time, the seller factoring bank has requested the Xiamen Branch of Shanghai Pudong Development Bank Co., Ltd .(hereinafter referred to as “buyer factoring Bank”) to approve the buyer’s underwriting amount for your company, so as to provide the buyer factoring service to the seller factoring bank for the guarantee of bad debts, and the seller factoring bank has transferred the following account receivable claims transferred from the company to the buyer factoring bank.

 

2. In accordance with the factoring agreement and the agreement between the seller’s factoring bank and the buyer’s factoring bank, the following accounts receivable claims of our company to your company under the transaction contract signed by our company have been transferred to the buyer’s factoring bank. The buyer’s factoring bank has become a creditor of the following accounts receivable claims.

 

□ all accounts receivable claims to your company now and in the future.

 

□ the following claims on your accounts receivable:

 

Serial number   Invoice number   Billing date   Name of note   Date of shipment   Due date   Amount invoiced   Description of shipment   Shipping Documents and Numbers
1   09577826-0
9577840
  2020/05/29   VAT special invoice   2020/05/29   2021/05/29   1.42 million yuan        
2   09577767-0
9577782
  2020/03/23   VAT special invoice   2020/03/23   2021/03/23   1.58 million yuan        
3   09577841-0
9577922
  2020/06/17   VAT special invoice   2020/06/17   2021/06/17   8.2 million yuan        
Total amount transferred (currency/capital)   RMB 11,200,000.00

 

 

 

Under the above arrangements:

 

1. We will continue to perform our supply obligations and other corresponding obligations under the transaction contract (purchase and sale contract and / or service contract), and you will continue to receive invoices issued directly by us. All current and future accounts due under the relevant invoices must be paid to Pudong Development Bank without any other special notice from Pudong Development Bank. Please pay to the following account:

 

Payee: to be transferred to factoring business Xiamen PoP Culture Co., Ltd

 

Bank: Xiamen Branch, Shanghai Pudong Development Bank

Account number : [*]

 

2. Please sign your company and forward a copy of this letter to Shanghai Pudong Development Bank as soon as possible.We would appreciate it.

 

3. The definitions of relevant terms in the factoring agreement have the same meaning in this notice.

 

4. This notice is the true meaning of the company. Once signed by the company, this notice will take effect immediately. This notice is irrevocable.

 

5. The method of dispute resolution between the company and your company under the above-mentioned transaction contract (purchase and sales contract and/or service contract, etc.) of the transferred accounts receivable creditor’s rights will begin after your company has signed the “buyer confirmation” receipt of this notice , It is changed to sue to the people’s court of the creditor’s domicile (applicable for buyout type double factoring).

 

  Seller: Xiamen Pop Culture Co., Ltd
   
  Seller Factoring Bank (Seal):
   
  Date: June 24, 2020

 

CC: Buyer Factoring Bank Shanghai Pudong Development Bank Limited Xiamen Branch

 

[Buyer’s confirmation]

 

To: Xiamen PoP Culture Co., Ltd. and Factoring Bank:

 

To Whom It May Concern:

 

The Company has no objection to the matters recorded in the notice of assignment of accounts receivable numbered [*]. The Company undertakes to pay accounts payable based on the transaction contract (purchase and sale contract and / or service contract) to the designated bank account recorded in the notice.

 

We agree that the dispute settlement between our company and your company under the above transaction contract (purchase and sale contract and service contract, etc.) for the transfer of accounts receivable claims shall be changed to a suit in the people’s court of the place where the creditor is domiciled (buyout double factoring applies)

 

Buyer: Xiamen Many Idea Interactive Co., Ltd
Legal representative or authorized agent Signature or Seal: /s/ Liu Jianhui
Date: June 24, 2020

 

 

 

Annex III:

 

Confirmation of claims receivable

 

(No .36052020280063-3)

 

This confirmation of claim was signed by the buyer and the buyer’s factoring bank on June 24, 2020:

 

Buyer Xiamen Many Idea Interactive Co., Ltd. and seller Xiamen Pop Culture Co., Ltd. signed a transaction contract on December 10, 2019 (No. PP20191220).

 

The buyer confirmed that it had received the notice of transfer of accounts receivable sent by the seller, Know and confirm that the accounts receivable under the above transaction contract have been legally and effectively transferred to the Xiamen Branch of Shanghai Pudong Development Bank Co., Ltd. And the buyer confirms that the corresponding transaction under the above accounts receivable has been received.

 

The buyer, as the underwriter of the following accounts receivable, confirms that Shanghai Pudong Development Bank is the sole creditor of the following accounts receivable, and promises to assume unconditional payment obligations to Shanghai Pudong Development Bank on the due date of the following accounts receivable and waives all forms of defense , And pay the total amount of the accounts receivable (currency/capital) RMB 11.2 million to the following designated account of Shanghai Pudong Development Bank.

 

The details of the receivables transferred are as follows:

 

Serial number   Invoice number   Billing date   Name of note   Date of shipment   Due date   Amount invoiced   Description of shipment   Shipping Documents and Numbers
1   09577826-0
9577840
  2020/05/29   VAT special invoice   2020/05/29   2021/05/29   1.42 million yuan        
2   09577767-0
9577782
  2020/03/23   VAT special invoice   2020/03/23   2021/03/23   1.58 million yuan        
3   09577841-0
9577922
  2020/06/17   VAT special invoice   2020/06/17   2021/06/17   8.2 million yuan        
Total transfers (currency/capital)   RMB 11,200,000.00

 

 

 

The collection accounts designated by Pudong Development Bank are as follows:

 

Payee: to be transferred to factoring business Xiamen Pop Culture Co., Ltd

Bank: Xiamen Branch, Shanghai Pudong Development Bank

Account number : [*]

 

This creditor’s right confirmation is an integral part of the “Buyer’s Factoring Agreement” (No. 36052020280063) signed by the buyer and the buyer’s factoring bank

 

Buyer (official seal): Xiamen Many Idea Interactive Co., Ltd.
Legal representative or authorized agent
(Signed or sealed): /s/ Liu Jianhui

 

Buyer’s factoring bank (official seal or contract seal):
Legal representative / person in charge or authorized agent :(signature or seal)

 

 

Exhibit 10.13

 

  No. GSHT2020085226

 

 

Loan Contract

 

Borrower: Xiamen Pop Culture Co., Ltd.

 

Lender: Xiamen Bank Co., Ltd.

 

Contract version number: revised in January 2020

 

 

 

The Borrower and the Lender, through equal negotiation, reach an agreement on the Lender’s loan to the Borrower, and hereby enter into the Contract.

 

Part I General Provision

 

Article 1 Amount, Term and Purpose of the Loan

 

1.1 The amount, term and purpose of the loan under the Contract are specified in Article 14 of the Contract.

 

1.2 Without the written consent of the lender, the borrower shall not change the purpose of the loan, including but not limited to the borrower shall not use the loan for investment in fixed assets, equity and other investments, and shall not use it for fields and purposes prohibited by the state for production and operation.

 

1.3 The receipt for the loan constitutes an integral part of the Contract and has the same legal effect as the Contract. If the specific loan amount, term, interest rate, repayment account and other information under the Contract is different from the record of the loan receipt, the record of the loan receipt shall prevail.

 

Article 2 Calculation and Collection of Interest and Adjustment of Interest Rate

 

2.1 The loan interest rate, loan interest rate adjustment method and interest settlement method under the Contract are specified in Article 15 of the Contract.

 

2.2 Interest Collection

 

Unless otherwise agreed by both parties, the loan interest under the Contract shall be calculated from the date when the loan funds are transferred to the account of the Borrower, and shall be calculated according to the actual withdrawal amount and the number of days of money used. Interest shall be calculated on the day of interest settlement and included in the current period.

 

Interest calculation formula: interest = principal * actual days * daily interest rate.

 

Daily interest rate conversion formula:

 

Daily interest rate = annual interest rate/360 (Exception: daily interest rate for HKD, SGD and GBP loans = annual interest rate/365).

 

2.3 Types of loan interest rate adjustment method

 

2.3.1 Fixed interest rate refers to the executive interest rate which is not affected by the adjustment of legal interest rate and market interest rate that may occur during the contract period.

 

2.3.2 Floating interest rate means that the executive interest rate is subject to the adjustment of legal interest rate and market interest rate that may occur during the contract period, but the interest calculated according to the original executive interest rate before the agreed adjustment date will not be readjusted.

 

(1) In the case that the floating interest rate is adopted for the adjustment of the RMB loan hereunder, if the adjustment is made annually, the adjustment date shall be the corresponding date one year after the withdrawal date; if there is no date corresponding to the withdrawal date in the month of adjustment, the last day of the month shall be taken as the corresponding date; In case of quarterly adjustment, the adjustment date is January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1; In case of monthly adjustment, the adjustment date shall be the 1st day of each month. On the adjustment date, the Lender shall determine the new loan interest rate according to the latest loan market quotation interest rate (LPR) of the corresponding period before the adjustment date (excluding the day of adjustment) as per the plus/minus point value agreed in Article 15.1 of the Contract, without further notice to the Borrower.

 

2

 

(2) If the floating interest rate is adopted for the adjustment of the foreign currency loan under the Contract, the adjustment date shall be December 21 of each year in case of annual adjustment; If adjusted quarterly, the adjustment date is March 21, June 21, September 21 and December 21; If it is adjusted monthly, the adjustment date is the 21st day of each month. On the adjustment date, the Lender shall, based on the documents obtained from Reuters prior to 9:00 (Beijing Time) on the adjustment date and in accordance with the Contract No.1. The latest applicable interest rate of the same term and interest rate type and the same plus/minus point spread shall be readjusted, and the new borrowing interest rate shall be determined without further notice to the Borrower; Or re-adjust the latest loan interest rate applicable to the same currency and the same term agreed in Article 15.1 of the Contract and determine the new loan interest rate without further notice to the Borrower.

 

2.4 Default interest

 

2.4.1 If the Borrower fails to pay the principal and interest of the loan when due (including the Lender announces to pay the principal and interest in advance), the Lender shall have the right to charge overdue interest based on the loan interest rate actually implemented under this Contract with a 50% rise from the overdue date until the date when the Borrower pays off the principal and interests of the loan. If the Borrower fails to use the loan funds according to the agreed purpose, the Lender has the right to charge default interest on the loan amount used by the Borrower in breach of the Contract based on the loan interest rate actually implemented under the Contract rising by 100% from the date of default until the date of repayment of principal and interest by the Borrower; If the loan interest rate actually executed under the Contract is adjusted according to the legal interest rate and market interest rate as agreed in the Contract, the default interest rate shall be adjusted accordingly. For loans that are both overdue and misappropriated, penalty interest shall be calculated and collected at a higher penalty interest rate.

 

2.4.2 For the interest and penalty interest that the Borrower fails to pay on time, compound interest shall be calculated and collected from the overdue date according to the penalty interest rate agreed in Clause 2.4.1 of the Contract.

 

Article 3 Withdrawal

 

3.1 The Borrower’s withdrawal shall meet the following conditions:

 

(1) The Contract has come into effect;

 

(2) The Borrower has provided guarantee according to the requirements of the Lender, and the guarantee contract has taken effect and completed the legal approval, registration or filing procedures;

 

(3) The Borrower has reserved for the Lender the Borrower’s documents, receipts, seals, personnel list and signature sample related to the conclusion and performance of the Contract, and filled out the relevant vouchers;

 

(4) The Borrower has opened the account necessary for the performance of the Contract as required by the Lender;

 

(5) Submit a written application for withdrawal and relevant documents certifying the purpose of the loan to the Lender prior to the withdrawal, and handle relevant withdrawal procedures;

 

(6) Other conditions for withdrawal stipulated by law and agreed by both parties.

 

If the above conditions for withdrawal are not met, the Lender has the right to reject the Borrower’s application for withdrawal, except that the Lender agrees to lend money.

 

3.2 If the Lender agrees to advance the loan, the Borrower shall make a one-time withdrawal, and the withdrawal amount shall not exceed the loan amount agreed in Article 14 of the Contract. If the drawing amount is less than the loan amount agreed in Article 14 of the Contract, the interest shall be calculated based on the actual drawing amount, but for the difference between the loan amount agreed in Article 14 of the Contract and the actual drawing amount, the Borrower has no right to request to make a second drawing.

 

3.3 The actual withdrawal date of the Borrower shall not exceed three months after the signing date of the Contract, otherwise the Lender has the right to refuse to release and cancel all loans.

 

3

 

Article 4 Payment of Loan Fund

 

4.1 Types of payment methods for loan funds

 

4.1.1 The entrusted payment of the Lender means that the Lender shall, according to the payment entrustment of the Borrower, pay the loan funds to the Borrower’s transaction object meeting the purpose specified in the Contract through the Borrower’s account. The Borrower shall not independently pay the entrusted payment in accordance with the Contract.

 

4.1.2 The borrower pays independently, that is, after the lender distributes the borrowing funds to the borrower’s account, the borrower pays independently to the borrower’s trading object who meets the contractual purpose.

 

4.1.3 In case of any change in the conditions of the Borrower’s external payment and credit rating, the Lender shall have the right to change the payment method of the borrowed funds. In case of any change in the payment amount, payment object and purpose of the loan under the changed payment method or entrusted payment method, the Borrower shall provide the Lender with a written explanation on the application for change, and re-apply for withdrawal and relevant transaction data evidencing the use of funds.

 

4.2 Payment standard of loan fund

 

If the amount of loan payment under the Contract exceeds RMB 10,000,000, the entrusted payment method must be adopted. Within the scope of the above trustee payment standard, the lender has the right to put forward a stricter trustee payment standard. If the Lender considers that the payment method of the loan funds selected in the specific business application does not meet the requirements, it has the right to change the payment method or stop the issuance and payment of the loan funds. The payment method of the loan fund under the Contract is specified in Article 16 of the Contract. The Borrower shall not independently pay the entrusted payment in accordance with the Contract.

 

4.3 Specific requirements for entrusted payment of borrowing funds

 

4.3.1 If the Lender is entrusted to make payment, the Borrower shall provide the written entrustment document of entrusted payment entrustment, that is, authorize and entrust the Lender to transfer the loan funds to the designated account of the Borrower, and then directly pay the loan funds to the account of the transaction object designated by the Borrower for the purpose specified in the Contract.

 

4.3.2 If the payment is entrusted by the Lender, the Borrower shall provide the Lender with the information of the loan account, the account of the transaction object, the payment amount and the certification materials to prove that the withdrawal conforms to the purpose agreed in the loan contract. The Borrower shall guarantee that all information provided to the Lender is true, complete and valid. Where the Lender fails to complete the entrusted payment obligation in time due to the untrue, inaccurate and incomplete transaction information provided by the Borrower, the Lender shall not assume any responsibility, and the repayment obligation of the Borrower under this Contract shall not be affected.

 

4

 

4.3.3 Execution of entrusted payment

 

(1) In case of entrusted payment by the Lender, after the Borrower submits the entrusted payment power of attorney and relevant transaction materials, the Lender shall pay the loan funds to the Borrower’s transaction object through the Borrower’s account after examination and approval.

 

(2) If the Lender finds that the usage certification materials and other relevant transaction materials provided by the Borrower do not conform to the provisions of the Contract or have other defects, the Lender shall have the right to require the Borrower to supplement, replace, explain or re-submit relevant materials. The Lender shall have the right to refuse the release and payment of relevant funds before the Borrower submits relevant transaction materials deemed qualified by the Lender.

 

(3) In case of refund from the account opening bank of the transaction object, which causes the Lender unable to pay the loan funds to the transaction object in time according to the payment commission of the Borrower, the Lender shall not assume any responsibility, and the repayment obligations of the Borrower under this Contract shall not be affected. The Borrower hereby authorizes the Lender to freeze the funds returned by the opening bank of the transaction object account. In this case, the borrower shall re-submit the relevant transaction materials such as payment commission and use certification materials.

 

(4) The Borrower shall not evade the entrusted payment of the Lender by breaking the whole into parts.

 

4.4 After the release of the loan funds, the Borrower shall, as required by the Lender, timely provide records and evidential materials for the use of the loan funds, including but not limited to transaction evidences such as purchase and sale contracts, operating cost and expenses evidences and other evidences for operating turnover expenses.

 

4.5 In case of any of the following circumstances, the Lender shall have the right to re-determine the conditions for the issuance and payment of the Loan or stop the issuance and payment of the Loan:

 

(1) The Borrower violates the Contract and avoids the entrusted payment of the Lender by breaking the whole into parts;

 

(2) The borrower’s credit status declines or the main business profitability is not strong;

 

(3) Abnormal use of borrowing funds;

 

(4) The Borrower fails to timely provide the records and information on the use of the loan funds as required by the Lender;

 

(5) The borrower pays the loan funds in violation of this article.

 

5

 

Article 5 Repayment

 

5.1 The specific way for the Borrower to repay the loan under the Contract is specified in Article 17.2 of the Contract.

 

5.2 The Borrower shall repay the loan principal, interest and other payables in full and on time as agreed in the Contract. On the Repayment Date and one working day before the Interest Payment Date, the Borrower shall fully deposit the current interest payable, principal and other payables into the repayment account opened at the Lender, and the Lender shall have the right to take the initiative to transfer them on the Repayment Date and Interest Payment Date, or require the Borrower to cooperate in handling relevant transfer procedures. Refer to the agreement of loan receipt for details of repayment account.

 

5.3 Order of repayment of loan

 

Unless otherwise agreed by both parties, the Lender has the right to decide the order of repayment of principal or interest in the case that the Borrower defaults on the principal and interest of the Loan; Under the circumstance of installment repayment, if there are multiple due loans and overdue loans under the Contract, the Lender has the right to decide the repayment sequence of a certain repayment of the Borrower;Where there are multiple due loan contracts between the Borrower and the Lender, the Lender shall have the right to decide the contract sequence to be performed for each repayment by the Borrower.

 

5.4 Withdrawal account of loan fund

 

The Borrower shall open a capital withdrawal account with its name as the account name, and the capital withdrawal of the Borrower shall enter the account. The Borrower shall timely provide the information on the funds in and out of the account. The Lender shall have the right to require the Borrower to explain the inflow and outflow of large amount and abnormal capital in the capital withdrawal account and supervise the account. Refer to Article 17.1 of the Contract for details of the Borrower’s Fund Return Account.

 

5.5 Prepayment

 

If the Borrower needs to repay in advance, it shall submit a written application to the Lender fifteen working days in advance. After the approval of the Lender, advance repayment formalities shall be handled, and the interest charged according to the original agreement shall not be refunded. In case of partial loan repayment in advance, the principal and interest of repayment shall be re-determined according to the remaining principal from the date of partial loan repayment. Where the Lender agrees to the early repayment of the Borrower, the method for collection of liquidated damages is specified in Article 17.3 of the Contract.

 

6

 

Article 6 Guarantee

 

See Article 18 of the Contract for details of the debt guarantee method under the Contract.

 

Article 7 Declarations and Commitment

 

7.1 The Borrower declares as follows:

 

(1) The Borrower is legally registered and legally exists, and has the full capacity of civil rights and capacity of conduct required for signing and performing the Contract;

 

(2) The execution and performance of this Contract is based on the true intention of the Borrower, and has obtained legal and effective authorization in accordance with the requirements of its articles of association or other internal management documents, and will not violate any agreements, contracts and other legal documents binding on the Borrower; The Borrower has obtained or will obtain all relevant approvals, permits, filing or registration required for signing and performing the Contract;

 

(3) The transaction background of the borrower’s application for business with the lender is true and legal, and is not used for illegal purposes such as money laundering;

 

(4) The Borrower does not conceal from the Lender any event that may affect the financial status and performance capability of the Borrower and the Guarantor;

 

(5) The Borrower and any of its shareholders and affiliated companies have not involved in any liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, merger (by merger), division, reorganization, dissolution, capital reduction or similar legal proceedings, nor have any circumstances that may lead to such legal proceedings;

 

(6) The Borrower has not been involved in any economic, civil, criminal, administrative proceedings or similar arbitration proceedings that may have a material adverse impact on it, nor has there been any circumstance that may cause it to be involved in such proceedings or similar arbitration proceedings;

 

(7) No enforcement, attachment, seizure, freezing, lien or regulatory action has been taken against any of the Borrower’s material assets, nor has there been any circumstance that might give rise to such action.

 

7.2 The Borrower promises as follows:

 

(1) To submit its financial statements (including but not limited to annual reports, quarterly reports and monthly statements) and other relevant information to the Lender on a regular or timely basis as required by the Lender; The borrower ensures that it continues to meet the financial indicators required by the lender;

 

(2) If the Borrower has signed or will sign a counter-guarantee agreement or similar agreement with the Guarantor of the Contract on its guarantee obligations, such agreement will not damage any rights of the Lender under the Contract;

 

(3) Accept the lender’s credit inspection and supervision, and provide adequate assistance and cooperation; If the borrower pays independently, it shall regularly summarize and report the payment and use of the borrowing funds in accordance with the requirements of the lender;

 

(4) In case of merger, division, capital reduction, equity transfer, external investment, substantial increase in debt financing, transfer of major assets and creditor’s rights and other matters that may adversely affect the borrower’s solvency, prior consent of the lender shall be obtained;

 

(5) In case of the following circumstances, the Borrower shall notify the Lender in time:

 

a. Changes in the articles of association, business scope, registered capital and legal representative of the borrower or guarantor;

 

b. Carry out any form of joint operation, joint venture with foreign investors, contractual operation, reorganization, restructuring, plan listing and other business operation mode changes;

 

c. Involved in significant litigation or arbitration, or where property or collateral is seized, sequestered or otherwise secured, or where new security is placed over collateral;

 

d. Suspension of business, dissolution, liquidation, suspension of business for rectification, revocation, revocation of business license, (application for bankruptcy, etc;

 

7

 

e. Shareholders, directors and current senior managers are suspected of major cases or economic disputes;

 

f. The Borrower has any event of default under other contracts;

 

g. Difficulties in operation and deterioration of financial conditions occur;

 

(6) All documents, financial statements, vouchers and other information provided by the Borrower to the Lender under the Contract are true, complete, accurate and valid;

 

(7) The Lender has the right to withdraw the loan in advance according to the return of the Borrower’s funds;

 

Article 8 Disclosure of Related Party Transactions within the Borrower’s Group

 

8.1 If the borrower is a group client determined by the lender in accordance with the Risk Management Guidelines for Credit Business of Group Clients of Commercial Banks, the borrower shall report to the lender in a timely manner the related transactions of more than 10% of net assets, including the related relationship between the parties to the transaction, transaction items and nature, transaction amount or corresponding proportion, and pricing policy(Including transactions with no amount or only a nominal amount).

 

8.2 Under any of the following circumstances, the Lender has the right to unilaterally decide to stop paying the unused loan of the Borrower and recover part or all of the principal and interest of the loan in advance: using a false contract with an associated party to obtain bank funds or credit by discounting or pledging creditor’s rights such as bills receivable and accounts receivable without true trade background; Major mergers, acquisitions and reorganizations occur, which the lender considers may affect the safety of the loan; Through related party transactions, Intentionally evading the creditor’s rights of the bank; Other circumstances specified in Article 18 of the Guidelines for Risk Management of Group Customer Credit Business of Commercial Banks.

 

Article 9 Events of Default and Handling

 

9.1 One of the following matters shall constitute or be deemed as the default event of the Borrower under the Contract:

 

(1) The Borrower fails to perform the payment and liquidation obligations to the Lender in accordance with the Contract;

 

(2) The Borrower fails to use the loan funds in the manner agreed in the Contract or fails to use the obtained funds for the purpose agreed in the Contract;

 

(3) The statement made by the Borrower in the Contract is not true, or the Borrower violates the commitments made in the Contract;

 

(4) If the circumstances specified in Item (4) of Clause 7.2 of the Contract occur, the Lender considers that the financial status and performance ability of the Borrower or the Guarantor may be affected, and the Borrower fails to provide new guarantee and replace the Guarantor according to the provisions of the Contract;

 

(5) The credit status of the Borrower declines, or the financial indicators such as the Borrower’s profitability, solvency, operation ability and cash flow deteriorate, which breaks through the index constraints or other financial agreements stipulated in the Contract;

 

(6) The borrower and its affiliates have default events under the contract with the lender or other institutions of Xiamen Bank Co Ltd An event of default occurs under the contract between the Borrower and its affiliates and other financial institutions;

 

(7) The Guarantor breaches the agreement of the guarantee contract, or breaches other contracts with the Lender or other institutions of Xiamen Bank Co Ltd

 

(8) The Borrower terminates its business or dissolves, cancels or goes bankrupt;

 

(9) The Borrower is involved in or may be involved in major economic disputes, litigation and arbitration, or its assets are sealed up, seized or enforced, or the Borrower is investigated and dealt with by judicial organs or tax, industry and commerce and other administrative organs according to law, or penalty measures are taken according to law, which has affected or may affect the performance of its obligations under the Contract;

 

(10) The main investors and key management personnel of the Borrower change or disappear abnormally, or are investigated or restricted by judicial organs according to law, which has or may affect the performance of their obligations under the Contract;

 

(11) When the Lender examines the financial status and performance capability of the Borrower, it finds that there are circumstances that may affect the financial status and performance capability of the Borrower or the Guarantor;

 

(12) The Borrower fails to provide explanatory materials recognized by the Lender in case of large amount and abnormal capital inflow and outflow in the designated capital withdrawal account.

 

8

 

(13) According to the reasonable judgment of the Lender, other events that may materially damage the rights and interests of the Lender under the loan business and have a material adverse impact on the continued performance of such business occur, including but not limited to: the market (exchange rate, interest rate, industry, relevant derivatives market, etc.) Related to the business or the operation of the Lenders; Policy and regulation (monetary, fiscal, industry, regional development, etc.)Major adverse changes in the political and financial situations of other countries and other force majeure events; Significant adverse changes have occurred in the performance ability of other parties to the business.

 

9.2 In the event of default specified in the preceding paragraph, the Lender has the right to take the following measures respectively or simultaneously according to the specific circumstances:

 

(1) Require the Borrower and the Guarantor to correct their breach of contract within a time limit;

 

(2) Declare all or part of the principal and interest of the loan and other payables under the Contract to be immediately due;

 

(3) Terminate or cancel the Contract, and terminate or cancel other contracts between the Borrower and the Lender in whole or in part;

 

(4) Require the Borrower to compensate the Lender for the losses caused by its breach of contract;

 

(5) Deduct the amount in the Borrower’s account opened with the Lender and other institutions of Xiamen Bank Co Ltd. to pay off all or part of the Borrower’s debts to the Lender under the Contract without prior notice to the Borrower. Undue amounts in the account are considered to be due in advance. If the account currency is different from the pricing currency of the Lender’s business, it shall be converted according to the Lender’s applicable foreign exchange rate at the time of deduction, and the exchange rate risk shall be borne by the Borrower;

 

(6) Require the Borrower to provide a new guarantee, and/or replace the guarantor;

 

(7) exercise the real right for security;

 

(8) requiring the guarantor to undertake the guaranty liability;

 

(9) Collect default interest and compound interest from the Borrower in accordance with the Contract;

 

(10) Other measures deemed necessary and possible by the Lender.

 

Article 10 Reservation of Right

 

10.1 If one party fails to exercise part or all of the rights hereunder, or fails to require the other party to perform or undertake part or all of the obligations and responsibilities, it shall not constitute a waiver of such rights or a waiver of such obligations and responsibilities.

 

10.2 Any tolerance, extension or delay on the part of one party to the other party in exercising the rights under the Contract shall not affect any rights it enjoys under the Contract, laws and regulations, and shall not be deemed as a waiver of such rights.

 

Article 11 Effectiveness, Alteration and Termination of the Contract

 

11.1 The Contract shall come into force on the date when the legal representatives (responsible persons) or their authorized agents sign or affix seals to it.

 

11.2 This Contract may be changed or modified in writing upon the consensus of both parties through consultation, and any change or modification shall constitute an integral part of this Contract.

 

11.3 Unless otherwise stipulated by laws and regulations or otherwise agreed by the parties, the Contract shall not be terminated before all the rights and obligations hereunder are fulfilled.

 

Article 12 Application of Law and Settlement of Dispute

 

12.1 The Contract shall be governed by the laws of the People’s Republic of China (excluding Hong Kong, Macao Special Administrative Region and Taiwan).

 

12.2 The dispute jurisdiction organization and settlement method shall be subject to Article 20 of the Contract. During the period of dispute, both parties shall continue to perform the terms not involved in the dispute. All litigation fees (or arbitration fees) arising from disputes, reasonable attorney fees paid by the other party and other expenses (including but not limited to property preservation fees, appraisal fees, travel expenses, notarization fees, translation fees, evaluation auction fees and execution fees) incurred in the course of litigation (or arbitration) shall be borne by the breaching party.

 

9

 

Article 13 Miscellaneous

 

13.1 The valid vouchers of the creditor’s rights of the Lender under the Contract shall be subject to the accounting vouchers issued and recorded by the Lender according to its own business regulations.

 

13.2 Any notice or communication under the Contract shall be delivered to the other party in written form at the address or other contact information recorded on the signing page of the Contract. In case of any change of communication and contact address, the other party shall be notified in written form in time.

 

13.3 Unless otherwise agreed in other terms of the Contract or terms of the supplementary agreement signed by the Lender and the Borrower, the Lender and the Borrower confirm the transfer of creditor’s rights of the Lender under the Contract as follows: The Borrower agrees that the Lender has the right to unilaterally decide to transfer all or part of creditor’s rights under the Contract to any third party; The creditor’s right transfer notice of the Lender to the Borrower shall become effective to the Borrower from the date of issuance; The Borrower hereby irrevocably undertakes to agree that the Lender has the right to unilaterally accept the entrustment of the assignee of the creditor’s rights to continue to manage the creditor’s rights and corresponding security rights of the Borrower, including but not limited to agency deduction of funds in the accounts of the Borrower and the Guarantor for payment of payables under the Contract, agency collection, and agency litigation against the Borrower and its Guarantor for this creditor’s right. Preservation and other collection measures. If the Lender deducts the payables on behalf of the Guarantor, the Borrower agrees that the Lender shall have the right to directly deduct the funds in any repayment account and other accounts opened by the Borrower and the Guarantor at the headquarters and branches of the Lender and its branches to pay the principal and interest due and payable and other payables of the Borrower and the Guarantor without notice to the Borrowers and Guarantor.

 

13.4 Without the written consent of the Lender, the Borrower shall not transfer any rights and obligations hereunder to any third party.

 

13.5 If the Lender needs to entrust other institutions of Xiamen Bank Co Ltd. to perform the rights and obligations under the Contract due to business needs, or transfer the loan business under the Contract to other institutions of Xiamen Bank Co Ltd. for undertaking and management, the Borrower acknowledges this. Other institutions of Xiamen Bank Co Ltd. authorized by the Lender or other institutions of Xiamen Bank Co Ltd. undertaking the loan business under the Contract shall have the right to exercise all rights under the Contract. It has the right to apply for arbitration to the Arbitration Commission agreed in the Contract in the name of the organization for disputes under the Contract or to bring a lawsuit or apply for enforcement to the court with jurisdiction where the organization is located.

 

13.6 Except for the expenses explicitly stipulated by laws and regulations to be borne by the Lender, any other expenses under the Contract shall be borne by the Borrower.

 

13.7 Without prejudice to other provisions of the Contract, the Contract shall be legally binding on both parties and their respective successors and assignees.

 

13.8 If a clause or part of a clause hereof is or will become invalid, such invalid clause or invalid part shall not affect the validity of the Contract and other clauses hereof or other contents of such clause.

 

13.9 The Lender shall have the right to provide the information related to the Contract and other relevant information of the Borrower to the credit information system of the People’s Bank of China and other credit information databases established according to law in accordance with relevant laws, regulations and regulatory provisions, so as to be inquired and used by qualified institutions or individuals according to law. The Lender shall also have the right to inquire the relevant information of the Borrower through the credit information system of the People’s Bank of China and other credit information databases established according to law for the purpose of concluding and performing the Contract.

 

13.10 The Borrower agrees that the Lender will entrust a third party to handle the incidental business related to the Contract (including but not limited to the Lender’s system development and maintenance, printing and mailing of relevant vouchers such as account reconciliation vouchers, debt collection, property assessment and other items permitted by laws and regulations) in accordance with laws and regulations, and the Borrower agrees that the Lender will entrust the relevant information of the Borrower under the Contract, The information is handed over to the third party mentioned above for handling the entrusted matters.

 

13.11 Where the Lender fails to perform the Contract or fails to perform in accordance with the Contract due to changes in laws and regulations, regulatory provisions or requirements of regulatory authorities, the Lender has the right to terminate or perform the Contract according to changes in laws and regulations, regulatory provisions or requirements of regulatory authorities. If the Contract is terminated or modified due to such reasons and the Lender fails to perform or fails to perform according to the Contract, the Lender shall be exempted from liabilities.

 

13.12 If the Lender deems it necessary, the Borrower shall notarize the Contract. Such notarization shall have the effect of enforcement, and the Borrower promises that if it or the Guarantor fails to perform its obligations or fails to fully perform its obligations, the Borrower is willing to accept the enforcement according to law. If there are options in the following special terms, tick √ in □, indicating that it is applicable, and × indicating that it is not applicable

 

10

 

Part II Special Provision

 

Article 14 Amount, Term and Purpose of the Loan

 

14.1 Borrowing currency: RMB, loan amount: (in words) two million yuan only;

 

14.2 Term: From August 10, 2020 to August 10, 2021;

 

14.3 Purpose of the loan: to be used for the operational daily turnover of the borrower.

 

Article 15 Interest Rate and Calculation and Collection of Interest

 

15.1 Borrowing interest rate

 

R (RMB loan) the interest rate of RMB loan under this contract is calculated according to the quotation rate (LPR) (plus / minus) of 1-year term and more than 5-year loan market published by national interbank lending center on July 20, 2020, no less than 70 basis points (1 basis point = 0.01%, accurate to 1 base point), and the annual interest rate is tentatively set as 4.55%.

 

If the actual lending date is adjusted by LPR, the interest rate of the loan shall be adjusted according to the LPR of the latest corresponding period before the actual lending date (excluding the day) and the above plus/minus point.

 

ý (foreign currency loan) the interest rate of foreign currency loan under this contract is based on the latest (term and interest rate type) / interest rate plus / minus (spread) / base point obtained from Reuters before 9:00 on the actual drawing date (Beijing time).

 

ý (foreign currency loan) the interest rate of foreign currency loan under this contract is the loan interest rate of the same currency / year in effect by the lender on the actual drawing date.

 

15.2 Adjustment method of loan interest ratio

 

ý Fixed rate.

 

þ Floating rate:

 

þ Annual (year / quarter / month) adjustment is implemented.

 

ý Other:/

 

15.3 Interest Settlement Method

 

þ The interest shall be settled on the 20th day of each month.

 

ý The interest shall be settled monthly, and the interest settlement date shall be the 15th day of each month.

 

ý Interest shall be settled quarterly on the 20th day of the last month of each quarter.

 

Profit follows the original Qing Dynasty

 

ý Others:/

 

Article 16 Payment Method

 

The payment of the loan funds under the Contract shall be made by:

 

þ All the loan funds are paid by entrustment.

 

ý All loan funds are paid independently.

 

11

 

Article
XVII
Repayment
   
17.1

The specified fund withdrawal account of the Borrower is:

Bank of deposit. Xiamen bank jiangtou branch

 

Account Number: [*]

 

17.2

The Borrower shall repay the loan hereunder by:

 

þ One time principal repayment method: the principal repayment date is the due date of the loan, and the interest payment date is the interest settlement date agreed in this contract. The borrower shall pay the loan interest on schedule, and return the principal and residual interest of the loan in one lump sum upon maturity.

 

ý Interest with principal method: repayment date and interest payment date are the due date of the loan, and the borrower shall repay the principal and interest of the loan at one time when it is due.

 

ý Equal principal subtraction method: the principal of the borrower’s loan shall be returned in equal instalments, and the day of repayment and the date of interest payment shall be the date of interest settlement stipulated in this contract, and the borrower shall pay the principal and interest of the first phase of loan. The date of the first repayment of principal and interest is /, and The last period is the due date of the loan stipulated in the loan receipt, and the borrower shall pay the remaining principal and interest. Calculation formula: repayment amount of principal and interest in each period = loan principal / total repayment periods + loan balance x monthly interest rate.

 

ý Equal principal and interest method: the principal and interest of the borrower’s loan shall be returned in equal instalments, and the date of repayment and interest payment shall be the date of interest settlement stipulated in this contract, and the borrower shall pay the principal and interest of phase I loan. The date of the down payment of principal and interest is/.

 

ý Other repayment plans:/

 

17.3

The Lender has the right to charge liquidated damages for the prepayment according to the following standards:

 

þ There is no penalty for prepayment.

 

ý 10% of the remaining monthly interest on the part of prepayment will be added as liquidated damages.

 

ý Others:/

 

 

Article 18 Guarantee

 

The guarantee method for the debts hereunder is as follows:

 

ý No guarantee

 

þ All debts owed by the borrower to the Lender under this contract shall be jointly and severally guaranteed by Huang zhuoqin and Wei Liya, and a guarantee contract shall be signed by both parties.

 

ý All debts owed by the borrower to the Lender under this contract shall be mortgaged (pledged) by / with all or legally entitled disposition rights. Both parties shall sign a mortgage (pledge) contract and complete the mortgage (pledge) right according to law.

 

þ (other guarantee methods) loan guarantee insurance is provided by Xiamen Branch of Taiping Property Insurance Co., Ltd.

 

12

 

The Lender shall have the right to adjust the guarantee method in accordance with the actual situation before the loan is granted.

 

Article 19 Other agreed matter

 

The credit funds shall not be diverted to the house purchase. If the credit funds are diverted to the house purchase, the Lender has the right to terminate the contract and take back the credit in advanced

 

Article 20 Any dispute arising from or in connection with this contract shall be settled through negotiation by both parties; If the negotiation fails, both parties agree to take the following measures to solve the problem:

 

þ Bring a lawsuit to the people’s court where the lender is located.

 

ý The dispute shall be submitted to the Arbitration Commission for arbitration in accordance with the arbitration rules in force at the time of submission of the application for arbitration. The place of arbitration shall be the place of the lender. The arbitration award is final and binding on both parties. When the case is submitted to arbitration, both parties agree to adopt the summary procedure.

 

The parties confirm that all legal documents related to litigation and arbitration based on any dispute under the Contract(Including but not limited to first instance, second instance, retrial, execution procedure, application for payment order, special procedure stage of realizing security interest and all documents of arbitration procedure. Legal documents include but not limited to indictment or arbitration application, evidentiary materials, summons, notice of responding to an action, notice of proof, notice of opening a court session, judgment or award, ruling, conciliation statement, notice for performance within a time limit, petition, notice for execution, etc.) The contact address of the other party recorded on the signing page of the Contract shall be the address for service. The relevant legal documents shall be deemed to have been served three working days after they are sent by express mail according to the above address. If the address is changed, the other party shall be notified in writing within one working day after the change, otherwise the original address shall prevail.

 

Article 21 Text of Contract

 

This contract is in triplicate with the same legal effect.

 

[No text below this page]

 

13

 

[This page has no text and is the signing page of the Loan Contract of Xiamen Bank Co Ltd.]

 

The Borrower confirms that the Borrower has carefully read all the terms and conditions of the Contract, and relevant persons of the Lender have reminded the Borrower to require relevant persons of the Lender to make full explanation and explanation on any terms before signing the Contract, and to make full explanation and explanation on questions and information raised by the Borrower on relevant terms. The Borrower has now fully understood the meaning of all the terms and conditions of the Contract. Therefore, after careful consideration, the Borrower agrees to accept all the terms and conditions.

 

This Contract is signed by and between the following parties on August 10, 2020.

 

Borrower   Lender
Authorized Signatory: Zhuoqin Huang
Address: Room 102, No.23 Wanghai Road, Phase II
Software Park, Siming District, Xiamen City
Tel: [*]
  Authorized signatory: Jiabin Wang
Address: No.101 Hubin North Road, Siming District,
Xiamen City
Tel: [*]

 

14

Exhibit 10.14

 

Lease Contract

 

Contract No. [*]

 

Lessor: Xiamen Zhiqian Real Estate Agency Co., Ltd. (Hereinafter referred to as Party A)

 

Unified Social Credit Code: [*]

 

Address: Unit 515, Building 2, No.629 Lingdou West Road, Siming District, Xiamen Tel: [*]

 

Lessee: Xiamen Pop Culture Co., Ltd. (Hereinafter referred to as Party B)

 

Social Credit Code: [*]

 

Address: Unit 836, No.5, Mucuo Road, Huli District, Xiamen Tel: [*]

 

In accordance with the Contract Law of the People’s Republic of China, the Urban Real Estate Management Law of the People’s Republic of China and other relevant laws and regulations, Party A and Party B, on the basis of equality, voluntariness, honesty and credit, agree to enter into the following agreement on the matter of Party B renting its house from Party A:

 

I. Floor Space and Basic Conditions of the House

 

1. Party A legally leases the house located at Unit 102, No.23 Wanghai Road, Siming District, Xiamen City. (Hereinafter referred to as the Premises), with a total construction area of 999.96 square meters and decoration, to Party B for office use; Party A and Party B confirm the above contents.
   
2. Party A shall provide Party B with the property right certificate (copy) of the house and the materials required by the relevant registered company.
   

II. Lease Term

 

1. The lease period of the Premises is from May 20, 2020 to August 24, 2023.
   
2. Upon expiration of the lease term, the Contract shall be automatically terminated and become invalid. Party A has the right to take back all the leased house, and Party B shall return it on schedule. Party B shall not damage the original decoration of Party A, and shall be responsible for restoration if damaged. The newly added fixed decoration during the lease term shall be owned by Party A when the lease expires or the contract is dissolved due to Party B’s reasons. If Party B continues to rent, it shall put forward a written request to renew the lease one month before the expiration of the lease, and enjoy the priority to lease under the same conditions, and sign a new contract; If Party B fails to submit a written request for renewal one month prior to the expiration of the lease term, it shall be deemed that Party B has given up the priority right to lease and will not renew the lease.
   

III. Rent and Payment Method

 

1. The rent of the house is calculated in one period.
   
  (1) from May 20, 2020 to August 24, 2023, the monthly total rent is 57200 yuan (in words: Fifty-seven Thousand Two Hundred Only);
   
2. The above rent is tax inclusive, and Party A shall issue a VAT invoice to Party B after receiving the rent.
   
3. The rent for each installment of the house shall be paid once every three months. The first installment of the rent shall be paid on the date of signing the contract. Thereafter, the rent for each installment shall be paid to the account designated by Party A ten days in advance; Account: 1. Bank of deposit: Xiamen Lujiang Branch of Industrial and Commercial Bank of China; Account Name: Xiamen Zhiqian Real Estate Agency Co., Ltd; Account number: [*]; Account name: Yan Kanghuan; Account Number: [*]
   

 

 

 

IV. Other expense

 

1. Party B shall bear the water fee, electricity fee, property management fee, public maintenance fee and other expenses incurred by Party B during the lease term.
   
2. Party B shall pay to Party A the rental of 57200 yuan only (in words: Fifty-seven Thousand Two Hundred Only) on the date of signing the Contract; After the expiration of the lease term, Party B shall return the house to Party A, and Party A shall confirm that Party B has settled all the expenses during the lease period and removed the company address registered in the unit. During the lease period, if the actual amount of rent is less than the agreed amount, Party B shall make up the rent within 10 days. Otherwise, it shall be deemed that Party B has paid the rent overdue and bear the liability for breach of contract in accordance with Article 8 of the Contract.
   

V. Responsibility for Housing Repair

 

1. Within the lease term, Party B shall take good care of and make rational use of the leased house and the attached facilities. If the premises or facilities are damaged due to Party B’s improper use, Party B shall immediately repair or replace them;
   
2. If the house is damaged or losses are caused due to force majeure, Party A and Party B shall not be liable for each other.
   

VI. Conditions for Alteration and Cancellation of the Contract

 

1. During the lease term, the Contract shall not be changed or cancelled except for one of the following circumstances.
   
  (1) The contract may be changed or terminated upon the consensus of both parties, and the house may be withdrawn or returned in advance;
     
  (2) The house and its attached facilities are damaged due to force majeure, and the Contract cannot be performed continuously;
     
2. In case of alteration or rescission of the Contract before the expiration of the lease term of the Contract, the party requesting to alter or rescind the Contract shall voluntarily submit a written proposal to the other party. If Party B proposes to terminate the Contract, Party B shall notify Party A in writing one month in advance, and the deposit shall not be refunded as liquidated damages; If Party A proposes to terminate the Contract, Party A shall notify Party B in writing one month in advance, and Party A must return the deposit to Party B and compensate the deposit equivalent as the compensation for breach of contract;

 

VII. Responsibilities of Party A

 

1. Party A shall guarantee that the leased premises are legally held, used and leased by Party A without any ownership dispute. In case of any ownership dispute, Party A shall bear relevant responsibilities;
   
2. If Party A (including the property owner and co-owners) needs to sell the property right of the house during the lease term, Party A shall notify Party B in writing one month in advance.
   
3. Party A shall deliver the leased premises to Party B for use at the time specified in the Contract.
   
4. After the expiration of the lease term, if Party A continues to lease the house, Party B shall have the priority to lease the house under the same conditions.

 

2

 

 

VIII. Responsibilities of Party B

 

1. If Party B’s overdue payment of rent exceeds 7 days, Party B’s behavior constitutes a serious breach of contract, and constitutes the circumstances and sufficient conditions for the termination of the contract. Party A has the right to request Party B to pay the rent and the overdue fine. In addition, Party A has the right to unilaterally terminate the Lease Contract and take back the house. The deposit will not be refunded as a penalty. Party B shall clear all the articles owned by Party B in the Leased Premises out of the Building within 2 days after the termination of the Contract. Otherwise, Party A shall have the right to dispose the said articles as wastes at Party B’s expense. Party B shall not damage the air conditioning, firefighting, intelligent, electrical lines and other facilities and equipment in the leased unit during cleaning. Party B shall clean and transport the dismantled items by itself, and shall not damage any facilities and equipment in the public parts of the building. Otherwise, Party A has the right to require Party B to compensate in full. However, if Party B delays paying the rent for more than 7 days and Party A requires Party B to continue to perform the contract, Party B shall continue to perform the contract, that is, continue to lease the house and pay the rent; During the overdue payment of rent, in addition to the payment of the rent agreed in the Contract, Party B shall pay Party A double amount of the overdue rent as liquidated damages, and Party A shall have the right to deduct it from the deposit.
   
2. According to the agreement of the above clause, when Party A exercises the right to take back the house unilaterally, in case of Party B’s intentional delay or other non-cooperation or non-cooperation, Party A has the right to post the notice of termination of the lease contract (including the contents of house recovery) on the door and prominent position of the leased house, and it is deemed that the notice of termination of the lease contract is served on the date when the notice is posted. The notice of termination of the lease contract is effective for both parties. Party B shall vacate the premises within 2 days from the date of posting the notice of termination of the lease contract.
   
3. Upon the expiration of the lease term, Party B shall return the leased premises to Party A as scheduled, and shall move out or change the registered industrial and commercial address of the Company within seven days from the date of termination of this Contract. Return the Leased Premises to Party A clean and in good condition.
   
4. Party B shall not make use of the Premises to conduct illegal activities and business operations, and shall not do any harm to the interests of Party A; If the above acts occur, Party B shall be responsible for them, and Party A shall not bear any responsibility.
   
5. Party B shall timely pay the rent, property management fee and all payable fees in accordance with the time limit and method agreed in this Contract. If Party B breaches the Contract, Party A or the Property Management Center entrusted by Party A shall have the right to cut off the service or supply of electric power, air conditioning, water and electricity and other facilities of the Leased Premises within 7 days after the last written notice is issued to Party B, and Party B shall bear all the costs (including reconnection costs) and expenses arising therefrom, as well as the loss of power supply and water supply of Party B. Party B shall bear the expenses paid in advance by Party A due to water and electricity cut and reconnection, and Party A has the right to deduct them from the deposit.
   

IX. Supplementary Articles

 

1. For matters not covered in the Contract, supplementary clauses (or supplementary agreements and annexes) may be concluded through negotiation between Party A and Party B. Supplemental Clause and the annexes hereto shall be an integral part of the Contract and have the same effect as the Contract.
   
2. Party A and Party B have full civil capacity at the time of signing the contract, and their respective rights, obligations and responsibilities are clearly understood. And we are willing to carry out the contract strictly. “If one party breach this contract, that other party shall be entitled to claim compensation in accordance with the term of this contract, including legal cost, lawyers’ fee and so on.
   
3. If some clauses of this contract become invalid, illegal or unenforceable according to the legal provisions, other clauses of this contract shall be valid. The validity, legality and enforceability shall not be affected, and either party shall still perform other valid provisions of this contract.
   
4. Any dispute arising from the performance of the Contract by Party A and Party B shall be settled through negotiation; If the negotiation fails, both parties may apply to the location of the house’s the people’s court with jurisdiction in the region shall bring a lawsuit to solve the problem.
   
5. The address for service under the Contract (including the address for service of litigation procedure) shall be deemed as the location of the Leased Premises if there is no special agreement. The way of service can be served by lien (that is, posting relevant documents or materials at the entrance of the leased house or in a prominent position); Where Party A delivers relevant materials and notices to Party B by means of WeChat, email, SMS, telephone, etc., it is also a notice and delivery method approved by both parties.

 

3

 

 

X. The Contract shall come into force after being signed or sealed by Party A and Party B, and shall be made in duplicate, one for Party A and Party B respectively, with the same legal effect.

 

Party A (signature): /s/ Xiamen Zhiqian Real Estate Agency Co., Ltd.

 

Party B (signature): /s/ Xiamen Pop Culture Co Ltd.

 

Signing Date: May 20, 2020

 

4

Exhibit 10.15

 

Trademark Licensing Contract

Contract number:

Licensee (Party A): Zhuoqin Huang

ID number: [*]

Address: [*]

 

Licensee (Party B): Xiamen Pop Culture Co., Ltd.

Legal representative: Zhuoqin Huang

Address: Unit 836, No. 5, Mucuo Road, Huli District, Xiamen

 

In this contract, Party A and Party B are referred to as “one party” and collectively as “both parties”.

 

In view of:

 

Party A is the legal owner of the licensed trademark (see the definition of this contract) and has the right to sign this contract with Party B in the name of the trademark licensor, granting Party B the use of its licensed trademark within the scope of this contract, and Party A has the right to supervise Party B legally using the licensed trademark;

 

Party B undertakes to use the licensed trademark in accordance with the law in the agreed period and within the scope of this contract and accepts Party A’s supervision.

 

In accordance with the “Trademark Law of the People’s Republic of China” and related laws and regulations, the two parties follow the principles of voluntariness and integrity, and after friendly consultation, reached agreement on the licensing of Party A to use licensed trademarks as follows:

 

1. Definition

 

1. License trademark: Refers to the trademark registered in the Trademark Office of the People’s Republic of China in Annex I of this contract.
   
2. The third party: Refers to any individual, legal person, company, enterprise, government department or other economic entity or organization other than the two parties of this contract, including the enterprise with associated relationship with both parties of this contract.

 

1 / 7

 

2. licensing of the right to use trademarks

 

1.

Party A grants Party B the use of the licensed trademark: general license.

 

2.

Scope of use of licensed trademarks: Party B’s right to use licensed trademarks under this contract is limited to the business scope listed in Party B’s business license.

 

3.

Party B’s specific use of licensed trademarks includes: advertising, promotional materials; exhibitions; other commercial activities.

 

4.

The licensed use area of the licensed trademark: People’s Republic of China (for the purpose of this contract, excluding Hong Kong, Macao and Taiwan regions).

 

5. Without the prior written consent of Party A, Party B shall not transfer any of its rights or obligations under this contract to any third party or sublicense any third party to use the licensed trademark in any form.

 

3. Term of the Licensed Trademark

 

The license term of the licensed trademark under this contract is 10 years, and the license term is from January 1, 2020 to December 31, 2029. Upon the expiration of this contract, the contract will be automatically renewed for 10 years, unless both parties terminate this contract in accordance with Article 7 of this contract.

 

4. Licensing Fees of Licensed Trademarks

 

Party A shall provide Party B, free of charge, with the legitimate and reasonable use of the licensed trademark under this contract within the term of use.

 

2 / 7

 

5. Rights and obligations of both sides

 

1. Rights and obligations of Party A
   
  (1) During the term of license, Party A shall not license or transfer the trademark in the contract to any other third party for use. If Party A needs to use the trademark, it shall notify Party B in writing in advance.
     
  (2) Party A has the right to supervise and regulate the legal use of licensed trademarks by Party B, and has the right to stop Party B’s usage beyond the scope of the license, the method of licensing, and any improper use that may damage Party A’s goodwill. The above uses include but are not limited to any products, packaging, labels, advertisements, written materials, promotional activities and daily business activities related to the licensed trademark.
     
  (3) Party A shall be responsible for the renewal of the licensed trademark. Party A shall renew the trademark before the expiration of the trademark in accordance with the provisions of the “Trademark Law”.
     
  (4) Party A shall be responsible for the filing and announcement procedures of this license contract.
     
2. Rights and obligations of Party B
   
  (1) Party B has the right to use the licensed trademark in accordance with the scope and mode of use agreed in this contract within the license period.
     
  (2) Party B shall pay attention to maintaining the brand image and business reputation of Party A’s trademark during the term of use, and shall not engage in any activities that will damage Party A’s trademark and business reputation.
     
  (3) Under no circumstances shall Party B use the licensed trademark beyond the permitted business scope, geographical scope and use mode.
     
  (4) Without the prior written consent of Party A, Party B shall not apply for registration in any country or region with respect to the licensed trademark or any trademark, service mark, other name, mark or text that is the same or similar to the licensed trademark or any packaging, commercial appearance, color pattern or design.
     
  (5) Party B shall provide all reasonable assistance to cooperate with Party A to protect the licensed trademark. If Party B is informed that Party A’s right to the licensed trademark has been infringed or may be infringed, it shall immediately notify Party A and actively cooperate with Party A to take measures to safeguard the rights.

 

3 / 7

 

6. Liability for breach of contract

 

1. Any party who violates this contract shall compensate the other party for the loss caused by his breach of contract.

 

2. Without the written consent of Party A, Party B shall not use the trademark directly or indirectly to the third party in any form or reason, and shall not alter the trade mark’s identity in violation of this contract, and shall not apply for registering the trademark in any country or region. Otherwise, Party A has the right to terminate this Agreement and Party B shall compensate the loss caused to Party A.

 

7. Effectiveness and Termination of the Contract

 

1.

This contract shall come into force from the date of signing and sealing by the legal representatives or authorized representatives of both parties, and shall terminate on the date of expiration of the license period.

 

2.

After the termination of this contract, Party B shall not continue to use the license trademark in any form.

 

3.

If the contract is terminated in advance, the two parties shall notify the State Trademark Office and the relevant departments in writing within one month from the date of termination.

 

4. The contract can be terminated in three cases: (I) both parties agree to terminate; (II) government departments issue regulations to prohibit the transfer or authorization of the trademark; (III) if one party seriously violates the provisions of the contract and does not make corrections within 30 days after receiving the notice from the non breaching party, the non breaching party can terminate the contract.

 

4 / 7

 

8. Dispute Resolution and Law Application

 

1. In case of any dispute between both parties on the validity, interpretation or performance of this contract, both parties shall negotiate friendly. If the negotiation fails, it shall be solved according to the following (1) way:
   
  (1) Submit to Xiamen Arbitration Commission for arbitration. The arbitration award is final and binding on both parties;
     
  (2) Bring a lawsuit to the people’s court with jurisdiction where Party A is located according to law.
     
2. The law of the people’s Republic of China shall apply to the conclusion, validity, interpretation, execution and dispute resolution of this contract.
   
3. If any term of this contract is determined to be illegal or unenforceable by the court with jurisdiction but will not fundamentally affect the effectiveness of this contract, such term shall not affect the effectiveness and execution of other terms of this contract.

 

9. Other

 

1. This contract is in four copies, each party holding one copy, and the remaining two are held by Party A for record or registration.
   
2. The appendix to this contract has the same legal effect as this contract.
   
3. For matters not covered in this contract, both parties shall sign a supplementary agreement separately.
   

Annex 1 Basic information of Licensed Trademarks

 

(no text below)

 

5 / 7

 

Party A (sign): /s/Zhuoqin Huang

Signature Date: December 25, 2019

 

Party B (stamp): Xiamen Pop Culture Co., Ltd.

Legal representative (authorized representative): /s/Zhuoqin Huang

Signature Date: December 25, 2019

 

6 / 7

 

Annex I Basic information of Licensed Trademarks

 

No. Name of
licensed
trade mark
Licensed
trademark
graphics
Registration number Trademark
Type
Validity period
1 CBC   8778267 Type 41 December 21, 2013 to December 20, 2023
2 Chaosheng   11294609 Type 41 December 28, 2013 to December 27, 2023

 

7 / 7

Exhibit 10.16

 

 

Bank of Xiamen

Xiamen Bank

 

 

 

 

Credit Facility Agreement

 

 

 

 

Grantee: Xiamen Pop Culture Co., Ltd.

 

 

 

Grantor: Xiamen Bank Co., Ltd.

 

Agreement Version No Revised in January 2020

 

 

 

In accordance with the provisions of the Commercial Bank Law of the People’s Republic of China and other relevant laws and regulations, the two parties, on the principle of equality, voluntariness, honesty and credibility, hereby enter into this Agreement through consultation and abide by it jointly.

 

Part I General Provisions

 

Chapter I General Provisions

 

Article 1 Scope and Classification of Credit Business

 

1.1 Scope of credit business

 

The Grantee under the Agreement may apply to the Grantor for reinsurance of working capital loans, fixed assets loans, bank acceptance bills, letter of guarantee business, trade financing, discount guarantee of commercial acceptance bills, derivatives trading on behalf of customers and other individual credit business (including but not limited to factoring business). The single credit business under this Agreement includes both single credit business and line credit business.

 

(1) The working capital loan business under this Agreement refers to the local and foreign currency loans issued by the Grantor to the Grantee for the daily production and operation turnover of the Grantee.

 

(2) The fixed assets loan business under this Agreement refers to the domestic and foreign currency loans granted by the Grantor to the Grantee for the purchase of commercial real estate, machinery and equipment or new construction and renovation of factory buildings, decoration of business premises or other fixed assets investment accepted by the Grantor.

 

(3) The bank acceptance bill business under this Agreement refers to the bill financing that is issued by the Grantee who has opened a deposit account at the Grantor, applied to the Grantor and accepted after the Grantor’s examination and approval, and guaranteed to pay the determined amount to the holder unconditionally on a specified date.

 

(4) The letter of guarantee business under the Agreement refers to the application made by the Grantee to the Grantor, and the Grantor provides joint and several guarantee for the financing, bidding and contract performance of the Grantee or its designated third party in the form of issuing bank guarantee, issuing guarantee commitment and signing guarantee contract.

 

(5) The term “trade financing business” as mentioned in this Agreement refers to that the Grantee applies to the Grantor, and the Grantor opens an international letter of credit (irrevocable documentary letter of credit) for the Grantee. Business, opening domestic letter of credit business, opening letter of guarantee/standby letter of credit business, packing loan business, export bill advance business, import bill advance business, import payment agency business, domestic payment agency business, export 0A accounts receivable financing business, seller’s documentary bill on domestic letter of credit, buyer’s documentary bill on domestic letters of credit and one or more of other international or domestic trade financing business.

 

 

 

(6) The term “commercial acceptance guarantee discount” as mentioned in the Agreement refers to the credit business in which the Grantor promises to discount the commercial acceptance bill issued and accepted by the Grantee who meets the requirements and is held by the Discount Applicant within a certain period and limit.

 

(7) The term “trading of derivatives on behalf of customers” as mentioned in this Agreement refers to the business of entrusting the crediting party to trade derivatives on behalf of customers on the premise that the Grantee party voluntarily assumes risks; Derivatives refer to a financial contract, the value of which depends on one or more underlying assets or indices. The basic types of contracts include forwards, swaps, options and other structured derivatives with one or more of the above characteristics.

 

1.2 Classification of credit business

 

(1) Loan financing business: working capital loan business and fixed assets loan business under the Agreement, as well as packing loan business, export bill advance business, import bill advance business, import payment agency business, domestic payment agency business, export accounts receivable financing business, domestic letter of credit seller’s negotiation Domestic letter of credit, buyer’s documentary bills and other businesses are hereinafter collectively referred to as loan financing business.

 

(2) Bank credit business: the bank acceptance business, the issuance of letters of guarantee business under this Agreement, and the issuance of international letters of credit, domestic letters of credit, issuance of letters of guarantee/standby letters of credit business in the trade financing business are hereinafter collectively referred to as bank credit business.

 

Article 2 Line of Credit

 

2.1 The amount of credit line that the Grantor agrees to provide to the Grantee under this Agreement is detailed in Article 22 of this Agreement. In case of multi-currency credit, the amount agreed in Article 22 of the Agreement shall be the total amount of RMB and foreign currency.

 

Article 3 Term of Use of Credit Line

 

3.1 Refer to Article 23 of the Agreement for the use period of the credit line under the Agreement. A Grantee shall, within the term of use of the credit line, apply to the Grantor for a single line of credit business under the line. If the application exceeds the term of use of the credit line, the Grantor has the right to refuse it.

 

3.2 Upon the expiration of the term of the credit line agreed in this Agreement, if the Grantor agrees to continue to provide the Credit Line to the Grantee through negotiation, both parties shall sign a written agreement separately.

 

3.3 The expiration of the term of the credit line does not affect the legal effect of this Agreement and does not constitute a cause for the termination of this Agreement. Both parties shall continue to perform the single credit business according to this Agreement and the relevant single credit documents, and the rights and obligations that have occurred shall be fulfilled.

 

2

 

Article 4 Use of Credit Line

 

4.1 Neither this Agreement nor any agreement on the credit line in the individual credit documents under this Agreement indicates that the Grantor must actually grant credit to the Grantee in accordance with the agreed credit line, and the Grantor has the right to adjust the credit line according to the actual situation. The Grantee irrevocably agrees and confirms that: during the term of use of the credit line under the Agreement, the Grantee shall have the right to examine and approve whether to release the credit line on a case-by-case basis in accordance with the actual internal and external conditions (including but not limited to external regulatory requirements, internal credit policy of the Grantor, approval opinions, implementation of guarantee conditions or liquidity of funds of the Grantor and other factors).

 

4.2 As of the effective date of this Agreement, based on the Credit Facility Agreement or similar agreements and their individual credit documents in effect before, the credit balance of the Grantee incurred at the Grantor shall be deemed as the credit incurred under this Agreement, and the credit line under this Agreement shall be occupied, which shall not be occupied under the circumstances stipulated in Article 4.3 of this Agreement.

 

4.3 Unless otherwise agreed by both parties, the credit amount corresponding to the margin, deposit certificate (which must be issued at the Grantor), structured deposit financial product or structured deposit product provided by the Grantee and the third party as pledge guarantee does not occupy the credit line under this Agreement, but this part of credit is still bound by this Agreement. And the corresponding credit documents signed by them are still the individual credit documents under this Agreement and constitute an integral part of this Agreement.

 

4.4 In the case of joint liabilities of several Grantee under this Agreement, the credit balance of any Grantee incurred under this Agreement shall be included in the total credit balance under this Agreement, and all Grantees shall be jointly and severally liable for the aforesaid total credit balance.

 

Article 5 Documents to be Signed for Individual Credit Business

 

5. When a Grantee applies to a Grantor for a single credit business under this agreement, it shall submit a corresponding application and/or loan to the Grantor and/or sign corresponding contracts/agreements with the Grantors (collectively referred to as individual credit documents). The above-mentioned single credit documents are all annexes to this Agreement, which constitute an integral part of this Agreement and have the same legal effect as this Agreement.

 

5.2 Individual credit documents shall contain all or part of the following contents, and shall not be limited thereto:

 

  (1) The type, amount, term and purpose of the individual credit business;
     
  (2) Loan interest rate, interest rate adjustment method and interest settlement method of single credit business;
     
  (3) Payment method of borrowing funds for single credit business;
     
  (4) The fees to be paid for applying for doing a single credit business and the method of payment of the fees;
     
  (5) Repayment method of single credit business;
     
  (6) The opening and management of the Grantee’s bank account;
     
  (7) Other contents required by the laws and regulations of the state.

 

3

 

5.3 When the specific contents of the loan financing business under this Agreement are inconsistent in different individual credit documents, the loan financing business shall be carried out.

 

The agreement on the loan receipt (if there is no loan receipt for the specific business of bank credit, it is the application for the specific business, the same below) shall prevail.

 

Article 6 Premise of single credit business

 

6.1 In conducting single credit business, a Grantee shall satisfy the following conditions according to the requirements of the Grantor:

 

  (1) This Agreement has come into force;

 

(2) Reserve company documents, bills, seals, relevant personnel list and signature samples related to the signing of this Agreement and individual credit documents to the credit granting person, and fill in relevant vouchers;

 

  (3) To open accounts necessary for performing individual credit business as required by the Grantor;

 

(4) If the Grantor requests to provide guarantee (including deposit), the guarantee contract shall remain valid and the statutory examination and approval, registration or filing procedures shall be completed;

 

  (5) Submit individual credit documents and relevant credit use certification documents to the Grantor before withdrawal, and go through relevant withdrawal procedures;

 

  (6) Other prerequisites for conducting the business as agreed in the individual credit documents;

 

  (7) Other conditions that the Grantor considers that the Grantee should satisfy.

 

The establishment of the above conditions does not mean that the Grantor has the obligation to lend money or provide bank credit when the above conditions are met. However, if the above conditions are not met, the Grantor shall have the right to refuse the application of the Grantee for withdrawal, except that the Grantor agrees to grant the loan.

 

6.2 The application date of the first single credit business under this Agreement shall not exceed three months after the signing date of this Agreement, otherwise the Grantor has the right to refuse to issue and cancel all the credit lines.

 

Article 7 Interest Collection and Interest Rate Adjustment (applicable to loan financing business)

 

7.1 The loan interest rate, loan interest rate adjustment method and interest settlement method of the specific loan financing business under the Agreement shall be governed by the individual credit documents.

 

7.1.1 (Applicable to RMB Borrowings) The interest rate for RMB borrowings under this Agreement shall be calculated based on the latest loan market quotation rate (LPR) for the corresponding term published by the National Interbank Funding Center prior to (but excluding) the actual lending date plus/minus the corresponding basis points.

 

4

 

7.1.2 (Applicable to foreign currency loans) The interest rate of foreign currency loans under this Agreement shall be based on the latest interest rate of the corresponding term and type obtained from Reuters before 9:00 on the actual loan release date (Beijing time) plus/minus the corresponding basis points.

 

7.2 Interest Collection

 

Unless otherwise agreed by both parties, the interest of the loan under this Agreement shall be calculated from the date when the loan funds are transferred to the loan collection account stipulated in the individual credit documents, and shall be calculated according to the actual withdrawal amount and the number of days of use. The interest shall be calculated on the settlement date and included in the current period. Interest calculation formula: interest = principal * actual days * daily interest rate. The calculation base of daily interest rate is 360 days a year, and the conversion formula is: daily interest rate = annual interest rate / 360 (exception: daily interest rate of Hong Kong dollar, Singapore dollar and British pound = annual interest rate / 365).

 

7.3 types of loan interest rate adjustment methods

 

7.3.1 The term “fixed interest rate” refers to the interest rate which is not affected by the adjustment of the statutory interest rate and the market interest rate during the debt performance period.

 

7.3.2 Floating interest rate means that the interest rate is subject to the possible adjustment of the statutory interest rate and the market interest rate during the debt performance period, but the interest calculated in accordance with the original interest rate before the agreed adjustment date will not be readjusted.

 

(1) In the case that the RMB loan under the Agreement is adjusted by the floating interest rate, if it is adjusted annually, the adjustment date shall be the corresponding date after one year of the withdrawal date, and if there is no corresponding date with the withdrawal date in the adjustment month, the last day of that month shall be the corresponding date; In case of quarterly adjustment, the adjustment date shall be January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1; If the adjustment is made on a monthly basis, the adjustment date shall be the 1st day of each month. On the adjustment date, the Grantor shall determine the new loan interest rate according to the latest corresponding term loan market quotation interest rate (LPR) prior to (excluding) the adjustment date and the plus/minus point values agreed in the individual credit documents under the Agreement without further notice to the Grantee.

 

(2) In the case that the foreign currency loan under this Agreement is adjusted by floating interest rate, if it is adjusted annually, the adjustment date shall be December 21 of each year; If adjusted quarterly, the adjustment date is March 21, June 21, September 21 and December 21; If the adjustment is made on a monthly basis, the adjustment date shall be the 21st day of each month. On the Adjustment Date, the Grantor shall, according to the date (Beijing Time), The latest interest rate and the same plus/minus point spread applicable to the same term and the same interest rate type as agreed in the individual credit documents under the Agreement obtained from Reuters before 9:00 shall be readjusted to determine the new borrowing interest rate without further notice to the Grantee; Or according to the latest loan interest rate of the same currency and the same term as agreed in the single credit document implemented by the Grantor, the new loan interest rate is determined without further notice to the Grantee.

 

5

 

7.4 Penalty Interest

 

7.4.1 If the Grantee fails to pay the principal and interest of the Loan upon maturity (including the announcement of early maturity by the Grantor), the Grantor shall have the right to the overdue interest.

 

The overdue interest shall be calculated and collected at a floating rate of 50% over the actual loan interest rate of a single credit business (the agent payment rate is the agent payment rate for domestic agent payment business, the same below) until the principal date on which the Grantee pays off the loan. If the Grantee fails to use the loan fund for the agreed purpose, the Grantor shall have the right to charge default interest on the loan amount used by the Grantee in breach of the contract according to a 100% increase of the loan interest rate actually implemented for a single credit business from the date of default until the principal and interest date on which the Grantee pays off the principal and interest; If the actual loan interest rate for the implementation of the agreement is adjusted according to the agreement and the individual credit documents, the penalty interest rate shall also be adjusted accordingly. For loans that are both overdue and misappropriated, penalty interest shall be charged according to the higher penalty interest rate.

 

7.4.2 For the interest and default interest which cannot be paid by the Grantee on schedule, the compound interest shall be charged according to the default interest rate stipulated in Article 7.4.1 of this Agreement from the overdue date.

 

Article 8 Payment of borrowing funds (applicable to borrowing and financing business)

 

8.1 type of payment method of borrowing funds

 

6

 

8.1.1 Entrusted payment by the Grantor means that the Grantor, according to the withdrawal application and payment entrustment of the Grantee, pays the borrowing funds to the Grantee’s trading object which meets the agreed purpose of the single credit document through the Grantee’s account.

 

8.1.2 The Grantee pays independently, that is, after the Grantor releases the borrowing funds to the Grantee’s account according to the drawing application of the Grantee, the Grantee pays independently to the trading object of the Grantee which meets the purposes agreed in the contract. After applying for withdrawal, if the conditions such as external payment and credit rating of the Grantee change, the Grantor has the right to change the payment method of borrowing funds.

 

8.1.3 Where the payment method is changed or the amount of external payment, the payment object and the use of loan are changed under the entrusted payment method, the Grantee shall provide the Grantor with a written explanation of the change application, re-apply for withdrawal and submit relevant transaction materials evidencing the use of funds.

 

8.2 Payment standard of borrowing funds

 

When the amount of single payment for working capital loan business and trade financing business under this Agreement exceeds RMB 10 million, the entrusted payment method must be adopted; When the amount of single payment for fixed assets loan business exceeds 5% of the total investment of the project or exceeds five million RMB, the entrusted payment method must be adopted. Within the scope of the above-mentioned entrusted payment standard, the Grantor has the right to put forward more stringent entrusted payment standard when the Grantee applies for a single credit business. If the Grantor considers that the payment method of the loan funds chosen by the Grantee in the withdrawal application does not meet the requirements, it has the right to change the payment method or stop the issuance and payment of the loan funds. The payment method of the loan funds under this Agreement shall be stipulated in the relevant individual credit documents. The amount payable by the Grantee under this agreement shall not be paid by the Grantee independently.

 

8.3 specific requirements for entrusted payment of borrowed funds

 

8.3.1 In case of entrusted payment by the Grantor, the Grantee shall provide the written entrustment document of entrusted payment entrustment, that is, after transferring the borrowing funds to the designated account of the Grantee, the authorized and entrusted Grantor shall directly pay the borrowing funds to the account of the transaction object designated by the Grantee for the purpose specified in the single credit document.

 

8.3.2 In case of entrusted payment by the Grantor, the Grantee shall provide the information of its loan account, transaction object account, payment amount and certification materials certifying that the current withdrawal is in line with the agreed purpose of the individual credit document to the credit gainer at the time of withdrawal. A Grantee should ensure that all information provided to the grantor is true, complete and valid. Where the Grantor’s entrusted payment obligation fails to be fulfilled in in a timely manner due to the untrue, inaccurate and incomplete relevant transaction information provided by the Grantee, the Grantor shall not bear any liability, and the Grantee’s repayment obligation already incurred hereunder shall not be affected.

 

7

 

8.3.3 Execution of Entrusted Payments

 

(1) If the entrusted payment is made by the Grantor, the Grantor shall, after Grantee submitting the entrusted payment power of attorney and relevant transaction information, pay the borrowing funds to the trading object of the Grantee through the account of the Grantee after examination and approval.

 

(2) If the Grantor finds that the use certification materials and other relevant transaction materials provided by the Grantee do not conform to the provisions of this Agreement or have other defects, it has the right to require the Grantee to supplement, replace, explain or re-submit the relevant materials, and before the Grantee submit the relevant transaction materials considered by the Grantor to be qualified, Grantor has the right to refuse the release and payment of the relevant funds.

 

(3) in the event of a refund from the account opening bank of the dealing party, resulting in that the Grantor is unable to pay the borrowing funds to its dealing party in in a timely manner according to the payment entrustment from the Grantee, the Grantor shall not bear any liability, and the repayment obligations already incurred by the Grantee under this agreement shall not be affected. The Grantee hereby authorizes the grantor to freeze the funds returned by the account opening bank of the transaction object. In this case, the Grantee shall re-submit the payment entrustment and the use certification materials and other relevant transaction information.

 

  (4) The Grantee shall not avoid the payment entrusted to the Grantor by breaking up the whole into parts.

 

8.4 After the loan funds are released, the Grantee shall provide the in a timely manner with the records of the use of the loan funds and the supporting documents for the purpose of the loan as required by the Grantor

 

Such evidence shall include, but not limited to, evidence of transactions such as purchase and sale contracts, evidence of operating costs and expenses and evidence of other operating turnover expenses, etc.

 

8.5 In any of the following circumstances, the Grantor has the right to re-determine the loan issuance and payment conditions, or stop the issuance and payment of the loan funds

 

  (1) The Grantee violates the agreement and evades the entrusted payment of the Grantor by breaking up the whole into parts;
     
  (2) The credit status of the Grantee declines or the profitability of the main business is not strong;
     
  (3) Abnormal use of borrowed funds;
     
  (4) The Grantee fails to provide the in a timely manner with the records and materials on the use of the loan funds as required by the Grantor;
     
  (5) The Grantee pays the loan funds in violation of this article.

 

Article 9 Repayment (applicable to loan financing business)

 

9.1 Repayment Method

 

9.1.1 The repayment methods of the loan financing business under this Agreement include but are not limited to the following four kinds, and the repayment methods of specific business are agreed by the individual credit documents:

 

(1) Interest paid on schedule lump-sum repayment method: the principal repayment date is the maturity date of the loan, and the interest payment date is the interest settlement date stipulated in the individual credit documents. The Grantee shall pay the loan interest on schedule, and repay the principal and the remaining interest in a lump sum at maturity.

 

8

 

(2) Interest settlement method: The repayment date and interest payment date are the maturity date of the loan, and the Grantee repays the principal and interest of the loan in a lump sum when it is due.

 

(3) Equal principal successive reduction method: the principal of the loan of the Grantee shall be repaid in equal installments, and the repayment date and the interest payment date shall be the interest settlement date stipulated in the individual credit documents. On the date, the Grantee shall pay the principal and interest of the loan of one installment. The first repayment date is shown in the specific business application, and the last repayment date is the maturity date of the loan, and the Grantee pays the remaining principal and interest. Calculation formula:

 

Repayment of principal and interest per installment = loan principal/total number of repayment installments + loan balance X monthly interest rate

 

(4) Matching principal and interest method: the principal and interest of the loan of the Grantee shall be repaid by installments in equal amount, and the principal date and interest payment date shall be the settlement date stipulated in the individual credit documents. On the date, the Grantee shall pay the principal and interest of the loan of one installment. The first repayment date is shown in the specific business application, and the last repayment date is the maturity date of the loan, and the Grantee pays the remaining principal and interest. Calculation formula:

 

Amount of principal and interest repayment in each period=principal*(1+interest rate)Repayment period (months)*interest rate/[(1+interest rate)Repayment period (months) -1]

 

9.1.2 The Grantee shall, one working day prior to the principal repayment date and interest payment date, fully deposit the current payable interest, principal and other payables into the repayment account opened by the Grantee with the Grantor, and the Grantor shall have the right to take the initiative to transfer the payment on such principal repayment date and interest payment date, or request the Grantee to cooperate in handling relevant transfer procedures.

 

9.2 Repayment Account

 

The information of repayment account shall be stipulated in the individual credit documents.

 

9.3 Order of loan liquidation

 

Unless otherwise agreed by both parties, in the case that the Grantee is in arrears with the principal and interest of the loan at the same time, the Grantor has the right to decide the order of repayment of principal or interest; In the case of installment repayment, if there are multiple due loans and overdue loans under the relevant business application and other legal documents, the Grantor has the right to decide the repayment order of a certain repayment of the Grantee; If there are several matured loan agreements between the Grantee and the Grantor, the Grantor has the right to decide the order of the agreement to be fulfilled by each repayment of the Grantee.

 

9

 

9.4 Supervision of Capital Return Account

 

The Grantee shall open a fund withdrawal account in the name of the Grantee, and the fund withdrawal of the Grantee shall enter the account. The Grantee shall provide the in a timely manner with information on the movement of funds in and out of the account. The Grantor has the right to ask the Grantee to explain the inflow and outflow of large and abnormal funds in the fund withdrawal account and to supervise the account. The information of the Grantee’s fund withdrawal account shall be stipulated in a single credit document.

 

9.5. Prepayment

 

If the Grantee needs to repay in advance, he shall submit a written application to the Grantor fifteen working days in advance. After examination and approval by the Grantor, the procedures for early repayment shall be handled. The Grantor has the right to determine the order in which the amount of prepayment is used to repay the loan, and the interest charged according to the original agreement is not refundable. If the loan is partially repaid in advance, the principal and interest of repayment shall be re-determined according to the remaining principal from the date of partial repayment. If the Grantor agrees to the early repayment by the Grantee, the standard of liquidated damages shall be stipulated in the individual credit documents.

 

Article 10 Interest on Advance (applicable to bank credit business)

 

10.1 Before the maturity of bank credit business or before the Grantor needs to make external payment due to the Grantee’s presentation for payment to the Grantor, the Grantee shall deposit sufficient provision or security for external payment by the Grantor, and the Grantor shall also have the right to actively debit the foreign currency or RMB account of the Grantee in the Credit as provision for external payment. In case the Grantor makes advance payment for external payment due to insufficient provision or deposit, the Grantee shall pay off the said advance payment. From the date of advance payment, the Grantor shall have the right to charge the advance payment interest at the rate of five ten thousandths of the advance payment per day for the amount advanced, and to charge compound interest at the rate of advance payment agreed in this paragraph.

 

Article 11. Security

 

11.1 The Grantee shall provide guarantee as required by the Grantor. As for the specific mode of guarantee, the Grantor and the guarantor shall sign a separate guarantee contract.

 

11.2 Margin Guarantee

 

11.2.1 The Grantor may collect part of the funds from the Grantee as security deposit according to the specific circumstances when a single credit business is actually narrated under this Agreement. The Grantee shall open a margin account with Grantor and deposit the margin required by the Grantor into the margin account. The amount of the margin and the information of the margin account shall be stipulated in a single credit document.

 

11.2.2 The margin funds shall be frozen after entering the margin account, and shall be deemed to be specified and transferred to the possession of the Grantor, and the Grantee shall not ask for withdrawal before the credit debt guaranteed by the margin is fully repaid. The funds in the margin account and the deposit interest generated therefrom shall jointly serve as the pledge guarantee provided by the Grantee to the Grantor under this Agreement.

 

10

 

11.2.3 The guarantee scope of the above-mentioned margin pledge includes the principal of the guaranteed debt and the interest generated therefrom. (Including possible overdue interest, penalty interest, debt interest during delay in performance, etc.) And expenses (including but not limited to liquidated damages, damages, notarization fees, attorney fees and expenses paid by Grantor to realize Grantor’s rights).

 

11.2.4 If the Grantee fails to pay off the due debts under the Main Contract or the debts declared to be matured in advance, or violates any agreement of this Agreement, the Grantor shall have the right to directly deduct the deposit in the above-mentioned deposit account for settlement without notifying the Grantee.

 

Article 12 Declarations and commitments

 

12.1 The Grantee declares as follows:

 

  (1) The Grantee is legally registered and legally existing, and has the full civil rights and capacity required for signing and performing this Agreement;

 

(2) The signing and performance of this Agreement is based on the true intention of the Grantee, which has been legally and effectively authorized in accordance with the requirements of its articles of association or other internal management documents, and will not violate any agreements, contracts and other legal documents binding on the Grantee; All relevant approvals, permits, filings or registrations required for the execution and performance of this Agreement have been or will be obtained by the Grantee;

 

  (3) The transaction background of the business applied for by the Grantee to the Grantor is true and legal, and is not used for illegal purposes such as money laundering;
     
  (4) The Grantee does not conceal the events that may affect the financial status and performance ability of the guarantor;

 

(5) The Grantee and any of its shareholders and affiliated companies are not involved in any liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, merger (merger), division, reorganization, dissolution, capital reduction or similar legal procedures, nor is there any situation that may lead to such legal procedures;

 

(6) The Grantee is not involved in any economic, civil, criminal, administrative or similar arbitration proceedings that may have a significant adverse impact on him or her, and there are no circumstances that may lead to his or her involvement in such proceedings or similar arbitration proceedings;

 

(7) None of the material assets of the Grantee is subject to any enforcement, seizure, seizure, freezing, lien or supervision measures, nor is there any situation that may lead to the involvement of such measures.

 

12.2 The Grantee undertakes as follows:

 

  (1) The in a timely manner shall perform the payment and liquidation obligations to the Grantor;

 

(2) Submit its financial statements (including but not limited to annual report, quarterly report and monthly report) and other relevant information to the credit provider on a regular basis or in a timely manner as required by the Grantor. Grantee ensures the financial indicators of the Grantee continuously meets the requirements of the Grantor;

 

11

 

  (3) The loan project of the Grantee and the borrowing matters under this Agreement meet the requirements of laws and regulations;

 

(4) If the Grantee has entered into or will enter into a counter-guarantee agreement or similar agreement with the Guarantor of this Agreement in respect of its guarantee obligations, such agreement will not prejudice any rights of the Grantor under this Agreement;

 

(5) Accept the credit inspection and supervision of the Grantor, and give adequate assistance and cooperation; If the Grantee pays independently, it shall regularly report the payment and use of the loan funds in accordance with the requirements of the Grantor;

 

(6) Prior consent shall be obtained from the Grantor upon the occurrence of any circumstance that may affect the financial status and performance ability of the Grantee or the Guarantor, including but not limited to merger, division, capital reduction, equity transfer, external investment, substantial increase in debt financing, transfer of material assets and Grantor’s rights and other matters that may adversely affect the debt repayment ability of the Grantee;

 

  (7) The Grantee shall notify the in a timely manner to the Grantor if:

 

  a. Alteration of the articles of association, business scope, registered capital and legal representative of the Grantee or guarantor;

 

b. Undertake any form of joint operation, joint venture with foreign investors, contractual management, reorganization, restructuring, planned listing and other changes in the mode of operation;

 

c. Involved in major litigation or arbitration cases, or property or collateral is seized, detained or supervised, or new security is set on collateral;

 

  d. Closure, dissolution, liquidation, suspension of business for rectification, cancellation, revocation of business license, (being) applied for bankruptcy, etc;
     
  e. Shareholders, directors and current senior managers are suspected of major cases or economic disputes;
     
  f. The event of breach of contract of the Grantee occurs under other contracts;
     
  g. Difficulties in operation and deterioration of financial situation occur.

 

  (8) All documents, financial statements, vouchers and other information provided by the Grantee to the Grantor under this Agreement are true, complete, accurate and valid;

 

  (9) The Grantor shall have the right to withdraw the loan in advance according to the fund withdrawal of the Grantee;

 

(10) When the business of export tax rebate pledge loan occurs under this Agreement, the Grantor shall have the right to deduct the export tax rebate immediately after it enters into the export tax rebate pledge account, so as to pay off the debt of export tax refund pledge loan under this Agreement;

 

(11) Matters not stipulated in this Agreement and individual credit documents shall be handled in accordance with the relevant provisions and business practices of the Grantor.

 

12

 

Article 13 disclosure of related party transactions within a Grantee group

 

13.1 When a Grantee belongs to a group client as determined by Grantor in accordance with the Guidelines on Risk Management of Credit Business for Group Clients of Commercial Banks, the Grantee shall in a timely manner to report to the Grantor any related party transactions of more than 10% of the net assets, including the related party relationship of the parties to the transaction, transaction items and nature, transaction amount or corresponding proportion, and pricing policies (including transactions with no amount or only nominal amount).

 

13.2 In case of any of the following circumstances regarding the Grantee, the Grantor has the right to unilaterally decide to stop the credit not yet used by the Grantee and take back the part in advance or all of them have been used but the credit has not been settled, or 100% of the deposit is required to be made up: to take advantage of the false contract with the related party to discount or pledge the Grantor’s rights such as notes receivable and accounts receivable without real trade background to the bank to obtain bank funds or credit; Major mergers, acquisitions and reorganizations occur, which the Grantor believes may affect the safety of loans; Through related party transactions, intentionally evade bank Grantor’s rights; Other circumstances stipulated in Article 18 of the Guidelines for Risk Management of Credit Business of Commercial Banks’ Group Clients.

 

Article 14 Events of Breach of Contract and Treatment

 

14.1 One of the following matters shall constitute or be deemed to be an event of default of the Grantee under this Agreement:

 

  (1) The Grantee fails to perform the payment and repayment obligations to the Grantor as agreed in the Agreement;

 

(2) The Grantee fails to use the loan funds in the way agreed in this agreement or fails to use the funds obtained for the purposes agreed in this agreement;

 

  (3) The statements made by the Grantee in this agreement are untrue or violate the promises made by the Grantee in this agreement;

 

(4) In case of any of the circumstances specified in Clause 12.2.6 of the Agreement, the Grantor believes that it may affect the financial status and performance capability of the Grantee or the Guarantor, and the Grantee fail to provide new guarantee or replace the Guarantor as required by the Grantor;

 

(5) The credit status of the Grantee declines, or the Grantee’s profitability, solvency, operating capacity and cash flow and other financial indicators deteriorate, which breaks through the index constraints or other financial agreements agreed in this Agreement;

 

(6) A default event occurs under the agreement between the Grantee and the Grantor or other institutions of Bank of Xiamen Co Ltd A; default event occurs under the agreement between the Grantee and its affiliates and other financial institutions;

 

13

 

(7) The Guarantor breaches the provisions of the Guarantee Contract, or other events of default occur under other contracts with the Grantor or other institutions of Bank of Xiamen Co Ltd;

 

(8) The Grantee terminates its business or there is an event of dissolution, revocation or bankruptcy;

 

(9) The performance of the obligations under this Agreement has been or may be affected by the fact that the Grantee is involved in or may be involved in major economic disputes, lawsuits or arbitrations, or its assets are sealed up, detained or enforced, or it is placed on file for investigation by judicial organs or administrative organs of taxation, industry and commerce according to law or it is punished according to law;

 

  (10) The performance of the obligations under this Agreement has been or may be affected by the abnormal change, disappearance or judicial investigation or restriction of personal freedom of the principal investors and key management personnel of the Grantee;

 

  (11) When the Grantor examines the financial situation and performance ability of the Grantee, it finds that there are circumstances that may affect the financial situation and performance ability of the Grantee or guarantor;

 

  (12) Large and abnormal capital inflow and outflow occur in the designated capital withdrawal account, and the Grantee can not provide the explanatory materials approved by the Grantor;

 

  (13) According to the reasonable judgment of the Grantor, other events occur which may substantially damage the rights and interests of the Grantor under the individual credit business and have material adverse effects on the continuous performance of such business, including but not limited to: the markets (such as foreign exchange rate, interest rate, industry and relevant derivatives market) related to the individual business or the operation of the Grantee; Policy and regulation (monetary, fiscal, industry, regional development, etc.); Major adverse changes in the political and financial situations of other countries and other force majeure events; The performance ability of other parties involved in a single business has undergone significant adverse changes.

 

14.2 When the event of default specified in the preceding paragraph occurs, the Grantor has the right to take the following measures respectively or simultaneously according to the specific circumstances:

 

  (1) requiring the Grantee and the guarantor to correct their breach of contract within a time limit;

 

  (2) To declare that all or part of the loan principal and interest and other payables of the loan financing business under this Agreement are due immediately;

 

  (3) No matter whether the conditions for the performance of the bank credit business under this Agreement are due or fulfilled, the Grantee shall be required to deposit the full amount of security deposit as required by the Grantor in advance;

 

  (4) Terminate or rescind this Agreement, and terminate or rescind other contracts between the Grantee and the Grantor in whole or in part;

 

14

 

  (5) requiring the Grantee to compensate for the loss caused to the Grantor by its breach of contract;

 

  (6) Deduct the amount in the accounts opened by the Grantee in the Grantor and other institutions of Bank of Xiamen Co Ltd. to pay off all or part of the debts owed by the Grantee to the Grantor under this Agreement, and without prior notice to the Grantee. Undue amounts in the account are deemed to be due in advance. If the account currency is different from the credit business valuation currency, it shall be converted according to the foreign exchange rate applicable to the Grantor at the time of deduction, and the exchange rate risk shall be borne by the Grantee;

 

  (7) requiring the Grantee to provide a new guarantee and/or to replace the guarantor;

 

  (8) Exercise the real right of security;

 

  (9) Requiring the guarantor to assume the guaranty liability;

 

  (10) Collect default interest, advance interest and compound interest from the Grantee according to the agreement;

 

  (11) other measures deemed necessary and possible by the Grantor.

 

14.3 If this Agreement contains multiple Grantees, the Grantor shall have the right to take any legal or agreed remedies for breach of contract against all the Grantees in the event that any one of the Grantees fails to perform the obligations agreed under this Agreement or in the event of breach of contract agreed under this Agreement.

 

Article 15. Reservation of rights

 

15.1 Failure by either party to exercise part or all of its rights under this Agreement, or failure to require the other party to perform or assume part or all of its obligations and liabilities shall not constitute a waiver of such rights or a waiver of such obligations and liabilities by such party.

 

15.2 Any forbearance, extension or delay by one party to the other party in exercising its rights under this Agreement shall not affect any right it may have under this Agreement and under the laws and regulations, nor shall it be deemed as a waiver of such right.

 

Article 16 Effectiveness, Alteration and Rescission of the Agreement

 

16.1 The Agreement shall come into force as of the date when the legal representatives (responsible persons) of both parties or their authorized agents sign or affix the seals of both parties.

 

16.2 This Agreement may be altered or modified in writing by both parties through negotiation, and any alteration or modification shall constitute an integral part of this Agreement.

 

16.3 Unless otherwise stipulated by laws and regulations or agreed by the parties, this Agreement shall not be terminated before the rights and obligations hereunder are fully performed.

 

16.4 Where the Grantor fails to perform the Agreement or fails to perform the Agreement in accordance with the Agreement due to changes in laws and regulations, regulatory provisions or requirements of regulatory authorities, the Grantor has the right to terminate or change the performance of the Agreement in accordance with changes in laws and regulations, regulatory provisions or requirements of regulatory authorities. If the termination or modification of the agreement for such reasons makes the Grantor unable to perform or fail to perform in accordance with the agreement, the Grantor shall be exempted from liability.

 

15

 

Article 17 Application of Law and Dispute Resolution

 

17.1 This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the People’s Republic of China (excluding Hong Kong, Macao Special Administrative Region and Taiwan).

 

17.2 The dispute jurisdiction and settlement methods shall be subject to the provisions of Article 26 of this Agreement. During the period of dispute, both parties shall continue to perform the terms not involved in the dispute. The costs of litigation (or arbitration) arising out of the dispute and reasonable attorney’s fees paid by the other party, as well as litigation (Or arbitration) other costs (including but not limited to property preservation fees, appraisal fees, travel expenses, notarization fees, translation fees, appraisal and auction fees, execution fees and so on) shall be borne by the defaulting party.

 

Article 18 Other Agreements

 

18.1 The valid vouchers of Grantor’s rights of the Grantor under this Agreement shall be subject to the accounting vouchers issued and recorded by the Grantor in accordance with its own business regulations.

 

18.2 any notice or communication under this agreement shall be delivered to the other party in writing according to the address or other contact information recorded on the signature page of this Agreement. when a party changes its communication and contact address, it shall notify the other party in in a timely manner in writing.

 

18.3 Unless otherwise agreed in this Agreement or in the supplementary agreement signed by the Grantor and the Grantee, the Grantor and the Grantee shall treat assignment of Grantor’s Rights under the Agreement as follows: The Grantee agrees that the Grantor has the right to unilaterally decide to assign all or part of the Grantor’s Rights under the Agreement to any third party; The notice of assignment of the Grantor’s right given by the Grantor to the Grantee shall go into effect on the Grantee as of the date it is given; Hereby, the Grantee irrevocably promises that it agrees that the Grantor is entitled to unilaterally accept the entrustment of the assignee of the Grantor’s rights to continue to manage the Grantor’s rights and corresponding security rights of the Grantee. Management matters include but not limited to agency deduction of funds in the accounts of the Grantee and the Guarantor for payment of the payables under the Agreement, agency collection, litigation and preservation of the Grantee and the Guarantor on behalf of the Grantee on this Grantor’s rights. Where the Grantor deducts the payables on behalf of the Grantee, the Grantee agrees that the Grantor shall have the right to directly deduct the amounts in the Discretionary Repayment Account and other accounts opened by the Grantee and the Guarantor at the headquarter and branches of the Grantor and the Credit for the payment of principal and interest due and payable and other amounts payable by the Grantee and the Guarantors, without notifying the Grantee and the Guarantors.

 

18.4 Without the written consent of the Grantor, the Grantee shall not transfer any rights and obligations under this Agreement to any third party.

 

16

 

18.5 If the Grantor needs to entrust other institutions of Bank of Xiamen Co Ltd. to perform the rights and obligations under this Agreement due to business needs, or the business under this Agreement shall be assigned to other institutions of Xiamen Bank Co Ltd. to undertake and manage, which shall be recognized by the Grantee. Other institutions of Bank of Xiamen Co Ltd. authorized by the Grantor or other institutions of Bank of Xiamen Co Ltd. undertaking the business under this Agreement shall have the right to exercise all rights under this Agreement and shall have the right to apply to this Agreement in the name of such institutions for disputes under this Agreement. The agreed arbitration committee applies for arbitration or brings a lawsuit or applies for enforcement to the court with jurisdiction in the place where the institution is located.

 

18.6 Except for the expenses explicitly stipulated by laws and regulations to be borne by the Grantor, any other expenses under this Agreement shall be borne by the Grantee.

 

18.7 Without prejudice to other provisions of this Agreement, this Agreement is legally binding on both parties and their respective successors and assigns.

 

18.8 If a provision or part of a provision of this Agreement is or becomes invalid, the invalidity of such provision or part shall not affect the validity of this Agreement or any other provision of this Agreement or any other part of such provision.

 

18.9 Grantor has the right to provide the information related to this agreement and other related information of Grantee to the credit information system of The People’s Bank Of China and other credit information databases established according to law in accordance with relevant laws, regulations and regulatory provisions, so as to be inquired and used by institutions or individuals with appropriate qualifications according to law. For the purpose of conclusion and performance of this agreement, the Grantor also has the right to inquire the relevant information of the Grantee through the credit information system of The People’s Bank Of China and other credit information databases set up according to law.

 

18.10 The Grantee agrees that the Grantor will entrust a third party to handle the ancillary business related to this Agreement (including but not limited to the development and maintenance of the Grantor’s system, printing and mailing of relevant vouchers such as reconciliation documents, arrears collection, property evaluation and other outsourced work items permitted by laws and regulations) in accordance with the provisions of laws and regulations. And the Grantee agrees that the Grantor shall hand over the relevant information and materials of the Grantee hereunder to the said third party for handling the entrustment matters.

 

18.11 If deemed necessary by the Grantor, the Grantee shall complete the notarization of this Agreement. Such notarization shall have the effect of enforcement, and the Grantee undertakes that the Grantee is willing to accept enforcement according to law when the Grantee fails to perform its obligations or fails to perform its obligations completely.

 

18.12 In case of any discrepancy between the special terms of partial credit business in Part II of this Agreement and the general terms in Part I, the agreement in Part II shall prevail.

 

17

 

Part II Special Terms and Conditions for Partial Credit Business

 

Article 19 Special Terms and Conditions for Fixed Assets Loan Business

 

19.1 In addition to the preconditions agreed in Article 6 of this Agreement, the Grantee shall also meet the following conditions when applying for fixed assets loans:

 

  (1) The Grantee has submitted the project feasibility study report, the project approval document and other approval documents that must be provided according to law to the Grantor;

 

  (2) The Grantee has submitted the current valid business license, articles of association, and the recent financial statements on the date of withdrawal to the Grantor;

 

  (3) The capital in the same proportion as the proposed loan has been fully put in place, and the actual progress of the project matches the amount of investment already made;

 

  (4) If the amount of single payment exceeds 5% of the total investment of the project, or exceeds RMB 5 million (including, or foreign currency equivalent), the Grantor has the right to require the Grantee to provide written documents confirming the progress and quality of the project signed by supervision, evaluation, quality inspection and other three parties.

 

Article 20 Special Clauses for Bank Acceptance Business

 

20.1 Contents of bank acceptance bill

 

  (1) The contents of bank acceptance bills under a single credit business shall be stipulated in a single credit document.

 

  (2) The acceptance agreement number in a single credit document refers to the content of “Acceptance Agreement Number” recorded on the face of the bank acceptance bill issued by the Grantor, which is not the same as the content of “Number” in a single credit document.

 

20.2 Before a Grantee applies for a bank acceptance bill, the following conditions must be met in addition to the preconditions agreed in Article 6 of this Agreement:

 

  (1) The Grantee has provided the original and copy of the transaction contract and the relevant trade background transaction information certified by the Grantor;

 

  (2) The Grantee has provided the guaranty money pledge according to the requirements of the single credit granting document;

 

  (3) The Grantee has paid off the open management fee in a lump sum in accordance with the provisions of the Grantor;

 

  (4) other conditions that the Grantor considers the Grantee should satisfy.

 

20.3 Rate and penalty

 

  (1) When a Grantee applies to a Grantor for acceptance of a bill of exchange, he shall pay to the Grantor a handling fee equivalent to five ten thousandths of the face value of the bill.

 

  (2) When the Grantee applies for acceptance of the bill of exchange from the Grantor, it shall pay the exposure management fee to the Grantor in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Grantor. The exposure management fee shall be calculated on the basis of the difference between the acceptance amount of a single application and the deposit and the pledge amount of the deposit certificate of the Bank. The exposure management fee rate shall be stipulated in the single credit facility document and shall be paid by the Grantee in a lump sum prior to acceptance.

 

18

 

  (3) If the Grantee fails to make up the full amount of the bill when the bank acceptance bill matures, no matter whether the holder presents for payment or not, it will lead to the credit of the Grantor to make advances on the bank acceptance bill, which occupies the credit funds of the Grantor, and the day when the bank accepts the bill advances is the next day of the maturity date specified in the bank acceptance draft.

 

Article 21 Special Terms for the Business of Issuing Letter of Guarantee

 

21.1 Issuing and Charging of Letter of Guarantee

 

  (1) Where the Grantor accepts the application of the Grantee and issues a letter of guarantee or provides other forms of bank guarantee as required by the Grantee, the detailed contents of the letter of guarantee or other forms of bank guarantee shall be subject to the agreement in the letter of guarantee issued by the Grantor or other bank guarantee documents, and the contents of such documents are detailed in Draft Specimen Guarantee Document attached to a single credit granting document.

 

  (2) The Grantee will pay the handling fee for issuing the letter of guarantee to the Grantor on time, and the basis, standard and method of calculating and collecting the fee shall be implemented in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Grantor. The specific amount and method of handling fees shall be stipulated in the individual credit documents. For the expenses that cannot be foreseen at the time of signing the single letter of credit and should be borne by the Grantee after issuing the letter of guarantee, the Grantee will pay the amount and method required by the Grantor to the Grantor.

 

21.2 Modification of the contents of the guarantee

 

  (1) The Grantee shall submit a written application to the Grantor (in the form provided by the Grantor to the Grantee) for the amendment of the guarantee.

 

  (2) When the amendment of the guarantee involves the amount, currency, interest rate, term or other terms that the Grantor considers necessary to increase the guarantee, the Grantor shall have the right to require the Grantee to increase the deposit, and/or require the Grantee to obtain the written consent of the counter-guarantor on the written application, and/or to provide other guarantees, otherwise, the Grantor shall have the right to refuse to accept the amendment application of the Granteee.

 

  (3) If the Grantee needs to amend the relevant text of the Guarantee, it shall pay a one-time amendment fee of RMB 300 yuan to the Grantor.

 

  (4) The amendment of the letter of guarantee does not change the other rights and obligations of the Grantee in a single credit document.

 

21.3 External payments and interest

 

The Grantee agrees that in the event of a claim arising from the letter of guarantee business under a single letter of credit, if the Grantee’s claim document is in conformity with the agreement of the letter of guarantee upon examination and verification by the Grantor, the Grantor shall have the right to make payment directly to the other party without obtaining the consent of the Grantee.

 

19

 

21.4 Supplementary undertaking of the Grantee

 

  (1) Any promises made, any restrictions on rights and any expenses paid by the Grantor in the relevant text of the Guarantee are made at the request of the Grantee, and any losses suffered by the Grantor shall be borne by the Grantee, Grantor has the right to directly deduct them from the account opened by the Grantee in Xiamen Bank Co Ltd. There is no need to inform the Grantee in advance;

 

  (2) If the letter of guarantee is entrusted to other banks for transfer/transmission, the Grantee agrees to bear all risks and responsibilities of the Grantor to the transfer/transmission bank under the transfer/transmission letter of guarantee;

 

  (3) With respect to any circumstance affecting the Grantorr’s guarantee liability, such as the execution and termination of the basic contract, basic transaction on which the letter of guarantee is based, etc The Grantee shall notify the Grantor immediately;

 

  (4) Without the written consent of the Grantor, the Grantee shall not modify the content of the basic contract on which the letter of guarantee is based;

 

  (5) The Grantee shall cooperate with the Grantor to go through the relevant procedures for the performance of the contract under the external guarantee;

 

  (6) The risks of loss, delay, error, omission, damage, etc. In the process of mailing, telecommunication transmission or other transmission of the incoming and outgoing letters, telegrams and documents under the business of issuing letters of guarantee and the risks arising from the credit provider’s use of third-party services shall be borne by the Grantee.

 

21.5 Supplementary Agreement on Issuing Letter of Guarantee

 

The Grantor only deals with the documents or certificates, and is not responsible for the disputes arising from the basic contract involved, and the Grantor is not responsible for the authenticity, delay and loss in the process of mailing when dealing with the documents or certificates.

 

Part III Special Provisions

 

(When an option appears in the following special provisions, put an “X” in the mouth to indicate that it is applicable and an “X” to indicate that it is not applicable)

 

Article 22 Amount of Credit Line

 

The credit line provided by the Grantor to the Grantee under the Agreement is:

 

Currency Type: RMB

 

Amount: Three million yuan

 

Article 23 Term of Use of Credit Line

 

The use period of the credit line determined in this Agreement is from May 26, 2020 to May 26, 2023.

 

Article 24 Joint Liabilities (applicable when the fiduciaries are two or more parties)

 

Whether all obligations of all the Grantee under this Agreement are jointly and severally liable:

 

  x Yes;

 

  x No.

 

20

 

Article 25 Other agreements

 

Credit funds shall not be diverted to house purchase. If credit funds are used for house purchase, the Grantor shall have the right to cancel the contract and receive the loan in advance.

 

Article 26 Any dispute arising from or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled through negotiation by both parties; If the negotiation fails, both parties agree to adopt the following methods to solve the problem:

 

  x bring a lawsuit to the People’s Court of the place where the Grantor is located.

 

  þ The dispute shall be submitted to the Arbitration Commission for arbitration in accordance with the arbitration rules in effect at the time of submission of the application for arbitration. The award of the arbitration shall be final and binding upon both parties. When submitting to arbitration, both parties agree to choose summary procedure to hear the case.

 

The parties hereto acknowledge that all litigation and arbitration documents in connection with any dispute arising under this Agreement(Including but not limited to first instance, second instance, retrial, execution procedure, application for payment order, special procedure stage for realizing security interest and all documents of arbitration procedure. Legal documents include, but are not limited to, indictment or arbitration application, evidence materials, summons, notice of response to an action, notice of proof, notice of hearing, judgment or award, ruling, conciliation statement, notification of performance within a specified time limit, appeal petition, execution notice, etc.)The contact address of the other party recorded on the signature page of this Agreement shall be the address for service. The relevant legal documents shall be deemed to have been served three working days after they are sent by express mail at the above address for service. If the address is changed, the other party shall be notified in writing within one working day after the change, otherwise the original address for service shall prevail.

 

Article 27 Text of the Agreement

 

This agreement is made in triplicate with equal legal effect.

 

[No text below this page]

 

21

 

[There is no text on this page, which is the signing page of the Credit Facility Agreement of Xiamen Bank Co., Ltd.]

 

The Grantee acknowledges that the Grantee has carefully read all the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and that the Grantee has been reminded by the relevant persons of the Grantor that it may require the relevant persons of the Grantor to make full explanations and explanations of any provisions before signing this Agreement, and that it has fully explained and explained the questions and information raised by the Grantee in relation to the relevant provisions. The meaning of all terms and conditions of this agreement is now fully understood by the Grantee. Therefore, after careful consideration, the Grantee agrees to accept all the terms and conditions.

 

This agreement is signed by and between the following parties on May 26, 2020

 

Grantee Grantor
   
   
Authorized Signatory: /s/Zhuoqin Huang Authorized Signatory: /s/Binjia Wang
   
   
Contact address: Room 102, No. 23, Contact Address: 101 Hubin North Road,
   
   
Wanghai Road, Siming District, Xiamen
   
   
Seal: /s/Xiamen Pop Culture Co., Ltd. Seal: /s/ Xiamen Bank Co., Ltd.
   
   
   
   
  Signature of witness:

 

22

Exhibit 21.1

 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

 

Subsidiaries   Place of Incorporation  
Pop Culture (HK) Holding Limited   Hong Kong  
Heliheng Culture Co., Ltd.   PRC  
       
Variable Interest Entity   Place of Incorporation  
Xiamen Pop Culture Co., Ltd.   PRC  
       
Subsidiaries of Variable Interest Entity   Place of Incorporation  
Shanghai Pudu Culture Communication Co., Ltd.   PRC  
Xiamen Pop Network Technology Co., Ltd.   PRC  
Zhongjing Pop (Guangzhou) Culture Media Co., Ltd.   PRC  
Shenzhen Pop Culture Co., Ltd.   PRC  
Xiamen Pop Sikai Interactive Technology Co., Ltd.   PRC  

Exhibit 23.1

 

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We hereby consent to the inclusion in this Registration Statement on Form F-1 of our report dated November 13, 2020, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd as of June 30, 2020 and 2019, and for the years then ended. We also consent to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

 

/s/ Friedman LLP

 

New York, New York

March 2, 2021 

Exhibit 99.1

 

CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS OF

POP CULTURE GROUP CO., LTD

 

INTRODUCTION

 

Purpose

 

This Code of Business Conduct and Ethics contains general guidelines for conducting the business of Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd, a Cayman Islands company (the “Company”), consistent with the highest standards of business ethics. To the extent this Code requires a higher standard than required by commercial practice or applicable laws, rules or regulations, we adhere to these higher standards.

 

This Code applies to all of the directors, officers, and employees of the Company and its subsidiaries (which, unless the context otherwise requires, are collectively referred to as the “Company” in this Code). We refer to all persons covered by this Code as “Company employees” or simply “employees.” We also refer to our chief executive officer and our chief financial officer as our “principal financial officers.”

 

Seeking Help and Information

 

This Code is not intended to be a comprehensive rulebook and cannot address every situation that you may face. If you feel uncomfortable about a situation or have any doubts about whether it is consistent with the Company’s ethical standards, seek help. We encourage you to contact your supervisor for help first. If your supervisor cannot answer your question or if you do not feel comfortable contacting your supervisor, contact the Compliance Officer of the Company, who shall be a person appointed by the Board of Directors of the Company. Our chief executive officer has been appointed by the Board of Directors of the Company as the Compliance Officer for the Company. The Company will notify you if the Board of Directors appoints a different Compliance Officer. You may remain anonymous and will not be required to reveal your identity in your communication to the Company.

 

Reporting Violations of the Code

 

All employees have a duty to report any known or suspected violation of this Code, including any violation of the laws, rules, regulations or policies that apply to the Company. If you know of or suspect a violation of this Code, immediately report the conduct to your supervisor. Your supervisor will contact the Compliance Officer, who will work with you and your supervisor to investigate the matter. If you do not feel comfortable reporting the matter to your supervisor or you do not get a satisfactory response, you may contact the Compliance Officer directly. Employees making a report need not leave their name or other personal information and reasonable efforts will be used to conduct the investigation that follows from the report in a manner that protects the confidentiality and anonymity of the employee submitting the report. All reports of known or suspected violations of the law or this Code will be handled sensitively and with discretion. Your supervisor, the Compliance Officer and the Company will protect your confidentiality to the extent possible, consistent with law and the Company’s need to investigate your report.

 

It is the Company policy that any employee who violates this Code will be subject to appropriate discipline, which may include termination of employment. This determination will be based upon the facts and circumstances of each particular situation. An employee accused of violating this Code will be given an opportunity to present his or her version of the events at issue prior to any determination of appropriate discipline. Employees who violate the law or this Code may expose themselves to substantial civil damages, criminal fines and prison terms. The Company may also face substantial fines and penalties and many incur damage to its reputation and standing in the community. Your conduct as a representative of the Company, if it does not comply with the law or with this Code, can result in serious consequences for both you and the Company.

 

Policy Against Retaliation

 

The Company prohibits retaliation against an employee who, in good faith, seeks help or reports known or suspected violations. Any reprisal or retaliation against an employee because the employee, in good faith, sought help or filed a report will be subject to disciplinary action, including potential termination of employment.

 

 

 

 

Waivers of the Code

 

Waivers of this Code for employees may be made only by an executive officer of the Company. Any waiver of this Code for our directors, executive officers or other principal financial officers may be made only by our Board of Directors or the appropriate committee of our Board of Directors and will be disclosed to the public as required by law or the rules of Nasdaq.

 

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

 

Identifying Potential Conflicts of Interest

 

A conflict of interest can occur when an employee’s private interest interferes, or appears to interfere, with the interests of the Company as a whole. You should avoid any private interest that influences your ability to act in the interests of the Company or that makes it difficult to perform your work objectively and effectively.

 

Identifying potential conflicts of interest may not always be clear-cut. The following situations are examples of conflicts of interest:

 

Outside Employment. No employee should be employed by, serve as a director of, or provide any services not in his or her capacity as a Company employee to a company that is a material customer, supplier, or competitor of the Company.

 

Improper Personal Benefits. No employee should obtain any material (as to him or her) personal benefits or favors because of his or her position with the Company. Please see “Gifts and Entertainment” below for additional guidelines in this area.

 

Financial Interests. No employee should have a significant financial interest (ownership or otherwise) in any company that is a material customer, supplier or competitor of the Company. A “significant financial interest” means (i) ownership of greater than 1% of the equity of a material customer, supplier or competitor or (ii) an investment in a material customer, supplier or competitor that represents more than 5% of the total assets of the employee.

 

Loans or Other Financial Transactions. No employee should obtain loans or guarantees of personal obligations from, or enter into any other personal financial transaction with, any company that is a material customer, supplier or competitor of the Company. This guideline does not prohibit arms-length transactions with banks, brokerage firms or other financial institutions.

 

Service on Boards and Committees. No employee should serve on a board of directors or trustees or on a committee of any entity (whether profit or not-for-profit) whose interests reasonably would be expected to conflict with those of the Company.

 

Actions of Family Members. The actions of family members outside the workplace may also give rise to the conflicts of interest described above because they may influence an employee’s objectivity in making decisions on behalf of the Company. For purposes of this Code, “family members” include your spouse or life-partner, brothers, sisters and parents, in-laws and children whether such relationships are by blood or adoption.

 

For purposes of this Code, a company is a “material” customer if that company has made payments to the Company in the past year in excess of US$100,000 or 10% of the customer’s gross revenues, whichever is greater. A company is a “material” supplier if that company has received payments from the Company in the past year in excess of US$100,000 or 10% of the supplier’s gross revenues, whichever is greater. A company is a “material” competitor if that company competes in the Company’s line of business and has annual gross revenues from such line of business in excess of US$500,000. If you are uncertain whether a particular company is a material customer, supplier or competitor, please contact the Compliance Officer for assistance.

 

2

 

 

Disclosure of Conflicts of Interest

 

The Company requires that employees disclose any situations that reasonably would be expected to give rise to a conflict of interest. If you suspect that you have a conflict of interest, or something that others could reasonably perceive as a conflict of interest, you must report it to your supervisor or the Compliance Officer. Your supervisor and the Compliance Officer will work with you to determine whether you have a conflict of interest and, if so, how best to address it. Although conflicts of interest are not automatically prohibited, they are not desirable and may only be waived as described in “Waivers of the Code” above.

 

CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES

 

As an employee of the Company, you have an obligation to advance the Company’s interests when the opportunity to do so arises. If you discover or are presented with a business opportunity through the use of corporate property, information, or because of your position with the Company, you should first present the business opportunity to the Company before pursuing the opportunity in your individual capacity. No employee may use corporate property, information, or his or her position with the Company for personal gain or should compete with the Company.

 

You should disclose to your supervisor the terms and conditions of each business opportunity covered by this Code that you wish to pursue. Your supervisor will contact the Compliance Officer and the appropriate management personnel to determine whether the Company wishes to pursue the business opportunity. If the Company waives its right to pursue the business opportunity, you may pursue the business opportunity on the same terms and conditions as originally proposed and consistent with the other ethical guidelines set forth in this Code.

 

Confidential Information and Company Property

 

Employees have access to a variety of confidential information while employed at the Company. Confidential information includes all non-public information that might be of use to competitors, or, if disclosed, harmful to the Company or its customers. Every employee has a duty to respect and safeguard the confidentiality of the Company’s information and the information of our suppliers and customers, except when disclosure is authorized or legally mandated. In addition, you must refrain from using any confidential information from any previous employment if, in doing so, you could reasonably be expected to breach your duty of confidentiality to your former employers. An employee’s obligation to protect confidential information continues after he or she leaves the Company. Unauthorized disclosure of confidential information could cause competitive harm to the Company or its customers and could result in legal liability to you and the Company.

 

Employees also have a duty to protect the Company’s intellectual property and other business assets. The intellectual property, business systems and the security of the Company property are critical to the Company.

 

Any questions or concerns regarding whether disclosure of Company information is legally mandated should be promptly referred to the Compliance Officer.

 

Safeguarding Confidential Information and Company Property

 

Care must be taken to safeguard and protect confidential information and Company property. Accordingly, the following measures should be adhered to:

 

The Company’s employees should conduct their business and social activities so as not to risk inadvertent disclosure of confidential information. For example, when not in use, confidential information should be secretly stored. Also, review of confidential documents or discussion of confidential subjects in public places (e.g., airplanes, trains, taxis, buses, etc.) should be conducted so as to prevent overhearing or other access by unauthorized persons.

 

Within the Company’s offices, confidential matters should not be discussed within hearing range of visitors or others not working on such matters.

 

Confidential matters should not be discussed with other employees not working on such matters or with friends or relatives including those living in the same household as a Company employee.

 

The Company’s employees are only to access, use, and disclose confidential information that is necessary for them to have in the course of performing their duties. They are not to disclose confidential information to other employees or contractors at the Company unless it is necessary for those employees or contractors to have such confidential information in the course of their duties.

 

3

 

 

The Company’s files, personal computers, networks, software, internet access, internet browser programs, emails, voice mails, and other business equipment (e.g. desks and cabinets) and resources are provided for business use and they are the exclusive property of the Company. Misuse of such Company property is not tolerated.

 

COMPETITION AND FAIR DEALING

 

All employees are obligated to deal fairly with fellow employees and with the Company’s customers, suppliers and competitors. Employees should not take unfair advantage of anyone through manipulation, concealment, abuse of privileged information, misrepresentation of material facts, or any other unfair-dealing practice.

 

Relationships with Customers

 

Our business success depends upon our ability to foster lasting customer relationships. The Company is committed to dealing with customers fairly, honestly, and with integrity. Specifically, you should keep the following guidelines in mind when dealing with customers:

 

Information we supply to customers should be accurate and complete to the best of our knowledge. Employees should not deliberately misrepresent information to customers.

 

Employees should not refuse to sell, service, or maintain products the Company has produced simply because a customer is buying products from another supplier.

 

Customer entertainment should not exceed reasonable and customary business practice. Employees should not provide entertainment or other benefits that could be viewed as an inducement to or a reward for customer purchase decisions. Please see “Gifts and Entertainment” below for additional guidelines in this area.

 

Relationships with Suppliers

 

The Company deals fairly and honestly with its suppliers. This means that our relationships with suppliers are based on price, quality, service, and reputation, among other factors. Employees dealing with suppliers should carefully guard their objectivity. Specifically, no employee should accept or solicit any personal benefit from a supplier or potential supplier that might compromise, or appear to compromise, their objective assessment of the supplier’s products and prices. Employees can give or accept promotional items of nominal value or moderately scaled entertainment within the limits of responsible and customary business practice. Please see “Gifts and Entertainment” below for additional guidelines in this area.

 

Relationships with Competitors

 

The Company is committed to free and open competition in the marketplace. Employees should avoid actions that would be contrary to laws governing competitive practices in the marketplace, including antitrust laws. Such actions include misappropriation and/or misuse of a competitor’s confidential information or making false statements about the competitor’s business and business practices.

 

PROTECTION AND USE OF COMPANY ASSETS

 

Employees should protect the Company’s assets and ensure their efficient use for legitimate business purposes only. Theft, carelessness and waste have a direct impact on the Company’s profitability. The use of Company funds or assets, whether or not for personal gain, for any unlawful or improper purpose is prohibited.

 

To ensure the protection and proper use of the Company’s assets, each employee should:

 

exercise reasonable care to prevent theft, damage or misuse of Company property;

 

report the actual or suspected theft, damage or misuse of Company property to a supervisor;

 

use the Company’s telephone system, other electronic communication services, written materials and other property primarily for business-related purposes;

 

4

 

 

safeguard all electronic programs, data, communications and written materials from inadvertent access by others; and

 

use Company property only for legitimate business purposes, as authorized in connection with your job responsibilities.

 

Employees should be aware that Company property includes all data and communications transmitted or received to or by, or contained in, the Company’s electronic or telephonic systems. Company property also includes all written communications. Employees and other users of Company property should have no expectation of privacy with respect to these communications and data. To the extent permitted by law, the Company has the ability, and reserves the right, to monitor all electronic and telephonic communication. These communications may also be subject to disclosure to law enforcement or government officials.

 

GIFTS AND ENTERTAINMENT

 

The giving and receiving of gifts is a common business practice. Appropriate business gifts and entertainment are welcome courtesies designed to build relationships and understanding among business partners. However, gifts and entertainment should not compromise, or appear to compromise, your ability to make objective and fair business decisions.

 

It is your responsibility to use good judgment in this area. As a general rule, you may give or receive gifts or entertainment to or from customers or suppliers only if the gift or entertainment would not be viewed as an inducement to or reward for any particular business decision. All gifts and entertainment expenses should be properly accounted for on expense reports. The following specific examples may be helpful:

 

Meals and Entertainment. You may occasionally accept or give meals, refreshments or other entertainment if:

 

The items are of reasonable value;

 

The purpose of the meeting or attendance at the event is business related; and

 

The expenses would be paid by the Company as a reasonable business expense if not paid for by another party.

 

Entertainment of reasonable value may include food and tickets for sporting and cultural events if they are generally offered to other customers, suppliers or vendors.

 

Advertising and Promotional Materials. You may occasionally accept or give advertising or promotional materials of nominal value.

 

Personal Gifts. You may accept or give personal gifts of reasonable value that are related to recognized special occasions such as a graduation, promotion, new job, wedding, retirement or a holiday. A gift is also acceptable if it is based on a family or personal relationship and unrelated to the business involved between the individuals.

 

Gifts Rewarding Service or Accomplishment. You may accept a gift from a civic, charitable or religious organization specifically related to your service or accomplishment.

 

You must be particularly careful that gifts and entertainment are not construed as bribes, kickbacks, or other improper payments. See “The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act” below for a more detailed discussion of our policies regarding giving or receiving gifts related to business transactions.

 

You should make every effort to refuse or return a gift that is beyond these permissible guidelines. If it would be inappropriate to refuse a gift or you are unable to return a gift, you should promptly report the gift to your supervisor. Your supervisor will bring the gift to the attention of the Compliance Officer, who may require you to donate the gift to an appropriate community organization. If you have any questions about whether it is permissible to accept a gift or something else of value, contact your supervisor or the Compliance Officer for additional guidance.

 

5

 

 

COMPANY RECORDS

 

Accurate and reliable records are crucial to our business. Our records are the basis of our earnings statements, financial reports and other disclosures to the public and guide our business decision-making and strategic planning. Company records include booking information, payroll, timecards, travel and expense reports, e-mails, accounting and financial data, measurement and performance records, electronic data files and all other records maintained in the ordinary course of our business.

 

All Company records must be complete, accurate and reliable in all material respects. Undisclosed or unrecorded funds, payments or receipts are inconsistent with our business practices and are prohibited. You are responsible for understanding and complying with our record keeping policy. Ask your supervisor if you have any questions.

 

ACCURACY OF FINANCIAL REPORTS AND OTHER PUBLIC COMMUNICATIONS

 

As a public company we are subject to various securities laws, regulations and reporting obligations. These laws, regulations and obligations and our policies require the disclosure of accurate and complete information regarding the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. Inaccurate, incomplete or untimely reporting will not be tolerated and can severely damage the Company and result in legal liability.

 

It is essential that the Company’s financial records, including all filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) be accurate and timely. Accordingly, in addition to adhering to the conflict of interest policy and other policies and guidelines in this Code, the principal financial officers and other senior financial officers must take special care to exhibit integrity at all times and to instill this value within their organizations. In particular, these senior officers must ensure their conduct is honest and ethical that they abide by all public disclosure requirements by providing full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosures, and that they comply with all other applicable laws and regulations. These financial officers must also understand and strictly comply with generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S. and all standards, laws and regulations for accounting and financial reporting of transactions, estimates and forecasts.

 

In addition, U.S. federal securities law requires the Company to maintain proper internal books and records and to devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls. The SEC has supplemented the statutory requirements by adopting rules that prohibit (1) any person from falsifying records or accounts subject to the above requirements and (2) officers or directors from making any materially false, misleading, or incomplete statement to an accountant in connection with an audit or any filing with the SEC. These provisions reflect the SEC’s intent to discourage officers, directors, and other persons with access to the Company’s books and records from taking action that might result in the communication of materially misleading financial information to the investing public.

 

COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND REGULATIONS

 

Each employee has an obligation to comply with all laws, rules and regulations applicable to the Company’s operations. These include, without limitation, laws covering bribery and kickbacks, copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets, information privacy, insider trading, illegal political contributions, antitrust prohibitions, foreign corrupt practices, offering or receiving gratuities, environmental hazards, employment discrimination or harassment, occupational health and safety, false or misleading financial information or misuse of corporate assets. You are expected to understand and comply with all laws, rules and regulations that apply to your job position. If any doubt exists about whether a course of action is lawful, you should seek advice from your supervisor or the Compliance Officer.

 

COMPLIANCE WITH INSIDER TRADING LAWS

 

The Company has an insider trading policy, which may be obtained from the Compliance Officer. The following is a summary of some of the general principles relevant to insider trading, and should be read in conjunction with the aforementioned specific policy.

 

6

 

 

Company employees are prohibited from trading in shares or other securities of the Company while in possession of material, nonpublic information about the Company. In addition, Company employees are prohibited from recommending, “tipping” or suggesting that anyone else buy or sell shares or other securities of the Company on the basis of material, nonpublic information. Company employees who obtain material nonpublic information about another company in the course of their employment are prohibited from trading in shares or securities of the other company while in possession of such information or “tipping” others to trade on the basis of such information. Violation of insider trading laws can result in severe fines and criminal penalties, as well as disciplinary action by the Company, up to and including termination of employment.

 

Information is “non-public” if it has not been made generally available to the public by means of a press release or other means of widespread distribution. Information is “material” if a reasonable investor would consider it important in a decision to buy, hold or sell stock or other securities. As a rule of thumb, any information that would affect the value of stock or other securities should be considered material. Examples of information that is generally considered “material” include:

 

Financial results or forecasts, or any information that indicates the Company’s financial results may exceed or fall short of forecasts or expectations;

 

Important new products or services;

 

Pending or contemplated acquisitions or dispositions, including mergers, tender offers or joint venture proposals;

 

Possible management changes or changes of control;

 

Pending or contemplated public or private sales of debt or equity securities;

 

Acquisition or loss of a significant customer or contract;

 

Significant write-offs;

 

Initiation or settlement of significant litigation; and

 

Changes in the Company’s auditors or a notification from its auditors that the Company may no longer rely on the auditor’s report.

 

The laws against insider trading are specific and complex. Any questions about information you may possess or about any dealings you have had in the Company’s securities should be promptly brought to the attention of the Compliance Officer.

 

PUBLIC COMMUNICATIONS AND PREVENTION OF SELECTIVE DISCLOSURE

 

Public Communications Generally

 

The Company places a high value on its credibility and reputation in the community. What is written or said about the Company in the news media and investment community directly impacts our reputation, positively or negatively. Our policy is to provide timely, accurate and complete information in response to public requests (media, analysts, etc.), consistent with our obligations to maintain the confidentiality of competitive and proprietary information and to prevent selective disclosure of market-sensitive financial data. To ensure compliance with this policy, all news media or other public requests for information regarding the Company should be directed to the Company’s Investor Relations Department. The Investor Relations Department will work with you and the appropriate personnel to evaluate and coordinate a response to the request.

 

Prevention of Selective Disclosure

 

Preventing selective disclosure is necessary to comply with United States securities laws and to preserve the reputation and integrity of the Company as well as that of all persons affiliated with it. “Selective disclosure” occurs when any person provides potentially market-moving information to selected persons before the news is available to the investing public generally. Selective disclosure is a crime under United States law and the penalties for violating the law are severe.

 

7

 

 

The following guidelines have been established to avoid improper selective disclosure. Every employee is required to follow these procedures:

 

All contact by the Company with investment analysts, the press and/or members of the media shall be made through the chief executive officer, chief financial officer or persons designated by them (collectively, the “Media Contacts”).

 

Other than the Media Contacts, no officer, director or employee shall provide any information regarding the Company or its business to any investment analyst or member of the press or media.

 

All inquiries from third parties, such as industry analysts or members of the media, about the Company or its business should be directed to a Media Contact. All presentations to the investment community regarding the Company will be made by us under the direction of a Media Contact.

 

Other than the Media Contacts, any employee who is asked a question regarding the Company or its business by a member of the press or media shall respond with “No comment” and forward the inquiry to a Media Contact.

 

These procedures do not apply to the routine process of making previously released information regarding the Company available upon inquiries made by investors, investment analysts and members of the media.

 

Please contact the Compliance Officer if you have any questions about the scope or application of the Company’s policies regarding selective disclosure.

 

THE FOREIGN CORRUPT PRACTICES ACT

 

Foreign Corrupt Practices Act

 

The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the “FCPA”) prohibits the Company and its employees and agents from offering or giving money or any other item of value to win or retain business or to influence any act or decision of any governmental official, political party, candidate for political office or official of a public international organization. Stated more concisely, the FCPA prohibits the payment of bribes, kickbacks or other inducements to foreign officials. This prohibition also extends to payments to a sales representative or agent if there is reason to believe that the payment will be used indirectly for a prohibited payment to foreign officials. Violation of the FCPA is a crime that can result in severe fines and criminal penalties, as well as disciplinary action by the Company, up to and including termination of employment.

 

Certain small facilitation payments to foreign officials may be permissible under the FCPA if customary in the country or locality and intended to secure routine governmental action. Governmental action is “routine” if it is ordinarily and commonly performed by a foreign official and does not involve the exercise of discretion. For instance, “routine” functions would include setting up a telephone line or expediting a shipment through customs. To ensure legal compliance, all facilitation payments must receive prior written approval from the Compliance Officer and must be clearly and accurately reported as a business expense.

 

ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH AND SAFETY

 

The Company is committed to providing a safe and healthy working environment for its employees and to avoiding adverse impact and injury to the environment and the communities in which we do business. Company employees must comply with all applicable environmental, health and safety laws, regulations and Company standards. It is your responsibility to understand and comply with the laws, regulations and policies that are relevant to your job. Failure to comply with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations can result in civil and criminal liability against you and the Company, as well as disciplinary action by the Company, up to and including termination of employment. You should contact the Compliance Officer if you have any questions about the laws, regulations and policies that apply to you.

 

8

 

 

Environment

 

All Company employees should strive to conserve resources and reduce waste and emissions through recycling and other energy conservation measures. You have a responsibility to promptly report any known or suspected violations of environmental laws or any events that may result in a discharge or emission of hazardous materials. Employees whose jobs involve manufacturing have a special responsibility to safeguard the environment. Such employees should be particularly alert to the storage, disposal and transportation of waste, and handling of toxic materials and emissions into the land, water or air.

 

Health and Safety

 

The Company is committed not only to complying with all relevant health and safety laws, but also to conducting business in a manner that protects the safety of its employees. All employees are required to comply with all applicable health and safety laws, regulations and policies relevant to their jobs. If you have a concern about unsafe conditions or tasks that present a risk of injury to you, please report these concerns immediately to your supervisor or the Human Resources Department.

 

EMPLOYMENT PRACTICES

 

The Company pursues fair employment practices in every aspect of its business. The following is intended to be a summary of our employment policies and procedures. Copies of our detailed policies are available from the Human Resources Department. Company employees must comply with all applicable labor and employment laws, including anti-discrimination laws and laws related to freedom of association, privacy and collective bargaining. It is your responsibility to understand and comply with the laws, regulations and policies that are relevant to your job. Failure to comply with labor and employment laws can result in civil and criminal liability against you and the Company, as well as disciplinary action by the Company, up to and including termination of employment. You should contact the Compliance Officer or the Human Resources Department if you have any questions about the laws, regulations and policies that apply to you.

 

Harassment and Discrimination

 

The Company is committed to providing equal opportunity and fair treatment to all individuals on the basis of merit, without discrimination because of race, color, religion, national origin, gender (including pregnancy), sexual orientation, age, disability, veteran status or other characteristic protected by law. The Company prohibits harassment in any form, whether physical or verbal and whether committed by supervisors, non-supervisory personnel or non-employees. Harassment may include, but is not limited to, offensive sexual flirtations, unwanted sexual advances or propositions, verbal abuse, sexually or racially degrading words, or the display in the workplace of sexually suggestive objects or pictures.

 

If you have any complaints about discrimination or harassment, report such conduct to your supervisor or the Human Resources Department. All complaints will be treated with sensitivity and discretion. Your supervisor, the Human Resources Department and the Company will protect your confidentiality to the extent possible, consistent with law and the Company’s need to investigate your concern. Where our investigation uncovers harassment or discrimination, we will take prompt corrective action, which may include disciplinary action by the Company, up to and including, termination of employment. The Company strictly prohibits retaliation against an employee who, in good faith, files a compliant.

 

Any member of management who has reason to believe that an employee has been the victim of harassment or discrimination or who receives a report of alleged harassment or discrimination is required to report it to the Human Resources Department immediately.

 

CONCLUSION

 

This Code of Business Conduct and Ethics contains general guidelines for conducting the business of the Company consistent with the highest standards of business ethics. If you have any questions about these guidelines, please contact your supervisor or the Compliance Officer. We expect all Company employees to adhere to these standards.

 

This Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, as applied to the Company’s principal financial officers, shall be the Company’s “code of ethics” within the meaning of Section 406 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules promulgated thereunder.

 

This Code and the matters contained herein are neither a contract of employment nor a guarantee of continuing Company policy. We reserve the right to amend, supplement or discontinue this Code and the matters addressed herein, without prior notice, at any time.

 

 

9

 

Exhibit 99.2

 

FROST & SULLIVAN

1706, One Exchange Square

8 Connaught Place

Central, Hong Kong

Tel: 852 2191 7566

Fax: 852 2191 7995

www.frost.com

 

May 6, 2020

 

Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd

Room 102, 23-1 Wanghai Road

Xiamen Software Park Phase 2

Siming District, Xiamen City, Fujian Province

The People’s Republic of China

 

Re: Consent of Frost & Sullivan International Limited

 

Ladies and Gentlemen,

 

We understand that Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd (the “Company”) intends to file a draft registration statement (the “Registration Statement”) with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) in connection with its proposed initial public offering (the “Proposed IPO”).

 

We hereby consent to the references to our name and the inclusion of information, data and statements from our research reports and amendments thereto, including but not limited to the industry research report titled “Independent Market Study on China’s Hip-Hop Culture Industry” (the “Report”), and any subsequent amendments to the Report, as well as the citation of our research report and amendments thereto, (i) in the Registration Statement and any amendments thereto, (ii) in any written correspondences with the SEC, (iii) in any other future filings with the SEC by the Company, including, without limitation, filings on Form 20-F, Form 6-K or other SEC filings (collectively, the “SEC Filings”), (iv) on the websites of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates, (v) in institutional and retail road shows and other activities in connection with the Proposed IPO, and in other publicity materials in connection with the Proposed IPO.

 

We further hereby consent to the filing of this letter as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and any amendments thereto and as an exhibit to any other SEC Filings. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we come within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder.

 

Yours faithfully

For and on behalf of

Frost & Sullivan International Limited

 

 

/s/ Yves Wang  
Name: Yves Wang  
Title: Managing Director  

Exhibit 99.3

 

CONSENT OF CHRISTOPHER KOHLER

 

Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd (the “Company”) intends to file a Registration Statement on Form F-1 (together with any amendments or supplements thereto, the “Registration Statement”) registering securities for issuance in its initial public offering. As required by Rule 438 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned hereby consents to being named in the Registration Statement as a Director Nominee.

 

Dated: November 4, 2020

 

  /s/ Christopher Kohler
  Christopher Kohler

Exhibit 99.4

 

CONSENT OF DOUGLAS MENELLY

 

Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd (the “Company”) intends to file a Registration Statement on Form F-1 (together with any amendments or supplements thereto, the “Registration Statement”) registering securities for issuance in its initial public offering. As required by Rule 438 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned hereby consents to being named in the Registration Statement as a Director Nominee.

 

Dated: November 4, 2020

 

  /s/ Douglas Menelly
  Douglas Menelly

Exhibit 99.5

 

CONSENT OF XIAOLIN HU

 

Pop Culture Group Co., Ltd (the “Company”) intends to file a Registration Statement on Form F-1 (together with any amendments or supplements thereto, the “Registration Statement”) registering securities for issuance in its initial public offering. As required by Rule 438 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned hereby consents to being named in the Registration Statement as a Director Nominee.

 

Dated: March 2, 2021

 

  /s/ Xiaolin Hu
  Xiaolin Hu